Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts & Service

your document management partner

Service Information

5555/5565/5580

1 - 1

5555/5565/5580 Service Information

Section 1Specifications

1 - 2Table of Contents

5555/5565/5580 Service InformationSection 1: Specifications

Digital Copier General Specifications.................................. 1-3

F580/F580S Finisher ............................................................ 1-10General ........................................................................... 1-10F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities ..................................... 1-12F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities/Specifications .............. 1-13F580 & F 565S (Upper Stapler) Stapling Specifications . 1-14

F580S Saddle Stitcher ......................................................... 1-16General .......................................................................... 1-16F580S Stitcher Capacities .............................................. 1-17

Hole Punch 80 ...................................................................... 1-18

PC-80/NIC-80 ........................................................................ 1-19

manuals4you.commanuals4you.com

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 3Specifications Digital Copier General Specifications

Digital Copier General SpecificationsItem Description

Copy Process Indirect electrophotographic process (dry)

Configuration Console

Original Platen RADF

Printing Method 4 beam laser

Original Scan Speed 5555 copier - 55 cpm LT with 6% chart (AG 120V version) 55 cpm A4 with 6% chart (AH/AHP 230v version) 5565 copier - 65 cpm LT with 6% chart (AG 120V version) 65 cpm A4 with 6% chart (AH/AHP 230v version)5580 copier - 80 cpm LT with 6% chart (AG 120V version) 80 cpm A4 with 6% chart (AH/AHP 230v version)

Copying System Memory copying

Printing Resolution 600 dpi X 600 dpi (with smoothing, 2400 dpi X 600 dpi)

Original Scanning Method

CCD line sensor600 dpi256 steps

Maximum Original Size AG (120V) version - Ledger sizeAH/AHP (230V) version - A3 size

RADF: Use sheet originals only (16 lb. to 24 lb., or 60 to 90 gr/m²) (without carbon backing, staples and tape)

Original Types Sheets, Books, and 3-dimensional objects

First Copy Time 3.6 seconds max. (LT or A4 original, placed in the LCC at 100%)

Warm-up Time Approximately 420 seconds (at room temperature 24°C/73°F)

Paper Exit Face up

Multiple Copying 1 to 999, keypad entry

Maximum Paper Supply 5,600 sheets

Paper Capacity - Duplexer

60 sheets, Recommended paper: 20 lb/80 gr/m²


Paper Tray Default Settings

The following table provides the default (factory settings) for the paper trays in the AG and the AH/AHP version copiers.

Copy Speed (CPM)

Note: Numbers in parenthesis are the CPM for the 5555.

When feeding an LT (A4) size single-sided original through the

RADF in a continuous copy mode, paper is

supplied by the LCC at 65 (55) 80 sheets/

minute.

The following specifications are for manually placed, one-sided originals, in continuous copy modes.

DuplexerRe-processing Speed

Item Description

Tray Paper Size - AG Paper Size - AH/AHPUpper Letter-R A4-R

Middle Legal A3

Lower Ledger A4

LCC Letter A4

Paper Size

Paper Supply

LCC5565 (5555)

5580

Drawer5565 (5555)

5580

Bypass

Size Selected5565 (5555) 5580

No Size Selected

5565 (5555) 5580LT, ST-R, A4, B5, A5-R 65 (55) 80 65 (55) 76 48 (48) 48 33 (33) 33

LT-R, A4-R, B5-R - 51 (45) 61 42 (42) 42 33 (33) 33

LG, FOLIO, COMP, B4 - 44 (39) 52 37 (37) 37 33 (33) 33

LD, A3 - 38 (34) 43 33 (33) 33 33 (33) 33

Paper Size Sheets/minute5565 (5555) 5580

LT, ST-R, A4, A5-4 65 (55) 70

LT-R, A4-R 51 (45) 57

LG 44 (39) 50

LD, A3 38 (34) 42



System Copy Speed Ten LT or A4 originals are placed in the RADF. This includes the first copy time.

Item Description

Copy ModeCPM

5555 5565 5580Single-sided originals

ØSingle-sided copies

1 set3 sets5 sets

384551

425559

426167

Single-sided originalsØ

Duplex copies

1 set3 sets5 sets

283943

324348

324449

Two-sided originalsØ

Duplex copies

1 set3 sets5 sets

223541

233945

234047

Two-sided originalsØ

Single-sided copies

1 set3 sets5 sets

2842146

284552

284958


Paper Supply

Maximum/MinimumCopy Paper Sizes

AG is the 120V version copier, AH is the 220V/230V version copier, & AHP is the 230V/240V version copier.

Paper Supply (Systems)

Item Description

Paper Supply AG Version AH/AHP Version Note

Drawer Ledger/Statement R(16 - 24 lbs.)

A3/A5 -R (60 - 90 gr/m²)

Bypass Ledger/Statement - R(16 - 41 lbs.)

A3/A5 -R (60 - 157 gr/m²) Adjustable to a non-standard size

Stack feed: 16 - 24 lbs.Single feed: 16 - 41 lbs.

(Bond paper)

Stack feed: 60 - 90 gr/m², Single feed: 60 - 157 gr/m² (Bond paper)

Note: Spring Hill, 90 lbs. Index paper can be used for single sided copying by single stack feeding.

Recommended special paper: Tracing paper, label paper, OHP film

LCC LT (16 - 24 lbs.) A4 (60 - 90 gr/m²)

Automatic FeedSystem Capacity

Drawers 500 sheets (AG version - 20 lbs.) (AH/AHP version - 80 gr/m²) (each of 3 drawers)

Bypass 100 sheets (AG version - 20 lbs.) (AH/AHP version - 80 gr/m²) (Smart bypass w/o APS, AMS)

LCC 4000 sheets (AG version - 20 lbs.) (AH/AHP version - 80 gr/m²)



Original Document Capacity - RADF

Reproduction Ratio Fixed ratio: 1:1 - 100% or 101% (set in adjustment mode)Magnification Auto CalculationAG version - Original/Copy Size: LD, LG, LT, COMP, OTHER (Default: ST)AH/AHP version - Original/Copy Size: A3, B4, FOLIO, A4, OTHER (Default: A5)Zoom ratios: Range 0.25 to 4.00 - 25 to 400% (in 1% increments)

Image Density Control (Exposure Control)

Automatic control and manually selectable (11 steps)

Photoconductor Type OPC Drum

Toner Type Dry Toner (Dual Type), Semi Cartridge Type

Toner Cartridge Capacity: 1,500 gr

Toner Control Method Automatically Controlled

Toner Empty Detection Electrical/Mechanical

Toner Supply Automatic density detection and replenishment toner hopper supply

Developing Method Magnet Roller (2 rollers)

Charging Method Negative Charge Corona

Transfer Method Transfer Belt with DC bias

Paper Separation Transfer Belt with DC bias

Cleaning Methods Drum: Blade/Brush RollerTransfer Belt: Transfer Belt Blade and Brush RollerFuser: Cleaning Rollers

Image Fusing Method Fuser Roller

Item Description

Paper Size CapacityLT, LT-R, ST-R, A4, A4-R, A5-R 60 sheets

LG, B4 35 sheets

LD, A3 30 sheets


Total Counter Mechanical: Total (7 digits)LD/A3 double count: (set by adjust mode)PM Counter: Yes

Control Panel LCD touch-screen and Keypad

LDC Language 3 languages - English (default), French, Spanish (selectable by the user).

Safety Door Switch Front Door and Exit Cover

Machine Size

(height includes the RADF)

Copier Weight 550 pounds (250 kg)

Item Description

(920mm)36.8”

(742mm)29.68”

44.4

4”(1

111m

m)



Power Source AG version - 115 V/20A 50/60HzAH version - 220-230V/10A 50/60HzAHP version - 230-240V/10A 50/60Hz

Power Cord AG version - UL/CSA approved plugAH version - German plugAHP version - UK plug

Power Consumption 2.0 kW or less• The copier supplies power to the RADF, duplexer, and LCC.

Item Description

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 10Specifications F580/F580S Finisher

F580/F580S Finisher

GeneralItem Description

Stacking Method Trays 1 through 2: by lifting tray

Stacking Orientation Face-up

Stacking Size Inch: LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-RAB: A3, A4, AR-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R

Paper Weight 16 to 24lb/60 to 128 gr/m²

Trays 1 and 2

Modes Non-staple - same paper sizes: tray 1, and tray 2Non-staple - mixed paper sizes: tray 1, and tray 2Staple: tray 1, and tray 2

Stapling By rotating cam

Stapling Position Refer to the following graphic

Stapling Capacity LT, A4, B5 50 sheets 20lb/80 gr/m² paper

LT-R, LD, LG, A3, B4, A4-R, and B5-R 30 sheets

Staple Supply Refillable staple cartridge (5000 staples)

Staples Sheet type

Stapling Position Refer to the following information

Stapling Capacity LT, A4, B5 50 sheets 20lb/80 gr/m² paper

LT-R, LD, LG, A3, B4, A4-R, and B5-R 30 sheets

Staple Supply Refillable staple cartridge (5000 staples) SC85

Staples Sheet type

Staple Detection By sensor

Manual Stapling Not available



Note: Approximate when computed with reference to 20 lb./ 80 gr/m² paper.

Alignment may not be correct if 750 or more sheets are stacked on tray 2.

The accuracy of the stack height is ±7mm.

When thicker paper is used, the stack height remains the same, but the sheet quantity decreases.

All capacities are based on Lanier 20lb premium paper at a thickness of 0.097 mm/ 0.0038 inches.

Stapling Position 1-point (diagonal) Front LD, LG, LT, LT-R, A3, B4, A4, A4-R, B5

Rear LD, LT, A3, B4, A4, B5

1-point Rear LT-R, LG, A4-R

2-point LD, LT, A3, B4, A4, B5

Paper Detection Trays 1 and 2

Dimensions 28.64” x 24.12” x 40.52” (716mm x 603mm x 1013mm) (W x D x H)

Weight F580: Approximately 79 lbs. (36kg)F580S: Approximately 123 lbs. (56kg)

Power Supply 24V DC from the copier

Maximum Power Consumption

About 170 W (Average for normal operations)

Item Description


F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities

Note: All capacities are based on Lanier 20lb. premium paper at a thickness of 0.097mm/0.0038 inches.

Non Cascade Mode - Copy and Print Modes (does not switch to Tray 2 when Tray 1 becomes full)

Paper Modes

Size Weight

Non-sort, Sort and Stack Same paper size including job offset

Non-sort, Sort and Stack mixed paper sizes (non-staple mode)

Staple same size paper sets

Mixed modes Combination of Non-sort, Staple and Non-staple jobs in finisher tray

Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 1 Tray 2

Letter Statement-R

A4, B5,

A5-R

20lb/80 gr/m²

Whichever is reached first:

147mm/ 5.787 inches stack height

or1000 sheets

of paper


147mm/5.787 inches stack height

or1000 sheets

of paper



or300 sheets of

paper



or300 sheets of

paper

Whichever is reached first: 30 copy/print

sets or 110mm/

4.33 inches stack height

or750 sheets of

paper


sets or 110mm/


or750 sheets of

paper



or 150 sheets of

paper



or 150 sheets of

paper

Letter-R, Legal,

Ledger, Computer,

FOLIO, A4-R, B4-R, A3-R, B5-R

20lb/80 gr/m²



or500 sheets of

paper



or500 sheets of

paper


sets or 74mm/

2.91 inchesstack height

or500 sheets of

paper


sets or 74mm/


or500 sheets of

paper



F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities/SpecificationsCascade Mode - Copy and Print Modes (does not switch to Tray 2 when Tray 1 becomes full)

Paper ModesSize Weight Non-sort, Sort and Stack

Same paper size including job offset

Non-sort, Sort and Stack mixed paper sizes (non-staple mode)

Staple same size paper sets

Mixed modes Combination of Non-sort, Staple and Non-staple jobs in finisher tray

Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 1 Tray 2Letter

Statement-RA4, B5,

A5-R

20lb/80 gr/m²



or850 sheets of

paper



or850 sheets of

paper



or255 sheets of

paper



or255 sheets of

paper


sets or 95mm/


or637 sheets of

paper


sets or 95mm/


or637 sheets of

paper



or 127 sheets of

paper



or 127 sheets of

paper

Letter-R, Legal,

Ledger, Computer,

FOLIO, A4-R, B4, A3,

B5-R

20lb/80 gr/m²



or425 sheets of

paper



or425 sheets of

paper


sets or 63mm/


or425 sheets of

paper


sets or 63mm/


or425 sheets of

paper


F580 & F 565S (Upper Stapler) Stapling Specifications

Note: When running jobs of more than 30 sets, the limit of 30 Sets can be exceeded by 1 to 3 sets because the machine can process the copies faster than the finisher. So it is possible to have 31, 32, or 33 sets in the finisher tray before the machine stops and displays “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“

50 Set Mode - Example:Letter - 2 copies/set = 50 sets, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“A4 - 2 copies/set = 50 sets, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“Letter-R - 2 copies/set = 38 sets, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“Legal - 2 copies/set = 38 sets, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“Ledger - 2 copies/set = 37 sets, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“

Note: Having more than 2 copies per set can produce less sets because the Stack Height limitation is reached first.

No-Limit Mode - Example:Letter - 2 copies/set = 60 sets and stack height is reached, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“A4 - 2 copies/set = 60 sets and stack height is reached, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“Letter-R - 2 copies/set = 48 sets and stack height is reached, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“Legal - 2 copies/set = 48 sets and stack height is reached, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“Ledger - 2 copies/set = 47 sets and stack height is reached, then “Finisher Full. Remove Paper.“

Paper Staple Capacity per

SetStapled Sets Stack CapacitySize Weight

Letter A4,B5 20lb/ 80 gr/m² 2 - 50 Sheets

30 Sets - 2 to 50 copies per setNote: The Sets capacity can be changed to 50 sets or No-Limit by setting the

Finisher Logic PWA DIP SW3 number to 6 to ON for 50 sets or number 8 to ON for No-Limit sets. The position of the sets on the tray can unstable above 30 sets whether there are 2 copies/set or 50 copies/set. The 50 set and No-Limit mode is not recommended except for special applications.

Letter-R, Legal,

Ledger, A4-R, B4, A3,

B5-R

20lb/ 80 gr/m 2 - 30 Sheets 30 Sets - 2 to 30 copies per set



Refer to the following graphic for the available finisher stapling positions.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 16Specifications F580S Saddle Stitcher

F580S Saddle Stitcher

General

Note: Special paper, postcards, transparencies, reproducibles, label paper and hole-punched paper cannot be handled.

Item DescriptionsStaple Method Center binding (double folding)

Folding Position Refer to the following graphic.Paper Size LD, LT-R, A3, B4, AR-4Capacity 15 sheets

Paper Weight 17 to 22lb/64 to 80 gr/m² See Note below.Stacking Capacity 10 sets: stack of 11 to 15 sheets

20 sets: stack of 6 to 10 sheets25 sets: stack of 5 sheets or less

Stapling Stapling position 2 points (center at fixed interval)Staple capacity 2000 staplesStaple supply Cartridge (Not refillable) SC20Staples Sheet typeStaple detection By SensorManual stapling Not available

Folding Folding capacity One sheet 25 setsFolding method Pressing RollersFolding mode Double foldingFolding position Paper centerPosition adjustment By Service Technician

Power Supply 24V supplied by the finisher.Power Consumption 160W or less


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 17Specifications F580S Saddle Stitcher

F580S Stitcher CapacitiesPaper Stapling Stitcher

Stack CapacityFold Only

Stack CapacitySize WeightLetter-R, Ledger, A4-R, B4, A3,

16 - 20lb64lb/ 80 gr/m²

2 to 5 Sheets 25 Sets6 to 10 Sheets 20 Sets11 to 15 Sheets 10 Sets

Approximately 150 single folded sheets.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 18Specifications Hole Punch 80

Hole Punch 80

Note: Transparencies, reproducibles, and special paper cannot be handled.

Refer to the following graphic for the available hole positions.

Paper US 2/3 Hole EU 2 Hole EU 4 HolePaper Size 2 Hole: LT-R, LG

3 Hole: LT, LD, COMPUTERA4, A4-R, B4, B5, B5-R,

A3, LT, LT-R, LG, LD, FOLIO, COMPUTER

A4, A3

Paper Weight 16-41 lb 64 - 200 g/m2 64 - 200 g/m2

Scrap Bin Capacity 2 Hole: 3,000 Sheets3 Hole: 3,000 Sheets

5,000 sheets 5,000 Sheets

Hole Diameter 0.315 inches (8.0 mm) 6.5 mm (0.25 inches) 6.5 mm (0.25 inches)


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 19Specifications PC-80/NIC-80

PC-80/NIC-80Please refer to the following manuals for printer and NIC specifications:

• 5555/5565/5580 Printer Operator Guide • 5555/5565/5580 Network Interface Operator Guide

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 1 - 20Specifications PC-80/NIC-80


2 - 1


Section 2Installation


5555/5565/5580 Service InformationSection 2: Installation

Unpacking the Copier............................................................ 2-3Remove Packing, Tape, and Accessories ........................ 2-3Remove the Shipping Carton ........................................... 2-4Remove the Scanner Shipping Screws ............................ 2-8Remove the Drawer Packing Materials .......................... 2-10Remove the LCC Packing Material ................................ 2-11Remove the Inside Packing Materials ............................ 2-12Remove the Transfer Unit/Fuser Unit Shipping Screws . 2-13Remove the Developer Unit Shipping Materials ............. 2-14

Installing the Drum .............................................................. 2-16

Installing the Developer ...................................................... 2-26

Installing the RADF Tray ..................................................... 2-29

Leveling the Copier ............................................................. 2-30

Completing the Copier Installation .................................... 2-31

Auto Toner Sensor Adjustment.......................................... 2-32Add Toner ....................................................................... 2-35

Set the Date and Time ........................................................ 2-35

Making Test Copies ............................................................. 2-36

Installing Damp Heater Kit .................................................. 2-37

F580/F580S Finisher ............................................................ 2-50Cautions & Warnings ...................................................... 2-50Unpacking & Installing the F580/F580S ......................... 2-51

F580/F58S Hole Punch Unit ................................................ 2-63Cautions & Warnings ...................................................... 2-63Unpacking & Installing the Hole Punch .......................... 2-64

PC-80/NIC-80 ........................................................................ 2-71manuals4you.commanuals4you.com

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 3Installation Unpacking the Copier

Unpacking the Copier

Remove Packing, Tape, and Accessories1. Remove the top from the shipping carton.2. Remove all packing material and tape from the

top of the machine.3. Remove the accessories sitting on top of the

machine.

WARNINGTHE 5555/5565/5580 DIGITAL COPIER WEIGHTS APPROXIMATELY 550 POUNDS (250KG). IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AT LEAST THREE PEOPLE CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS AND USE THE RAMPS (PROVIDED) TO REMOVE THE MACHINE FROM ITS PALLET.

OPGuide


Remove the Shipping Carton1. Pull the cardboard side restraint tabs down

toward the pallet.2. Turn the locks to disengage the corner of the

shipping carton.3. Remove the shipping carton.

4. Remove the piece of shipping material (on the pallet) from the rear of the machine.

5. Have at least two people slightly raise one side of the machine.

Note: Grasp the machine at the locations indicated in the illustration to avoidpossible injury to your hands.

6. Remove the piece of shipping material (on the pallet) from one side of the machine.



7. Remove the duplicate shipping material from the other side.


8. Carefully remove the piece of shipping material (on the pallet) lodged under each side of the copier.

9. With the ramps facing up.

10. Position their locking tabs down in the channel on the pallet’s left side.

11. Align the ramps with the copier’s casters.12. Be sure the two ramps are properly positioned

to receive the casters.



13. With the assistance of at least one other person, cautiously roll the copier down the ramps and off the pallet.


Remove the Scanner Shipping Screws1. Temporarily remove the top right paper guide

located to the right of the exposure glass(2 screws).

2. Remove and discard the 2 short shoulder shipping screws found under the top right paper guide.

3. Remove and discard the 2 long shoulder screws immediately in front of the guide location.



4. Install the top right paper guide.5. Install the two plastic cover pieces in place

at the locations where the 2 long shoulder screws were removed.


Remove the Drawer Packing Materials1. Open each of the three drawers.2. Remove and discard the tray retaining packing material located at the right side of each drawer.



Remove the LCC Packing Material1. Open the LCC door.2. Remove and discard the tray retaining packing material at the top of the compartment (on top of the tray).


Remove the Inside Packing Materials1. Open the left and right front doors.

2. Remove and discard the packing material located in the upper left and right of the copier’s interior.

3. Remove and discard the 2 fuser unit/transfer unit restraining screws.

4. Remove and discard the 2 duplexer restraining screws.



Remove the Transfer Unit/Fuser Unit Shipping Screws1. Rotate the handle counter-clockwise (left) and

pull the transfer unit/fuser unit out.

2. Open the cover on the jam release unit.

3. Remove the 2 shipping screws.

4. Insert the transport unit/fuser unit back into the machine.

5. Push the assembly to the rear and rotate the handle clockwise (right) to lock both units in place.


Remove the Developer Unit Shipping Materials1. Unscrew the 3 screws securing the middle

inner cover.2. Remove the cover (with screws) to expose the

front end of the developer unit.

3. Remove and discard the shipping retainer.



4. Disconnect the connector.5. Turn the developer unit locking lever

counter-clockwise.6. Pull the developer unit out.7. Remove and discard the packing material.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 16Installation Installing the Drum

Installing the Drum1. Loosen the charge corona blue

retaining screw.2. Pull the charge corona out.

3. Disconnect the connector.4. Loosen the 2 blue screws.5. Pull the drum unit out.



6. On the front of the cleaner unit remove and discard the shoulder shipping screw.


7. Disconnect the drum thermistor connector.8. Remove the screw securing the drum thermistor

bracket to the drum unit frame.9. Temporarily remove the thermistor and its bracket.



10. Remove the 2 screws that secure the drum shaft assembly to the cleaning unit frame.

11. Temporarily remove the shaft assembly.12. Prior to installing the drum, dust a small

quantity of drum lubrication powder onto the separation fingers to protect the drum’s surface from scratches.

Note: DO NOT apply drum powder to the sensor.

The image density sensor is located between the separation fingers.


13. Rotate the cleaning blade service cam in a counter-clockwise direction to lock the cam.

14. Remove the drum from its shipping carton.15. Remove the black protective sheet.16. Apply drum lubrication powder to the surface

of the drum.



17. Carefully insert the drum into the cleaning unit.

Note: Be very careful that the drum is not scratched or bumps into any other component as you place it into the cleaning unit.

18. Insert the drum shaft into the drum bearing.

19. Secure the drum shaft assembly to the cleaning unit with the 2 previously removed screws.


20. Rotate the cleaning blade service cam clockwise to unlock the cam.

21. Rotate the drum at least 2 times in the direction of the arrows to ensure that it does not bind, and that the drum powder is evenly spread on the cleaning blade.



22. Carefully dust the drum surface again to ensure that it is adequately lubricated with a coating of powder.

23. Rotate the drum at least 2 times in the direction of the arrows.


24. Install the thermistor bracket back onto the cleaning unit and secure it with its mounting screw.

25. Reconnect the connector.



26. Slide the drum unit back into its proper position.27. Tighten the 2 screws.28. Reconnect the connector.

29. Slide the charge corona back into the machine.30. Tighten the screw.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 26Installation Installing the Developer

Installing the Developer1. Remove the top cover from the (previously removed)

developer unit.

2. Careful pour new developer material into the developer unit’s hopper.

3. Be sure to spread the material evenly across the full length of the hopper.

4. Rotate the gear clockwise several times to be sure the material is evenly distributed.



5. Install the top cover on the developer unit.6. Rotate the gear clockwise several times to be sure that

there is no binding, and that the developer material is evenly distributed.

7. Slide the developer unit back into the machine.8. Rotate the locking lever clockwise to lock the unit

in place.9. Reconnect the connector.


10. Position the middle inner cover over the drum unit and the developer unit.

11. Secure the cover in place with its 3 screws.

12. Rotate the transfer unit/fuser unit handle to its vertical position.

13. Close the left and right front doors.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 29Installation Installing the RADF Tray

Installing the RADF Tray1. Lay the original document tray upside down, and

remove the tape restraining the original guide (wire) on the underside of the tray.

2. Install the 2 screws into the tabs on the RADF just far enough to stay in place.

3. Turn the original document tray right side up and move the side guides inward.

4. Align the tray’s 2 slotted holes with the heads of the 2 screws.

5. Lower the tray down over the screws onto the tabs, and slide the tray to the rear.

6. Lightly tighten the 2 screws to secure the tray in the temporarily.

7. After the machine is installed it is necessary to RADF Side-to-Side Original Registration to the copies.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 30Installation Leveling the Copier

Leveling the Copier1. The copier has 4 feet that must be lowered.2. Use a wrench to loosen the nuts on each foot.3. Lower the feet to make contact with the floor surface.4. Do not lock the feet in place yet.

5. Lay a small level on the exposure glass.6. Check that the copier is level from side to side, and from

front to rear.7. Lower the 4 feet as needed to level the copier.8. Use the wrenches to lock the feet in place.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 31Installation Completing the Copier Installation

Completing the Copier Installation1. Install the Operator’s Guide Holder on the back cover.2. Plug the copier into an appropriate outlet.

3. Adjust the 3 drawer’s trays to accept the paper sizes desired.

4. Load the drawers.5. Load the LCC with paper.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 32Installation Auto Toner Sensor Adjustment

Auto Toner Sensor AdjustmentWhen the developer material is replaced, the auto-toner sensor needs to be adjusted, and the developer counter (setting mode 08, code 404) must be set to zero.

Note: Make sure that the drum cleaning blade is contacting the drum before performing the auto-toner adjustment.

Use the following procedure (Use Code 05-200 in the 05 mode.):1. Install the process unit to the copier (cleaning blade contacts the drum).2. Press the keys 0 and 5 at the same time and turn the power ON. The

following is displayed indicating that the adjustment mode has been entered.

3. Enter 200 using the keypad and press the START key. The following is displayed.

Note: A: Indicates the control data value of the auto-toner sensor. Use the ZOOM keys to change the numerical values.

B: The above display indicates an output voltage of 2.30V.

C: Indicates the latest adjustment value.

The drum, developer unit, etc., are operating at this time.

LD

LD



4. After approximately two minutes, the number in the B display will automatically begin to change.

5. After a short time, the number in the B display will automatically stop changing. The message will also change as shown below, indicating that the auto-toner adjustment is completed.

6. In this status, check if the numerical value in B is within the range of 245 ~ 255 (auto-toner sensor output range of 2.45 V ~ 2.55 V).

7. If the numerical value in B is not within the range of 245 ~ 255, use the ZOOM keys to adjust the numerical values manually to within the range of 245 ~ 255.

Note: The relationship between the ZOOM keys and the numerical values in A and B is as shown.

LD

LD


8. Press the SET icon.

The drum, developer unit, etc., will stop operating and the following is displayed.

9. Simultaneously hold down number keys 0 and 9 to cancel the Adjustment Mode.10. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON.

Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Download Mode for the customer to use.

LD LT



Add Toner1. Open the toner hopper cover.2. Follow the instructions provided on the inside of the cover and load the toner hopper with

the toner made for the 5555/5565/5580 digital copier.

Set the Date and Time1. Date and time must be set now.2. Follow the instructions in the Operator Guide Section 5-10 to set the date and time.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 36Installation Making Test Copies

Making Test Copies1. Set the original side guides for the document that you

wish to copy.2. Place one or more pages of the document on the tray.

3. Press the START key.4. The document will feed page by page (bottom page

first) into the copier.

5. Check the quality of the single or multiple pages of the copy against the original document.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 37Installation Installing Damp Heater Kit

Installing Damp Heater Kit(120V version only, this is standard equipment on 230/240V machines)

WARNINGUNPACKING AND INSTALLING THE DAMP HEATER KIT SHOULD BE DONE ONLY BY A QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN.


1. When installing the damp heater kit, turn the copier’s main power switch OFF and unplug the power cord.

2. Open the damp heater kit, Part Number C2090-6517, shipping carton.

3. Check to make sure that the following components are included:

The damp heater kit is an option on the 120VAG machines. It is standard equipment on 230/240V AH/AHP machines

No. Item Qt’y1 Middle Optical Damp Heater

(DH2) (Short harness)1

2 Right Optical Damp Heater (DH1) (Long harness)

1

3 Lower Damp Heater (DH3) 1

4 Lower Damp Heater Cover 1

5 M band (harness holder) 1

6 M4 screws-A 5

7 M4 screw-B 1

8 M3 screws 3

1

2

34

5

6

78



4. Remove the Exposure Glass.A. Remove the top right paper guide (2 screws).

B. Tilt the exposure glass up at an angle as shown by the arrow (1), and carefully remove it in the direction of arrow (2).

Top right paper guide

1

2

Exposure glass

Do this carefully.


5. Remove the Rear Cover.A. Remove the 8 screws securing the rear cover to the

machine.B. Tilt the cover out at the top and remove the rear cover.

6. Remove the Left Top Cover (2 screws).

Tabs

Cover



7. Remove the Indicator Bracket Assembly.A. Disconnect the connector from the junction harness.

B. Remove the indicator bracket assembly (it contains the original indicator unit) (8 screws).

Junction harness

Connector

Original indicator unit

Indicator bracket assembly


8. Remove the Lens Cover.A. Disconnect the connector at the rear of the cover.B. Remove the lens cover (11 screws).

9. Install the Right Optical Damp Heater (DH1).A. Install the right optical damp heater (DH1) (3 M3

screws).B. Secure the heater’s harness with the 3 harness

retainers.

Lens cover

Connector

Harness retainers

Damp heater



10. Install the Middle Optical Damp Heater (DH2).A. Install the middle optical damp heater (DH2) (1 M4

screw).B. Install the harness retainer as shown.C. Plug the heater’s connector into the connector on the

connector bracket.D. Connect the middle optical damp heater’s connector to

the right optical damp heater connector.E. Secure the harness in the harness retainer as shown.

Note: Before installing the two damp heaters, check that their voltage ratings conform to standards.

11. Remove the Fuser Unit.A. Open the right and left front doors.

Damp heater

Harness retainer

Connector bracket

Right optical damp heaterconnector and harness


B. Remove the fuser retaining screw.C. Turn the release handle to the left (counter-clockwise)

and pull the transfer unit (with fuser unit) out.D. Slide the fuser unit out about 6 mm toward the front

and lift it out vertically.

Note: When removing or installing the fuser unit, always hold it by its front and rear handles.

Mounting screwFuser unit

Transfer belt unit Release handleFront fuser handle



12. Remove the Transfer Unit.A. Remove the two blue shoulder screws (1 on each side) securing the transfer unit to

the rails.B. Grip the transfer unit by both handles and lift it out.

Note: When installing the transfer unit on the rails, fully insert the shoulder pins on the rails into the notches on the transfer unit.

[Right side][Left side]

Shoulder screw

Shoulder screw

HandleHandle


13. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit.A. Remove the transfer unit right front cover (2 screws).

B. Disconnect the transfer roller bias connector.C. Disconnect the cleaning roller bias connector.D. Disconnect the 2 ground wires (2 screws).E. Remove the front clip, and slide the bearing out.

Transfer unit right front cover

Ground wire

Ground wire

Transfer Roller Connector

Cleaning Roller Connector



F. Remove the rear bearing bracket 2 mounting screws and the 2 casing shoulder screws.

G. Lift the transfer belt unit upward on the front side.

Note: During reassembly, tighten the screws in the following order (1), (2), and (3).

During reassembly, make sure that the unit’s front lever fits under the cam on the front frame.

Front frame cam

Front lever

12

3


14. Remove the Transfer Guide.A. Remove the transfer guide screw.B. Slide the transfer guide to the front then lift it off its

bracket.

15. Install the Lower Damp Heater (DH3).A. Mount the lower damp heater on the base of the

transfer belt unit (3 screws).

Transfer guide

Screw

Lower damp heater



B. Install the lower damp heater cover to the base of the transfer belt unit (2 screws).

Note: When mounting the lower damp heater cover, be very careful that the harness is not crimped or pinched.

C. Route the lower damp heater harness through the M band on the transfer belt unit.

D. Secure the harness with 1 locking support on the rear frame, and 2 on the base frame.

16. Reassemble the Machine.17. Verify correct operation.

M band

Locking supports

Locking support

Lower damp heater cover

Damp heater connector

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 50Installation F580/F580S Finisher

F580/F580S Finisher

Cautions & Warnings

WARNINGALWAYS UNPLUG THE UNIT FROM ITS POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING ANY COVERS.



Unpacking & Installing the F580/F580S1. Open the shipping carton.

2. Remove the accessories carton from the finisher shipping material.

3. Remove the four shipping tubes from the end of the finisher.

4. Remove the F580/F580S from the shipping carton.


5. Remove the packing material from the F580/F580S.

6. Open the top cover and remove the packing material from inside the top of the unit.

7. Open the front cover and remove the two tagged items.

F580S OnlyF580S Only

F580S



8. On the F580S only, remove the screws securing the saddle stitcher cover and remove the cover.

9. On the F580S only, remove the two tagged shipping retainer.


10. Reinstall the saddle stitcher cover.

11. Remove the items from the accessories container and verify that the pictured items are present.

Note: The number next to the component signifies the step in which the component is used.

13

13

13

14

14

16

20 21

20

21

2222

23

30

26

18

24

26



12. Turn the copier OFF and unplug the copier from the wall outlet

13. Remove the four exit panel screws of the copier.

14. Install the Upper Mounting Brackets.A. Use 2 screws (w/star washers) to mount the upper

mounting bracket to the copier’s exit panel where you previously removed the 2 panel screws.

Note: See step 11 for a pictorial description of the screws.

B. Mount the bracket with the tabs on the flange facing up.

C. Be sure the screws are securely tightened.


15. Install the two Exit Trays.

16. Connect the wire harness plugs to the exit trays.

Note: Carefully insert the wiring harness connector into the connector on the left, underside of the tray.



17. Install the Finish Molding.A. The plastic upper tray and lower tray finish moldings

must be snapped into position very carefully to avoid damage to them or the wiring harness.

B. Insert the tabs at the bottom of the molding into the vertical rail and snap the 2 pieces into place.

18. If a hole punch unit is to be installed, install it at this time following the installation procedure. After installing the hole punch then return to this installation procedure at step 23. If a hole punch unit is not to be installed, continue to step 18.

19. Install the exit mylar guide.

20. Remove the exit cover screws.


21. Install the entrance cover.

22. Install the vertical cover.

F580

F580S



23. Install lower mounting bracket/rail assembly.A. The lower mounting bracket must be slid onto the Rail

Assembly as shown below.B. The Rail Assembly’s support roller must roll under the

copier.C. Align the mounting bracket’s two mounting holes with

those in the copier’s base.

24. Install the Lower Mounting Bracket/Rail Assembly. A. With the mounting holes in the bracket aligned with

those in the copier’s base, insert 2 screws (w/star washers) through the bracket, and into the copier.

B. Securely tighten the screws.C. Grasp the Rail Assembly and move it toward and away

from the copier to be sure that it does not bind.

25. Attach the Finisher to the Copier. A. Complete the finisher to copier installation by securing

the Rail Assembly to the finisher’s mounting bracket with the smaller screw (w/star washer).

B. Position the channel on top of the finisher’s permanently mounting bracket, align the holes, and insert the screw.

C. Securely tighten the screw.D. Move the finisher toward and away from the copier to

check the installation. Be sure the finisher’s power cord is out of the way.

E. Raise the locking latch, push the finisher into position, and lock the finisher’s double latch onto the copier’s upper mounting bracket.


26. Remove the Copier’s Rear Cover. A. Remove the screws securing the rear cover to the

copier’s frame.B. Remove the cover.C. The cover is removed for access to the copier’s logic

PWA (located on the lower right side).

27. Connect the IPC PWA. A. Plug the copier wire harness connector into J2 on the

IPC PWA.

Note: The wire harness is located on the upper right side of the logic PWA.

B. Insert the standoff into the hole in the logic PWA.C. Plug J1 on the IPC PWA into J327 on the logic PWA.



28. Install the Copier’s Rear Cover.A. Install the rear cover’s 3 bottom tabs into the copier’s

lower frame.B. Install and securely tighten the screws.

29. Remove the Finisher Receptacle Cover. A. Use a small flat blade screwdriver to remove the

finisher receptacle cover on the rear of the copier at the exit end.

30. Install the Finisher Interface Cable. A. Depress the lock on the finisher’s Interface Cable

Connector, and insert the plug into the copier’s connector.


31. Attach the Paper Feed Label. A. Attach the paper feed label on the location of the

RADF original document tray as shown in the illustration below.

32. Test the Finisher. A. Plug the copier’s power cord into the outlet.B. Test the functions of the finisher.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 63Installation F580/F58S Hole Punch Unit

F580/F58S Hole Punch Unit

Cautions & Warnings

WARNINGALWAYS UNPLUG THE UNIT FROM ITS POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING ANY COVERS.


Unpacking & Installing the Hole Punch1. Unpack the container containing the hole punch unit and

verify that all components are present.

Note: The number next to the component signifies the step in which the component is used.

2. Remove the two tagged shipping stays.



3. Turn the copier OFF and unplug the copier from the wall outlet

4. Remove the mylar sheet from the finisher entrance gate.

5. Remove the finisher cover.


6. Install the two shoulder screws that will support the punch unit.

7. Install the punch unit.

8. Install the screw that secures the punch unit to the finisher.



9. Connect the two punch unit connectors to the finisher.

10. Install the new cover.

11. Install the vertical support cover.

Note: The screws labeled [A] are packaged with the F580/F580S.


12. Remove the two screws.

13. Install the vertical cover.

Note: The cover [A] and screws are packaged with the F580/F580S.

14. Install the cover.

Note: This cover [A] the its retaining screws [B] are packaged with the F580/F580S.



15. Open the front punch unit cover.

16. Install the punch unit label.

17. Close the cover.


18. Install the other punch unit label.

19. Open the copier’s front doors and install the left door stop.20. Return to the finisher install instructions step 23.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 71Installation PC-80/NIC-80

PC-80/NIC-80Please refer to the following manuals:

• 5555/5565/5580 Printer Operator Guide • 5555/5565/5580 Network Interface Operator Guide

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 2 - 72Installation PC-80/NIC-80


3 - 1


Section 3Disassembly



Section 3: Disassembly

Covers..................................................................................... 3-7Right Front Door ............................................................... 3-7Left Front Door ................................................................. 3-8Lower Front Cover ............................................................ 3-8Rear Cover ....................................................................... 3-9Upper Feed Cover .......................................................... 3-10Lower Feed Cover .......................................................... 3-11Power Switch Cover ....................................................... 3-12Right Top Cover (paper feed side) ................................. 3-12Used Toner Container Door ........................................... 3-13Upper Exit Cover ............................................................ 3-13Front Exit Cover .............................................................. 3-13Rear Exit Cover .............................................................. 3-13Exit Door ........................................................................ 3-14Lower Exit Cover ............................................................ 3-14Left Top Cover ................................................................ 3-14Rear Top Cover .............................................................. 3-14Right Top Cover ............................................................. 3-15Toner Hopper Cover ....................................................... 3-15Middle Inner Cover ......................................................... 3-16Right Inner Cover ........................................................... 3-16Left Inner Cover .............................................................. 3-16Transfer Assembly Right Cover ...................................... 3-16Transfer Assembly Left Cover ........................................ 3-16LCC Inner Cover ............................................................. 3-17

PWAs .................................................................................... 3-18Logic PWA (Copier) ........................................................ 3-18Motor Control PWA ......................................................... 3-19Lamp Regulator PWA ..................................................... 3-19SDV (Scan Drive Motor) PWA ........................................ 3-19

Printer Logic (PLG) PWA ................................................3-20Charge Corona/Transfer Belt HVPS

(High Voltage Power Supply) PWA ..............................3-21Developer Bias HVPS PWA ............................................3-22Switching Power Supply PWA ........................................3-23System Logic PWA .........................................................3-24HDD (Hard Disk Drive) ....................................................3-28

Document Handling .............................................................3-29RADF Transport Assembly .............................................3-29RADF Transport Belt .......................................................3-30RADF Transport Belt Hold Down Rollers ........................3-32RADF Cleaning Brush .....................................................3-32RADF Original Tray .........................................................3-33RADF Feed Assembly .....................................................3-33RADF Feed Motor ...........................................................3-37RADF Jam Release Cover ..............................................3-38RADF Separation Assembly ...........................................3-38RADF Front Registration Plate ........................................3-39RADF Registration Roller (Idler) .....................................3-39RADF Timing Sensor/Size Sensor 1 ...............................3-40RADF Feed Roller ...........................................................3-42RADF Pickup Roller ........................................................3-42RADF Registration Roller ................................................3-43RADF Transport Motor ....................................................3-43RADF Reversing Assembly .............................................3-44RADF Exit Cover .............................................................3-45RADF Reversing Motor ...................................................3-45RADF Reversing Roller ...................................................3-46RADF Exit Sensor ...........................................................3-47RADF PWA .....................................................................3-48RADF Fan Motor .............................................................3-48

Document Scanning.............................................................3-49Exposure Glass ...............................................................3-49Lens/CCD ........................................................................3-50



Exposure Lamp .............................................................. 3-53Exposure Lamp Thermofuse ......................................... 3-54Original Indicator Assembly ............................................ 3-55Mirror 1 ........................................................................... 3-56Mirrors 2 and 3 ............................................................... 3-56Scan Optical Cooling Fans ............................................. 3-57SLG PWA Cooling Fan ................................................... 3-57Damp Heater (DH1) (Middle)/

Damp Heater (DH2) (Left) ............................................ 3-58Scan Motor ..................................................................... 3-59Carriage 1 ....................................................................... 3-60Carriage 2 and Drive Cable ............................................ 3-61Drive Cable ..................................................................... 3-63Scanner Home Position Sensor ..................................... 3-67Automatic Paper Size Sensors (APS) ............................ 3-68

Photo conductor Process ................................................... 3-69Charge Corona ............................................................... 3-69Charge Corona Wire ....................................................... 3-70Charge Corona Wire Cleaner ......................................... 3-72Charge Corona Cleaner Drive Belt ................................. 3-73Charge Corona Guide Assembly .................................... 3-74Charge Corona Cleaning Motor ...................................... 3-75Charge Corona Cleaning Switch .................................... 3-76Drum Assembly .............................................................. 3-77Drum Replacement ......................................................... 3-78Drum Thermistor ............................................................. 3-80Drum Drive Motor ........................................................... 3-80Lower Damp Heater (DH3) (for Transfer Belt) ................ 3-82Transfer Assembly .......................................................... 3-84Transfer Belt Assembly .................................................. 3-85Transfer Belt ................................................................... 3-87Transfer Belt Charge Roller ............................................ 3-89Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush Roller ............................... 3-90Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade .......................................... 3-91Transfer Belt Drive Motor ............................................... 3-91

Transfer Assembly Belt Up/Down/Cam Motor Assembly ...................................................3-92

Transfer Belt Up and Down Sensor ................................3-92Cleaning Assembly .........................................................3-93Cleaning Blade ................................................................3-94Recovery Blade ...............................................................3-95Cleaning Brush Roller .....................................................3-96Separation Fingers (Drum) ..............................................3-97Separation Finger Solenoid (Drum) ................................3-99Discharge LED Array ....................................................3-101Ozone Filter ...................................................................3-102Ozone Filter Assembly ..................................................3-103Exhaust/Intake Fan Motor .............................................3-104Exit Fan Motor ...............................................................3-105

Exposure .............................................................................3-106Laser Assembly .............................................................3-106Duct Intake Fan .............................................................3-110

Development.......................................................................3-112Auto Toner Sensor ........................................................3-112Toner Empty Switch ......................................................3-112Toner Hopper Cover Switch ..........................................3-113Toner Hopper Assembly ...............................................3-114Toner Transport Auger Assembly .................................3-115Toner Motor ...................................................................3-116Used Toner Auger Motor ...............................................3-117Used Toner Container ...................................................3-118Used Toner Full Switch .................................................3-118Used Toner Transport Auger ........................................3-119Used Toner Transport Motor .........................................3-119Toner Filter Assembly ...................................................3-120Toner Filter Replacement ..............................................3-121Developer Assembly .....................................................3-122Developer Material ........................................................3-123Upper/Lower Developer Spacers ..................................3-126


Magnet Rollers ............................................................. 3-129Developer Transport Roller (Magnet) ........................... 3-132Doctor Blade ................................................................. 3-133Developer Motor ........................................................... 3-134Developer Switch .......................................................... 3-135Developer Drive Oil Seal (Mixer Section) ..................... 3-136Oil Seal (paddle section) .............................................. 3-140Developer Drive Oil Seal

(Developer and Transport Rollers) ............................. 3-142Image Density Sensor ................................................. 3-143

Paper Feed ......................................................................... 3-144LCC Door ...................................................................... 3-144LCC Feed Cover ........................................................... 3-144LCC Assembly .............................................................. 3-145LCC Front Cover .......................................................... 3-146Tray Lift Cable .............................................................. 3-147LCC Tray Drive Motor ................................................... 3-151LCC Door Switch 1/LCC Door Switch 2 ....................... 3-151LCC Tray Down Sensor ................................................ 3-152LCC Sensor/Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor ........... 3-153LCC Pickup Roller ........................................................ 3-155LCC Feed Roller ........................................................... 3-155LCC Separation Roller .................................................. 3-156LCC/Bypass Feed Motor .............................................. 3-156LCC Varistor ................................................................. 3-157LCC Paper Empty Sensor/LCC Tray Up Sensor .......... 3-157LCC Paper Start Sensor ............................................... 3-158Bypass Pickup Roller .................................................... 3-159Bypass Feed Roller ...................................................... 3-159Bypass Feed Separation Roller .................................... 3-160Bypass Pickup Solenoid ............................................... 3-161Bypass Feed Sensor .................................................... 3-162Bypass Feed Tray Assembly ........................................ 3-163Paper Drawers .............................................................. 3-164Paper Feed Assemblies .............................................. 3-165

Paper Feed Assembly Pickup Roller .............................3-166Paper Feed Assembly Feed Roller/Separation Rollers .3-167Paper Feed Assembly Registration (metallic) Roller .....3-168Registration (rubber) Roller

(Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies) ..............3-169Drawer Paper Stop Sensors

(Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies) ..............3-170Drawer Paper Start Sensor ...........................................3-172Paper Drawer Tray Up Sensor/Drawer Empty Sensor ..3-173Upper Drawer Registration Assembly ...........................3-175Upper Drawer Registration (metallic) Roller ..................3-176Upper Drawer Registration (Rubber) Roller ..................3-177Drawer Lift Motor ...........................................................3-178Paper Drawer Feed Clutches ........................................3-179Paper Drawer Registration Clutches .............................3-179Paper Drawer Paper Drive Motor ..................................3-179Paper Drawer Closed Sensors ......................................3-179Drawer Paper Drive Assembly ......................................3-180Upper Registration Roller ..............................................3-181Upper Paper Dust Brush ...............................................3-182Lower Registration Roller ..............................................3-183Lower Paper Dust Brush ...............................................3-183Registration Motor .........................................................3-184Paper Stop Sensor ........................................................3-186Registration Assembly ..................................................3-187

Fuser....................................................................................3-189Fuser Assembly ............................................................3-189Fuser Cleaning Rollers (1 and 2) ..................................3-190Upper Fuser Thermistors (TH-1 & TH-2) ......................3-192Upper Fuser Thermofuse ..............................................3-192Lower Fuser Thermistor (TH-3) .....................................3-193Upper Stripper Fingers ..................................................3-194Lower Stripper Fingers ..................................................3-196Fuser Lamps (1 & 2) .....................................................3-197Fuser Roller ...................................................................3-199



Cleaning Roller/Pressure Roller ................................... 3-202Fuser Exit Rollers ......................................................... 3-204Fuser Exit Sensor ......................................................... 3-205Fuser Drive Motor ......................................................... 3-206Fuser Fan Motor ........................................................... 3-207Fuser Solid State Relays (SSR1 & SSR2) ................... 3-210

Duplexer/Copy Exit............................................................ 3-211ADM Front Cover .......................................................... 3-211ADM Feed Cover .......................................................... 3-211ADM Stack Guide Assembly ........................................ 3-211Copy Exit Rollers (Driven & Idler) ................................. 3-212Duplexer Drive Motor .................................................... 3-213ADM Empty Sensor/Transport Sensor 1 ...................... 3-213ADM Width Guide Motor/

Wide Guide Home Position Sensor ........................... 3-214ADM Length Guide Motor/

Length Guide Home Position Sensor ......................... 3-214ADM Pickup Roller Guide Assembly ............................ 3-215ADM Pickup Roller ....................................................... 3-215ADM Transport Drive Clutch ......................................... 3-216ADM Paper Transport Rollers 1, 2, and 3 .................... 3-217ADM Paper Transport Roller 1 ..................................... 3-218ADM Transport Sensor 2 .............................................. 3-218ADM Drive Assembly .................................................... 3-219ADM Feed Clutch/Registration Clutch .......................... 3-220ADM Feed Roller .......................................................... 3-221ADM Registration Roller ............................................... 3-223Duplex Paper Feed Sensor .......................................... 3-225ADM Registration Sensor ............................................. 3-225ADM Feed Assembly .................................................... 3-226ADM Forward Rotation Clutch/Reversing Clutch ......... 3-228ADM Gate Roller Solenoid (SOL1) ............................... 3-231ADM Entrance/Reversing (rubber) Roller &

Transport (plastic) Roller ............................................ 3-232ADM Separation Belt .................................................... 3-235

ADM Pre-stack Discharge Brush ..................................3-237Duplexer Gate Roller .....................................................3-238Exit/Duplexer Selector Gate ..........................................3-240Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid (SOL4) ............................3-242ADM Reversing Selector Gate ......................................3-243ADM Reversing Transport Roller ..................................3-244

Control Panel ......................................................................3-245Control Panel ................................................................3-245

F580/F580S Finisher...........................................................3-247Front Door Cover ..........................................................3-247Rear Cover ....................................................................3-247Upper Cover ..................................................................3-248Front Upper Inner Cover ...............................................3-248Tray Assembly ..............................................................3-249Upper Tray Guide ..........................................................3-250Lower Tray Guide ..........................................................3-251Right Guide Assembly ...................................................3-252Swing Assembly ............................................................3-253Feed Drive Assembly ....................................................3-255Buffer Roller Assembly ..................................................3-258Stapler (Upper Stapler F580S) ......................................3-259Transit Path Assembly ..................................................3-261Logic PWA ....................................................................3-262

F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher Assembly ............................3-263Front Lower Door .........................................................3-263Rear Lower Cover .........................................................3-263Front Inside Cover .........................................................3-264Saddle Delivery Tray Assembly ....................................3-264Upper Delivery Guide Assembly ...................................3-265PWA Cover ...................................................................3-265Saddle Stitcher Assembly .............................................3-266Saddle Stitcher Assembly Folding Rollers ....................3-268Stitcher Stapler Mounting Assembly .............................3-272Paper Positioning Guide Assembly ...............................3-273


Stitcher Upper and Lower Deflecting Guides ............... 3-274Logic PWA .................................................................... 3-275

F580/F580S Punch Unit ..................................................... 3-276Right Guide Assembly .................................................. 3-276Upper Cover ................................................................. 3-276Punch Motor ................................................................. 3-277Horizontal Registration Motor ....................................... 3-277Punch Unit .................................................................... 3-278LED PWA ..................................................................... 3-282Photosensor PWA ........................................................ 3-282Scrap-Full Detector PWA Unit ...................................... 3-283Punch Driver PWA ........................................................ 3-283


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 7Disassembly Covers

Covers

Right Front Door1. Open the right front door.2. Remove the screws in the 2 hinges

(2 screws per hinge), and the door.

Rightfront door

Hinge


Left Front Door1. Open the right front door, then open the left front door.2. Remove the top/bottom hinges (2 screws per hinge) and

the door.

Lower Front Cover1. Remove the middle drawers and the lower drawers.2. Remove the lower front cover (2 screws).

Left front door



Rear Cover

1. Remove 10 screws.2. Disengage the 3 lower locking tabs and remove the

rear cover.

WARNINGTURN OFF THE MAIN POWER SWITCH AND UNPLUG THE MACHINE BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY OF THE PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION.

Tabs


Upper Feed Cover

1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove 2 screws.




Lower Feed Cover1. Remove the LCC Assembly, and the Bypass Feed

Assembly.

2. Remove the lower feed cover (3 screws). Slide the cover down off the tabs.


Power Switch Cover1. Slide the LCC Assembly out.2. Remove 3 screws.

Right Top Cover (paper feed side)1. Remove the rear top cover (2 screws), on the

paper feed side.

Used TonerContainerCover

Right top cover(paper feed side)



Used Toner Container Door1. Remove the 2 coin screws, open the used toner container

cover and remove the upper hinge screw.2. Remove the used toner container door from the

lower hinge.

Upper Exit Cover1. Remove the upper exit cover (2 screws).

Front Exit Cover1. Remove the front exit cover (3 screws).

Rear Exit Cover1. Remove the rear exit cover (2 screws).

Used TonerContainerDoor


Exit Door 1. Remove the Exit Door cover (4 screws).

Lower Exit Cover1. Remove the Lower Exit Cover (4 screws).

Left Top Cover1. Remove the left top cover (2 retaining screws).

Rear Top Cover1. Remove the RADF.2. Remove the rear top cover (2 screws).

Lowerexit cover

Left top cover

Exit door cover

Exposure glass



Right Top Cover1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Remove the right top cover (3 screws).

Toner Hopper Cover1. Remove the Right Top Cover.2. Remove the two hinges (1 screw for each), and the toner

hopper cover.Toner hopper cover


Middle Inner Cover1. Open the Right Front Door and Left Front Door.2. Loosen 3 blue screws and remove the middle inner cover.

Right Inner Cover1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover.2. Remove the right inner cover. (3 screws)

Left Inner Cover1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover.2. Remove the left inner cover. (3 screws)

Transfer Assembly Right Cover1. Rotate the release handle down, in the direction of the

arrow, and pull the Belt Transport Assembly towards you.2. Remove the cover (2 screws).

Transfer Assembly Left Cover1. Remove the cover (2 screws).

Left front door Right front door

Transfer assemblyTransfer assembly



LCC Inner Cover1. Pull out the duplexer.2. Remove the LCC Inner Cover (4 screws).

LCC inner cover

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 18Disassembly PWAs

PWAs

Logic PWA (Copier)1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the 15 connectors (16 with the optional

finisher).3. Remove the 2 screws and the 2 standoffs, then remove

the logic PWA.


StandoffStandoff



Motor Control PWA1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the 3 connectors.3. Remove the 4 standoffs, then remove the motor control

PWA.

Lamp Regulator PWA1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the 3 connectors.3. Remove 2 screws, then remove the lamp regulator PWA.

SDV (Scan Drive Motor) PWA1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the 3 connectors.3. Remove the SDV-PWA (2 screws).

PWA PWA

Standoffs

Standoffs

Motor control PWA


Printer Logic (PLG) PWA1. Disconnect the 4 connectors at A and B.

• Refer to Laser Assembly removal.

2. Rotate the Laser Assembly over on its motor side, remove the retaining screw on the PLG PWA, and disconnect the connectors at C and section D.

Note: During this procedure, do not let the connector at A become disconnected.



Charge Corona/Transfer Belt HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) PWA

1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the 5 connectors.3. Remove the 2 screws and 2 standoffs.4. Remove the high-voltage power supply for the charge

corona and transfer belt.5. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.

High voltage power supplyfor charge corona/transfer belt

Standoffs


Developer Bias HVPS PWA1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the 2 connectors.3. Remove the 2 screws that secure the assembly.4. Remove the screw the secures the ground wire.5. Remove the developer bias power supply.6. Remove the PWA retainer from the developer bias power supply.

7. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.

Ground wire screw

Retainer



Switching Power Supply PWA1. Remove the exit-side front cover.2. remove the exit-side rear cover.3. Remove the Lower Exit Cover.4. Remove the power supply inner cover (5 screws).

5. Remove 9 connectors.6. Remove the Switching Power Supply Assembly

(4 screws).

Note: A clip located on the side of Connector A secures the connector on the base frame.

Connector AClip

Base frame


System Logic PWA 1. Turn the main ON/OFF switch OFF.2. Unplug the machine’s power cord from the outlet.3. Unplug the finisher connector from the rear of the machine,

and move the finisher away from the machine.

4. Remove the rear cover (8 screws), (10 screws starting with September 1999 production).

5. Remove the right side exposure glass holder (2 screws).6. Remove the exposure glass.7. Remove the upper left cover. 8. Remove the Upper Exit Cover and finisher bracket

(2 screws).9. Disconnect the original size indicator motor connector.

s

Rear screw



10. Remove the Original Stop/Size Indicator Bracket Assembly (8 screws).

Note: If you touch the glass covering the white shading correction sheet, clean it before installing the Original Stop/Size Indicator Bracket Assembly.

11. Disconnect the connector located on the rear of the lens/scanner logic PWA cover.12. Remove the lens/scanner logic PWA Cover (11 screws). 13. Disconnect J108 on the scanner logic PWA (coming from J12 on

the scanner logic PWA).

14. Remove the small access cover located at rear side of the optics base (1 screw).

15. Disconnect J109 on the system logic PWA located through the access hole (harness coming from the laser logic PWA J204).


16. Open the exit door and remove 2 screws at the front and rear ends of the system logic PWA cover. Loosen the 5 upper and 6 lower screws on the cover, and remove the cover.

17. Disconnect the 9 pin square connector located at the rear (left) side of the system logic PWA Bracket Assembly.

18. On the system logic PWA, disconnect connectors J102 (Logic), J103 (Download), and J105 (Control Panel).• Do not disconnect connectors J110 (Fan), and J106 (HDD).

19. Remove the hard drive (HDD) wire harness from the retainers.20. If a controller and NIC PWA are installed, then disconnect their

connectors.



21. Remove the system PWA Bracket Assembly right side screw and lower left side screw located under the HDD. Carefully slide the system PWA Bracket Assembly out of the machine. Be sure that none of the wires get caught on the bracket or PWA. Place the assembly on a stable surface.

Note: When installing the system PWA Bracket Assembly lower rear screw, closely examine that there are no wires under the bracket or between the screw and bracket.

22. Install the removed parts and covers in the reverse order.

Note: Be sure to plug the laser logic PWA wire harness connector and scanner logic PWA wire harness connector into the system logic PWA before installing the covers.

Flash ROM


HDD (Hard Disk Drive) 1. Remove the Left Top Cover.2. Remove the System Electronics Cover (15 screws).3. Remove the screw, connector, and the HDD Assembly.

4. Remove the HDD mounting bracket (4 screws), and the 4 dampers.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 29Disassembly Document Handling

Document Handling

RADF Transport Assembly1. Remove the 2 clips fastening the transport assembly.

2. Tilt the top of the transport assembly (down).3. Lift the rear side up from the belt drive section.

Transport assembly


Note: During reassembly, insert the clips at the position shown.

RADF Transport Belt1. Remove the RADF Transport Assembly.2. Loosen the screw (front) fastening the belt tension plate.



3. Rotate the belt tension plate to provide the transport belt with slack.

4. Remove the transport belt from the front side (Magnet catch side).

Note: 1. During reassembly, make sure that the edges of the transport belt are at the inside of the transport assembly side frame.

2. After reassembly is completed, make sure that the belt tracks in the center of the assembly and does not drift toward the frame on either side.

Incorrecttracking

Correcttracking


RADF Transport Belt Hold Down Rollers1. Remove the Transport Belt.2. Remove the feed-side belt roller weight.3. Replace the feed-side transport belt hold down roller.4. Release the belt tension plate.5. Replace the exit-side transport belt hold down roller.6. The belt weight roller does not need to be removed.

Note: Do not remove the transport assembly side frame when the belt tension roller is replaced.

• Do not remove the side frame screws except when replacing the side frame.

RADF Cleaning Brush1. Remove the Transport Belt Hold-down Rollers.2. Remove 2 screws and brush fastening bracket.3. Remove the cleaning brush.

Hold down roller

Hold down roller



RADF Original Tray1. Loosen the 2 screws.2. Slide the original tray to the front.

RADF Feed Assembly1. Remove the Original Tray.2. Remove the Rear Cover.3. Disconnect the 2 connectors.4. Disconnect the ground wire.5. Remove 1 harness retainer.

Original tray


6. Remove the 2 hinge screws, and slide the RADF assembly to the rear.

7. Lift it up and remove it.

8. Rotate the assembly over, and remove the cover(3 screws.

RADF assembly



9. Disconnect the 4 connectors from the RADF logic PWA.

10. Open the jam release cover, and loosen the screw.

Jam release cover


11. Remove the 6 screws shown.

12. Remove the RADF Feed Assembly.



RADF Feed Motor1. Loosen the screw securing the drive belt tensioner.

Note: Do not remove the springs attached to the belttensioner.

2. Remove the motor connector.3. Remove the 2 motor retaining screws.

Note: During reassembly, be sure to fasten the belt tensioner last.


RADF Jam Release Cover1. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Remove 2 screws (front and rear sides).3. Remove the jam release cover.

Note: To reassemble, be sure to insert spring washers to fasten the jam release cover.

RADF Separation Assembly1. Open the jam release cover.2. Remove 2 screws.3. Remove the assembly.4. Remove the bracket, making sure that the pressure

springs do not become loose.

Jam release cover



RADF Front Registration Plate1. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Open the jam release cover.3. Remove the 2 screws identified by the black arrows.

RADF Registration Roller (Idler)1. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Open the jam release cover.3. Remove the E-rings, bushings and coil springs from the

front and rear sides.4. Slide the registration roller (idler) to remove it.

Front registration plate

Registration roller (idler)


RADF Timing Sensor/Size Sensor 11. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Remove 4 screws.

3. Pull the entrance guide out while holding the empty sensor.

Empty sensor



4. Remove the 2 timing sensor bracket screws and the size sensor bracket screw, and disconnect the connectors from the sensors.


RADF Feed Roller1. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Remove the entrance guide.3. Remove the E-ring, bushing and spring from the front

side.4. Remove the plastic ring securing the feed roller on the

front.5. Pull the roller out through the opening in the front of the

frame.

RADF Pickup Roller1. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Remove the entrance guide.3. Remove the E-ring and bushing from the front side.4. Remove the plastic ring securing the roller.5. Pull the roller out.

Pickup roller

Plastic ring

Registration roller

Feed roller



RADF Registration Roller1. Remove the Feed Assembly.2. Remove the entrance guide.3. Remove the Timing Sensor and Size Sensor.4. Remove the pulley from the drive section (1 E-ring).5. Remove the 2 E-rings from inside the frame.6. Pull the roller out.

RADF Transport Motor1. Remove 2 screws.2. Disconnect 1 connector.3. Remove the transport motor.


RADF Reversing Assembly1. Remove the RADF assembly.2. Remove the Transport Assembly and Cover.3. Disconnect the 2 connectors from the PWA.4. Remove the ground wire that is fastened to the hinge

section.5. Remove the screw from the harness guide.

6. Remove 5 screws.7. Remove the Reversing Assembly.

Reversing assemb



RADF Exit Cover1. Remove the Reversing Assembly.2. Remove the screws from the front and rear sides.3. Remove the cover.

RADF Reversing Motor1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove 2 screws.


RADF Reversing Roller1. Remove the Reversing Assembly.2. Remove the bracket (2 screws).

3. Remove the E-rings from the front side.

4. Slide the reversing roller to the rear side.5. Remove the pin.6. Pull the reversing roller out while tilting it on its end.

Reversing roller



RADF Exit Sensor1. Remove the bracket (4 screws).

2. Remove the exit sensor from the guide (1 screw).

Bracket


RADF PWA1. Remove the RADF Assembly.2. Remove the cover.3. Disconnect the 11 connectors.4. Remove 2 screws.5. Slide the PWA from the retainer (on the rear side) and

remove it.

RADF Fan Motor1. Remove the PWA.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the screw.

4.Remove 2 screws5.Remove the fan.

Connector


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 49Disassembly Document Scanning

Document Scanning

Exposure Glass1. Remove the exposure glass retainer (2 screws).

Note: During reassembly, position the mylar sheet under the exposure glass.

2. Tilt the exposure glass up at an angle (1), and carefully remove it in the direction of the arrow (2).


Retainer


Lens/CCD1. Remove the Lens Cover (12 screws and 1 connector).

2. Remove the Lens (2 screws).3. Remove the Damp Heater (when installed).4. Remove the shield bracket (2 screws).5. Remove 5 screws.6. Disconnect the 2 connectors.7. Carefully move the lens assembly upward and out.8. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.



Note: When replacing the lens assembly, DO NOT loosen the 6 paint-locked screws.

Note: Also, when handling the assembly, DO NOT hold the assembly by the adjustment section or the lens.

(Rear)(Front)

Correct handlingtechnique

Incorrect handling technique


Note: When a defective lens assembly is replaced by a new assembly, or the original assembly has been removed and then installed, the Lens Assembly Adjustment must be performed.

• Refer to Lens Assembly Adjustment in the Adjustments Section.



Exposure Lamp1. Move the carriage to the center.2. Remove the upper reflector (2 screws).3. Loosen the front contact mounting block screw.4. Loosen the front side screw securing the retainer bracket

in place.5. Slide the block to the front.6. Remove the exposure lamp from the contact.7. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.

Note: When installing the exposure lamp, position the lamp’s protrusion away from the reflector as shown below.

• Do not touch the glass surface of the exposure lamp with your bare hand.

Contact

Frontcontactmountingblock

Screw


Exposure Lamp Thermofuse 1. Remove the screw and the thermofuse from the carriage.2. Disconnect the terminal harness, and remove the

thermofuse.

Note: If the thermofuse has overheated once, it should be replaced with a new one, It is designed for one-time use only.

• Do not push the reset pin to reuse a thermofuse that has overheated once.

Thermofuse



Original Indicator Assembly1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Remove the Top Left Cover.3. Disconnect the connector from the relay harness.4. Remove the 8 retaining screws.5. Remove the indicator assembly.

6. Remove the document motor (2 screws).7. Remove the cover first (2 screws) and then the belt.8. Remove the leaf springs and glass first (2 screws), and

then the white shading sheet.

Shading sheet and glass cover


Mirror 11. Remove Carriage 1.2. Remove mirror 1 leaf springs (2).3. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.

Mirrors 2 and 31. Remove Carriage 2.2. Remove the 2 leaf springs.3. Remove the mirrors. DO NOT touch the reflective

surfaces.4. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.



Scan Optical Cooling Fans1. Remove the Top Left Cover.2. Remove the Indicator Assembly, and disconnect the 2

connectors.3. Remove the 2 fans (2 screws from each fan).

SLG PWA Cooling Fan1. Remove the Exposure Glass and the Lens Cover.2. Remove the harness from the clamp (2 screws).3. Disconnect the connector connected to the APS harness,

from the lens cover.4. Remove the fan.


Damp Heater (DH1) (Middle)/Damp Heater (DH2) (Left)Note: The DH1 and DH2 damp heaters are options on the

AG version machine.

1. Remove the Lens Cover.2. Remove 1 screw, disconnect the cable from the clamp,

and disconnect the 2 relay connectors.3. Remove damp heater (middle).4. Remove the screw securing damp heater (left) to the

mirror.

5. Remove the clamp securing the cable.6. Remove 2 screws securing the cable bracket. 7. Disconnect the connector.8. Remove the cable.9. Remove damp heater (left).



Scan Motor1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove 2 screws, the shoulder screw, and the scan motor

bracket.

3. Remove the scan motor (3 screws).

Scan motor

Scan motor


Carriage 11. Remove the Exposure Glass.2. Remove the blind hole cover on the control panel and top

rear cover.3. Remove the power supply cable from the clamp.4. Disconnect the connector.5. Disconnect the ground terminal (1 screw).

6. Move the carriage to the feed side.7. Remove each screw securing carriage 1 on the front and

rear.8. Move carriage 1 to the center.9. Tilt the entire carriage 1 using the notch on the frame.

10. Raise and remove the assembly.11. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.



Carriage 2 and Drive Cable1. Remove: the Exposure Glass, the Top Rear Cover, the

Top Left Cover, the Top Right Cover, the Control Panel and the PWA.

2. Remove the two RADF brackets.3. Remove the Top Rear Frame (9 screws).4. Remove the Top Front Frame (8 screws).

5. Remove the Lens Cover (9 screws).

Top rear frame

Top front frame


6. Remove 4 screws, and disconnect the 7 connectors.7. Remove the Scanner Logic PWA (SLG board).

8. Loosen the cable tension bracket, and remove the spring.9. Remove carriage 2.


Note: Adjustment is necessary when reassemblingCarriage 2.

Scan control PWA

Spring hooks

Spring

Carriage cable



Drive CableNote: Carriage drive cable tension is self adjusting.

The tension on the front and rear drive cables must be identical.

1. Remove Carriage 1 and Carriage 2.2. Remove the shaft and pulley assembly (1 stop ring), and

remove the cable from the pulley.

Note: Certain models may have a small shaft cover that must be removed first.


3. When attaching the cable, route it as shown below.

• When attaching the cable, refer to the Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment. Adjustment is necessary when installing Carriage 1, Carriage 2, and the Drive Cable.

Carriage drive cable installation procedure:4. Insert the spherical terminal (on the center part of the cable) into the hole in the cable

winding pulley.• Position the cable so that the eye terminal is facing up.

Scan motorCarriage drive cable

Cable windup pulley/motor deceleration pulley

Idler pulleyIdler pulley

CRG-2 pulley CRG-2 CRG-1Motor pulley



5. Wind the cables on the front and the rear cable winding pulleys.• Winding turns: 2 and 3/4 turns on the pulley’s surface opposite the set screw collar. 4

and 3/4 turns on the pulley’s inside (collar side) surface. After winding, secure the cable with the scan pulley cable holding tool.

Cables

Cable winding pulley



Rear

Front

Eye terminals

Eye terminal

Eye terminal

Collar

Collar

Collar

Collar

Eye terminal

Scan pulley cable holding tool


Note: When winding the cable around the pulley, take the following precautions:

• Never twist the wire when winding.• Wind the cable tightly on the pulley.• Wind the cable without any gap between the wraps.

Note: When the scan pulley cable holding tool is installed, do not slide or loosen the wound cable.

6. After installing new cables, make sure you perform the Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment.

Tightly wound - with no gaps

Spherical terminal Positioners


Install tool positioners where shown




Scanner Home Position Sensor1. Remove the 2 retainers that secure the scanner home

position sensor mounting section on the base.2. Remove the scanner home position sensor.

Retainers


Automatic Paper Size Sensors (APS)1. Remove the exposure glass, and move the carriage to the feed side.2. Remove the screw, disconnect the connector, and remove the automatic paper size detector.

• A4 Series: 6 sensors• Letter Series: 4 sensors

A4 Series

APS1-6 Sensors

Letter Series

APS1-4 Sensors


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 69Disassembly Photo conductor Process

Photo conductor Process

Charge Corona1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover.2. Loosen the blue screw.3. Pull the charge corona out from the front.4. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.


Charge Corona Wire• Charge corona wire: 398 mm long, 0.06 mm dia., tungsten oxide.

1. Remove the grid cover.

Charge corona

(Charge corona)Corona wire

Corona wire

Remove thegrid cover



2. Remove the grid and terminal cover.3. Remove the corona wire from the charge corona.

Note: Follow the installation precautions below:

• The corona wire must be inserted into the V grooves at both the front and the rear.• Do not touch the corona wire directly with your fingers.• Do not allow the corona wire to be twisted or kinked.


Corona wire

Incorrect installation can causethe corona wire to be twisted orkinked.


Charge Corona Wire Cleaner1. Remove the grid cover and terminal covers.2. Remove the Charge Corona Wire.3. Remove the wire cleaner (1 screw).4. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.

Note: During reassembly, make sure that the corona wire passes between the pads.

Coronawire



Charge Corona Cleaner Drive Belt1. Loosen the screw securing the tension pulley.2. Remove the drive belt, the corona wire cleaner base, and

the home position switch actuator.

Note: 1. When installing the drive belt:

• Install the corona wire cleaner base first.• Position the base so that it is centered between the two

arrow cutouts in the corona bracket.• Now install the home position switch actuator. Center it

on the cutouts.

2. During installation, drive belt tension must be adjusted as follows:

• Position the tension pulley bracket so that the belt is deflected by 4 to 5 mm when a force of 200g is applied at the mark.

Drive belt

Charge corona wirecleaner base

NotchSwitch actuator

Drive belt Belt tensionforce position

Charge corona wire cleaner base


Charge Corona Guide Assembly1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover and Right Inner Cover.2. Remove the Charge Corona and Cleaner Assembly.3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the screw.5. Remove the Charge Corona Guide Assembly.6. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after

reassembly.



Charge Corona Cleaning Motor1. Remove the Charge Corona Guide Assembly.2. Remove the connector.3. Remove the Charge Corona Cleaning Motor Assembly (2

screws).

4. Remove the motor (2 screws).

Cleaning motor


Charge Corona Cleaning Switch1. Disconnect the 2 connectors, and remove the screw.

Note: When installing the switch:

• Press in the direction of arrow A, and then secure the switch.

• Insert the harness onto the terminals, paying attention to the color.

• Bend the terminals to an angle of 45°.

Sensor screw



Drum Assembly1. Remove the Cleaner Assembly.2. Disconnect the drum thermistor connector.3. Remove the thermistor bracket (1 screw).

4. Rotate the service cam until it locks.5. Remove the drum shaft (2 screws). Pull the drum shaft out

from the front.


6. Lift the drum upward and remove it.

Drum Replacement1. Remove the drum.2. Remove the 3 front flange retaining screws.



3. Remove the front flange.

4. Hold the bottom flange and raise the drum upward.


Drum Thermistor1. Disconnect the thermistor connector.2. Remove the mounting screw.3. Cut the harness tie.4. Remove the thermistor.

Drum Drive Motor1. Remove the flywheel (3 screws).



2. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws and connector).3. Remove the harness from the clamp.

Note: When installing the motor bracket, rotate and press it in a clockwise direction (direction of white arrow A), then tighten the screws to secure it.

4. When replacing the motor, remove the 3 screws, and remove the harness from the edge retainer.

Note: When installing the motor, pay attention to the position of the harness with respect to the metal plate.


Lower Damp Heater (DH3) (for Transfer Belt)Note: Refer to Lower Damp Heater Installation in

Installation (Section 2), as needed.

1. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly with the Fuser Assembly from the Main Assembly.

2. Disconnect the damp heater connector that is inserted into the Fuser Assembly’s rear side connector.

3. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly from the fuser assembly.

4. Remove the transfer guide (1 screw).5. Remove the lower damp heater cover (2 screws).

Damp heater connector

Transfer guide

Lower damp heater cover



6. Remove the locking support on the rear frame, and the 2 on the base frame.

7. Remove the damp heater harness from the M band on the Transfer Belt Assembly.

8. Remove the Lower Damp Heater Assembly from the base of the Transfer Belt Assembly (3 screws).

M bandLocking support


Transfer Assembly1. Rotate the handle to the left, and pull the Transfer

Assembly out.2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (1 screw).

• When the lower damp heater is installed, disconnect the rear connector on the right rear of the Fuser Assembly.

3. Remove the 2 shoulder screws (blue) from the rails.4. Grip the Transfer Assembly by both handles and lift it out.

Note: When installing the Transfer Assembly on the side rails, fully insert the shouldered pins on the side rails into the notches on the Transfer Assembly.

Handle

[Right side]

Shoulder screw (blue)

Handle

Shoulder screw (blue)

[Left side]



Transfer Belt Assembly1. Remove the Transfer Assembly right front cover

(2 screws).

2. Disconnect the transfer belt connector.3. Disconnect the cleaning roller connector.4. Disconnect the ground wires (2 screws).5. Remove the front clip, and slide the bearing out.6. Remove the 2 rear bearing bracket mounting screws and

the 2 casing shoulder screws.7. Lift the Transfer Belt Assembly upward on the front side.

Transfer assembly right front cover

Ground wire

Ground wire


Note: 1. During reassembly, tighten the screws in the following order (1), (2) and (3).

2. During reassembly, make sure that the assembly’s front lever fits under the cam on the front frame.

1

3

2



Transfer Belt1. Pivot the Transfer Belt Assembly (inside the case) to 90°.2. Pull it upward.

3. Remove the 2 retaining screws from the drive roller support bracket (1 front, and 1 rear).


4. Rotate the drive roller in the direction of the arrow in the following illustration to release the tension on the transfer belt.

5. Remove the transfer belt.

Note: Install the belt so that it travels along the center, inside of the housing.

• Do not touch the belt surface with your hands.• The drive roller support bracket retaining screw on

the front side is also used for connecting the ground wire. Note the direction of the terminal.



Transfer Belt Charge Roller1. Remove the Transfer Belt.2. Remove the 2 stop rings on the transfer charge roller

shaft.3. Remove the 2 bearing blocks and 2 springs.

4. Slide the transfer charge roller to the front to disengage the roller shaft at the rear.

5. Remove the transfer charge roller.6. Install the new roller in the reverse order.

Note: 1. Do not touch the surface of the drive roller with your hands.

2. When replacing the transfer charge roller, take care not to scratch or leave any gouges on its surface.

3. Make sure that the two stop rings are firmly fitted in the groove.

4. Make sure that the springs are firmly fitted on the upper and lower projections.

5. After reassembly, make sure that the transfer charge roller rotates smoothly, and moves smoothly up and down by spring action.


Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush Roller 1. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly from the transfer

belt case.2. Remove the narrow transfer guide retaining screw. Slide

the guide to the rear and lift it off.3. Remove the front clip and the 3 gears.

Note: 1. Gear B has a clip.

2. Gears A and C have molded in retainers.

3. Remove the gears in the following order: A, B, and then C.

4. Remove the clip on the rear of the roller’s shaft and remove the bushing.

5. Push the roller to the rear so that the front end of the shaft clears the frame.

6. Lift the roller by the front end of its shaft and pull it out toward the front.

Note: 1. When installing the gear, slide it on the shaft while pressing the shaft’s opposite end so that the projection on the inner diameter of the gear fits firmly into the groove on the shaft.

2. When the rear bushing comes out of the housing, be sure to install it correctly.

3. Do not touch the surface of the cleaning brush roller with your hands.



Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade1. Remove the transfer belt support and power supply

connections from the Transfer Belt Assembly.2. Remove 3 screws.3. Remove the cleaning blade support bracket.4. Remove the cleaning blade.

Note: 1. When assembling the cleaning blade, DO NOT touch the blade’s edge with your bare hand. Also, DO NOT allow hard objects to bump against the blade’s edge.

2. When assembling the cleaning blade, assemble it so that the projections on both sides of the frame fit properly into the holes in both ends of the blade plate. Secure the blade and bracket with the 3 mounting screws.

Transfer Belt Drive Motor1. Remove the copier’s Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the connector from the transfer belt drive

motor.3. Remove 2 screws.4. Remove the transfer belt motor.


Transfer Assembly Belt Up/Down/Cam Motor Assembly

1. Remove the copier’s Rear Cover.2. Remove the flywheel (3 screws).3. Remove the Toner Transport Auger Assembly (5

screws).4. Disconnect the cam motor.5. Disconnect the up and down sensors.6. Disconnect the harness connector.7. Remove the 2 mounting screws.8. Align the cam with the holes on the copier rear frame, and

pull the assembly toward you.

Transfer Belt Up and Down Sensor1. Remove the Transfer Belt Drive Motor and Cam Motor

Assembly.2. Disconnect the connectors for the up and down sensors.3. Remove the sensor tabs from the bracket holes and

remove the sensor.

Note: 1. When replacing the sensor, pay attention to the type of sensor (color-coded on the PWA) and its mounting direction.

• Up sensor - Green color PWA• Down sensor - Silver color PWA

2. Make sure that sensor tabs are firmly fitted into the bracket holes.

3. Do not forget to reconnect the connectors.

(Green PWA)

(Silver PWA)



Cleaning Assembly1. Remove the charge corona and the developer

assembly. 2. Disconnect the 2 connectors.3. Remove 2 screws.4. Hold the handle and pull the Cleaner Assembly out.

Note: 1. The Cleaner Assembly is heavy. Take care not to drop it.

2. When installing the Cleaner Assembly, make sure that the cleaning assembly gear is engaged with the gear on the rear of the used toner auger motor pulley before you secure it.


Cleaning Blade1. Remove the Drum.2. Remove the top cover (4 screws).

3. Rotate the bracket outward.4. Remove the cleaning blade mounting screw.5. Hold onto the ends of the 2 screws.6. Remove the cleaning blade.

Screw ends



Recovery Blade1. Remove the recovery blade.

Note: 1. The recovery blade is secured by double-sided adhesive tape.

2. Make sure that the old tape is completely removed before securing the new blade.

3. When installing the new recovery blade, press the blade’s edge down and against the cleaner frame (behind the flange) at point A.

4. Make sure there is no gap there is no gap between the blade and the frame.

FlangeCleaner frame

A


Cleaning Brush Roller1. Pull the knob on the cleaning roller support shaft in the

direction of the arrow to place the cleaning roller in a disengaged state.

2. Remove the cleaning brush roller from the cleaning assembly.

Cleaning brush roller



Separation Fingers (Drum)1. Remove the cover (2 screws).

2. Remove the E-ring.3. Remove the cam.


4. Slide the Separation Finger Assembly to the front to remove it from the bushing at the rear.

5. Pull the assembly out from the rear.

6. Remove 4 screws.7. Slide the 2 separation fingers, the stop, and the paper

guide off the shaft.

Separation finger assembly

Separation finger

Stop



Separation Finger Solenoid (Drum)1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.

3. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly.

Note: Be careful, DO NOT scratch the transfer belt!

4. Remove the 2 mounting screws (from the front side) that secure the Solenoid Assembly to the rear frame.

5. Remove the solenoid assembly.


6. Remove the separation finger solenoid (2 screws, connector, and harness retainer).

Note: During assembly, move the solenoid in the direction of the large arrow, and then tighten the screws to secure it.

Harness retainer



Discharge LED Array1. Remove the stop bracket (1 screw).2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the Discharge LED Array.


Ozone Filter1. Remove the Upper Exit Cover.2. Unlock the bracket lock.3. Rotate the knob and pull out the ozone filter.

4. Remove the ozone filter from its holder.



Ozone Filter Assembly1. Disconnect the 2 connectors.2. Remove the 2 mounting screws.3. Remove the Ozone Filter Assembly.


Exhaust/Intake Fan Motor1. Remove the exhaust fan duct (2 screws).

2. Remove the intake fan duct (2 screws).

3. Remove the 2 fan mounting screws.

Note: Install the exhaust fan motor and the intake fan motor in the direction shown.



Exit Fan Motor1. Open the exit door and pull the duplexer out.2. Remove the exit fan motor bracket (2 screws, connector).

3. Remove the exit fan motor from the bracket (2 screws).

Note: Install the exit fan motor in the direction shown.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 106Disassembly Exposure

Exposure

Laser Assembly1. Remove the glass retainer, the Exposure Glass, and

Left Top Cover.2. Slide the carriage to the feed side.3. Remove the 2 retaining screws from the Laser Assembly

panel holes.

4. Remove the indicator bracket screws.5. Remove the indicator assembly bracket.6. Remove the lens cover.7. Disconnect the harness connecting the system logic PWA

to the scanner logic PWA.8. Remove the small cover on the rear side.



9. Disconnect the harness connecting the system logic PWA to the printer logic PWA.

10. Remove Upper Exit Cover, and open the lower exit door.11. Remove the System Electronics Cover on the inside of the

upper exit area (15 screws).


12. Disconnect the 4 connectors from the system PWA.13. Remove the system electronics assembly (2 screws).

14. Disconnect the 2 connectors on the printer logic (PLG) PWA and the harness in-line connector.

15. Remove the harness from the clamp (2 screws).16. Remove the assembly positioning bracket (2 screws).

Bracket



17. The black arrow is pointing to where you should hold the Laser Assembly as you pull it along the rail to remove it.

Note: Before you remove the Laser Assembly, make sure that the connectors are disconnected.

Note: 1. Temporarily place the Laser Assembly with the motor side facing up, so that the Laser Assembly is not subjected to damage or misalignment.

2. Take care not to get dirt, finger prints, or smudges on the Laser Assembly’s slit glass.



Duct Intake Fan1. Remove the cover behind the toner hopper (2 screws).

2. Remove 3 screws.3. Disconnect the connector.

Connector



4. Remove 2 screws and the panel cover.5. Remove the fan.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 112Disassembly Development

Development

Auto Toner Sensor1. Remove the Developer Material. 2. Place the developer assembly upside down.3. Remove the auto-toner sensor (2 screws).

Toner Empty Switch1. Remove the Toner Hopper Assembly.2. Remove the switch mounting screw.3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the toner empty switch.

Auto toner sensor

Toner empty switch



Toner Hopper Cover Switch1. Remove the switch cover (1 screw).

2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the toner hopper cover switch.

Switch cover

Toner hopper switch


Toner Hopper Assembly1. Remove the Rear Cover and Right Top Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.

3. Remove 3 screws.



4. Push the Toner Hopper Assembly toward the rear to release the retainers, and then lift the rear up at an angle to remove the assembly.

Toner Transport Auger Assembly1. Remove the Right Top Cover.2. Remove the Developer Assembly.3. Remove the Toner Hopper Assembly.4. Pull the LCC out.5. Remove the 2 screws shown below.


Toner Motor1. Remove the Toner Hopper Assembly.2. Disconnect the toner motor connector.3. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws).

4. Remove the toner motor (2 screws).



Used Toner Auger Motor1. Remove the Cleaner Assembly.2. Remove the Left Inner Cover.3. Remove the 4 screws securing the bracket and the

reinforcing plate.4. Disconnect the connector and the harness restraint.5. Remove the motor assembly.

6. Remove the used toner auger motor (2 screws and a harness tie).

Reinforcing plate

Used toner auger motor


Used Toner Container1. Remove the 2 coin screws, and open the used toner

container cover.2. Pull the used toner container out.

Used Toner Full Switch1. Remove the Used Toner Container.2. Disconnect the used toner full switch connector.3. Remove the screw securing the used toner full switch

bracket with switch.

Used tonercontainercover

Used tonercontainer

Used toner full switch



Used Toner Transport Auger1. Remove the 5 screws securing the Toner Transport Auger

Assembly.2. Disconnect the transport auger motor connector.

Used Toner Transport Motor1. Remove the used toner transport motor (2 screws).


Toner Filter Assembly1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Remove 2 screws.3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the Toner Filter Assembly.

5. Remove 3 screws.6. Separate the harness from the harness clamp.7. Remove the developer.

Note: After installing the Toner Filter Assembly, make sure that the duct is properly overlapping the Toner Filter Assembly seal.

• If there is a clearance between the duct and seal, toner may be blown out and contaminate the inside of the copier.

Developer fan



Toner Filter Replacement1. Remove the Upper Rear Feed Cover.2. Remove the screw.3. Use the screw handle to remove the filter cover.

4. Pull the toner filter out.


Developer Assembly1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover.2. Rotate the developer assembly locking handle counter-

clockwise.3. Disconnect 1 connector.

4. Pull the Developer Assembly toward the front.



Developer Material1. Remove the Developer Assembly.2. Remove the top cover (2 screws).

3. Completely remove the old developer material while rotating the gear on the rear side plate. Remember, use a piece of paper to catch developer material.


4. Fill the Developer Assembly with new developer material.

5. Rotate the gear several times to distribute the developer material evenly.

6. Install the top cover.

Note: Rotate the gear only in the direction of the arrow.



Note: When installing the top cover, carefully position it so the side frame seals between the 2 cover seals.

Seal of top cover

Urethane seal


Upper/Lower Developer Spacers1. Remove the Developer Assembly.2. Remove the Developer Assembly handle (2 screws).

3. Remove the 2 E-rings and then the spring.4. Remove the upper (gray), and the lower (blue) developer

spacers from the front end of the magnet roller shafts.

Upper/LowerDeveloper spacers

Lowerdeveloper spacer

Upper/LowerMagnet rollers

(blue) E-ring

E-ring Upperdeveloper spacer(gray)

FRONT



5. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.6. Remove the rear side plate (4 screws).7. Disconnect the bias connector.


8. Remove the 2 E-rings and bias plate.9. Remove the spring and the upper (white), and the lower

(black) developer spacers from the rear of the magnet roller shafts.

Upper (white) and lower (black) developer spacers

REAR



Magnet Rollers1. Remove the Developer Material.2. Remove the E-ring and the spring.3. Remove the front developer spacers.4. Remove the front side plate (3 screws).

5. Remove the 2 screws that secure the front magnet roller support. Magnet roller support

Magnet rollers


6. Remove the rear side plate (4 screws).7. Remove the 2 screws that secure the rear magnet roller

support.8. Remove the entire Upper And Lower Magnet Roller

Assembly from the developer.

9. Remove the 2 pole positioning blocks and the 2 E-rings on the inside.

10. Remove the 2 collars.

Magnet roller support Magnet rollers

Pole positioning blocks

Collars



11. Remove the 2 E-rings and 2 gears.12. Remove the magnet roller supports from the front and the

rear ends.

Note: The upper and lower magnet rollers are differentinternally.

• The front end of the upper shaft is painted BLACK.• The front end of the lower shaft is painted RED.

13. Remove the 2 seals and the 4 shield bushings from both ends of the developer roller, scraper, and the upper and lower magnet rollers.

Magnet roller supports

Gears

Shield bushings

Seal

Seal


Developer Transport Roller (Magnet)1. Remove the Upper/lower Developer Transport (Magnet)

Roller Assembly.2. Remove the front gear and the E-ring.

3. Remove rear side screw, and then the transport roller pole positioning bushing.

4. Remove the front side bearing and transport roller.

Transport rollerPole positioning bushing



Doctor Blade1. Remove the top cover.2. Remove 2 screws.3. Remove the doctor blade.

Note: When installing the doctor blade, both ends must be contacting the step areas on the front and rear side frames (2 screws).

• The doctor blade sets the transport roller’s magnetic brush thickness to 0.70 mm.

Doctor blade

Doctor blade

The doctor blade ispositioned on top of thestep of the convex part ofthe sideframe.


Developer Motor1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the developer bias connector.3. Disconnect the motor connector.4. Remove the duct (2 screws).5. Remove the motor assembly (3 screws).

6. Remove the developer motor (2 screws).

Duct Developer bias connector



Developer Switch1. Remove the Right Inner Cover and the Developer

Assembly.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the harness from the clamp.4. Remove the switch bracket (1 screw).5. Disconnect the 2 connectors.6. Remove the screw.7. Remove the developer switch.


Developer Drive Oil Seal (Mixer Section)1. Remove the rear side plate.2. Remove the 2 E-rings and 2 gears.

3. Remove the 2 screws and pull the nozzle and mixers out.4. Remove the 2 E-rings and 2 bushings. Bushing Mixer nozzle



5. Use grip-ring pliers to remove the 2 exposed oil seals from the mixer nozzle mixer.

6. Remove the 2 bearings.7. Remove the 2 oil seals located behind the bearings.

Mixer nozzle


Note: When installing a new oil seal, perform the following:

1. Carefully push the new oil seal in parallel to the surface of the developer frame mounting hole (or the mixer nozzle).

• During assembly of the oil seal, pay attention to the direction that you are inserting the seal into the mounting hole (Refer to the illustration).

2. Apply a uniform coating of grease to the inside surface of the oil seal.

• Amount: Two large drops• Grease: Use only recommended bearing grease.

3. Wipe off any surplus grease that oozes into the inside.

Oil seal

(Mixer nozzle)



Note: When installing the rear bearings, perform thefollowing:

• Coat the bearing contact area of the mixer shafts with grease and install the bearings.

• Use only recommended bearing grease.


Oil Seal (paddle section)1. Remove the front side plate, rear side plate, and mixer

nozzle.2. Remove the E-ring, and then the gear and pin.

3. Remove the E-ring and then the rear paddle bushing.4. Remove the gear and then the E-ring.

Paddle bushing (rear)



5. Remove the front paddle bushing.

6. Remove the bearings from the front and rear paddle bushings.

Note: To remove the bearings, insert a phillips (+) screwdriver (larger than the inner diameter of the bearing) into the inner side of the bushing, then push the bearing out.

7. Remove the front and rear oil seals from the paddle bushings.

Note: Follow the oil seal installation procedures that were previously provided.

Paddle bushing (front)

E-ring

Rear paddle bushing Front paddle bushing

Phillips screwdriver

Bearing

Bushing


Developer Drive Oil Seal (Developer and Transport Rollers)

1. Remove the 2 rear bushings from the upper and lower developer rollers.

2. Remove the front and rear oil seals.3. Remove the Transport Roller.

4. Remove the oil seal that is press-fit into the front side frame.

Note: Follow the oil seal installation procedures that were previously provided.



Image Density Sensor 1. Remove the sensor mounting bracket (2 screws).

2. Disconnect the sensor connector.3. Remove the 2 mounting screws.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 144Disassembly Paper Feed

Paper Feed

LCC Door1. Open the LCC door, remove the 3 mounting screws from

the hinge, and remove the door.

LCC Feed Cover1. Remove the LCC Door.2. Remove 5 screws.

LCC door

LCC feed cover



LCC Assembly1. Open the right front cover.2. Remove the LCC handle (2 screws).3. Push the LCC release lever (as shown by the white arrow

in the illustration) to move the LCC Assembly out.

Note: Be careful! Do not pinch your fingers.

4. Remove 2 front and rear screws that fasten the LCC Assembly to the rails.

LCC

LCC

LCC assembly

Rail(front)


5. Lift the LCC Assembly to remove it.

LCC Front Cover1. Remove the LCC front cover (4 screws).

LCC assembly



Tray Lift Cable1. Lower the paper tray as for as possible.2. Turn the power switch OFF.3. Remove the LCC Front Cover.4. Remove the lowest vertical transport paper feed guide (2

screws).5. Remove the drive bracket (2 screws).

6. Remove the front and rear cable winding pulleys (with the flanges) from the LCC.

7. While pressing inward on the flange retainers, disassemble the pulley flange.

8. Remove the lift cable.

Vertical transport upper feed guide assembly

Retainer

Lift cableLift cable CablewindingpulleyCable winding pulley


9. Remove the 4 clips (front and rear) fastening the lift cable.

10. Remove the lift cable clips (2 each on the front and rear) and the 4 lift cables.

Note: Take the following precautions when installing the 2 lift cables:

1. Select the correct tray lift cable for routing - Cable 1 is the longer cable (LCC door cover - side), and cable 2 is the shorter cable (LCC paper feed - side).

2. Carefully examine the routing of the currently installed lift cables.

LCC bracket

Lift cable clips

Lift cable



• Note the following cable/pulley relationships among the four pulleys (A to D) before removing the 2 old lift cables (1 & 2), so that the new cables follow the same routing when installation is complete.

3. Remove the old cables.

A B C D

1 Inner side Inner side Lower side

2 - Outer side Upper side


11. Secure the lift cable pulleys:A. Insert lift end cable 1 into the pulley groove.B. Insert lift end cable 2 into the pulley groove.

12. Installing the pulleys:A. Position the pulleys on their shafts so that an

imaginary horizontal line is formed by matching the arrow marks.

B. If the arrow marks are out of alignment, the tray will not be level (horizontal) and will travel up and down at an angle.

Pulley



LCC Tray Drive Motor1. Disconnect the connector.2. Remove the LCC tray drive motor assembly (3 screws).3. Remove LCC tray drive motor from the mounting bracket

(3 screws).

Note: Always remove the LCC tray drive motor assembly with the tray lowered.

• If the assembly is removed while the tray is up, the tray may drop.

LCC Door Switch 1/LCC Door Switch 21. Remove the LCC Front Cover.2. Disconnect the 2 in-line connectors.3. Remove the LCC Door Switch assembly (2 screws).4. Remove the screw.5. Remove the cover bracket and the terminal connectors.6. Remove the LCC Door Switch 2 (2 screws).7. Remove the LCC Door Switch 1 (2 screws).

LCC tray drive motor assemblLCC tray drive motor

LCC door switch 2

LCC door switch 1

Terminalconnectors


LCC Tray Down Sensor1. Raise the tray, and stop it at the middle of the track.2. Remove the LCC Tray Down Sensor assembly (2 screws).

3. Disconnect the connector on the tray down sensor from the Tray Down Sensor Assembly.

4. Remove the sensor.

LCC tray down sensor assembly

LCC tray down sensor



LCC Sensor/Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor1. Pull the LCC Assembly out.2. Remove the front side guide lever and the handle (1 screw

for each).

3. Remove the link’s top screw.4. Remove the 2 guides (2 screws for each).


5. Disconnect the connector.6. Remove the LCC sensor bracket (2 screws).7. Remove the LCC sensor (2 screws).8. Remove the upper drawer paper stop sensor bracket (2

screws). 9. Disconnect the connector.

10. Remove the sensor (1 screw).

LCC sensor

Upper drawer paper stop sensor



LCC Pickup Roller1. Open the LCC door.2. Remove the clip and remove the weight from the front

side.3. Slide the shaft to the rear and remove the pickup roller.

LCC Feed Roller1. Open the LCC door and remove the paper guide (2

screws).2. Remove the clip and the LCC feed roller from the shaft.

Note: The roller can be more easily removed from the shaft by pressing the separation roller shaft down.

LCC pickup roller

Paper guidePaper guide

LCC feed roller

LCC separation roller


LCC Separation Roller1. Open the LCC door and remove the paper guide

(2 screws).2. Remove the clip and take the LCC separation roller off

the shaft.

Note: The roller can be more easily removed from the shaft by pressing the pickup roller up, and by pressing the separation roller shaft down.

LCC/Bypass Feed Motor1. Pull the LCC Assembly out and remove the Bypass Feed

Tray. 2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove 3 screws and the drive belt from the pulley, to

remove the motor bracket.4. Remove the feed motor (3 screws).

LCC pickup roller

LCC feed roller

LCC feed roller Built-in clutch spring



LCC Varistor1. Pull the LCC Assembly out and remove the varistor (2

screws).

Note: During reassembly, attach the short lead directly to the paper guide.

2. Tighten the screws securely.

LCC Paper Empty Sensor/LCC Tray Up Sensor1. Lower the LCC tray.2. Open the LCC cover.3. Disconnect the 2 connectors.4. Remove the sensor bracket (1 screw).5. Release the 4 retainers to remove the sensors.


LCC Paper Start Sensor1. Slide the LCC Assembly out and remove the Bypass

Feed Tray Assembly.2. Remove the paper guide (2 screws on the rear).3. Remove the screw and disconnect the connector.4. Remove the sensor bracket.5. Release the 4 retainers to remove the sensor.



Bypass Pickup Roller1. Remove the clip.1. Pull the shaft from the support arm while pressing down

the bypass pickup roller.2. Remove the pickup roller.

Bypass Feed Roller1. Slide the LCC Assembly out.2. Remove the clip securing the bypass pickup roller.3. Remove the bypass feed roller clip on the front.4. Remove the bypass feed roller (with the shaft) from the support arm.

Roller support arm

Drive belt

Bypass pickup roller

Bypass pickup roller


Bypass Feed Separation Roller1. Slide the LCC Assembly out.2. Remove the front paper guide (1 screw).3. Remove the clip and slide the bypass feed separation roller off the shaft.

Note: Perform the following procedures when reassembling the pickup roller, feed roller, and separation roller:

1. Mount the drive belt securely on the pulleys.

2. Mount the drive belt in the correct position.

3. Securely engage and seat the clips into the shaft grooves.

4. Check that there is no oil on the drive belt, pulley, or roller surfaces.

Bypass feed separation rollerBypass feed roller

Front paper guide

Spring connectorBypass feed separation roller



Bypass Pickup Solenoid1. Slide the LCC Assembly out.2. Remove the rear paper guide (1 screw).

3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the bypass pickup solenoid (2 screws).

Note: During reassembly, insert and tighten the screwsdiagonally as shown below.

Paper guide

Bypass pickup solenoidSolenoid

Screws


Bypass Feed Sensor1. Remove the paper guide.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the sensor bracket (1 screw).4. Release the sensor’s 4 retainers from the sensor bracket.5. Remove the bypass feed sensor.

Bypass feed sensor



Bypass Feed Tray Assembly1. Slide the LCC Assembly out2. Disconnect the 2 rear connectors.

3. Remove the Bypass Feed Tray Assembly (2 screws).4. Slide the width guide toward the outside.5. Pull the Bypass Feed Tray Assembly out while pressing

the bypass pickup roller down.


Paper Drawers1. Pull the drawer out, remove the 2 stop screws, and

remove the drawer.• Repeat the procedure for the upper), middle), and lower

drawers.



Paper Feed Assemblies • There are three paper feed assemblies (upper, middle,

and lower). The upper and middle assemblies are identical.

• Each feeds paper from its associate drawer. • The lower assembly’s registration roller and paper-stop

sensor are not located in the assembly, they are in the middle registration assembly (vertical transport assembly).

1. Slide the LCC Assembly out.2. Pull the drawer out slightly (the drawer that corresponds to the

Feed Assembly to be removed).3. Remove 2 screws.4. Remove the corresponding Paper Feed Assembly.

• The three paper feed assemblies are removed in the same manner.

Note: After installing the feed assemblies, push the drawers incompletely.


Paper Feed Assembly Pickup Roller1. Remove the Paper Feed Assembly.2. Press the arm in the direction of the arrow (left illustration),

to remove the pickup roller from the arm. Then remove the pickup roller from the drive belt.

Pickup roller

Pickup roller Drive belt

Pickup roller

Paper feed assembly



Paper Feed Assembly Feed Roller/Separation Rollers

1. Remove the pre-separation roller guide (2 screws). Refer to the previous illustration.

2. Remove the clips and the rollers from the shafts.Feed roller

Feed roller

Separation roller

Separation roller

With built-inspring connectorclutch


Paper Feed Assembly Registration (metallic) Roller1. Remove the 3 E-rings, gear, pin, collar, and bushing.2. Remove the E-rings and bushings on the opposite

end.

Note: During reassembly, be sure to mount the gear and collar as shown below

3. Slide the roller assembly in the direction of arrow A.4. Lift out the shaft and remove the metallic roller.5. When replacing the roller, remove the E-ring, gear,

and pin.

Note: During reassembly, mount the gear in the direction shown below.

Registration rollers

Registration roller

A



Registration (rubber) Roller (Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies)1. Remove the metal roller.2. Remove the spring, E-ring, and bushing on each end.3. Remove the rubber roller.4. When replacing the rubber roller, remove the E-ring, gear and pin.

Note: Refer to the following information during reassembly:

• Springs - Front: yellow spring Rear: black spring• Gear - note the mounting direction

Registration roller


Drawer Paper Stop Sensors (Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies)1. Remove the Pre-separation Roller Guide.2. Remove the 2 E-rings, gear pin and bushing at the rear of

the separation roller shaft.3. Pull the separation roller (with its shaft) out toward the

front.

4. Remove the guide (4 screws, front and rear).

Note: When removing the guide, handle the attachedharness with care.

Guidescrews

Guide



5. Remove the screw.6. Disconnect the connector.7. Remove the drawer paper stop sensor.

Drawer paper stop sensor

Drawer paper stop sensor


Drawer Paper Start Sensor1. Remove the guide.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the sensor bracket (2 screws).4. Release the 4 tabs from the bracket and remove the

drawer paper start sensor.

Drawer paper start sensor

Drawer paper start sensor



Paper Drawer Tray Up Sensor/Drawer Empty Sensor1. Remove the Paper Feed Assembly.2. Remove the E-ring and bushing.3. Slide the pickup roller assembly in the direction of arrow. 4. Remove the bushing, take the drive belt off the pulley.5. Remove the pickup roller assembly.

6. Remove the sensor cover (1 screw).

Pickuprollerassembly

Drive belt


7. The drawer tray up sensor and the drawer empty sensor are mounted on a PWA.

8. Disconnect the connector.9. Remove the screw that secures the PWA to the assembly.

10. Remove the PWA with the sensors attached.

Note: When installing the pickup roller assembly, remember to secure the spring in the proper position.

Paper empty sensor

Drawer tray up sensorConnector

Spring



Upper Drawer Registration Assembly1. Slide the LCC Assembly out.2. Remove 2 screws and pull the upper registration

assembly out to the paper feed side.


Upper Drawer Registration (metallic) Roller1. Remove the Upper Registration Assembly.2. Remove the 3 E-rings, gear, pin, collar and bushing.3. Remove the E-ring and bushing on the opposite end.

Note: During reassembly, mount the gear and collar in the same direction as they were disassembled.

Upper registration roller





Upper Drawer Registration (Rubber) Roller1. Remove the Upper Registration Assembly.2. Remove the spring, E-ring, and bushing on each end and

then remove the rubber roller.3. When replacing the rubber roller, remove the E-ring, gear

and pin.

Note: Refer to the following information during reassembly:

• Spring - Front: yellow spring • Spring - Rear: black spring• Gear - note the mounting direction



Drawer Lift Motor1. Remove the inner cover.2. Remove the harness from the harness clamp

(unnecessary for the upper tray).3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws).

5. Remove the 2 gear assemblies (2 screws).6. Remove the lift tray motor (3 screws). Motor retaining screws

Lift motor



Paper Drawer Feed Clutches1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Loosen the setscrew securing the clutch.4. Remove the clutch.

Paper Drawer Registration Clutches1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Loosen the setscrew securing the clutch.4. Remove the clutch.

Paper Drawer Paper Drive Motor1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove 2 screws.4. Remove the motor.

Paper Drawer Closed Sensors1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Release the 2 sensor retainers from the tray rail.3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the sensor.

Drawer

Registrationclutch

Drawerpaperdrivemotor

Feed clutch

ClosedSensorConnectors


Drawer Paper Drive Assembly1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Remove the harness from the 2 harness clamps.3. Remove the bracket. (2 screws)4. Remove the PWA. (2 screws and 1 standoff)5. Remove the spring from the used toner transport pipe.6. Disconnect the feed clutch, registration clutch and tray

sensor connectors (9 connectors).7. Disconnect the lower assembly motor connector.8. Remove the harness from the 3 harness clamps.

9. Remove 8 screws.10. Remove the drawer paper drive assembly by pulling it

toward you.

Drawer

Registrationclutch

Drawerpaperdrivemotor

Bracket

Feed clutch

Charge coronatransfer belthigh voltagepower supplyPWA

ClosedSensorConnector



Upper Registration Roller1. Remove the Registration Motor and the developer support front and the rear (3 screws

for each support).2. Remove the front E-ring, bearing and bushing.3. Slide the upper registration roller to the rear, take off the rear bushing, and then remove

the roller.4. When replacing the roller, also remove the 2 E-rings, pulley, bearing, bushing, gear and

pin.

Bushing

Developer support

[Front]

[Rear]


Upper Paper Dust Brush1. Remove the Developer and 1 brush retaining screw.2. Remove the upper paper dust brush in the direction of the

arrow.

Brush retaining screw



Lower Registration Roller1. Remove the Registration Assembly.2. Remove the paper guide (2 screws).3. Remove the spring hooked on the roller end (2 screws).4. Remove the clip on the front end, and slide the roller

together with the bushing and bearing to the front end, and pull the rear end from the frame.

5. Lift the roller upward to remove it.6. When replacing the roller, remove the gear and the pin.

Lower Paper Dust Brush1. Remove the Developer and the Cleaner.2. After removing the Transfer Belt Assembly, remove the

brush retaining screw.3. Remove the lower brush in the direction of the gray arrow.

Note: During reassembly, insert the brush’s projection securely into the hole in the rear frame.

Registrationroller (L)


Registration Motor1. Remove the flywheel.2. Remove the Used Toner Transport Auger Assembly.3. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws).

Note: When installing the motor bracket, make sure that the bracket is positioned correctly. Align the embossedsections for proper positioning, as shown in theillustration.

• Rotate the motor bracket clockwise so that the bottom edge of the upper left hole contacts the embossed dowel.



4. When replacing the motor, loosen the 2 setscrews, remove the flange and pulley, and then the 3 screws.

Note: During reassembly, align the notched surface of the pulley with the matching one on the shaft.

Registration motor


Paper Stop Sensor1. Remove the Registration Assembly.2. Remove the paper stop sensor (2 screws and 1 bracket).

3. Disconnect the connector, remove the two retainers, and the paper stop sensor.

Note: When installing the sensor bracket, install it so that the positional relationship between the actuator andsensor is the same as shown to the right.

Registration assembly frame

Sensor

Mounting the sensor



Registration Assembly1. Disconnect the connector at the rear.

2. Remove the Developer, the Cleaner, the Transfer Belt, and the pin bracket (1 screw).


3. Slide the Registration Assembly toward the front (in the direction of arrow 1).

4. Remove the assembly by moving it to the left (in the direction of arrow 2).

Note: When installing the Registration Assembly, be careful not to bend the 2 leaf springs.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 189Disassembly Fuser

Fuser

Fuser Assembly1. Remove the fuser mounting screw.2. Pull the Transfer Belt Assembly (with the Fuser

Assembly) out.

3. Disconnect the damp heater connector at the rear of the Fuser Assembly (220 ~ 240V versions)

4. Slide the Fuser Assembly to the front about 6 mm, and then lift it vertically to remove it.

Note: The Fuser Assembly must be held by the front and rear handles.

• The Fuser Assembly must be removed from the machine, before replacement of the parts in the fuser section can be performed.

Screw

Fuser assembly

Transfer belt assembly


Fuser Cleaning Rollers (1 and 2)1. Remove the Fuser front cover and rear cover

(2 screws).2. Remove the Fuser upper cover (3 screws).

3. Remove the rear E-ring securing each roller on the rear.

Fuser assemblyupper cover

Cleaning roller 1

Cleaning roller 2

REARSpring (black)

E-ring

(paper dust)

(oiler/cleaning)

Spring (silver)



4. Remove the shaft and the transfer gear.5. Remove the paper dust roller (cleaning roller 1).6. Remove the oiler/cleaning roller (cleaning roller 2).

Transfer gear

Bushing

BushingBushing

Bushing


Upper Fuser Thermistors (TH-1 & TH-2)1. Remove the front cover and rear cover.2. Remove the Fuser Assembly Upper Cover.3. Remove the Drawer Connector Bracket (1 screw).4. Disconnect the thermistor connector.5. Remove the 3 harness clamps.6. Remove the 2 upper thermistor brackets

(2 screws for each).

Upper Fuser Thermofuse1. Remove the thermofuse bracket (1 screw).

2. Remove the thermofuse (2 screws).

Note: When installing the thermofuse, make sure that the gap shown between the thermofuse and the fuser roller is maintained. See Thermofuse adjustment.

Note: When removing the 2 upper thermistors (TH-1 & TH-2) and the thermofuse, wrap the fuser roller and the pressure roller with paper to prevent them from becoming scratched.

• Cover the rollers with paper as shown.

Thermofusebracket



Lower Fuser Thermistor (TH-3)1. Remove the harness cover (1 screw).2. Remove the lower thermistor (TH-3) (1 screw).

Lower FuserThermistor Harness Cover


Upper Stripper Fingers1. Remove the jam release assembly (1 screw on the front side).2. Remove the upper stripper finger assembly (1 screw on the

front).

Note: 1. When securing the shaft screws, make sure that the section of the shaft with the D cut fits into the D hole in the bracket.

2. The position of each separation finger can be moved 3 mm to the front or to the rear by repositioning the E-ring on the shaft.

• Refer to the Preventive Maintenance Schedule.• Stripper fingers on the 5555 should be moved after 170,000 copies have been

run.• Stripper fingers on the 5565 should be moved after 200,000 copies have been

run.• Stripper fingers on the 5580 should be moved after 220,000 copies have been

run.• Before the copier is shipped from the factory, the E-ring is at the center

groove.



3. Remove the spring and upper stripper finger.

Note: The spring is attached in the direction shown below.

Before the copier is shipped from the factory,the E-ring is at the center groove.

Rear Front

Stripper fingers

SpringSeparation finger

Springs

Stripper finger


Lower Stripper Fingers1. Remove 1 screw from the front and 1 screw from the rear

of the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly.2. Open the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly.

3. Remove the spring and lower stripper finger.4. When the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly is opened,

cleaning roller 4 is exposed.• Bushing and springs connect cleaning roller 4 to the

Lower Stripper Finger Assembly.

Lower stripper finger assembly

Lower separationfingers

Cleaning roller 4

Springs

Lower stripperfingers



Fuser Lamps (1 & 2)1. Remove the front lamp bracket (1 screw).2. Disconnect the 2 connectors from the front of the

fuser lamps.

3. Remove the drawer connector bracket (1 screw).4. Remove the rear lamp bracket (1 screw).5. Disconnect the 2 connectors from the rear of the

fuser lamps.6. Remove the 2 fuser lamps.


Note: 1. When installing the 2 fuser lamps, make sure that they are attached with the manufacturer’s name facing toward the front.

2. The wattage of the 2 lamps is different, as indicated by different diameters.

3. Carefully install/align the correct lamp in the hole in the fuser lamp mounting bracket having the same diameter.

4. DO NOT touch the glass with your hands!

• Do not touch the lamps’ glass tubes with bare hands.• Do not leave smudges, grease, dirt, or debris of any kind

on the glass tubes.• Use a clean cloth or tissue when handling fuser lamps.

Fuser lamp 1

Fuser lamp 2

Manufacturer’s name



Fuser Roller1. Remove the fuser upper cover and jam release.2. Carefully remove the 2 fuser lamps.3. Completely loosen the 2 screws securing the pressure

springs.

4. Remove the front handle bracket (as indicated by the arrows (1 screw at the right arrow).

5. Remove the front grip ring and gear.6. Remove the 2 front screws.7. Remove the bearing.8. Remove the drive belt.

Grip ring


9. Remove the rear grip ring and remove the pulley.

10. Remove the rear handle bracket (2 screws).11. Remove the bearing (2 rear screws).

Drive belt

Grip ring

Bearing

Rear handle bracket



12. Raise the end of the fuser roller.13. Remove it by moving it in the direction of arrow A.

Note: 1. Take care not to deform the lead spring on the upper thermistor.

2. Cover the fuser roller with paper, to prevent it from being scratched.

Paper covering thefuser roller


Cleaning Roller/Pressure Roller1. Remove the Fuser Roller.2. Open the lower stripper finger assembly (2 screws).3. Open the lower entrance guide assembly (2 screws).4. Cleaning roller 3 is exposed when the lower entrance

guide is opened.• A spring is used to attach the cleaning roller 3 to the

lower entrance guide.5. Remove the pressure roller with its bearings

Note: 1. When removing the pressure roller, cover it with paper to prevent it from being scratched.

2. Also, to prevent damage during installation, cover the roller.

Cleaning roller 3 (for the pressure roller)Lower entrance guide assem

.

Pressure roller Paper



Note: Exercise the following precautions during replacement:

1. Make sure that the pressure roller’s front and rear bearings properly fit into the pressure lever.

2. Take care not to bump the pressure roller against the bracket or other parts, or scratch its surface.

3. Take care not to bend or deform the thermistor.

4. Make sure that the screws securing the pressure springs are firmly tightened (2 locations).

• When thin paper is frequently used, or paper wrinkles often, loosen these screws to make adjustments for the paper thickness.

5. If paper jams occur frequently in the fuser or paper frequently wrinkles, adjust the lower entrance guide. Use the 2 screws to make adjustments, use the markings for references.

Lower entrance guide


Fuser Exit Rollers1. Remove the front and rear stop rings.2. Remove the roller.3. Remove the 2 stop rings, screw, knob, gear and 2 pins.

4. Pull the shaft out to replace the exit roller. Knob



Fuser Exit Sensor1. Remove the front cover.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Release the retainers from the bracket.4. Remove the fuser exit sensor.

Retainer

Connector


Fuser Drive Motor1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Remove the Rear Exit Cover.3. Remove the connector cable bracket (2 screws).

4. Disconnect the connector from the fuser drive motor PWA.5. Remove the motor (3 screws).

Connector cable bracket

Fuser drive motor PWA

Fuser drive motor



Fuser Fan Motor1. Remove the system electronics assembly.2. Remove the screw (at black arrow).3. Disconnect the 2 connectors.4. Raise and remove the fuser fan duct in the direction of the

gray arrow.

5. Remove the Rear Exit Cover.6. Remove the connecting cable mounting bracket (2

screws).


7. Disconnect the fuser fan motor’s connector.

8. Remove the motor bracket (1 screw).

Fuser fan



9. Remove the fuser fan motor from the bracket (2 screws).

Note: During installation, install the fan with air moving in the direction of the arrow, to move air away from the inside of the machine.


Fuser Solid State Relays (SSR1 & SSR2)1. Remove the protective cover (3 screws).2. Disconnect the 4 connectors, and remove the 2 screws to remove each SSR.

Note: Refer to the wiring diagram below when reconnecting the connectors:

SSR1 SSR2


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 211Disassembly Duplexer/Copy Exit

Duplexer/Copy Exit

ADM Front Cover1. Remove the duplexer from the copier.2. Remove the screw securing the rotation knob, and then

remove the knob.3. Remove the duplexer front cover (3 screws).4. Remove the upper guide cover fastened by the stop ring.

ADM Feed Cover1. Remove the feed cover (2 screws).

ADM Stack Guide Assembly1. Remove the stack guide assembly (6 screws).2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the stack guide assembly.

Feed cover

Upper guide coverStop ring

Front cover

Connector


Copy Exit Rollers (Driven & Idler)1. Remove the exit cover.2. Remove the rear E-ring, and slide the bearing to the inside

of the frame.3. Slide the exit roller to the rear.4. Remove the bearing from the frame.5. Remove the exit roller.



Duplexer Drive Motor1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove the drive motor bracket (3 screws).4. Remove the duplexer drive motor (2 screws).

ADM Empty Sensor/Transport Sensor 11. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket.4. Remove the duplexer empty sensor.5. Disconnect the connector.6. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket.7. Remove transport Sensor 1.

Empty sensor

Width guide home position sensorLength guide home position sensor

Transport Sensor 1


ADM Width Guide Motor/Wide Guide Home Position Sensor

1. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove 2 screws.4. Remove the width guide motor (2 screws).5. Disconnect the connector.6. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket.7. Remove the width guide home position sensor.

Note: The position of the width guide home position sensor is adjusted before the copier is shipped from thefactory.

• DO NOT remove the adjustment screw.

ADM Length Guide Motor/Length Guide Home Position Sensor

1. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Remove 2 screws.4. Remove the length guide home position motor (2 screws).5. Disconnect the connector.6. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket.7. Remove the length guide home position sensor.

Empty sensor


Transport Sensor 1

Width guide motorLength guide motor

Empty sensor


Transport Sensor 1

Length guide motor

Width guide motor



ADM Pickup Roller Guide Assembly1. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.2. Remove the pickup roller guide (4 screws).

ADM Pickup Roller1. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly.2. Remove 3 clips securing the pickup roller and clutch.3. Remove the pickup roller and clutch.


ADM Transport Drive Clutch1. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover.2. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.3. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly.4. Remove the clutch bracket (2 screws).

Note: Install the clutch bracket in its original position by making sure that the protrusion on the clutch is fitted into the notch on the clutch bracket.

5. Remove the 2 setscrews securing the transport clutch.6. Disconnect the connector.7. Remove the clutch.



ADM Paper Transport Rollers 1, 2, and 31. Remove the PWA.2. Remove the front E-ring and bushing.

3. Remove the rear E-ring, pulley pin and belt.4. Remove the E-ring and bushing.5. Remove the transport roller.

• Transport rollers 2, 3 use the same components.


ADM Paper Transport Roller 11. Remove the front clutch bracket and the

Transport Clutch.2. Remove the front E-ring and bushing.3. Remove the rear connector bracket (3 screws).4. Remove the rear E-ring, pulley pin and belt.5. Remove the E-ring and bushing.6. Remove the transport roller.

• Transport rollers 1 and 4 use the same components.

ADM Transport Sensor 21. Turn the duplexer over.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Release the sensor retainers from the bracket.4. Remove transport sensor 2.



ADM Drive Assembly1. Disconnect the 2 connectors.2. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly (5 screws).


ADM Feed Clutch/Registration Clutch1. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly.2. Remove the bracket (2 screws).3. Remove the 4 bushings.

4. Remove the E-ring, gear and pin.5. Remove the 2 setscrews securing the feed clutch and the

registration clutch.6. Remove the feed clutch and registration clutch.

Note: The gear on the feed clutch side has 32 teeth, and the gear on the registration clutch side has 22 teeth.



ADM Feed Roller1. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover.2. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.3. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly.4. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly.5. Remove the Transport Clutch Bracket.6. Remove the front E-ring and bushing.

7. Remove the rear E-ring and gear pin (black gear).8. Remove the E-ring and bearing.


9. Remove the springs from the transport guide.

10. Slide the feed roller assembly to the rear to remove it.11. Remove the spring and separation belt gear drive

assembly.12. Remove the E-ring, pickup gear drive assembly and pin.



ADM Registration Roller1. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover.2. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly.3. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly.4. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly.5. Remove the Transport Clutch Guide.6. Remove the front E-ring and bearing.

7. Remove the rear E-ring, pin, and white gear.8. Remove the E-ring and bearing.


9. Slide the registration roller to the rear and remove it.



Duplex Paper Feed Sensor1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover.2. Remove the screw securing the feed sensor bracket.3. Disconnect the connector.4. Release the sensor retainers from the bracket.5. Remove the feed sensor.

ADM Registration Sensor1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover.2. Disconnect the connector.3. Release the sensor retainers from the bracket.4. Remove the registration sensor.

Registration sensor

Duplexpaper feed sensor


ADM Feed Assembly1. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover.2. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover.3. Remove the Transport Clutch Holder.4. Disconnect the 5 connectors.5. Release the harness from the feed bracket.6. Remove the E-ring from the front side of the fulcrum shaft

that secures the Duplexer Feed Assembly.

7. Remove the rear E-ring.8. Remove the rear spring.9. Slide the fulcrum shaft out the front.

White/WhiteWhite/Black

Black/Black

Fulcrum shaft



10. Lift the feed assembly upward to remove it.


ADM Forward Rotation Clutch/Reversing Clutch1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly.2. Remove 2 E-rings.3. Remove 2 screws.4. Remove the feed drive assembly.



5. Remove 2 E-rings, 2 screws and the bracket.

6. Remove 2 E-rings and the bushing.


7. Remove both setscrews that secure the forward rotation clutch and the reversing clutch.

8. Remove the clutches.

E-ring



ADM Gate Roller Solenoid (SOL1) 1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly.2. Remove the feed drive assembly.3. Remove the screw that secures the gate roller solenoid.4. Remove the solenoid.


ADM Entrance/Reversing (rubber) Roller & Transport (plastic) Roller1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly. 2. Remove the feed drive assembly.3. Remove the front E-ring, gear and pin.4. Remove the 2 screws supporting the transport guide.

5. Remove the rear E-ring, and the bushing.6. Remove the transport guide (2 screws).

Pin

E-ring

Transport guide

Bushing

E-ring



7. Slide the entrance/reversing roller (rubber roller) to the front and remove it.

8. Remove the front springs and rear springs (2 each).9. Remove the front E-ring, and the bushing.

10. Remove the rear E-ring, and the bushing.Spring

E-ring


11. Slide the transport roller (plastic roller) to the front, and remove it.



ADM Separation Belt1. Remove the Duplexer Assembly.2. Remove the feed drive assembly.3. Remove the 4 screws securing separation mounting

bracket and the bracket.

4. Remove the E-ring, collar, gear, pin and bushing.5. Remove the E-ring, bushing and bracket.

Separationmountingbracket


6. Remove the E-ring.7. Slide the bushing from the bracket.8. Remove the separation belt roller.9. Remove the 2 E-rings.

10. Remove the weight roller.

11. Remove the 3 E-rings and collar.12. Pull the shaft to the rear.13. Replace the 4 separation belts.

Weight roller



ADM Pre-stack Discharge Brush1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover.2. Remove the 2 screws securing the pre-stack discharge

brush and mylar sheet bracket.3. Remove the brush.

Discharge brush

Sheets


Duplexer Gate Roller1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly. 2. Remove the feed drive assembly.3. Remove the E-ring and clutch assembly.4. Remove the 2 front E-rings and each of the 2 gear pins.5. Slide Arm F out to the front.

6. Remove the 2 rear E-rings and each of the 2 gear pins.7. Slide Arm R out to the rear.

E-ring Arm F

Arm R



8. Slide the gate roller to the front and remove it.


Exit/Duplexer Selector Gate1. Open the exit assembly.2. Remove the spring from the arm, and the screw securing

the link to the arm.

Note: During reassembly:

• Be careful, do not tighten the screw securing the link to the arm, too tightly.

3. Remove the E-ring and bushing.



4. Slide the exit/duplexer selector gate to the front.5. Remove the gate.

6. Remove the E-ring, arm, pin and bushing from the gate.

Bushing

ArmE-ring


Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid (SOL4)1. Remove the exit cover (4 screws).2. Remove the screw that secures the link to the gate arm.3. Disconnect the connector.4. Remove the gate solenoid (2 screws).



ADM Reversing Selector Gate1. Open the exit assembly.2. Remove the E-ring that secures the reversing

selector gate.3. Remove the arm, spring and bushing.4. Slide the reversing selector gate to the rear.5. Remove the gate.

Reversingselector gate


ADM Reversing Transport Roller1. Open the exit assembly.2. Remove the rear E-ring, gear pin and bushing.3. Remove the E-ring.4. Slide the transport roller to the front.5. Remove the bushing from the frame, and the

transport roller.6. Remove the E-ring from the transport roller and bushing.7. Replace the reversing transport roller.

Reversingtransport roller


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 245Disassembly Control Panel

Control Panel

Control Panel1. Open the control panel.2. Remove the Left Inner Cover, Middle Inner Cover, and

Right Inner Cover (3 screws for each).3. Disconnect the connector inserted through the copier

frame.4. Remove the 3 screws securing the control panel.5. Raise the control panel upward, and remove it.6. Disconnect the connector.

7. Remove the 5 standoffs and screw.8. Disconnect the 7 connectors, and remove the control

panel PWA.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 246Disassembly Control Panel

9. Remove the serrated screw and aluminum sheet (2 places).

10. Remove 4 screws and bracket.

11. Remove keypad PWA (8 screws).12. Remove keypad PWA (9 screws).13. Remove the LCD (4 screws).

PWAPWA Keypad PWALCDKeypad PWA


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 247Disassembly F580/F580S Finisher

F580/F580S Finisher

Front Door Cover1. Open the front door [1].2. Remove the screw [2] and bushing [3].3. Remove the screw [4] and bushing [5].4. Remove the front door.

Rear Cover1. Open the upper cover [6].2. Remove the screws [7] securing the rear cover [8] and

remove it.

1

23

45

6

7

8


Upper Cover1. Open the upper cover [1].2. Remove the 2 claws [2].3. Remove the upper cover.

Front Upper Inner Cover1. Open the front door cover [3].2. Remove the screw [4] securing the front upper inner cover

[5].3. Remove the cover

1

2

3

4 5



Tray Assembly1. Remove the rear cover.

• For the Saddle Stitcher, also remove the rear lower cover.

2. Disconnect the ground wire [1].3. Disconnect the J201 connector [2].4. Release the harness stop [3].

5. Remove the slide guide [4].6. Remove the front [5] & rear [6] end caps.7. Lift the tray assembly [7] out of the finisher.

1

2 3

4 56

7


Note: 1. When installing the tray assembly, carefully release the tray lift motor gear clutch [1] with a screwdriver as shown.

2. Be sure to hold the tray assembly up when releasing the clutch, otherwise the assembly will fall rapidly and may cause damage.

3. The specification for the difference between the height of the left and right sides of the tray assembly is 2 mm.

Upper Tray Guide1. Remove the rear cover.2. Release the tray lift motor gear clutch with a screwdriver or

similar object while supporting the tray assembly, and gently lower the tray assembly down to its lowest position.

3. Remove the slide guide [5].4. Remove the screws [2].5. Remove the screw [3] and remove the upper tray guide [4].

1

5

2

3

4

2



Lower Tray Guide1. Remove the Tray Assembly.2. Remove the screws [1], securing the lower tray guide.3. Open the guide [2].

4. Disconnect the wire harnesses [3] from it’s retainer [4].5. Disconnect the connectors [5].6. Remove the lower tray guide.7. Lift and remove the lower tray guide [6].

1

12

3

5

6

4


Right Guide Assembly1. Remove the screws [1] securing the latch unit [2].2. Remove the latch unit [2].3. Remove the rear cover.4. Open the front door cover [3].5. Remove the screws [4] securing the right guide

assembly.6. Remove the assembly [5].

1

2

3

4

5



Swing Assembly1. Remove the Tray Assembly.2. Remove the Upper Tray Guide.3. Remove the Lower Tray Guide.4. Remove the Rear Cover.5. Free the wire harness from the harness stops [1] and

disconnect the connectors [2].6. Remove the screw [3] that secures the stapler stay holder

[4] and remove the holder.7. Open the front door.8. Move the stapler unit to it’s center position.

9. Remove the spring [5].

1

23

4

5


10. Remove the screws [1] that secure the swing guide assembly [2] in place.

11. Slide the assembly [2] towards you and remove it.1

1

2



Feed Drive Assembly1. Remove the Logic PWA.2. Free the wire harnesses [1] from their retainers [2].3. Disconnect the two connectors [3].

4. Remove the screw that secures the ground lead [4] for the PWA base [5].

5. Remove the screws [6] that secure the PWA base [5].

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

6


6. Free the wire harnesses [1] from their retainers [2] and remove the PWA base.

7. Remove the screws [3] that secure the feed drive assembly [4] and remove it.(See note on following page.)

2

1

2

3

33

4



Note: Before reattaching the removed feed drive unit on the finisher unit, loosen the move gear stop screw [1] to relieve the tension, and then fasten the screw after attaching the feed drive unit.

The move gear attachment must be adjusted also when removing and attaching the swing unit.

If you forget to fasten the screw, the gear teeth may disengage, resulting in defective feeding.

1


Buffer Roller Assembly1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Remove the feed drive assembly.3. Disconnect the connector (inside the harness guide

assembly), coming from the buffer roller assembly.4. Remove the screw [1] that secures the guide support

plate assembly and remove the guide support plate assembly [2].

5. Slide the wire harnesses [3] towards the buffer roller assembly side.

6. Remove the front door cover.7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the guide support

plate assembly [5]. Then remove the buffer roller assembly [6].

2

1 3

4

5

6



Stapler (Upper Stapler F580S)1. Open the front door, and move the stapler assembly

to the front.2. Rotate the blue catch counter clockwise and slide the

stapler assembly out.3. Remove screws that secure the upper entrance cover [1]

and remove it.

4. Remove the 2 shoulder screws [2] supporting the stapler assembly [3].

5. Disconnect the stapler assembly connector [1].6. Remove the screw [2] that secures the ground wire and

free the ground wire.

1

22

3

2

1


7. Remove the screw [3] that secures the ground wire and free the ground wire.

8. Remove the screws [4] that secure the stapler cover to the stapler assembly and remove the cover [5].

9. Remove the screws [1] that secure the stapler assembly [2] to its bracket [3] and remove it.

3

4

44

5

11

2

3



Transit Path Assembly1. Remove the screws [1] securing the right cover [2] and

remove it.2. Open the upper cover assembly [3], remove the screws [5]

securing the rear cover [4] and remove it.

3. Free the wire harness from its retainers [6] and disconnect the connectors [7].

4. Remove the screws [8] used to secure the transit path assembly (three screws in the rear and two in the front).

5. Remove the transit path assembly.

1

24

5

3

6

7

88


Logic PWA1. Remove the Rear Cover.2. Disconnect connectors from the Logic PWA [1].3. Remove the screws securing the Logic PWA and

remove it.

1


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 263Disassembly F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher Assembly

F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher Assembly

Front Lower Door 1. Open the front lower door assembly [1].2. Remove the screw [2] then remove the bushing [3].3. Remove the front lower door assembly.

Rear Lower Cover1. Remove the screws [4] securing the rear lower cover and

remove the rear lower cover [5].

123

4

4

5


Front Inside Cover1. Open the front lower door assembly [1].2. Remove the screw [2] securing the folding roller knob [3]

and remove it. 3. Remove the screws [4] securing the front inside cover [5]

and remove it.

Saddle Delivery Tray Assembly1. Open the saddle delivery tray assembly [7] by lifting the

open/close lever [6] of the saddle delivery tray assembly.

1

23

4

5

4

4

7 6



Upper Delivery Guide Assembly1. Remove the Lower Tray Guide. 2. Remove the screw securing the ground lead [2].3. Remove the screws [1] securing the upper delivery

guide assembly [3], then remove it.

PWA Cover1. Remove the screws [4] securing the PWA cover [5],

then remove it.

1

2

31

5

4

4


Saddle Stitcher Assembly1. Remove the following:

• Lower Tray Guide• Right Guide Assembly• Front Lower Door• Rear Lower Cover• Saddle Delivery Tray Assembly• Upper Delivery Guide• PWA Cover

2. Disconnect two connectors [1].3. Remove the screws securing the bracket [2] and free the

bracket.

4. Free the wire harness [3] from the retainers [4].

1

2

4

3



5. Remove the screw [1] securing the bracket.6. Remove the screws [2] securing the saddle stitcher

assembly [3].

7. Lift the saddle stitcher assembly up slightly and remove it.

Caution When removing the saddle stitcher assembly, make sure the timing belt [4] does not catch on the communication cable bracket [5].

1

2 2

3

54


Saddle Stitcher Assembly Folding Rollers1. Remove the following:

• Front Lower Door• Front Inside Cover• Upper Delivery Guide• PWA Cover

2. Disconnect the connectors [1] at the paper entrance side.

3. Disconnect 2 connectors [2].4. Remove the screws [3] securing the motor mount and

remove the motor mount [4].

1

2 3

4

2



5. Remove the front [1] and rear [2] tension springs.

6. Remove the two C-rings [3].7. Remove the sensor flag [4] and the two bearings [5].

2

1

3

4

5


8. Remove the two C-rings [1] and gears [2] in the front of the unit.

9. Remove the two bearings [3]. 1 2

5

3



10. Open the saddle delivery tray assembly [1].11. Remove the two screws [2] securing the alignment plates

[3] and remove the two alignment plates.12. Slide the paper folding rollers 4] to the front and remove it.

Note: When installing the paper folding rollers do the following:

Attach the gears [5] so that the grooved sections [6] on the gears are facing each other to align the phases.

1

2

3

4

2

6

5


Stitcher Stapler Mounting Assembly1. Remove the front inside cover.2. Remove the E-ring [1].3. Remove the plastic sliding roller [2].4. Remove the shaft [3].

5. Slide the stitcher stapler mounting assembly [4] out toward the front of the unit.

Note: See Adjusting the Stitcher Stapler Position in the Adjustment Chapter.

12 3

4



Paper Positioning Guide Assembly1. Remove the saddle stitcher Logic PWA.2. Disconnect the two connectors [1], remove the three

harness retainers [2], and remove the wire harness [3] from the two retainers [4].

3. Take out the two screws [5], slide the positioning plate unit [6] once towards the front and remove it.

4.

1

23

45

6


Stitcher Upper and Lower Deflecting Guides1. Remove the following:

• Rear Cover• Rear Lower Cover

Note: Only the upper deflection guide is shown. Follow the same procedure for the lower guide.

2. Release the deflection guide lever [1] from deflection guide lever spring [2].

3. Remove the deflection guide lever from the end of the shaft [3].

4. Remove the deflecting guide [4].

1

2

3

1 2

4



Logic PWA1. Remove the PWA cover.2. Disconnect the wire harness connectors [1] from the PWA.3. Remove the screws [2] securing the PWA [3].4. Remove the PWA.

11 1

1

2

22

2 3

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 3 - 276Disassembly F580/F580S Punch Unit

F580/F580S Punch Unit

Right Guide Assembly1. Remove the two screws [3] and take out the latch unit.2. Remove the four screws [1] and take out the right guide

assembly [2].

Upper Cover1. Remove the right guide assembly.2. Open the front door [4], remove the three screws [5], and

take off the upper cover [6].

1

2 3

45

6

6

5



Punch Motor1. Remove the upper cover. 2. Disconnect the connector [1].3. Remove the two screws [2] and take out the punch motor

[3].

Horizontal Registration Motor1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Disconnect the connector [4].3. Remove the two screws [5] and slide the horizontal

registration motor [6] in the direction of the arrow.

12

3

45

6


Punch Unit1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Remove the three connectors [1].3. Remove the wire harness [3] from the three wire harness

clamps [2].4. Remove the wire-harness band [4].

5. Remove the upper inlet guide [5] (three screws).6. Remove the connectors [6].

1

1

22

4

4

3

5

6



7. Remove the E-ring [1] and washer [2].8. Remove the puncher spring [3].

9. Turn the gear [4] in the direction of the arrow and move the punch unit section [5] to the front side.

1

2

3

4

5


10. Disconnect the connector [1].11. Remove the screw [2]. 12. Remove the horizontal registration sensor [3].

13. Turn the gear [4] in the direction of the arrow and move the punch unit [5] to the inner side.

1

2

3

4

5



14. Remove the punch unit [1] by first lifting the front side of the punch unit, then moving it in the direction of the arrow.

WARNINGWHEN REMOVING THE PUNCH UNIT, THE UNIT SOMETIMES FLIES UP.

1


LED PWA1. Remove the punch unit.2. Remove the screw [1] that secures the LED PWA [2], then

remove the PWA.

Photosensor PWA1. Remove the upper cover. 2. Remove the screw [3], then remove the sensor bracket [4].3. Disconnect the connector [5] and remove the photosensor

PWA [6].

12

5

4

3

6



Scrap-Full Detector PWA Unit1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Disconnect the connector [1].3. Remove the screw [2] that secures the scrap-full detector

PWA 3] and remove the PWA.

Punch Driver PWA1. Remove the punch unit.2. Disconnect the connectors [4], from the punch driver PWA [5].3. Remove the [6] securing the punch driver PWA and remove

the PWA.

2

3

1

4

4

4

5

6

6

6

6



4 - 1


Section 4Adjustments



Section 4: Adjustments

Service Mode ..................................................................4-5Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode ................................... 4-5

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 1 . . . . . . 4-6Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 2 . . . . . . 4-6Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 3 . . . . . . 4-7Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 4 . . . . . . 4-7Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 5 . . . . . . 4-8Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 6 . . . . . . 4-8Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 7 . . . . . . 4-9Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 8 . . . . . . 4-9

Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode ..................................4-10Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 1 . . . . . 4-10Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 2 . . . . . 4-11Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 3 . . . . . 4-11

Access Control Mode ......................................................4-12Procedure to enable and disable Access Control Mode: 4-12Procedure to register ID Codes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Procedure to View and Edit ID Codes: . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Control Panel.................................................................4-14Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................. 4-14

System ..........................................................................4-17Formatting the HDD ....................................................... 4-17Flash ROM and EPROM Version ....................................4-18System PWA Flash ROM Download Procedure ..............4-19

System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Preparing the laptop PC to use a Network. . . . . . . . 4-20Installing the FTP server program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41System Firmware Download Procedure. . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Setting Mode/08 Codes ...................................................4-67

Counters....................................................................... 4-71Setting Mode/08 Codes ..................................................4-71

Document Handling...................................................... 4-75RADF Skew ....................................................................4-75RADF Side-to-Side Original Registration ........................4-77RADF Height ...................................................................4-79RADF Magnetic Catch ....................................................4-81RADF Separation Plate ...................................................4-82RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex) .........................4-84RADF Leading Edge Position (Duplex) ...........................4-85RADF EEPROM / Sensor Initialization ............................4-87Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ............................................4-88Setting Mode/08 Codes ...................................................4-89

Document Scanning ..................................................... 4-91Image Skew ....................................................................4-91Lens Reproduction (1:1) Adjustment ..............................4-91Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment .....................4-96Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ............................................4-97

Digital Image Processing.............................................. 4-98Print Image Procedure ....................................................4-98Paper Aligning .................................................................4-99

Paper Aligning Value (Codes 05-450 to 05-458) . . . 4-99Print Unit .......................................................................4-101

Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Printer (Code 05-401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101Laser Starting Position (Codes 05-411 and 05-410) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) (Code 05-488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106Leading Edge Registration - (Paper) (Codes 05-442, 05-444, 05-445, and 05-443) . . . . 4-108

Scan Unit .......................................................................4-110manuals4you.commanuals4you.com


Image Skew - Optics (Non-rectangular image) . . . 4-110Image Skew - Original Stop (Non-rectangular image) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier (Code 05-405) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment (Code 05-306) . . . . . . . . . . 4-116Front edge of copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio (Code 05-340) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118Copy Leading Edge Image Position (Code 05-305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120Leading Edge Void (Code 05-430) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122Front to Rear Void (Codes 05-432 & 05-431) . . . . 4-124Trailing Edge Void Adjustment (Code 05-433) . . . 4-126

Automatic Gamma .........................................................4-128Gamma Curve Correction ..............................................4-130Sharpness (HPF) ...........................................................4-132Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-134Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-144

Photo Conductor Process ...........................................4-145Charge Corona Voltage Adjustment ............................. 4-145Drum to Developer Magnet Roller Gap .........................4-148Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-149Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-152

Photoconductor Exposure ...........................................4-154Image Density .............................................................. 4-154Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ......................................... 4-157Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-159

Development ...............................................................4-161Doctor Blade Gap ......................................................... 4-161Developer Mag Pole Position ....................................... 4-161Developer Auto Toner Sensor .......................................4-162

Developer Bias ..............................................................4-166Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-169

Paper Feed................................................................. 4-172LCC Paper Sizes ..........................................................4-172Drawer Paper Sizes ......................................................4-174Side to Side Deviation - Paper Feed Drawers ..............4-177Side to Side Deviation - Stack Feed Bypass .................4-179Side to Side Deviation - LCC ........................................4-181Paper Aligning ...............................................................4-183Image Registration ........................................................4-183Main Registration Roller Compensation ........................4-184Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-185Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-188

Fuser .......................................................................... 4-192Fuser Roller Pressure (Side-to-Side) ............................4-192Fuser Roller Temperature & Pressure ..........................4-194

Fuser Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194Fuser Pressure: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196

Fuser Entrance Guide ...................................................4-197Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-199Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-200

Duplexer/Copy Exit..................................................... 4-202Duplex Stack Unit Side-to-Side Deviation .....................4-202Duplexer Pre-feed Compensation .................................4-204Duplexer Length Guide Position Compensation ...........4-205Duplexer Width Guide Gap ...........................................4-206Duplexer Gate Roller Position .......................................4-207Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-209Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-210

F580/F580S................................................................ 4-211Registration Roller Compensation ................................4-211Finisher Alignment ........................................................4-211Paper Stack Height Sensor ...........................................4-213


Alignment Guide Position ..............................................4-214Staple Position (Stapler Movement Range) ..................4-216Sort/Staple Capacity ......................................................4-219Saddle Stitcher Folding Position ....................................4-220Saddle Stitcher Center Position - Fine Adjustment .......4-224Adjusting the Stitcher Stapler Anvil ...............................4-225Paper Pushing Plate Position ........................................4-229Adjustment Mode 05 Codes ..........................................4-231Setting Mode 08 Codes .................................................4-232Punch Unit Sensor Output .............................................4-233Punch Unit Registration .................................................4-234

PC-80/NIC-80..............................................................4-235Assigning the IP Address ............................................. 4-235Setting Initial Windows™ Values ...................................4-237Printing Through Each Application ................................4-238Screen Details ...............................................................4-240Paper Tab ......................................................................4-241Enlarge/Reduce Printing Screen ...................................4-244Enlarge/Reduce by Paper Size .....................................4-245Enlarge/Reduce Printing by Zoom .................................4-246Margin Tab ....................................................................4-247Output Tab .....................................................................4-248Special Printing Screen .................................................4-265Cover Sheet Tab ...........................................................4-267Cover Sheet ...................................................................4-269Sheet Insertion ..............................................................4-270Watermark Tab ..............................................................4-271Watermark Entry/Edit Screen .......................................4-273Print Quality Tab ............................................................4-274

For the PS Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-274Substitution Table Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-276Operating the Substitution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-277

PCL5e Driver ................................................................ 4-278 PCL6 Driver ..................................................................4-280

PS Tab ..........................................................................4-281Option Tab ....................................................................4-283Other Tab ......................................................................4-285Register User Information .............................................4-287Password Setting ..........................................................4-288


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 5Adjustments Service Mode

Service Mode

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to view the current value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys or the UP and DOWN icons when required.

• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value prior to pressing the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.6. When a test copy or test print is required:

• Select the paper source indicated in the adjustment.Example: Letter/A4 100% from the LCC.

• To make a test copy press the ENERGY SAVER key.• To make a test print press the 1 or 2 key as indicated in the adjustment, then press the

ENERGY SAVER key.

Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up.

7. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification.8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.

Note: To prevent machine lockup after accessing any of the service modes or diagnostic test modes; always turn the machine OFF, wait a few seconds then turn the machine ON.

9. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.

Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.


Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 11. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to view the current value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys.


5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.6. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.7. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.8. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 21. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to view the current value.4. Enter a new value using the UP and DOWN icons.

• If you make a mistake, press the RESET icon to reset to the previous value prior to pressing the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.



Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 3

Note: This setting cannot be adjusted.

1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to view the current value.4. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to exit the adjustment code.

• This code is for displaying a value only. It cannot be adjusted.5. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.6. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 41. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to view the current value.4. Automatic adjustment begins.5. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.6. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.


Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 51. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Select the Ledger/A3 paper drawer.3. Enter a 2 using the number keys.4. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.

• 33 degree gradation pattern generated from sub scanning.5. Enter the adjustment code using the number keys. 6. Press the START key.

• The machine will make the adjustment automatically.7. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.8. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 61. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key.4. Enter the Sub-Code using the number keys.5. Press the START key.6. Enter the new value using the number keys.


7. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.8. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy when required.9. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.




Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 71. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key.4. Enter the Sub-Code using the number keys.5. Press the START key to view the current value.6. Adjust the Sub-Code using the UP and DOWN icons.7. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.9. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 81. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key.4. Press the SET icon to store the new value in memory.5. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.6. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.


Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode1. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to display the current value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys, when applicable.5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to return to store the value in memory.6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode.

Note: To prevent machine lockup after accessing any of the service modes or diagnostic test modes; always turn the machine OFF, wait a few seconds then turn the machine ON.



Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 11. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to display the current value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys.

• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to enter the new value in memory.6. If you want to return to the first 08 Setting Mode screen to select another Setting Code,

press the CANCEL icon key.7. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode.8. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.




Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 21. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to display the current value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys, when applicable.5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to return to store the value in memory.6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode.7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.


Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 31. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys.3. Press the START key to display the 1st value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys.

• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.5. If you want to return to the first 08 Setting Mode screen to select another Setting Code,

press the CANCEL icon key.6. Press the START key to view the 2nd value.7. Enter a new value using the number keys.

• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.8. If you want to return to the first 08 Setting Mode screen to select another Setting Code,

press the CANCEL icon key.9. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new values in memory.

10. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode.11. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.



Access Control ModeProcedure to enable and disable Access Control Mode:

1. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys as you turn the power switch ON.2. Enter the 08-600 Setting Code.3. Press the START key to view the current value.4. Enter a new value using the number keys (0=Disabled, and 1=Enabled).

• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to enter the new values in memory.6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode.7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.


Procedure to register ID Codes:1. Press and hold down the START key and 8 keys as you turn the power switch ON.2. The ID Code entry screen “_ _ _ _” will be displayed.3. Input the ID Code.

• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.4. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to enter the new ID Code in memory.5. Press the HELP key to step to the next ID Code entry screen.6. Enter additional codes by repeating steps 1 through 3.

• A total of 40 access ID Codes can be entered.7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.




Procedure to View and Edit ID Codes:1. Press and hold down the START key and 8 keys as you turn the power switch ON.2. The first ID Code will be displayed with its copy count.3. Press the HELP key to display each ID Code and its copy count4. To view all ID Codes, continue to press the HELP key to display each ID Code and its

copy count.• The HELP key can also be used to step to the ID Code you wish to view and then edit.

To remove an ID Code:A. Press the CLEAR key to remove an ID Code.B. Press the ENERGY SAVE key to save the clearing action.

To edit an ID Code copy count:A. Press the COPY key.B. Use the number keys to enter a new copy count or press the CLEAR key to reset the

copy count to “0”.C. Press the ENERGY SAVE key to save changes made.



5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 14Adjustments Control Panel

Control Panel

Setting Mode/08 CodesSetting Service Codes 08 Mode

Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default

Allowable Input Value

Contents

08 - 204 Clear control panel settings and return to default setting time out

ALL 3 0-10 0: Disabled1 to 10: Set number x 15 seconds

08 - 220 Message display language priority

ALL 0 0-2 0: English 1: French 2: Spanish

After setting the desired language, turn the machine power OFF then ON to change the current language in the display.

Note: The customer can change the language from the display, by using the ADJUST icon key.

08 - 645 Reproduction ratio in Special Feature Modes: 2ON1, 4ON1, and Magazine Sort.

Copier 10 0-10

08 - 646 2ON1, 4ON1, and Magazine Sort placement of images

Copier 0 0-1 0: Horizontally centers the 2 on 1 images.

1: Vertically centers 4 on 1 images

0: 90%1: 91%2: 92%3: 93%

4: 94%5: 95%6: 96%7: 97%

8: 98%9: 99%10: 100%

1 2

1 2

3 4



08 - 649 Magazine sort Copier 0 0-1 0: Opening from the front of the Book1: Opening from the back of the Book

08 - 650 2 on 1 and 4 on 1 order of image placement

Copier 0 0-1 0: Forward image placement1: Reverse image placement

08 - 651 Page numbering Copier 0 0-3 Hyphen White area provided on black solids for number

0: OFF OFF 1: ON OFF 2: OFF ON 3: ON ON

Hyphen = -1-Example of Hyphen and White area:

Setting Service Codes 08 ModeMode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

Forward Reverse

1 2 2 1

1 2

3 4

2 1

4 3

-1-


08 - 657 Annotation default direction when the power is turned ON

Copier 0 0-1 0: Short edge

1: Long edge


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

1234567

1234567


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 17Adjustments System

System

Formatting the HDD1. Turn the main power switch OFF.2. Press 0 and 8 keys simultaneously while turning the main power switch ON.3. Enter Code 08-690 then press the START key. 4. Press the 2 key then press the INTERRUPT key in sequence.5. The WAIT message is displayed.6. After the WAIT message is no longer displayed turn the main power switch OFF.7. After a few seconds turn the main power switch ON the HDD is now formatted and the

machine is ready for customer use.


Flash ROM and EPROM VersionSpecification:

System Logic, Main Logic and ROM versions must match values in the specifications chart.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Set code 05-488 to 1.



System PWA Flash ROM Download ProcedureSpecification:

Special Tools:

Software for the laptop PC• Microsoft Windows 95• Virtual Modem• FTP server tools. (Example War FTP Daemon)

Note: The Virtual Modem and FTP programs (utilities) are available on all 5555/5565/5580 firmware update CD ROM's from the Lanier parts department.

Hardware• Laptop computer• Null Modem Serial Cable (female DB9 to female DB9).

Protocol specifications between the laptop PC and the copier System PWA.

Speed 115200 bps

Data Bits 8 Bits

Parity none

Stop Bits 1 Bit

Flow Control None

Echo Off


System Configuration

Measurement/Adjustment:

The following instructions explain how to:• Set up your laptop PC to perform a system Flash ROM download procedure using FTP

(File Transfer Protocol).• Install a virtual modem.• Install a FTP program.• Download new firmware to the System PWA Flash ROM.

Preparing the laptop PC to use a Network.1. Installing and configuring the Virtual Modem.

The connection between the laptop PC and the copier is made using PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol). A dial-up networking program and a virtual modem program are required to download new firmware to the System Flash ROM.

Laptop PC 5555/5565/5580 Copier System Null Modem Serial Cable



2. Installation of the virtual modem program.A. Insert the 5555/5565/5580 Service Utilities/Firmware Updates CD

ROM into your laptop PC. Click on the "Start" button, next click on "Settings", and then click on Control Panel. In the ICON list, double-click on "Modems".

B. Click on the "ADD" button to open "Install New Modem Wizard".


C. In the window “What type of modem do you want to install?”, click on "Other", then click on "Next".



D. Check "Don't detect my modem; I will select it from a list", and click on the "Next" button. You will also see the following screen if no modem has been installed.

E. Click on the "Have Disk..." button.


F. Click on the "Browse" button, then from the CD:Navigate to System> Utility> Virtual Select the file "mdmcisc2.inf"

Note: If you cannot navigate enter in the “Copy manufacture’s files from” field:

D:\System\Utility\Virtual\mdmcisc2.infThen click "OK".



G. Select “Virgina Tech“ in the Manufactures box and "Direct Connection" in the Models box, then click the "Next" button.

H. Select "Communications Port (COM1)", then click the "Next" button.


I. Click the "Finish" button. The Virtual Modem installation is now completed.



J. Click on the "Close" button to close the Modem properties window.

3. Installing Dial-Up Adapter and Network Protocols.

Note: Your computer may already be set up to use a network. If Windows prompts you for a network password at startup and/or the Network Neighborhood icon is displayed on your Windows desktop, your network is already set up. In this case, you can skip this set of instructions and go to step 4.


A. At the Start prompt click on "Control Panel", then double-click on the "Network" icon.



B. In the Network dialog box click the "Configuration" tab. Confirm that "Dial-UP Adapter" and "TCP/IP" are displayed.


C. If your PC does not have "Dial-Up Adapter”, then click the "Add" button, and then click on "Adapter".

D. Select "Microsoft" in the Manufactures list box, and select "Dial-Up Adapter" in the Network Adapters list box, and then click the "OK" button.



E. Next in the Select Network Component Type window click on "Protocol", then click on the "Add" button.

F. From the Manufactures list select "Microsoft", then from the Network Protocols list select "TCP/IP", and then click the "OK" button. To complete the installation of the Dial-Up Adapter and TCP/IP it may be necessary to install the Windows 95 CD.


G. Click on "Yes" to restart your computer so that the settings are in effect.

4. Installing and configuring Dial-Up Networking.

Note: Double-click on "My Computer". If the "Dial-Up Networking" icon is in the window skip to step 5 Using Dial-Up Networking New Connection.

A. If it is not in the window continue with these steps before going to step 5.B. Double click on the "Control Panel" icon and then double click the "Add/Remove

Programs" icon.



C. Click on the "Windows Setup" tab, click on "Communications"make sure it is checked black, and then click on the "Details" button.


D. Select all components by checking each box, then click on the "OK" button. Click on the "OK" button on the "Add/Remove Programs Properties" window.

E. Click on "OK" in the Dial-Up networking Setup" window.

F. This will install "Dial-Up Networking on your system.

Note: You may need to insert the Windows 95 CD to complete the installation.



G. Click on the "Yes" button in the "System Settings Change" window, to restart your computer.

5. Using Dial-Up Networking New Connection. A. On the Desk Top window double-click on the "My Computer" icon, then double-click

on the "Dial-Up Networking" icon.


B. Double-click on the icon "Make New Connection".

C. In the box "Type a name for the computer you are dialing" enter a name you want to know the 5555, 5565, or 5580 as (example 5565 copier). Select "Direct Connection" in the box "Select a modem", and then click the "Configure" button.



D. Click the "General" tab in the "Direct Connection Properties" box, select 115200 for the "Maximum speed", and check "Only connect at this speed".


E. Click the "Connection" tab, confirm that all check boxes in the "Call preferences" box are NOT selected, and click the "Advanced" button.



F. Confirm that all check boxes in "Advanced Connection Settings" dialog box are NOT selected, click on the "OK" button, and then click "OK" again to return to the "New Connection" dialog box.

G. After returning to the "Make New Connection" dialog box, click the "Next" button. For the "Telephone number" enter #39.


H. "Make New Connection" is now completed, click the "Finish" button.

I. Then click OK.



Installing the FTP server program.

In the following steps you will install the software program "War FTP Daemon Version 1.65" as a FTP server on your laptop PC.

A. Create a folder named c:\webshare.B. Create a folder within the "webshare" folder named "FTPROOT".C. Browse the CD and execute the "Setup.exe" file within the "WAR-FTP Daemon 1.65"

folder.D. Enter "C:\WEBSHARE\FTPROOT" as the "Destination Path", then click on the "Next"

button.


E. Select "Typical -This will install the typical modules for this program", then click on the "Next" button.

F. Enter the name to be displayed in the Start menu for this program or use the default name "WarFTPDaemon". Click on the "Next" button.



G. Click on the "Finish" button. The program will complete the installation, then click on the "OK" button.

H. Click on the "Start" button, then click on "Programs, next click on "War FTP Daemon",

and then click on "War FTP Daemon".


I. Click on "Properties", then "Security..." and then "Edit User...".

J. Under "User" click on the "Add" button.



K. Enter dppc (in lower case letters) for the "New Name".

L. Enter dppc (in lower case letters) for the "New Password" and "Verify Password", and click the "OK" button.

M. Select "dppc" and click the "File Access" tab. Click the "Add" button.


N. Double-click "WEBSHARE".

O. Double-click "Ftproot", then click "OK".



P. Change "Read", "Write", "Delete", "Execute", "List", "Create" and "Remove" from Gray check marks to Black check marks. In the Special box check "Root", "Home" and "Recursive" as shown. Then click "Apply" and "OK".

Note: Create and Remove cannot be checked black until Root is checked black.


Q. Before downloading firmware make a connection by clicking on the button to set it in the "Online" mode.

R. To exit the FTP program first set it to the "OFFLINE" mode by clicking on the button, next click on "Properties" and then click on "EXIT".



System Firmware Download Procedure.1. Connecting the copier and the laptop PC.

• With the copy machine power switch turned OFF remove the connector cover located at the rear of the upper left cover.

• Connect the serial null modem cable to the copier and to the laptop computer serial connector.

2. Preparing the update files.• Copy the following update files from the CD ROM to the file folder

C:\Webshare\Ftproot.sysfirm.tzuidata0.tzuidata1.tzuidata2.tzuidata3.tzuidataf.tz

3. Downloading the System Firmware.A. On the copier control panel press and hold the 3 and 9 keys down while turning the

machine power switch ON. This sets the machine in Download Service Mode 39.


The following message is displayed on the copier display panel.

B. On the laptop PC open the program WarFTPDaemon.

C. Set it in the "ONLINE" mode by clicking on the button.

Firmware Version Up Mode

> Make a connection from PC.



D. Make the serial connection by opening the Dial-Up Network program on your laptop PC. Double click on the 5565 copier icon (or the icon you created for the connection).


E. When the "Connect To" window is displayed enter #39 for the "Phone number", then click on "Connect".

F. On the copier display panel the following screen will be displayed when the serial connection is successful.


Target: 1

Established serial connection with PC.

> Press START key to install new firmware.

> Please select a target with DIGITAL keys.



G. Before updating the System FLASH ROM firmware, press the HELP key and confirm the current version numbers of the firmware and UI data. To return to the previous screen press the HELP key again.


Target: 1


Target Version Code

1 005.101 U

2 004.001 0

3 005.002 0

4 006.001 3

5 006.001 7

6 006.003 11


Target number descriptions

Version number description

The Version number is displayed as 6 digits (example: 000.001). The first 3 digits are for Major Version changes and the last 3 digits are for Minor Version changes.

Target number descriptions.Number Description

1 System program data

2 Fixed UI data

3 Common UI data

4 1st language UI data

5 2nd language UI data

6 3rd language UI data

#1 All data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6

#2 All UI data 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6

#3 All language data 4, 5 and 6



Code - Letter and Number descriptions.

Program Data Target 1 description. (The letter code means the country).

UI Data Targets 4 through 6. (The number code means the language).

Letter DescriptionU USA and Canada

E European countries

X Australia and Asian countries

Code Language2 Japanese

3 American English

4 English

5 reserved

6 French

7 German

8 Swedish

9 Dutch

10 Italian

11 Spanish

12 Danish

13 Finnish

14 Norwegian

15 reserved

16 reserved

17 reserved


H. Select the target area number using the number keys. To insert the # sign press the INTERRUPT key prior to pressing a number key.

I. Press the START key and the copier begins updating the data.

Note: After pressing the START key do not:

• Turn the power off to the copier• Turn the power off to the computer• Disconnect the connection between the copier and the computer.

Interrupting the transmission of a file will result in corrupting the copier FLASH ROM file. When the file is corrupted, you must reinstall the data file again.

1). The display will be as follows for targets 1 - 6:


Target: 1


> Installing a new firmware.

- reading a file.

As the firmware is being update the message will change to the following:

- reading a file.

- checking a file.

- checking the device.

- setting NvRAM flags.

- writing to the device.

- verifying the device.

Note: Some messages may be displayed for less than 1 second.



The following screen will be displayed after the firmware is updated. In the case of targets 1 - 6, you can update each area consecutively by pressing the START key and repeating the procedure in step G.

2). The display will be as follows for targets #1 - #3:


Target: 1

Firmware version up is completed.

version: 006:517 code: U

Press START key to continue.

Updated data version number


Target: 1

Installing a new firmware.

- reading a file.

Target Version Code

1 installing

Displays the current data area being loaded.


In the case of Targets #1 - #3 the following screen is displayed after the downloading is completed.


Target: 1

Firmware version up completed.

Target Version Code

1 001.002 U

2 002.001 0

3 002.031 0

4 003.011 3

5 003.022 6

6 003.033 11

Updated version numbers.



J. To stop the downloading process press the CLEAR key prior to " - erasing the device" is displayed. "Program canceled" will then be displayed. You then must start with step A again.


Target: 1

Program canceled.


After the downloading is completed, turn the power switch OFF (or press the CLEAR key, "Program canceled" is displayed, then turn the machine power switch OFF).


Target: 1


Target Version Code

1 001.002 U

2 002.001 0

3 002.031 0

4 003.011 3

5 003.022 6

6 003.033 11



Error Messages

When any part of the updating has failed one of the following messages will be displayed. When this occurs perform the recovery procedure.


Target: 1

Failed to install a new firmware

> Installing a new firmware.

- file read error.

ERROR MESSAGE

- file read error.

- file information error.

- unfit device.

- device erase error.

- device write error.

- verify error.


Recovery Mode

After an error message is displayed turn the power switch OFF then ON again while pressing the 3 and 9 keys. The following is then displayed.

Re-connect with the Dial-Up Network connection (refer to step 5), and the display changes to:

Press the START key to resume the normal download procedure.


Recovery mode: target 3-6 failed.

> make a connection from PC


Recovery mode: target 3-6 failed.

> Press START key to install new firmware.



The following screens will be displayed in the Service Mode 39.


> Make a connection from PC.


Cannot connect with PC.

Power ON

When a connection failure occurs.


Target: 1


> Press START key to install new firmwares.

> Please select a target with the Digital keys

Change the Target number by pressing a number key. Press the INTERRUPT key for the # sign.


When performing Targets 1 - 6


Program canceled.

To stop the download press the CLEAR key during "reading a file".



Version: 001.003


> Press START key to continue.

Displays the following status messages:

- reading a file.

- checking a read file.

- checking the device.

- setting NvRAM flags.

- erasing the device.

- writing to the device.


Target: 1

- reading a file.

Updated data version number



When using targets #1 - #3.

Power OFF

Messages will change to the following:

- reading a file.- checking a read file.- checking the device.- setting NvRAM flags.- erasing the device.- writing to the device.- verifying the device.


Target: #1

Installing a new firmware.

- reading a file.

Target Version

1 installing

The following screen will be displayed when the download is successful.

Displays the current data being updated.


Target: #1

Program canceled.

Target Version

1 006.101

2 canceled

Press the CLEAR key to cancel a download

Power OFF


Target: #1

Firmware version up is completed.

Target Version Code

1 006.101 U 2 004.001 0 3 005.002 0 4 006.001 3 5 006.001 7 6 006.003 11

Updated version numbers


When a failure of the firmware download occurs the following screens will be displayed. When Targets 1 - 6 are selected and an error occurs the following messages will be displayed:

- file read error.- file information error.- unfit device.- device erase error.- device write error.


Target: 1

Failed to install a new firmware.

- file read error.


Target: #1

Failed to install a new firmware.- file read error.

Target Version

Power OFF

When Targets #1 - #3 are selected and an error occurs the following messages will be displayed:

- file read error.- file information error.- unfit device.- device erase error.- device write error.- verify error.- cannot set NvRAM flags.

Power OFF




Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 200 Date and time setting ALL - 13 digits Year/month/date/day/hour/minute/secondExample: 99:08:07:5:11:30:48

08 - 209 Timer for Print job start up time from copy mode

ALL 1 1-10 1 to 10 Set number x 15 seconds(Example: 3X15 = 45 seconds)

08 - 223 Copy or Printer priority mode ALL 0 0-1 0: Copy Mode can interrupt the Print Mode during a Print Job.

1: Copy Mode can not interrupt the Print Mode during a Print Job.

08 - 250 Telephone number for “CALL FOR SERVICE”

ALL 0 14 digits A telephone number up to 14 digits can be entered.

Use the HELP key to enter hyphens (-).

08 - 251 PM (Preventive Maintenance) counter setting value

ALL 0 0-999999 Set the counter to the amount of copies/prints that the customer wants to have preventive maintenance performed at.

Note: When this counter is set to 0, the counter in Code 08 - 252 will not count up, it remains at 0.

08 - 252 PM (Preventive Maintenance) counter current value

ALL 0 0-999999 Set to 0 after the PM is performed.

Note: When Code 08 - 251 is set to 0, this counter will remain at 0.

08 - 253 Error history display ALL

08 - 300 Maximum number of copies allowed

Copier 0 0-2 0: 9991: 992: 9


08 - 488see note 12

Compatibility of the system Logic PWA Flash ROM and the Main Logic EPROM

ALL 0 0-1 To set the firmware compatibility between the system Logic PWA Flash ROM and Main Logic PWA EPROM

Set to 1

08 - 503 Exposure priority at power ON Copier 0 0-1 0: Automatic exposure1: Manual exposure

08 - 550 Image Mode Copier 0 0-2 0: Text/Photo1: Photo2: Text

08 - 639 Date and Time display Copier 1 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled

08 - 640 Data format Copier 0 - Japan1 - Eur2 - USA/

others

0-2 0: 1999.10.161: 28.11.19992: 11.28.1999

08 - 680 SCSI ID setting DSS 0 0-15

08 - 681 Tandem copy setting ALL 0 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled

08 - 690 HDD formatting (Hard Disc Drive)

Perform the formatting when the HDD is replaced or the data has been corrupted, F10 Error code.

ALL - 2-4 2: Formatting is performed

The power switch must be turned OFF/ON after the “WAIT” message is no longer displayed.

3: Tandem type formatted4: Only tandem area formatted


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents



08 - 691 Type of HDD (Hard Disc Drive) is displayed

“WAIT” will be displayed first, then the number of HDD type formatted will be displayed. Normally it will be a 2, unless it is a new hard drive that has not been formatted, then it will be a 0.

ALL - 0-3 0: Not formatted1: Not used2: DSI formatted (DSI is the type of system

interface utilized in the 5555/5565/5580).3: Tandem type formatted

The power switch must be turned OFF/ON after the type of HDD is displayed.

08 - 692 HDD size display ALL - - X.X GBExample: 2.1 GB

08 - 805 Displays the value of Test Pattern data-1

The value in this code is used in the troubleshooting of Image Quality Control problems.

ALL 88 0-255 When the Test Pattern data-1 value does not equal the default value of 88.

Refer to the Section 5, Flashing Service IQC Troubleshooting for complete information.

Do Not set to any value other than 88 or image density problems will occur.

To enter a value press the FUNCTION CLEAR key, a dash (-) will now be displayed in the value on the right hand side of the display. Key in 88, then press the START key.

08 - 900 Displays the System FLASH ROM version for all 6 programs data

ALL - - US/Canada: L331SUXXXX Europe: L331SEXXXXExample: L331SU0022

08 - 903 Displays the Main Logic EPROM version

ALL - - 30*M XX

08 - 904 Displays the Laser Logic EPROM version

ALL - - 300L-XXExample: 300L-08

08 - 905 Displays the Scanner Logic EPROM version

ALL - - 300S-XXExample: 300S-080


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


Note 12: This code is available only for the 5580.

08 - 921 Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM Program data version

ALL - - VXXX.XXXExample: V006.148 U

08 - 922 Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM Fixed UI (User Interface) data fixed area version

ALL - - VXXX.XXXExample: V006.000 0

08 - 923 Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM Common UI (User Interface) data common area version


08 - 924 Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM 1st language UI (User Interface) data version


08 - 925 Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM 2nd language UI (User Interface) data version


08 - 926 Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM 3rd language UI (User Interface) data version



xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 71Adjustments Counters

Counters


Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 202 Externally installed copy counter/control device

ALL 0 0-3 0: No external copy counter/control device1: Coin controller2: Copy key card3: Key counter

08 - 203 Factory Running ModeNote: Do not set this mode to 1

except for servicing.

ALL 0 0-1 1: Factory mode Mechanical counter does not count and copies can be made without the developer unit installed.

0: Normal mode

08 - 302 Resettable Copy and Original counter display

ALL 3 0-3 0: OFF (Not displayed here)1: Resettable Copy counter2: Resettable Original counter3: Resettable Copy and Original counters

08 - 351 Electronic total copy/print counter ALL 0 0-99999999 Electronic counter counts all copies and prints, including all test mode copies.

Note: The mechanical counter only counts the customer’ copies and prints, not test mode copies or prints.

08 - 352 Ledger/A3 double count ALL 1 0-1 0: Single count (count LD or A3 copies and prints as a 1 page)

1: Double count (count LD or A3 copies and prints as 2 pages)


08 - 358 Bypass counter ALL 0 0-99999999 Each counter can be set to 0 (zero) or any other value.

When set to 0, this will accurately record the number of pages from each area from the last PM or service call.

The counter information can also be supplied to the customer for tracking the usage of an area of the machine.

08 - 359 LCC counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 360 Upper drawer counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 370 Middle drawer counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 371 Lower drawer counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 372 Duplexer counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 374 RADF original counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 375 Copy job counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 376 Print job counter ALL 0 0-99999999

08 - 382 LCC tray lockout counter

Note: For tray lockout clearing to take effect, set to 0, then turn the machine power switch OFF then ON.

ALL 0 0-1 The LCC tray operation is disabled when there is a problem detected with the tray raising or lowering.

The machine logic disables the LCC tray movement by placing a 1 in the memory at Code 382.

To enable the LCC, set Code 382 to 0 and determine the cause of the LCC tray movement problem.

08 - 390 HDD (Hard Disc Drive) error counter

Note: Only the counter value can be displayed. A value cannot be entered or changed.

Copier 0 0-32767 When an internal problem with the HDD occurs, an error is recorded in the memory at Code 390.

When too many errors occur, it is then necessary to replace the HDD.


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents



08 - 393 HDD (Hard Disc Drive) machine (system) error counter

Note: Only the counter value can be displayed. A value cannot be entered or changed.

Copier/Printer(sys)

0 0-32767 When there is a problem communicating to the HDD through the machine interfaces, an error is recorded in memory code 393.

When this occurs often, the machine interface cables and PWAs that provide communications to the HDD must be checked and replaced as necessary.

08 - 400 Thermistor status counter

Note: To clear an error code enter 0 then press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

Note: Entering a value other than 0 will create a “CALL FOR SERVICE” condition.

ALL 0 0-9 0: No error has occurred1: C41 occurred once2: C41 occurs continuously3: C46 error4: C43 error5: C44 error6: C43 error7: C44 error8: C45 error9: C44 error

Note: Refer to Section 5 (Troubleshooting) for additional information.

08 - 401 Drum counter ALL 0 0-999999 Set this counter to 0 anytime the drum is replaced.

The count is determined by the amount of time the drum drive motor runs.

08 - 404 Developer counter ALL 0 0-999999 Set this counter to 0 anytime the developer material is replaced.

The count is the total of all copies and prints, including all test mode copies and prints.


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


08 - 600 Electronic access code

Note: When this is enabled, it does not provide Electronic Access control for the Print mode.

Copier 0 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled

Note: How to set the Electronic Access Codes is provided in the separate operators manual that is included with the copier at the time of shipping. The information is also provided in this service manual.

08 - 800 Image Density Sensor error counter display and error counter clearing.

Displays the number of times when the Image Density Sensor or the test pattern on the drum has failed to meet specification.

ALL 0 0-16 Refer to Flashing Service IQC, Section 5, Troubleshooting for complete information.

When the count value becomes 3 a “Service Recommended for IQC“ message blinks in the display. Set this code to 0 and perform the troubleshooting for problems with Image Quality Control.


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 75Adjustments Document Handling

Document Handling

RADF SkewSpecification:

The RADF must transport the original so the copied image is correctly aligned on the copy paper.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Perform the following adjustments:

• Print Image • RADF Height • RADF Magnetic Catch • RADF Original Side-to-Side Registration • RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex) • RADF Leading Edge Position (Duplex)

2. Place a Letter-R original in the RADF and make a copy. 3. Verify that the copy is within specification.

• If it is not, proceed to step 4.


4. If the copy is not within specifications, loosen the RADF hinges front mounting screws only enough to allow the hinges to slide.

• If the copy is skewed in the direction of example A, rotate the RADF CW. Refer to the following illustration.• If the copy is skewed in the direction of example B, rotate the RADF CCW. Refer to the following illustration.

Note: The left hinge is used as the pivot point.

5. Tighten the front mounting screw on each RADF hinge.

6. Repeat this procedure until the specification is met.

Image skew

Direction of copy paper movement

Image

Mounting screw

A B

RIGHT HINGE

RIGHT HINGE

Mounting screw



RADF Side-to-Side Original RegistrationSpecification:

The RADF must transport the original so the image is centered, front to rear on the copy paper.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the:

• RADF Skew Adjustment 2. Draw a line down the center of a blank sheet of Letter/A4 copy paper.

• This sheet is now the Test Original.3. Place the test original in the RADF, making sure that the side guides are

flush against the test original.4. Select the LCC as the copy paper source.5. Make a copy of the test original.6. Measure the distance from the line on the copy paper to each end. To

meet the specification, the distances must be equal.7. If they are not equal, proceed to step 8.

Letter/A4


8. Loosen the screws that secure the original tray.9. Adjust the guide to meet the specification. Move the tray to the rear

if the distance from the center of the copy to the rear edge is smaller. Move it 1/2 of the amount of the difference of the two distances from the center line.

10. Tighten the screws.11. Verify that the adjustment meets the specification.12. Repeat the procedure until the specification is met.

Original tray



RADF HeightSpecification:

The gap between the exposure glass and the RADF SPACERS equals 0~0.5mm.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Using a narrow strip of paper, place it under the RADF SPACERS

and check if it can be easily slid out. 2. If it can, then stack 5 narrow strips of paper together and place the

stack under each spacer.3. If the stack cannot easily be pulled out then the height is correct. If

the stack can be easily pulled out then adjustment is required.

Bottom of RADF

Spacers

. .. .


4. Turn each hinge adjustment screw counterclockwise to make the gap narrower.

5. Check the RADF Magnetic Catch.

SPACERSPACER Exposure Glass

Adjustment screw



RADF Magnetic CatchSpecification:

The magnetic catches should contact and be aligned with the magnet plates.

Spacers L and R should align with the exposure glass.

The space between the spacers and the exposure glass should be 0.5mm (0.002 inch) or less.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the RADF Height adjustment. 2. Lower the RADF onto the exposure glass.3. Loosen each magnet’s 2 mounting screws and adjust the magnet height to meet the specification.4. Tighten the mounting screws.

Mounting screwsMounting screws


RADF Separation PlateSpecification:

The Vertical gap between the separation mylar and the feed roller must 0.6 ± 2mm (0.024 inch ± 0.008 inch).

The Horizontal gap between the tabs of the separation mylar and the edges of the feed roller must be 0.3mm (0.012 inch) or more.

Special Tools:

Feeler gage.


Use a feeler gage and the following procedure to adjust the vertical and horizontal gaps between the tabbed separation mylar and the feed roller:1. For the Vertical gap, loosen the separation plate screws

to make the adjustment.• Vertical clearance between the edge of the separation

mylar and the surface of the feed roller should be 0.6 ± 0.2mm (0.024 inch ± 0.008 inch).

2. Move the separation plate up/down to make the adjustment.3. Tighten the screws.

• The difference in clearance between the mylar’s edge and the surface of the roller (at the front and rear of the assembly) should be 0.2mm (0.008 inch) or less.

View B

(Looking inward from the Jam/Access Door)

Tabbed separation mylar

Separation feed roller



4. For the Horizontal gap, loosen the bracket screws to adjust the horizontal gap between the separation mylar and the feed roller.

5. Slide the bracket right/left until the gaps are 0.3mm (0.012 inch) or more. Refer to view B.

6. Tighten the screws.

Side View A(Looking from the Front)

View B

(Looking inward fromJam/Access Door)

Tabbed separation mylar

feed roller

B

Bracketscrew

Separation platescrews

Bracketscrew

feed rollerTabbed separation mylar


RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex)Specification:

The leading-edge of the test original paper and the test original’s image on the paper, when fed onto the exposure glass, must be in the same position on the copy as it is on the original.

Special Tools:

Lanier RADF Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4)

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Print Image adjustments. 2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously, and turn the power switch ON.3. After confirming that “AJ” is displayed, key in 3, 5, and 0 then press the START key.4. To register the original closer to the original stop, enter in a number smaller than that

displayed, and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.5. If you want to stop the original at a position closer to the RADF exit, enter a number larger

than the one displayed, and press SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

Note: 1 step = approximately 1.0mm (0.04 inch). Allowable input values: 0 ~ 15

6. With an original on the original feed tray, press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.7. Compare the registration of the test copy to the original.

• If incorrect, return to step 3.• If correct go to step 8.

8. After completing the adjustment, press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust mode and go into the normal copy mode.

9. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.




RADF Leading Edge Position (Duplex)Specification:

The leading-edge of the test original paper and the test original’s image on the paper, when fed onto the exposure glass, must be in the same position on the copy as it is on the original, when using the reversing method to position the original.

Special Tools:

Lanier RADF Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4)

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the following adjustments:

• Print Image • RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex)

2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously, and turn the power switch ON.3. After confirming that “AJ” is displayed, key in 3, 5, and 1 then press the START key.4. To make the original stop at a position closer to the original stop, enter in a number

smaller than that displayed, then press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.5. If you want to stop the original at a position closer to the RADF exit, enter a number larger

than the one displayed, then press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

Note: 1 step = approximately 2mm (0.08 inch). Allowable input values: 0 ~ 15

6. Place an original on the original feed tray then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.7. Compare the registration of the test copy to the original.

• If incorrect, return to step 3.• If correct go to step 8.


8. After completing the adjustment, press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust mode and go into the normal copy mode.

9. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.




RADF EEPROM / Sensor InitializationSpecification:

The RADF Logic PWA EEPROM must be initialized and the sensors adjusted when any one of the sensors are replaced.

Special Tools:

None.


When either the RADF logic PWA, registration/paper length sensor - S202, timing sensor - S203, or exit sensor - S206 is replaced, it is necessary to initialize the EEPROM to perform the automatic adjustment of the sensors.

Note: If the adjustment is not performed, errors (paper jams, etc.) may occur.

1. Power the machine ON in the 05 Adjustment Mode.2. Key in Code 05-356 and press the START key.

• The EEPROM initialization is performed and the sensors are automatically adjusted.3. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.4. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


5. Refer to the Troubleshooting section for error information: • 03-281 • 03-282 • 03-283 • 03-284 • 03-285


Adjustment Mode/05 Codes

Note 4: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.

Adjustment Service Codes 05 ModeMode

xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code

zGroup Adjustment Mode Default Range Description

05 - 350see note 4

RADF single sided original stop position.

ALL 8 0-15 The higher the value, the more the original is fed towards the paper feed side of the machine.

1 step is equal to approximately 1mm change.

Test copy can be made in 05 test mode.

05 - 351see note 4

RADF double sided original, side 2 stop position.

ALL 8 0-15 The higher the value, the more the original is fed towards the exit side of the machine.

1 step is equal to approximately 1mm change.

Test copy cannot be made in 05 test mode. Press 09 to enter normal copy mode and toggle back to 05 Mode to adjust.

05 - 356 RADF sensor automatic adjustment and EEPROM initialization.

Press the START key, WAIT is displayed while the automatic adjustment is performed.

ALL - - Perform RADF EEPROM initialization when the EEPROM, RADF logic PWA or one of the sensors are replaced.




Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 460 RADF reversing of transfer belt during original feed to align originals against the original stop

ALL 0 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled

08 - 461 RADF automatic detection of the original size

ALL 0 0-1 0: Non-standard (Machine will not stop and prompt operator to select copy size when non-standard originals are used).

1: Standard (Machine will stop and prompt operator to select copy size when non-standard originals are used).

08 - 604 APS (Auto Paper Size)AMS (Auto Magnification

Selection)Mode priority at power ON

Copier 0 0-2 0: APS mode1: AMS mode2: None

08 - 607 RADF priority mode at power ON Copier 0 0-1 0: START key (place originals in the tray, then press the START key)

1: Auto Start (the machine automatically starts copying when originals are placed 1 at a time in the RADF)

08 - 618 Mixed size originals priority selection

Note: For USA only, Letter-R and Legal size originals can be mixed. For Europe, only A4 and A3 size originals can be mixed.

Copier 0 0-1 0: Same size originals1: Mixed originals


08 - 641 Automatic sorting mode from the RADF

Copier 2 0-3 0: OFF1: STAPLE2: SORT3: STACK


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 91Adjustments Document Scanning

Document Scanning

Image SkewSee Print Image for Image Skew adjustments.

Lens Reproduction (1:1) AdjustmentSpecification:

The 100% (1:1) copy made of a millimeter scale must match the millimeter scale when measured by it.

Note: This adjustment must be performed when the scanner lens unit has been removed or replaced.

Note: This adjustment is for checking that the main scanning (front to rear of copier) reproduction scale for the printer is correct.

Note: Important! Do not disassemble the lens unit. Its internal components are integrally adjusted with the CCD unit at the factory. If the unit is defective, replace the entire unit with a new one.

Millimeter scale


Note: Important! Do not loosen or remove the 6 painted locked screws when replacing the lens unit! They have been sealed at the factory.

Note: When handling the unit, hold it by either end, DO NOT handle it by the center of the unit where the factory adjustments were made.

RearFront

Improper handlingProper handling



Special Tools:1. Lens adjustment pins - C2089-1924 (2 required)2. Millimeter scale

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Place the millimeter scale on the exposure glass and parallel to the original stop.2. Make an A4/LT 100% copy.3. Measure the copied scale with the millimeter scale that was placed on the glass.

• If it does not measure exactly the same, perform the rest of this procedure.

4. Remove the exposure glass, lens cover (and damp heater unit - AH/AHP models) and install the 2 lens unit adjusting pins into the oblong holes on the lens unit base.• Be careful not to damage the harness located under the lens base when screwing in the

pins. Do not over tighten them.

Note: Only finger tighten the pins!

Millimeter scale


• After adjusting the lens reproduction scale, be sure to adjust the deviation in the CCD main scanning direction.

5. Use a pencil to mark the initial position of the lens unit on the scale marks on the scanner base.6. Then slightly loosen the 2 lens unit retaining screws located on each end of the silver lens base bracket.

Lens adjustment pinsScale Marks



7. The lens unit can now be slid to the exit side and to the feed side and referenced to the scale on the scanner base.• The following table shows the estimated lens unit movement from the reproduction

scale error of the copied scale.

Note: Fine adjustment in excess of the movement indicated above should be performed using Code 05-405 (Copier Polygonal Motor Speed Adjustment).

8. Temporarily install the lens cover and exposure glass, make a copy and check the reproduction scale.9. After making any final adjustments, tighten the 2 lens unit retaining screws to lock the lens unit in place.

10. Remove the lens adjusting pins.11. Install the lens cover and exposure glass.12. Check Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/ Copier Adjustment.

Reproduction Scale Error Lens Unit Movement

0.1% 0.5mm

0.2% 1.1mm

0.3% 1.6mm

0.4% 2.1mm

0.5% 2.6mm

0.6% 3.2mm

0.7% 3.7mm

0.8% 4.2mm

0.9% 4.8mm

1.0% 5.3mm

Copied scaleis smaller

Copied scaleis larger


Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position AdjustmentSpecification:

Carriage 2 will be in full contact with the paper feed side frame in the scanner housing and carriage 1 will be in full contact against it when adjustment is complete after replacing the carriage drive cables.

Carriage drive cable tension is self adjusting.

The tension on the front and rear drive cables must be identical.

Special Tools:

Scan pulley cable holding tool (C2089-7344), 2 required.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Loosen the front and rear screws securing

Carriage 1 to the drive cable.2. Loosen only the 2 front screws securing Carriage 2

to the drive cable.3. Slide Carriage 2 to the right and press it against

the paper feed side frame of the scanner housing (at A & B).

4. Tighten the 2 front Carriage 2 retaining screws.5. Slide Carriage 1 on the cables to the right and

press Carriage 2 against the feed side frame (at C & D).

6. Tighten the Carriage 1 retaining screws (1 front & 1 rear).

Exit side frame

Paper feed side frame of scanner housing

Front Rear




Note 3: Key in Code 335 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 310 Exposure lamp intensity. Set to default value: 55

ALL 55 30-70 The exposure lamp voltage increases or decreases 0.25V/step.

05 - 335 - 0see note 3

Scanner acceleration curve setting (50-59%).

ALL 2 0-2 0: Acceleration ratio (1)

1: Acceleration ratio (2)

2: Acceleration ratio (3)

Adjustment corrects for blurs in the leading 50mm (2 inches) of the copy.

Set to the default values when memory has been corrupted. Adjust only when replacing the scan drive motor.

05 - 335 - 1see note 3


ALL 0 0-2

05 - 335 - 2see note 3


ALL 1 0-2

05 - 335 - 3see note 3


ALL 1 0-2

05 - 335 - 4see note 3


ALL 1 0-2

05 - 335 - 5see note 3


ALL 1 0-2

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 98Adjustments Digital Image Processing

Digital Image Processing

Print Image ProcedureThe order of the Print Image adjustments are provided below. They must be performed in the order listed.

Note: When the machine is in the 05 adjustment mode, only simplex copies can be made with the ENERGY SAVER key.

Print Image Adjustments Mode - Code1 - Paper Alignment

Paper Drawers, Duplexer, LCC, and Bypass Paper Aligning adjustments 05-450, 05-452, 05-456, 05-455, 05-457, 05-458

2 - Print Unit

a) Main scan direction reproduction ratio. Polygonal motor speed fine adjustment (Printer)

05-401

b) Laser starting position (front to rear of machine image registration) 05-411, 05-410c) Sub scan reproduction ratio. Transfer belt drive motor speed fine adjustment (Printer) 05-488d) Registration adjustments - leading edge of paper 05-443, 05-444, 05-442, 05-445

3 - Scan Unit

a) Image skew -

b) Main scan reproduction ratio. Polygonal motor speed fine adjustment (Copier) 05-405c) CCD main scanning start position deviation 05-306d) Scanner copy length reproduction ratio adjustment 05-340e) Leading to trailing edge image shift 05-305f) Copy leading edge void adjustment 05-430g) Front to Rear edge void adjustment (front & rear of machine) 05-432, 05-431h) Copy trailing edge void adjustment 05-433



Paper AligningPaper Aligning Value (Codes 05-450 to 05-458)

Specification:

The copies must have no image voids in the 50-100 mm (2-4 inch) area from the leading edge of the copy.

Special Tools:

None.


Perform the following 05 Mode adjustments in the following order.

1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.2. Press the 6, 9, 0 keys in sequence (Code 450) then press the START key.3. Press the 0 and 8 keys display the current value.4. Press the 1 and 5 keys to input a new value.5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.6. Select a drawer.7. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.


Paper DrawerUpper Middle Lower

05-450 05-452 05-456

LCC05-457

Bypass05-458

Duplexer05-455


8. Check the copy for any image voids. Image voids will normally be 50-100mm (2-4 inches) from the leading edge of the copy. If there is a void, reduce the new value to 31 → 30 → 29… until no void occurs. Check for paper misfeed. When the aligning value is increased, noise caused by the paper scraping against the mylar may possibly be increased.

9. Perform the same procedure for the Duplexer, LCC and bypass feed.

Note: When frequent paper jams occur near the aligning roller caused by using special thin paper other than that specified, the aligning value can be changed (reduced) as a counter measure. However, when the aligning value is reduced excessively, this may cause the registration to be shifted. Therefore, make sure that no registration shifting occurs while adjusting the value.

10. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 11. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.12. Check the Print Unit Adjustments.


Void

50-100mm



Print Unit Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Printer (Code 05-401)

Specification:

The printed image width (front to rear) of the machine must be exactly 1:1 when compared with the image of the original.

The distance between lines 1 and 21 of the test print must be 200 mm ±0.5 mm.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Paper Alignment adjustment.

Note: Paper supply: LCC, Paper size: A4/LT

2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.

3. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

4. Measure distance “A,” the distance between the 1st line and 21st line from the bottom end of the test print (front side of copier).

5. To set distance “A” to 200mm ± 0.5mm, adjust as follows: A. Enter Code 05-401 and press the START key.B. Enter the value and press SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

Note: An increase in the set value increases the distance “A”.


C. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.D. Repeat the adjustment until specification is met.

Note: In order to make a test print, make sure the message display indicates [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed, and then enter 1 for the print mode test copy followed by pressing the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.

Note: Allowable input values are 86 to 168. The default value is 140.

6. Perform the Laser Starting Position adjustment.



Laser Starting Position (Codes 05-411 and 05-410)

Specification:

The distance from the edge of the test print paper to line 6 equals 52 mm ±0.5 mm (2.0 ±0.020 inch).

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the previous Polygonal Motor

Speed (Fine)/Printer adjustment.

Note: Always perform Adjustment Code 05-411 first.

Note: Paper supply: LCC, size: A4/LT

2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.3. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

Direction of paper travel

6th line

52mm

bottom edge of paper


4. Measure the distance “B” (the distance from the bottom edge of the test print paper to the 6th line.)

5. In order to set the distance “B” to 52 mm ± 0.5 mm (2.0 ±0.020 inch), adjust as follows:

A. Enter Code 05-411 and press the START key.

B. Set the value and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.

Note: Increasing the value increases the distance “B”. Each increment is 0.0423mm/step.

C. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

D. Repeat the adjustment until specification is met.E. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.F. Enter Code 05-410 and press the START key.G. Enter value set in Code 05-411 and press the INTERRUPT key. H. Turn the power switch OFF.


6th line

52mm




6. In order to make a test print, in Code 05-411 the message display must indicate [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed, and then enter 1, press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.

For Code 05-411. Code 05-410 is set to the same value set in Code 05-411.• Allowable input values are 0 to 255. The

default value is 140.• The first line may disappear.

7. Perform the Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) procedure.


6th line

52mm



Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) (Code 05-488)

Specification:

The distance between line 5 and line 25 equals 200mm ±0.5mm.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Laser Starting Position

adjustment.2. Follow the procedure below to make a test

print.A. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys

and turn the power switch ON.B. Select the Ledger/A3 paper drawer.C. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key

3. Measure the test print copy distance “A” between the 5th line and 25th line on the front edge.

Direction of Paper Travel

Front Edge



4. To adjust the distance “A” to 200mm ± 0.5mm:

Note: The allowable input values are 1 to 255. The default value is 130.

A. Enter Code 05-488 and press START.B. Enter the value and press the SET icon

or INTERRUPT key.

Note: An increase in the value lengthens the distance “A”. Each increment is 0.25mm/step.

C. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.

Note: The message display must indicate [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed.

5. Perform the next adjustment.

Direction of Paper Travel

Front Edge


Leading Edge Registration - (Paper) (Codes 05-442, 05-444, 05-445, and 05-443)

Specification:

The distance from the paper’s leading edge to line 6 on the test image equals 52 mm + 0.5 mm.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed

(Fine) adjustment.

2. Perform the adjustments in the order listed.

3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.5. Measure the distance “B” the distance from the front edge of the test print paper to the 6th line.

Adjustment Order Code Paper sizeLCC 05-443 A4/LT

Middle/lower Drawer 05-444 LD/A3

Duplexer 05-445 LD/A3

Bypass Feed 05-442 LD/A3

Paper travel direction

Front edge



6. To change distance “B” to 52mm ± 0.5mm (2.0 ±0.020 inch), adjust as follows:

Note: Increasing the value increases distance “B” and the blank space at the leading edge (each increment is 0.5 mm/step or 0.080 inch/step).

A. Enter the code and press START.B. Enter a value and press the SET icon or

INTERRUPT key.

Note: For Codes 05-442, 05-444 and 05-445, the adjustment range is 1 to 15 and the default value is 8.

For Code 05-443 (LCC): The adjustment range is 0 to 40 and the default value is 20.

All LCC (Code 05-443) values become the reference for adjustment values. Therefore, follow the adjustment order listed.

For Code 05-445, a test print cannot be made until the SET icon or the INTERRUPT key has been pressed.

C. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.

Note: To make a test print, the message display must indicate [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed

Note: The first line in the main scanning direction may not be printed depending on the initial setting for the leading edge void.

7. Check the Scan Unit Adjustments.

Paper travel direction

Front edge


Scan UnitImage Skew - Optics (Non-rectangular image)

Specification:

The image on the copy must have 90º corners.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Leading Edge

adjustment.2. Make a LD/A3-size copy.3. Remove the exposure glass.

(Adjustment order: Perform step 1 then step 2)

Step 1In case of A: Turn the mirror-2 adjustment screw (CCW).In case of B: Turn the mirror-2 adjustment screw (CW).

Step 2In case of C: Turn the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CCW).In case of D: Turn the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CW).

Note: CW = ClockwiseCCW = Counterclockwise

Direction of the copy paper movement

Direction of the copy paper movement

Step 1

Step 2

A B

C D



4. Coat the screw’s exposed thread with Loc-Tight® after performing the image skew adjustment.

5. Check the Image Skew - Original Stop adjustment.

Apply Loc-Tight® in this area


Image Skew - Original Stop (Non-rectangular image)

Specification:

The image on the copy must have 90º corners.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Image Skew - Optics adjustment.2. If image skew occurs with edges of original properly aligned with the original stop, adjust original stop on the front

side

Direction of the copy papermovementmovement

Direction of the copy paper

A B

Image

Paper



3. In the case of A, move the Original Stop in the direction

indicated by .4. In the case of B, move the Original Stop in the direction

indicated by .5. Check the Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier adjustment.


Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier (Code 05-405)

Specification:

The width of the copied image is 1:1 with the original (not stretched or compressed).

Adjustment range: 86 to 168.

Default value: 120

Special Tools:

Millimeter Scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Image Skew - Original Stop adjustment.2. Place the scale on the exposure glass as

shown below (parallel to the original stop), and make a A4/LT 100% test copy from the LCC.

3. Measure and compare the copy of the scale to the scale.

4. Measure 200mm between the 10mm and 210mm marks.• If they do not match, go to step 5.

Use the procedure below to adjust the interval between 10 mm and 210 mm on the scale to 200 ± 0.5 mm.5. Enter Code 05-405 on the number keys and

press the START key.6. Input new value and press the SET icon or

INTERRUPT key.

0mm0mm

Paper Travel



• Increasing the value increases the distance 0.1mm/step.7. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

• To make a test copy, make sure that the message display indicates [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed.

8. Check the CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment.


CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment - Code 05-306

Specification:

The distance “A” must equal 100mm ± 1mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 90. The default value is 45.

Note: Increasing the value makes the image shift to the front of the machine by 0.169mm/step.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.


Front edge of copy1. Check the Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier

adjustment.2. Place the scale on the exposure glass with its “0” mm end

aligned with the REAR Ledger/A3 line on the original stop scale, and its side against the stop.


4. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC.5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.


6. Measure the distance “A” (as shown in the illustration) for the correct specification.

7. If the copy does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment.


A = 100mm

Copied scale Front edge of copy



8. Enter Code 05-306.9. Press the START key.

10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value.• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value.

11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification.14. Press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 15. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


16. Check the Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio adjustment.


Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio - Code 05-340

Specification:

Copy length (image) must be 1:1. The copied 200mm must match the 200mm of the scale. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 128.

Note: Increasing the value decreases the length of the copy by 0.1mm/step.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment.2. Place scale on the exposure glass with its “0”

mm end against the stop3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn

the power switch ON.4. Select Letter/A4 100% from LCC.5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test

copy.


6. Measure the copied scale from the 10mm mark to the 210mm mark.• It should measure 200mm ± 0.5mm.

0mm




7. If it does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment.


10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value.• If you make a mistake while entering the

number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to previous value.

11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.

12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification.

14. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.

15. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


16. Check the Copy Leading Edge Image Position adjustment.

0mm



Copy Leading Edge Image Position - Code 05-305

Specification:

Image starting position must be 2mm ± ahead of the paper. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 24.

Note: Increasing the value moves the image toward the trailing edge of the paper by 0.22mm/step.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio adjustment.2. Place the scale on the exposure glass with its leading

edge against the original stop.3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power

switch ON.4. Enter Code 05-430 and set its value to 0.5. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC.6. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.


7. Check the scale on the copy to see if the 2mm mark is aligned with the edge of the paper.• If it does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and

perform the adjustment.


Scale is copied starting at 2mm

Edge of paper




10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value.• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press

the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value.11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value

in memory.12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in

specification.14. When the adjustment is finished, enter Code 05-430 and

set its value to the original value.15. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05

Adjustment Mode. 16. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the

09 Service Mode.


17. Check the Leading Edge Void adjustment.


Scale is copied starting at 2mm

Edge of paper


Leading Edge Void - Code 05-430

Specification:

The void at the leading edge of the copy must equal 3mm ± 0.5mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 24.

Note: When the value is set to 0, the minimum void is 2mm.

An increase in the value increases the void 0.0423mm/step.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Copy Leading Edge Image Position adjustment.2. Raise the RADF up (to make a black out copy).3. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC.4. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the

power switch ON.5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.





6. Check the leading edge void for the correct specification.7. If it does not meet the specification go to step 8 and perform the

adjustment.8. Enter Code 05-430.9. Press the START key.

10. Use the numeric keys to enter a new adjustment value.11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.13. Check the copy against the specification

• If it meets the specification, continue to step 14.• If it does not meet the specification, return to step 6 and repeat the procedure.

14. Press the 0 and the 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.15. Turn the power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


16. Check the Front to Rear Void adjustment.



Front to Rear Void - Codes 05-432 & 05-431

Specification:

The void on the copy at the front and rear of the machine must equal to 2mm ± 0.5mm. The combination of the voids at the front and rear of the machine should equal 4mm ±1mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 0.

Special Tools:

Millimeter scale.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the previous Leading Edge Void adjustment.2. Raise the RADF up (to make a black out copy).3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.4. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC.5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.


6. Check the void on the copy at the front of the machine for the correct specification.

7. If it does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment.

8. Enter Code 05-432 for front void.9. Press the START key.

2mm




10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value.• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR

key to reset it back to the previous value.

Note: Increasing the value increases the void by 0.0423mm/step.

11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.13. Check the copy and repeat the adjustment procedure until the front

void is in specification.14. Enter Code 05-431.15. Press the START key.16. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value.

• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value.


17. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.18. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.19. Check the copy and repeat the adjustment procedure until the rear void is in specification.20. Press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.21. Turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


22. Check the Trailing Edge Void adjustment.

2mm



Trailing Edge Void Adjustment - Code 05-433

Specification:

The void at the leading edge must equal to 3mm ± 0.5mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 24.


Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Front to Rear Void adjustment.2. Raise the RADF up (to make a black out copy).3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON.4. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC.5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.


6. Check the trailing edge void for the correct specification.7. If it does not meet the specification, perform the adjustment.8. Enter Code 05-433.9. Press the START key.

3mm




10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value.• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to

reset it back to the previous value.11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory.12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification.14. Press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.15. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.

Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 3mm



Automatic Gamma Specification:

The correct gamma curves are contained in the programmed logic. The automatic gamma adjustment corrects any errors that may have developed.

Special Tools:

Machine Generated Gradation Test Original (Diagnostic Code 04)

Measurement/Adjustment:Note: The automatic gamma adjustment must be performed only after the Print Image adjustments

and then the Image Density adjustments, have been performed. When the tone reproduction deviation is too high or low, it can be corrected by performing the automatic gamma adjustment.When any of the following parts are replaced, check the Gamma on the test print and determine if the adjustment is required.

• Halogen exposure lamp• Exposure glass with shading sheet• Lens/CCD unit• Laser optical system unit• Optical system position (CRG1, CRG2 position)• Mirror 1, 2, 3• Reflector• Drum• Developer• Charge Corona• Development bias• Transfer Supply



1. Check the Print Image adjustments.2. Check the Image Density adjustments.3. Turn the power switch ON with 0 and 5 pressed.4. Select A3 or LD paper for the output paper size.5. Press the 0 and 2 keys and then ENERGY SAVER key. One 33-gradation pattern copy is

output.6. Confirm that there is no blank or line on the gradation pattern output in the above step

and the density changes gradually. If there is any problem in the gradation pattern, repeat step 5 to output a gradation pattern again.

7. Place the dense side of the output gradation pattern face down against the original stop, at the exit side.

Note: An error code will be generated if the test pattern is not paced on the exposure glass. If the light side of the test pattern is placed against the original stop, no error code will occur, but the auto adjustment procedure will be performed incorrectly.

8. Input the Code 05-580 through the control panel and press the START key. (The scanner automatically reads the original and the operation for the automatic gamma adjustment will be done in approximately 10 seconds.)

9. When the operation completes normally, the machine returns to the stand-by status. If the operation terminates abnormally, “TEST MODE ERROR” will be displayed. (See the indication on the next page.) For the abnormal termination, press the C key to reset the error indication. When reset, the display on the control panel returns to the stand-by status. Check the position, direction and skew of the graduated test original on the exposure glass, and repeat the steps 7-9.


Gamma Curve CorrectionSpecification:

The gamma curve is factory set. The default setting is (0). This is the same setting as 5 in the range settings. The default value range is 0 = 5. The range of values is 1 - 9.

The darkness of the image can be changed to meet the copy quality requirements of the customer.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Press the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously, while turning the main power switch ON.2. Enter the desired code(s) below for the Mode/05 that need adjustment:

• 05-593 - Text/Photo mode • 05-594 - Photo mode • 05-595 - Text mode

3. Press the START key.4. Input the new value.

Note: If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.

5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.

Note: The larger the setting, the darker the image.

6. Place an original on the exposure glass.7. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

• If the change in the image darkness due to gamma curve correction is correct, go to step 8.• If additional changes are required, return to step 2.



8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Service Code.9. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Code.



Sharpness (HPF)Specification:

The default HPF (High Pass Filter) values are pre-programmed into logic.

Adjust if necessary to meet the customer’s copy quality requirements.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously and turn the main power switch ON.2. Enter the desired code in the 05 Mode to adjust HPF to meet the customer’s needs:

• 05-620 -Text/Photo mode • 05-621 - Photo mode • 05-622 - Text mode

3. Press the START key.

Default Range620 1 0-99 1st digit: 1 (fixed): Text/Photo

2 (fixed): Photo 3 (fixed): Text

2nd digit: 0: Default value used

1-9: Increasing the strength setting enhances the image sharpness

621 2 0-99

622 3 0-99



4. Input a new value.

Note: If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.

5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.6. Place an original on the exposure glass.

In the adjust mode:• Only one copy of single-sided originals can be made.• Duplex copying and memory copying cannot be carried out.• Test copies can not be made until the machine is warmed up.

7. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to obtain a test copy.• If the HPF setting change is correct, go to step 8.• If additional change is required, return to step 2.

8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.9. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


100% XXX LT

TEST MODE

YYY ZZZ

Code No.

Current entered adjustment value Entered adjustment value(If no change, enter YYY)


Adjustment Mode/05 CodesAdjustment Service Codes 05 Mode

Mode

xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 305 Leading to trailing edge image shift. Scanner (sub scan) start position deviation.

ALL 128 0-255 When the value is increased by 1, the image shifts approximately 0.22mm towards the paper’s trailing edge.

When the value is increased by 1, the image shifts approximately 0.22mm towards the paper’s trailing edge. When making this adjustment set code 430 to 0, after completing the adjustment reset to original value.

See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.

05 - 306 CCD main scanning start position deviation.

ALL 45 0-90 When the value is increased by 1, the image shifts approximately 0.0423mm towards the front side of the paper (machine).


05 - 340see note 4

Scanner copy length reproduction ratio adjustment.

Copier 128 0-255 Adjust the length of the copy image to 1:1 so that it is not stretched or compressed. Use a millimeter scale and Ledger/A3 paper to adjust.

Increasing the value decreases the length 0.05%/step (0.1mm/step)




05 - 401see note 4

Polygonal motor fine adjustment.The adjustment value is effective

within the range of 86 to 168.

Printer 128 0-255 Adjust the width of the printed image (front to rear) to 1:1, so that it is not stretch or compressed. When the value is increased by 1, the width reproduction ratio is enlarged by approximately 0.05% (0.1mm/step).

After setting the value select A4/LT paper, select 1, then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make the test print.

See Print Unit in the Print Image adjustments

05 - 405see note 4

Polygonal motor fine adjustment. Copier 120 0-255 Adjust the width of the copied image (front to rear) to 1:1 so that it is not stretched or compressed. When the value is increased by 1, the width reproduction ratio is enlarged by approximately 0.05% (0.1mm/step).

After setting the value select A4/LT paper, then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make the test copy.



xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code



05 - 410 Laser starting position (front to rear machine image registration main scanning direction).

After adjusting Code 05 - 411, set 410 to the same value set in the code 411, press the SET key to store in memory or the CLEAR key to reset.

Copier 140 0-255 Always perform Code 05 - 411 first, then set the value of Code 410 to the value set in Code 05 - 411.

When the value is increased by "1", the image on the drum is shifted by 0.0423mm to the rear of the copier (main scanning direction.)

See Print Unit in the Print Image adjustments before performing this adjustment.

05 - 411see note 4

Laser starting position (front to rear image registration main scanning direction).

Printer 140 0-255

05 - 430see note 4

Copy leading edge void adjustment. Copier 24 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.


05 - 431see note 4

Copy top edge void adjustment (rear of machine). Top of copy A4/LT or right side edge of ST-R/A5-R, LT-R/A4-R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3.

Copier 0 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.


05 - 432see note 4

Copy bottom edge void adjustment (front of machine). Bottom of copy A4/LT or left side edge of ST-R/A5-R, LT-R/A4-R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3.

Copier 0 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.



xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




05 - 433see note 4

Copy trailing edge void adjustment. Copier 30 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.

05 - 435see note 4

Printed page leading edge void adjustment.

Printer 24 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.

05 - 436see note 4

Printed page top edge void adjustment (rear of machine). Top of printed page A4/LT or right side edge of ST-R/A5-R LT-R/A4-R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3.


05 - 437see note 4

Printed page bottom edge void adjustment (front of machine). Top of printed page A4/LT or left side edge of ST-R/A5-R LT-R/A4-R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3.


05 - 438see note 4

Printed page trailing edge void adjustment.


05 - 442see note 4

Bypass registration adjustment. Image on drum to papers' leading edge.

ALL 8 0-15 Increasing the value by 1 shifts the image on the paper by approximately 0.5mm towards the papers' leading edge.

Increasing the value makes the paper arrive later.



xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code



05 - 443see note 4

LCC registration adjustment. Image on the drum to the papers' leading edge.




05 - 444see note 4

Drawer registration adjustment. Image on the drum to the papers' leading edge.




05 - 445see note 4

Duplexer registration adjustment. Image on the drum to the papers' leading edge.





xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




Note: Set codes 450 ~ 458 to the default value. Adjust only when there is a problem feeding to the registration rollers because of worn feed rollers. Be sure to set the codes back to the default values after replacing worn rollers.

05 - 450 - 0see note 5

Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 330mm and longer.

ALL 14 0-31 Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm.

See Paper Aligning in the Print Image adjustments05 - 450 - 1

see note 5Upper drawer paper alignment

(buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 220mm to 329mm.

ALL 8 0-31

05 - 450 - 2see note 5

Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 219mm and less.

ALL 5 0-31

05 - 452 - 0see note 5

Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 330mm and longer.



see note 5Middle drawer paper alignment


ALL 8 0-31

05 - 452 - 2see note 5

Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 219mm and less.

ALL 5 0-31


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code



05 - 455 Duplexer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller.


See Paper Aligning in the Print Image adjustments

05 - 456 - 0see note 6

Lower drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 330mm and longer.



see note 6 Lower drawer paper alignment


ALL 8 0-31

05 - 456 - 2see note 6

Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 229mm and less.

ALL 5 0-31

05 - 457see note 7

LCC paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller.



05 - 458see note 7

Bypass feed paper alignment (buckle) amount at the main registration roller.




xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




05 - 487see note 9

Transfer belt drive motor speed fine adjustment.

Perform all of the Print Image adjustments, when codes 488 and 405 are performed code 487 is automatically adjusted.

Copier 128 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.127% (0.254mm/step).

Refer to the Print Unit in the Print image adjustments before performing this adjustment.05 - 488

see note 9Transfer belt drive motor -

motor speed fine adjustment.Printer 132 0-255

05 - 580 Image mode automatic gamma adjustment for error diffusion.

The TEST PRINT must be on the exposure glass or an ERROR will occur.

Copier None None Automatically corrects the image quality after reading the test print pattern.

Before performing this adjustment refer to the complete adjustment.

05 - 593 Image mode gamma data slope correction.

Data adjustment for gamma correction.

Copier(Text/

Photo)

0 0-9 Increasing the value darkens the image.

0: Default value is the center value (same as set value 5).

1-9: Slope correction (the higher the value, the darker the image becomes).



Copier (Photo)

0 0-9



Copier (Text)

0 0-9


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




05 - 620 *HPF strength setting. Normally set it to 1, this places the

filtering in the optimum range of the Text/Photo mode.

When the value is set too high the Moire’ pattern may occur.

* High Pass Filter (sharpness)

Copier(Text/

Photo)

1 1 Right digit

0-9 Left digit

Right hand digit (2nd digit entered):1: Text/Photo (fixed at optimum

level) do not enter values other than 1 for the right hand digit.

Left Hand digit (1st digit entered):0: Default is used1-9: Increasing the value setting

enhances the image sharpness. Only Set to these values:

1, 11, 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91


filtering in the optimum range of the Photo mode.



Copier (Photo)

2 Right hand digit (2nd digit entered):2: Photo (fixed at optimum level) do

not enter values other than 2 for the right hand digit.



2, 12, 22, 32, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82, 92


filtering in the optimum range of the Text mode.



Copier (Text)

3 Right hand digit (2nd digit entered):1: Text (fixed at optimum level) do

not enter values other than 3 for the right hand digit.



3, 13, 23, 33, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 93


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




Note 5: Key in Code 450 or 452 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.






Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 464 Gamma data slope correction ALL 1 0-1 0: Disabled 1: Enabled


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 145Adjustments Photo Conductor Process

Photo Conductor Process

Charge Corona Voltage Adjustment Specification:

The voltage measured between the charge corona rail tab and frame (GND) equals -720VDC +5V.

The value of codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212 are set to same value stored in 05-210-0

Special Tools:

Digital volt/ohm meter with an input resistance of 10 Meg ohm or greater.

Door Switch Jig (Lanier part number 78-8035-8751-4).

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Open the front doors and remove the center upper inner cover (3 blue screws).2. Insert the door switch jig.3. Disconnect the developer connector from the

cleaner unit connector, then remove the developer unit.

4. Connect the digital volt/ohm meter’s positive (+) lead to the tab (protrusion) on the left side of the charge corona’s rail as shown in the illustration.

5. Connect the digital volt/ohm meter’s negative (-) lead to the machine’s frame (ground).

6. Set the meter’s measurement range to 1000V DC.

Charge corona rail tab



Note: No voltage is output when setting Codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212. Only the value stored in memory needs to be set to the same as Code 05-210-0.

8. Enter Code 05-210-0.9. Press the START key.

10. In the display’s upper left hand corner 0% is displayed, this is Sub Code 0.11. Press the START key a second time. The high voltage power supply is now turned on.12. For Codes 05-210-0, use the UP/DOWN icon keys to adjust the charge corona grid

voltage to the specified value.13. When the voltage reading is correct, press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the

value in memory. Also press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key after setting the value in Codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212 to the same value set in Code 05-210-0.

14. For Codes 05-210-1 and 05-210-2 after entering 05-210-0, press the START key, then enter 1 or 2 with the number keys - they will be displayed as 1% and 2%.

15. Press the START key a second time to enter the Sub Code.16. For Codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212, use the number keys to enter the value.

• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value.17. For 212 there is no Sub Code. Only press the START key one time.

Note: The power supply will not turn on for these 3 codes since it is only necessary to enter the same value set in Code 05-205-0.

Code Mode Image Mode Specification05-210-0 Copier (Text/Photo) -720 V DC ±5V

05-210-1 Copier (Text) Set to the same value set in Code 05-210-0

05-210-2 Copier (Photo) Set to the same value set in Code 05-210-0

05-212 Printer - Set to the same value set in Code 05-210-0



18. When the adjustment is completed, press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.19. Turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.



Drum to Developer Magnet Roller GapThe 5555/5565/5580 Digital copier requires no adjustment since a guide roller is used.




Mode

xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 210 - 0see note 2

Charge corona grid voltage adjustment. The developer unit must be removed.

Output IS available for measurement. Adjust by measuring the grid voltage output. -720VDC +5V

Copier (Text/Photo)

93 0-255 The charge corona power supply output is increased when the value is increased.


Check or adjust the output voltage using Code 05 - 210 - 0 first, then set the remaining Codes 05 - 210 - 1, 05 - 210 - 2 and 05 - 212 to the value set in 05 - 210 - 0.

05 - 210 - 1see note 2

Charge corona grid voltage adjustment.

Output is NOT available for measurement.

Set to the value set in Code 05 - 210 - 0.

Copier (Text)

93 0-255

05 - 210 - 2see note 2




Copier (Photo)

93 0-255

05 - 212see note 2




Printer 93 0-255

05 - 291 Image Quality Control circuit check value, it is not adjustable.

Value indicates Status: Acceptable or Error

ALL 0 0-255 A value of 2 or 4 indicates an error in the Image Quality Control circuit.

All other values 0-255 indicate that the Image Quality Control circuit is working correctly.

See Flashing Service IQC Troubleshooting section.


05 - 292 Image Density Sensor output check value when the LED (light source) is turned OFF. (This is the current value stored in memory from the last time the machine performed the Image Quality Control compensation adjustment) it is not adjustable.

Normal value is 102~307.

ALL 0 0-1023 Use this code only when checking or troubleshooting Image Quality Control problems.

See Flashing Service IQC in the Troubleshooting section.

The value is used to check if the sensor and its condition are normal.

05 - 293 Image Density Sensor output check value when the LED (light source) is turned ON. (This is the current value stored in memory from the last time the machine performed the Image Quality Control compensation adjustment) it is not adjustable.

Normal value is 388~819.

ALL 0 0-1023 Use this code only when checking or troubleshooting Image Quality control problems.

The sensor output is the amount of light reflected off of the drum to the sensor detector side. The lower the value the dirtier the sensor or the greater the amount the drum is worn.

See Flashing Service IQC in the Troubleshooting section.

05 - 296 Service automatic adjustment of Image Density Sensor LED intensity.

The value displayed is the output check value after the light source is adjusted.

(This is used to adjust the source voltage to the LED. The higher the number the brighter the LED light.)

ALL 0 0-255 Use this code only when checking or troubleshooting Image Quality control problems. The higher the number the dirtier the sensor or the greater the amount the drum is worn.

255 = Sensor is too dirty or drum is too worn for compensation. See Flashing Service IQC in the Troubleshooting section.


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




Note 2: Key in Code 210 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. For 210 - 0 use the UP or DOWN key to change the value, press the SET icon to store or the RESET icon. For Codes 210 - 1, 210 - 2 and 212 key in the value set in Code 210 - 0, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset



05 - 481see note 9

Drum motor speed fine adjustment. Copier 128 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.067%.

Set value to 128 for the copier and 120 for the printer.05 - 482

see note 9Drum motor speed fine adjustment. Printer 120 0-255


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 418 Charge corona wire cleaning ALL 0 0-1 0: Enabled (clean every 2,000 copies/prints)1: Disabled (no cleaning)

08 - 449 Temporary laser running Service Mode when the laser beam position adjustment fails. Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.

Set to 1 until copier laser unit can be replaced.

Service call Error Codes CA3, CA4, CA5, CA6, CAA, CAB, CAC, CAD, CAE, CAF or CD0. See Troubleshooting section for additional information.

ALL 0 0-1 0: Normal Mode The laser unit operates in this

mode unless a service call isindicated when the beam positionadjustment fails.

1: Continuous Mode Set to this mode when the laser beam

adjustment has failed. The results of this setting places the laser beam close to target even though the beam position adjustment has failed.

08 - 802 Image Quality Control ON/OFF

Set to 0 - ON to allow the Image Quality Control circuit to maintain the correct image quality.

ALL 2 0-1 0: OFF1: ON

Set to the OFF mode when there is a problem with the Image Density Sensor and related circuitry.

08 - 803 Image Quality Control counter setting

Set to 2 so that Image Quality Control is performed every 2,000 copies/prints.

ALL 2 0-30 0: For Troubleshooting only. Image Quality Control is performed on every copy/print.

1-30: Image Quality Control can be adjusted to be performed in increments of 1,000 copies/prints.

Refer to the Section 5, Flashing Service IQC for complete information.



08 - 814 Displays the Image Density Sensor value for normal and abnormal conditions

ALL 97 0-255 Refer to the Section 5, Flashing Service IQC for complete information.

The value of the Image Density Sensor light reflected off the drum.


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 154Adjustments Photoconductor Exposure

Photoconductor Exposure

Image DensitySpecification:

Individual copy mode density settings may be changed to satisfy a customer’s needs.

Special Tools:

Lanier Gray Chart Test Original (T1200-8520)


Note: This adjustment does not change the exposure lamp setting. The amount of charge remaining on the drum is varied.

Note: In the Adjustment Mode:

Only one copy of single-sided originals can be made.

Duplex copies and memory copies cannot be made. Check the copies in these modes after exiting the adjustment mode.



1. Adjust each image density setting to meet the customer’s needs using the following codes in the 05 Mode:

.

2. Press the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously and turn the main power switch ON.

3. Input the 5 - - code to be changed, and press the START key.4. Place the Lanier Gray Chart Test Original (T1200-8520) on the exposure glass.5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the current value in memory.6. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy of the test original.7. Save this copy as the reference for the density change being made.

• List the current adjustment value on it.8. Input the 5 - - code again.9. Press the START key.

Copy ModeAdjustment RemarksText/

PhotoPhoto Text

Code

05-503 05-501 05-504 Center setting Manual exposure fine adjustment for center setting

The larger the value, the darker the image

05-505 05-506 05-507 Lightest setting Manual exposure fine adjustment for lightest and darkest settings

The larger the value, the lighter the light range

05-508 05-509 05-510 Darkest setting The larger the value, the darker the dark range

05-514 05-512 05-515 Auto Exposure setting

Automatic exposure setting fine adjustment

The larger the value, the darker the image

100% A LT

TEST MODE


10. Input the new adjustment value.• If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.

11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value.

12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy of the test original.

Note: A copy will not be made until the machine is fully warmed up.

13. Compare the new test copy with the reference copy.• If more image density correction is needed, return to step 7. • If image density is correct, go to step 14.

14. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.15. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.


100% A LT

TEST MODE

100% XXX LT

TEST MODE

YYY ZZZ

Code No.

Current value Entered adjustment value(If no change, enter YYY)




Mode

xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 415see note 4

First beam laser power. Copier 103 0-255 Laser power increases 2.34uW/stepSet to 103. Do not change from

this setting.05 - 416see note 4

First beam laser power. Printer 103 0-255

05 - 501see note 11

Manual exposure fine adjustment for the center setting.

Copier (Photo)

128 0-255 Increasing the value darkens the copy at the center setting of manual exposure.05 - 503

see note 11Manual exposure fine adjustment

for the center setting.Copier(Text/

Photo)

128 0-255

05 - 504see note 11

Manual exposure fine adjustment for the center setting.

Copier (Text)

128 0-255

05 - 505see note 11

Manual exposure fine adjustment for the lighter setting.

Copier(Text/

Photo)

20 0-255 Increasing the value lightens the copy at the lighter setting of manual exposure.

05 - 506see note 11


Copier (Photo)

10 0-255

05 - 507see note 11


Copier (Text)

30 0-255

05 - 508see note 11

Manual exposure fine adjustment for the darker setting.

Copier(Text/

Photo)

13 0-255 Increasing the value darkens the copy at the darker setting of manual exposure.

05 - 509see note 11


Copier (Photo)

20 0-255

05 - 510see note 11


Copier (Text)

12 0-255




05 - 512see note 11

Automatic exposure fine adjustment.

Copier (Photo)

128 0-255 Increasing the value darkens the copy at the automatic exposure setting.05 - 514

see note 11Automatic exposure fine

adjustment.Copier(Text/

Photo)

128 0-255

05 - 515see note 11

Automatic exposure fine adjustment.

Copier (Text)

128 0-255


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code





Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 449 Temporary laser running Service Mode when the laser beam position adjustment fails. Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.

Set to 1 until copier laser unit can be replaced.

Service call Error Codes CA3, CA4, CA5, CA6, CAA, CAB, CAC, CAD, CAE, CAF or CD0. See Troubleshooting for additional information.

ALL 0 0-1 0: Normal Mode The laser unit operates in this mode unless

a service call is indicated when the beam position adjustment fails.

1: Continuous Mode Set to this mode when the laser beam

adjustment has failed. The results of this setting places the laser beam close to target even though the beam position adjustment has failed.

08 - 483 Polygonal motor pre-running ALL 0 0-2 0: Enabled - RADF (when originals are placed in the tray) and exposure glass (when the RADF is lifted)

1: Disabled - (Motor starts running when the START key is pressed. This will delay the start of copying by 30 seconds.

2: Enabled - RADF only (when originals are placed in the tray)

Note: This code is effective only when 08 - 485 is set to 1.

08 - 484 Polygonal motor stops at an auto clear (time out) of the control panel settings.

ALL 0 0-1 0: Enabled - RADF and exposure glass1: Disabled



08 - 485 Polygonal motor rotation or stop mode

ALL 0 0-1 0: Rotation1: Stop

When set to 0: The polygonal motor runs all the time.

When set to 1: The polygonal motor runs according to the settings of Codes 08 - 483 and 08 - 486.

08 - 486 Polygonal motor stop time ALL 0 0-2 0: 1 minute1: 3 minutes2: 5 minutes



xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 161Adjustments Development

Development

Doctor Blade GapSpecification:

The doctor blade gap is not adjustable. The correct gap is automatically set when the blade is correctly installed.

Special Tools:

None.


Align both ends of the doctor blade against the stop on the front and rear side frames. The stops automatically set the doctor blade gap.

Developer Mag Pole PositionNo adjustment is required. The developer mag pole position is determined by the magnet roller and polarity bushing.

Doctor blade


Developer Auto Toner SensorSpecification:

The output voltage of the auto toner sensor must be +2.5V (+0.05V) when new developer material is installed.

Special Tools:

None.


Note: The auto toner sensor must be adjusted when developer material is replaced. In addition, the developer copy counter (Mode 08 - 404) must be reset to zero.

1. Install new developer material into the developer unit and install the developer unit.

Note: Before installing the developer unit with new developer material be sure the drum cleaning blade is in contact with the drum.

2. Press the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously and turn the copier ON. The following is displayed. 100% A LD

TEST MODE



3. Enter Code 05-200 then press the START key. The following is displayed.

Note: Explanations of items A, B, and C in the above are explained as follows:

A. Indicates the control data value of the auto toner sensor. The UP and DOWN icons allow you to change the numeric value. This will be used later in the procedure.

B. Indicates the developer auto sensor output voltage. (In the above display 230% = 2.30V)

C. Indicates the latest adjustment value.

4. After approximately two minutes, item B (see below) in the display automatically begins to change. A short time later, item B (see below) in the display automatically stops changing and the display changes as shown below. The auto toner adjustment has finished the automatic portion of this adjustment.

230% 200 LD

ADJUST MODE

128128

B

250% 200 LD

TEST MODE

128128 A

B

C


5. Verify that the numeric value for item B (see above) is between 245 and 255.

Note: If Item B is between 245 and 255, that corresponds to a developer auto toner sensor output voltage of between 2.45V and 2.55V.

6. If item B’s numerical value is not between 245 and 255, use the UP and DOWN icons to manually adjust the numerical value to 250.

Note: The relationship between the UP and DOWN icons and numerical values of items A and B are:

7. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. The drum, developer unit, etc. will stop operating and the display will show.

Key Pressed Value of Item A Value of Item BUP Key Increases Increases

DOWN Key Decreases Decreases

100% A LD

TEST MODE

250% 200 LD

TEST MODE

128128 A

B

C



8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously. This exits the developer auto toner sensor adjustment and the display will show.

9. Turn the copier’s main switch OFF. This exits the 09 Service Mode.10. Enter 08 mode and reset Code 08-404 to zero.

100% A LD

READY


Developer Bias Specification:

Developer Bias Level DC-1 is set to -387 V DC ± 5V.

Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203 are set to equal the value in Code 05-205-0.



Special Tools:

Digital volt/ohm meter with an input resistance of 10 Meg ohm or greater.

Door Switch Jig (Lanier part number 78-8035-8751-4).


Note: No voltage is output for Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203. Only the value stored in memory needs to be set to the same as Code 05-205-0.

1. Open the front doors and remove the center upper inner cover (3 blue screws).

2. Insert the door switch jig.3. Connect the digital volt/ohm meter’s positive (+) lead

to the developer’s upper magnet roller as shown in the illustration.

4. Connect the digital volt/ohm meter’s negative (-) lead to the machine’s frame (ground).

5. Set the meter’s measurement range to 1000V DC.




7. Enter Code 05-205.8. Press the START key.9. In the display’s upper left hand corner 0% is displayed, this is Sub Code 0.

10. Press the START key a second time. The high voltage power supply is now turned on.11. For Codes 05-205-0, 05-207, and 05-216, use the UP/DOWN icon keys to adjust the

developer bias voltage to the specified value.12. When the voltage reading is correct, press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the

value in memory. Also press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key after setting the value in Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203 to the same value set in Code 05-205-0.

13. For Codes 05-205-1 and 05-205-2 after entering 05-205, press the START key, then enter 1 or 2 with the number keys - they will be displayed as 1% and 2%. For 05-203 there is no Sub Code. Only press the START key one time.

14. For Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203, use the number keys to enter the value.• If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back

to the previous value.

Note: The power supply will not turn on for these 3 codes since it is only necessary to enter the same value set in Code 05-205-0.

Item Code Mode Image Mode SpecificationDeveloper Bias DC-1 05-205-0 Copier (Text/Photo) -387 V DC ± 5V

05-205-1 Copier (Text) Set to the same value set in Code 205-0

05-205-2 Copier (Photo) Set to the same value set in Code 205-0

05-203 Printer - Set to the same value set in Code 205-0

Developer Bias DC-2 05-207 All - -387 V DC ± 5V

Developer Bias DC-3 05-216 All - -452 V DC ± 5V


15. When the adjustment is completed, press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.

16. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.





Mode

xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 200 Automatic adjustment of the Auto-Toner sensor. (ATS)

ALL - - Increasing the value increases the sensor output.

Output is automatically set in the range of 2.45~2.55V.

Refer to the complete Auto-Toner adjustment.

05 - 201 Manual adjustment of the Auto-Toner sensor. (ATS)

ALL 128 0-255 The current value of the Auto-Toner sensor is displayed and can be manually set.

05 - 203see note 1

Developer DC 1 adjustment.Output is NOT available for

measurement.Enter the value set in

Code 05 - 205 - 0.

Printer 104 0-255 The developer power supply output is increased when the value is increased.


Developer Bias DC1 is applied in the image forming area of the drum.

05 - 205 - 0see note 1

Developer DC 1 adjustment.Output IS available for

measurement.Adjust by measuring the output.

-387VDC +5V

Copier (Text/

Photo)

104 0-255

05 - 205 - 1see note 1



Code 05 - 205 - 0.

Copier (Text)

104 0-255

05 - 205 - 2see note 1



Code 05 - 205 - 0.

Copier(Photo)

104 0-255


Note 1: Key in Code 210 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. For 210 - 0 use the UP or DOWN key to change the value, press the SET icon to store or the RESET icon. For Codes 210 - 1, 210 - 2 and 212 key in the value set in Code 210 - 0, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.

05 - 207see note 1


measurement.Adjust by measuring the output.

ALL 104 0-255 The developer power supply output is increased when the value is increased.


Developer Bias DC2 is applied in the non-image forming area of the drum.

05 - 216see note 1


measurement.

ALL 133 0-255 The developer bias power supply output is increased when the value is increased.


Developer Bias DC3 is applied when making adjustments, such as the Auto-Toner sensor adjustments.

05 - 493 - 0see note 10

Developer drive motor speed fine adjustment.

Copier(Text/Photo)

6 0-15 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 3.85%.

Set to the default value 6.

05 - 493 - 1see note 10


Copier(Text)

6 0-15

05 - 493 - 2see note 10


Copier(Photo)

6 0-15

05 - 495see note 11


Printer 6 0-15 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 3.85%.

Set to the default value 6.


xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code




Note 10: Key in Code 493 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 172Adjustments Paper Feed

Paper Feed

LCC Paper SizesSpecification:

1mm -0.0/+.5mm between the side guides of the LCC and the paper being used.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Lower the LCC tray.2. Unlatch and slide the LCC unit out and remove the

bypass feed unit.3. Remove two screws from each guide bracket and

remove the brackets.4. Install the side guides to match the size of the paper to

be used.

Note: If B5 size paper is to be installed, the paper holder bracket must be installed onto the LCC door cover as shown. Two screws secure the bracket.

5. Install the correct size paper.6. Slide the LCC unit back into the machine making sure it

latches.7. Raise the LCC tray.

Screw

Screw

Paper Holder Bracket



8. Use the fine adjustment holes to finalize the adjustment of the side guides.

9. Using 08-225, change the LCC paper size in the display to the correct size.

Fine Adjustment Holes


Drawer Paper SizesSpecification:

The desired paper size must fit in the drawer without excessive binding or skewing. The gap between the edge of the copy paper and the rear side guide must be 1 mm to 1.5 mm gap with the copy paper against the front side guide.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Pull out the drawer you wish to adjust.2. Remove the two drawer stop screws (one each on feed and exit sides).

3. Remove the drawer from the machine. 4. Remove the drawer side guides (2 screws for each) on the front and rear sides. Install the guides at the correct

position for the desired paper. (Paper sizes are marked on the guide frame.)5. Remove the trail edge guide (1 screw).6. Install the trail edge guide at the correct position for the desired paper. (Paper sizes are

marked on the adjustment plate.)7. Place the correct size paper in the drawer.

Stop screwStop screw



8. Verify that the gap between the edge of the paper and the rear side guide is 1 mm to 1.5 mm with the paper against the front side guide.

9. Remove the drawer size label (on the right front of the drawer).10. Fold the drawer size label so that the desired paper size will face out, and reinsert it.

11. Install the drawer into the machine.

Note: Be sure to install the two stop screws.

Side Guides

Drawer

Trail Edge Guide Guide Frame

Label


12. Change the drawer paper size in the display to the correct size using the following codes. • 08-226 (upper drawer) • 08-227 (middle drawer) • 08-228 (lower drawer)



Side to Side Deviation - Paper Feed DrawersSpecification:

The center of the reproduced image on the copy paper must match that of the original. Refer to the illustrations below.

Special Tools:

Lanier Registration Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4)

AB

Direction ofpaper movementDirection of

paper movement


Measurement/Adjustment:1. Place the Lanier Registration Test Original on the

exposure glass.• Make sure that it is correctly positioned.

2. Make a 100% copy of the original, feeding paper from the paper drawer.

3. Verify that the center of the image on the copy matches the center of the original.• If not, proceed to step 4.

4. Remove the paper from the paper drawer.5. Loosen the screws that secure the paper guides.6. Slide the front and rear guide brackets, equally, in the

appropriate direction.• Use a pencil to make indicator reference points.• To move the copied image to the front, slide the guides

toward the rear of the copier.• To move the copied image to the rear, slide the guides

toward the front of the copier.



Side to Side Deviation - Stack Feed BypassSpecification:


Special Tools:


AB

Direction ofpaper movement





2. Make a 100% copy of the original, feeding paper from the bypass feeder.

3. Verify that the center image on the copy matches the center of the original.• If not, proceed to step 4.

4. Remove the bypass feeder from the copier.5. Loosen the 2 screws that secure the bottom plate of the

bypass feeder. Refer to the illustration.6. Slide the plate in the appropriate direction.

• To move the copied image to the front, slide the plate toward the rear.

• To move the copied image to the rear, slide the plate toward the front.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 until the copied image is correctly positioned.



Side to Side Deviation - LCCSpecification:


Special Tools:


AB






2. Make a 100% copy of the original, feeding paper from the LCC.

3. Verify that the center image on the copy matches the center of the original.• If not, proceed to step 4.

4. Remove the paper from the LCC.5. Slide the LCC from its home position to its open position.6. Remove the 4 screws that secure the top of the front and

rear guide brackets. Refer to the illustration.7. Install the screws in the slotted screw holes of the front

and rear guide brackets. Do not tighten them at this time.8. Slide the front and rear guide brackets, equally, in the

appropriate direction.• To move the copied image to the front, slide the guides

toward the rear of the copier.• To move the copied image to the rear, slide the guides

toward the front of the copier.



Paper AligningNote: See Print Image for Paper Aligning adjustments.

Image RegistrationNote: See Print Image for Image Registration adjustments.


Main Registration Roller CompensationNote: Only make this adjustment when the paper exiting to the finisher becomes misaligned or there are staple jams.

Specification:

Adjust timing until paper skew (to finisher) or staple jams cease.

Special Tools:

None.


Note: Use this adjustment when paper exiting the finisher is misaligned or jams.

1. Check the following adjustments:• Finisher Alignment • Alignment Guide Position

2. Set Code 469 to 1 first then make copies and determine if the problem has been corrected. If the problem continues, change the value to the next higher setting and test again.

3. Repeat the adjustment until the compensation has corrected the problem.




Mode

xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 459see note 7

Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the upper drawer registration roller.


05 - 460see note 7

Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the middle drawer registration roller.


05 - 461see note 7

Lower drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the middle drawer registration roller.


05 - 470 Paper remaining indicator. Automatic adjustment for EMPTY condition. LCC and Drawers.

ALL - 0-31 Remove all of the paper from the LCC and Drawers, then perform the automatic adjustment.

05 - 471 Paper remaining indicator. LCC manual adjustment for LESS than ½ the capacity.

ALL 4 0-31 Perform the manual adjustment when the remaining amount of paper is less than ½. Perform adjustment Code 05 - 470 first. Then adjust as necessary.

Decrease the value in these codes when the remaining amount of paper indication is slower than the actual amount of paper.

Example: When the paper remaining indicator display shows paper remaining.

Then it changes suddenly to empty.

05 - 472 Paper remaining indicator. Upper Drawer manual adjustment for LESS than ½ the capacity.

ALL 10 0-31

05 - 473 Paper remaining indicator. Middle Drawer manual adjustment for LESS than ½ the capacity.

ALL 10 0-31

05 - 474 Paper remaining indicator. Lower Drawer manual adjustment for LESS than ½ the capacity.

ALL 10 0-31



05 - 475 Paper remaining indicator. Automatic adjustment for FULL condition. LCC and Drawers.

ALL - - Load 4000 sheets of paper in the LCC and 500 sheets in the Drawers, then perform the automatic adjustment.

05 - 476see note 9

Paper remaining indicator. LCC manual adjustment for MORE than ½ the capacity.

ALL 2 0-31 Perform the manual adjustment when the remaining amount of paper is greater than ½. Perform adjustment Code 05 - 475 first. Then adjust as necessary.

Increase the value in these codes when the remaining amount of paper indication is greater than the actual amount of paper.

Example: When the paper remaining indicator display shows paper remaining.

Then it changes suddenly to empty.

05 - 477see note 9

Paper remaining indicator. Upper Drawer manual adjustment for MORE than ½ the capacity.

ALL LT size: 2A/B size:

3

0-31

05 - 478see note 9

Paper remaining indicator. Middle Drawer manual adjustment for MORE than ½ the capacity.

ALL LT size: 4A/B size:

8

0-31

05 - 479see note 9

Paper remaining indicator. Lower Drawer manual adjustment for MORE than ½ the capacity.

ALL LT size: 7A/B size 3

0-31

05 - 483see note 9

Registration motor speed fine adjustment.

Copier 128 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.097.

Set value to 128 for the copier and printer.05 - 484

see note 9Registration motor speed fine

adjustment.Printer 128 0-255

05 - 489see note 9

Drawer drive motor speed fine adjustment.

Copier 128 0-255 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.061%.

Set value to 128 for the copier and the printer.05 - 490

see note 9Drawer drive motor speed fine



xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code







Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 201 Country paper size change ALL 0/1* 0-2 0: Europe (A4/A3/Folio)1: USA/Canada (Letter/Ledger)2: Japan (A4/B4)

08 - 224 Bypass paper size selection ALL 0-255 Undefined Select a paper size from the display ICON list of paper sizes. The range changes with the paper size selected.08 - 225 LCC paper size selection ALL 0-255 Letter

08 - 226 Upper drawer paper size selection

ALL 0-255 Letter-R/A4-R

08 - 227 Middle drawer paper size selection

ALL 0-255 Legal/A3

08 - 228 Lower drawer paper size selection

ALL 0-255 Ledger/A4



Enter the length first, then the width on Codes 229 through 242.

420 x 297mm08 - 229 Paper size (A3) length/width ALL 420 x 297 182~432 x 140~29708 - 230 Paper size A4-R length/width ALL 297 x 210 297 x 210mm

08 - 231 Paper size A5-R length/width ALL 210 x 148 210 x 148mm

08 - 232 Paper size B4 length/width ALL 364 x 257 364 x 257mm

08 - 233 Paper size B5-R length/width ALL 257 x 182 257 x 182mm

08 - 234 Paper size Letter-R length/width ALL 279 x 216 279 x 216mm

08 - 235 Paper size Ledger length/width ALL 432 x 279 432 x 279mm

08 - 236 Paper size Legal length/width ALL 356 x 216 356 x 216mm

08 - 237 Paper size ST-R length/width ALL 216 x 140 216 x 140mm

08 - 238 Paper size Computer length/width

ALL 356 x 257 356 x 257mm

08 - 239 Paper size Folio length/width ALL 330 x 210 330 x 210mm

08 - 240 Paper size 13 inch Legal (Official) length/width

ALL 330 x 216 330 x 216mm

08 - 241 Paper size 8.5 x 8.5 inches length/width

ALL 216 x 216 216 x 216mm

08 - 242 Paper size other - length/width ALL 432 x 279 182~432 x 140~297

When setting the other paper size, remember that the size entered here will limit the maximum size paper the customer can load in a drawer when other is selected from the display.


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents


08 - 480 Paper source priority selection ALL 1 0-4 0: A4/LT1: LCC2: Upper drawer3: Middle drawer4: Lower drawer

08 - 481 Automatic paper source change ALL 1 0-2 0: Automatic paper Source Change disabled.1: Automatic paper Source Change enabled.2: Automatic paper Source Change enabled

but the paper size and direction does not matter.

When set to 1: When a paper source becomes empty and the same size paper is present in another source. the machine will automatically switch to that source of paper.

08 - 482 Paper feed retry ALL 0 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled

When set to 0: The machine will only attempt to feed the paper 1 time before displaying a misfeed condition.

When set to 1: The machine will attempt to feed the paper 2 times before displaying a misfeed condition.

08 - 613 User paper size selection for the OTHER key

Note: The customer can change the paper size using the adjust selections.

Copier USA: ST-R

EUR: A5-R

0-255 Select the icon of the paper size requested.

08 - 625 Non-printed sheet prevention mode.

Copier 0 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents



08 - 626 Bypass feed paper size recognition

Copier 1 0-1 0: Disabled - The bypass tray does not recognize the paper size. Always set to the maximum paper size.

1: Enabled - The bypass tray recognizes the paper size.

08 - 638 Operator allowed to change the paper size in a drawer or the LCC enable/disable.

Affects “08 Mode Code 613”.

Copier 2 0-2 0: All paper sizes and inserts available from theAdjust Drawer Size icon menu.

1: Adjust Drawer Size iconis removed from the display.Paper size adjustmentand insert function are disabled.

2: Insert function is only available

08 - 658 Continue paper size setting after running out of paper in the bypass tray during a job.

Printer 0 0-1 0: Disabled1: Enabled


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 192Adjustments Fuser

Fuser

Fuser Roller Pressure (Side-to-Side)Specification:

The maximum nip width measurement deviation front side versus the rear side is 0.5 mm.

Special Tools:

Millimeter Scale.


Note: Normally, fuser roller pressure does not need not be adjusted. Adjustment must be performed if wrinkles frequently appear on copies made on standard copy paper.

1. Make an A3/LD size copy (entirely black) with the RADF open.2. Turn the power switch OFF when the paper enters the fuser.3. Open the front cover, and slide the transfer/fuser unit out.4. Quickly turn the jam removal knob CCW until the copy paper has exited the fuser.Note: CW = Clockwise CCW = Counterclockwise

Fuser Nip(Shinny Bar)



5. Measure the width of the fuser nip (shinny bar) on the copy paper at the front and the rear.

6. The front to back nip width difference must be within 0.5 mm. If not, remove the fuser unit and loosen the pressure spring retaining screw on the side having the wider area.

Note: One half turn will narrow the gap by approximately 0.5 mm.

7. Install the fuser unit.8. Return to step 1 and repeat the process until fuser nip is within specifications. 9. After performing this adjustment, make five A3/LD size white copies with the RADF

closed, to clean the fuser rollers.

Fuser Nip(Shinny Bar)


Fuser Roller Temperature & PressureSpecification:

Copies (simplex or duplex) exiting the machine must have minimal amounts of wrinkling, curling, toner offsetting, and toner pick off.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Fuser Roller Pressure (Side-to-Side) adjustment.

Note: The fuser unit has been factory set for a fuser roller surface temperature of 200oC (392oF) and a pressure roller pressure of 100kg (220lb). These specifications are optimum set points for the best simplex and duplex copying with the least amount wrinkling, curling, toner offsetting, and toner backfill when Lanier recommended paper is used. When customers use non-Lanier recommended paper (abnormal paper) the fuser unit performance will deteriorate. To compensate for abnormal paper the following methods may be tried. Doing these adjustment will not guarantee that copies will meet the customer’s requirements.

Fuser Temperature:2. To change the Fuser Temperature, access Service Mode 08-411.

Caution When using Service Mode 08-411 to set the temperature, DO NOT set the value above 11. Setting the value to 12 or above will cause overheating and causes the thermofuse to open.



3. Press the START key.4. Input a new value. The greater the number the greater the heat. The maximum allowable

value is 11. The factory default is 8.

Note: When a higher temperature is set, an increase in paper wrinkling, curling, or toner pick off may occur.

5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory.6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode.7. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON.

Note: Do not leave the copier in the Service Mode when making copies.

8. Run several copies and verify the results. Repeat this procedure if necessary or if the preset fuser temperature is set to 11 continue to the next step (Fuser Pressure).


Fuser Pressure:9. If raising the preset fuser temperature does not produce the desired

results, add pressure spring spacers using the following procedure.10. Set the preset fuser temperature (08-411) to 8.11. Remove the fuser assembly from the machine. 12. Remove the pressure springs from the Fuser Roller.

(See disassembly section for procedure.)13. Insert one spacer under each spring (as shown).

Lanier Part Number C2081-147714. Reassemble the machine.15. Run several copies and verify the results. Repeat this procedure if

necessary by adding up to 3 spacers under each spring.

Note: For each spacer inserted the pressure is increased by 5kg (11lbs).

• On difficult cases, a combination of both temperature and pressure adjustments may be required.

• The same number of inserts must inserted at the front and rear. Otherwise skewing will occur causing fuser paper jams.

Pressure spring


Lanier Worldwide

This spacer is not stocked by Lanier. You must source it locally.


Fuser Entrance GuideSpecification:

The fuser entrance guide must not cause: • Toner spots or smears on the backside of the copy.• Fuser jams• Wrinkled paper

The guide to Pressure Roller Gap = 0.4 mm to 1.7 mm.

Note: The guide’s front setting should equal the rear setting.

Special Tools:

None.


Note: Under normal conditions the screws securing the entrance guide are in the inner round holes of the guide. The stamped mark, lines up with the pointer center on the guide.

1. Remove the 2 screws securing the entrance guide.2. Install the 2 screws in the outer vertical oblong holes.


3. Adjust the entrance guide height using the stamped markings.

Note: Each end must be adjusted to the same height.






xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 485see note 9

Fuser drive motor speed fine adjustment.


Set value to 128 for the copier and printer.05 - 486

see note 9Fuser drive motor speed fine




Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 205 Timer for switching from Ready mode to Energy Saver mode

ALL 11 0-15

08 - 206 Timer for switching from Ready mode to Auto-Power Shut OFF or Low Power Mode.

US Energy Star Compliance

ALL 12 0-20

08 - 407 Fuser pre-running time

Note: The time allowed for the fuser to rotate during the warm up mode.

ALL 8 0-14

08 - 410 Fuser temperature in the print mode

Printer 8 0-14

0: Disabled1: 30 sec.2: 60 sec.3: 90 sec.4: 120 sec.5: 150 sec.

6: 3 min.7: 4 min.8: 5 min.9: 7 min.10: 10 min.11: 15 min.

12: 20 min.13: 30 min.14: 45 min.15: 60 min.

0: 3 min.1: 5 min.2: 10 min.3: 15 min.4: 20 min.5: 25 min.6: 30 min.

7: 40 min.8: 50 min.9: 60 min.10: 70 min.11: 80 min.12: 90 min.13: 100 min.

14: 110 min.15: 120 min.16: 150 min.17: 180 min.18: 210 min.19: 240 min.20: Disabled

0: 120 sec.1: 135 sec.2: 150 sec.3: 165 sec.4: 180 sec.



0: 173°C1: 180°C2: 183°C3: 186°C4: 189°C5: 192°C

6: 195°C7: 198°C8: 200°C9: 203°C10: 206°C11: 209°C

12: 212°C13: 215°C14: 218°C15: 221°C



08 - 411 Fuser temperature when the copier is Ready

ALL 8 0-15

08 - 412 Fuser temperature in the ENERGY SAVER mode

ALL 3 0-15

08 - 602 Automatic Energy Saver IconAutomatic power OFF Icon

ALL 0: Australia, Taiwan, Saudi Arabia, Asian region

1: All other countries

0-1 0: OFF - Icons are NOT in the display.

Note: The customer cannot adjust the Energy Saver and Auto Power Off times. They can only be set by a service technician using 08 - 205 and 08 - 206.

1: ON - Icons are in the display.

Note: The customer can adjust the Energy Saver and Power Off times.


xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

0: 173°C1: 180°C2: 183°C3: 186°C4: 189°C5: 192°C

6: 195°C7: 198°C8: 200°C9: 203°C10: 206°C11: 209°C

12: 212°C13: 215°C14: 218°C15: 221°C

0: 160°C1: 164°C2: 167°C3: 170°C4: 173°C5: 180°C

6: 183°C7: 186°C8: 189°C9: 192°C10: 195°C11: 198°C

12: 200°C13: 203°C14: 206°C15: 210°C

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 202Adjustments Duplexer/Copy Exit

Duplexer/Copy Exit

Duplex Stack Unit Side-to-Side DeviationSpecification:

The back side image of a duplexed copy should not vary from the front side by more than 2mm.

Special Tools:


Measurement/Adjustment:1. Check the Paper Feed Side-to-Side Deviation and Paper Feed Registrations adjustments.2. Place a Lanier Registration Test Original on the exposure glass at the A4/LT indicator

marks. Make a manual duplexed copy of it.3. Adjust the original position until it is centered on the letter indicator marks. Check that the

back side of the duplex copy does not vary from the center line by more than 2mm.4. If the copy does not meet the specification adjust the position of the

stack tray.5. Loosen the front left and front right screws securing the duplex stack

tray.6. Use the 1mm scale marks and the duplex tray position indicator at

the front left side of the duplexer to align the stack tray.7. Move the stack guide unit to obtain the specification, using the scale

that is etched on the frame (left front corner).• If the duplex image is shifted toward the rear, move the assembly

to the rear of the copier by the same amount the copy is incorrect.• If the duplex image is shifted toward the front, move the assembly

to the front of the copier by the same amount the copy is incorrect.

Loosen, do not remove



8. Move the stack tray to the front or the rear as needed to bring the duplex copy into specification.

9. Make a test copy. Verify that the image is centered on the copy.10. Repeat the procedure until the specification is met.


Duplexer Pre-feed CompensationSpecification:

When duplexing 6 or more Letter/A4 size copies the duplexer will pre-feed the first 2 sheets to the duplexer transfer section for better productivity. When side-to-side skewing or folded corners occur the pre-feed function can be disabled to reduce skewing and folded corners.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Using Code 08-487, set the value to:

0: Enable - Duplexer pre-feeds Letter/A4 size papers. Normal machine operation.1: disable - Duplexer does not pre-feed Letter/A4 size papers. Set to this value only when side-to-side skewing or folded corners occur.



Duplexer Length Guide Position Compensation Specification:

Set compensation to eliminate duplexer jams.

Note: The adjustment is only effective when duplexing 10 or less copies per set.

Special Tools:

None.


Note: Only perform this adjustment when the duplexer jams (E54 Error codes) occur because the copy paper has:

• Excessive leading edge curl• The edges are wavy• The paper is longer than standard size.

The length guide position can be changed to move the paper away from the pick-up roller. This will help to decrease the possibility of future jams.

1. Using Code 05-464, set the value to:2: Default value, set it to 2 when there are NO duplexer jams (E54 Error codes).0: When duplexing only LD/A3 paper sizes.4: When duplexing only LG, LT, LT-R or ST-R paper sizes.3: When duplexing all paper sizes.


Duplexer Width Guide GapSpecification:

The duplexer width guides should have a gap of 1mm + 0.5mm gap between the guide and the edge of a LD/A3 sheet of paper.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Place a LD/A3 sheet of paper in the duplexer stack tray.2. Push the paper to the rear guide and measure the gap between the front guide and the edge of the paper. The gap

should be 1mm + 0.5mm.3. If the gap is outside the specification, move the rear width guide towards the center of the stack tray.4. Loosen the retraining screw located in the cavity at the rear

of the stack tray.5. Using the scale marks in the frame as a reference, turn the

adjusting cam the amount required to bring it into specification:• To make the gap wider - turn the cam counterclockwise• To make the gap narrower - turn the cam clockwise

6. Tighten the retaining screw.7. Close the doors to the machine and turn the power switch on

so the width guides can go to the home position.8. Check that the specification has been met. 9. Repeat the adjustment until the specification is met.

Loosen do not remove



Duplexer Gate Roller PositionSpecification:

The gate roller must be properly repositioned if it has been removed. The clutch unit must be removed. The dowels of drive gear 1 and drive gear 2 must align as shown below when gears are installed. The dowels of drive gear 2 and gate roller drive gear must be offset CCW 2 gear teeth as shown below.

Special Tools:

None.

Drive Gears

Drive Gear 1

Drive Gear 2

Dowel Gate Roller

Gate Roller Drive GearOffset


Measurement/Adjustment:1. With the clutch unit removed install drive gear 1.2. Install drive gear 2 with its dowel directly opposite the dowel on drive gear 1.3. Keeping gear 1 and gear 2 aligned, install the gate roller drive gear with the dowel on it

offset CCW 2 gear teeth.4. Install the drive gears retaining rings.5. Install the clutch unit. Make sure the arbor projection of the spring clutch is aligned

beneath the stop.

Stop and Arbor Projection

Spring Clutch








xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 462see note 7

Duplexer registration roller paper alignment (buckle).


05 - 464see note 12

Duplexer length guide position composition adjustment.

Only perform this adjustment when the duplexer jams (E54 Error Code) occur because the copy paper has excessive leading edge curl, the edges are wavy, or the paper is longer than the standard paper size. The position of the length guide can be changed top move the paper away from the pickup roller. This will help decrease the possibility of future jams.

ALL 2 0-3 The following values are for small paper stacks:

0: LD/A3 2mm,other paper sizes 2mm




05 - 491see note 9

Duplexer drive motor speed fine adjustment.


Set value to 128 for the copier and the printer.05 - 492

see note 9Duplexer drive motor speed fine



Setting Mode/08 Codes



xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 487see note 12

Duplexer Pre-feed ALL 0 0-1 0: Enabled 1: Disabled - Set to this value only when side-

to-side skewing or folded corners occur.

08 - 603 Automatic duplexing mode Copier 0 0-3 0: Disabled1: Single-sided to Double-sided2: Double-sided to Double-sided3: User selection

08 - 611 Book double-sided original selection

Copier 0 0-1 0: Opening book (copying) from the front1: Opening book (copying) from the back


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 211Adjustments F580/F580S

F580/F580S

Registration Roller CompensationSee the Main Registration Roller Compensation adjustment in the Paper Feed group.

Finisher AlignmentSpecification:

The finisher must align with the copier frame in the vertical direction, and side to side horizontally at the top and the bottom of the unit. Alignment is corrected by adjusting the copier’s 4 leveling pads (under its lower unit).

Note: Paper travel between the copier and the finisher may be impaired if the copier’s lower unit is misaligned with the finisher.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Measure the clearance at A (top) and A’ (bottom) between

the finisher and the copier.2. Adjust the pads on the copier so that A and A’ are equal.

Copierlower unit


3. Measure the horizontal (side-to-side) difference of the finisher relative to the copier, at the rear.

4. Adjust the pads on the copier so that B (top) and B' (bottom) are equal.

Copierlowerunit



Paper Stack Height SensorSpecification:

LED 1 on the finisher logic PWA will turn ON and OFF during and after the adjustment is performed correctly and finished.

Note: The paper stack height sensor S402 is an automatic adjustment.

Note: This adjustment must be made when the logic PWA or the sensor is replaced.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Turn the finisher SW3 dip switches on as shown in the illustration.2. Place a blank sheet of plain paper (A4/LT) on both trays.3. Press SW1 on the finisher logic PWA to perform the automatic adjustment. The

tray unit will shift tray 1 and then tray 2 in sequence.• When the adjustment has been completed, trays will return to

their home positions.• During the adjustment, LED 1 flashes. When the adjustment is finished, LED 1

will stay on.• If the automatic adjustment fails, the shift tray will stop and LED 1 will turn OFF.

4. Turn all the SW3 dip switches to OFF.5. Turn the copier OFF and then back ON to return to normal operation.

SW3


Alignment Guide PositionSpecification:

When the finisher logic PWA is replaced, or if a registration fault occurs, the alignment guide must be adjusted.

Note: The adjustment corrects for all paper sizes.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Remove the finisher unit’s rear cover.2. Set the SW3 dip switches on the finisher logic PWA as shown in the illustration.3. Press SW2 on the finisher logic PWA if LT paper is being used.

orPress SW1 on the finisher logic PWA if A4 paper is being used.

Note: Pressing SW1/SW2 will open the swing guide and move the alignment guide to the A4/LT position.



4. Place 2 sheets of A4/LT paper between the alignment guide and the guide plate, butting them against the paper stops.

5. Press SW1/SW2 on the finisher logic PWA, and butt the alignment guide against the sheets.• Pressing SW2 will shift the alignment guide to the front

in increments of 0.35mm.• Pressing SW1 will shift the alignment guide to the rear in

increments of 0.35mm.6. Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to store the

adjustment value.• This will lower the swing guide.

7. Turn all the SW3 dip switches to OFF.8. Turn the copier OFF and then back ON to return to normal

operation.

Alignment GuideAlignment Guide

Alignment Guide Movement When SW1 is Pressed

Movement When SW2 is Pressed

A4/LTPaper Stop

Paper Stop

Front Guide


Staple Position (Stapler Movement Range)Specification:

The position of the staple must be 290 +2mm for A4 paper or 273 +2mm for LT paper.

Note: The adjustment affects all paper sizes and all stapling positions.

This adjustment must be performed if the finisher logic PWA is replaced.

Special Tools:

None.

290 +2mm for A4273 +2mm for LT

Staple Position Staple Position

Paper Feeding Direction

StapleA4/LT

Movement When SW2 is pressed




Measurement/Adjustment:1. Remove the finisher unit’s rear cover. 2. Set the SW3 dip switches on the finisher logic PWA as shown in the illustration.

Note: Staples must be installed or the staple cartridge empty switch (SW408) actuator will not be held down and the adjustment will not function.

3. Press SW1, on the finisher logic PWA if A4 paper is being used. orPress SW2, on the finisher logic PWA if LT paper is being used.

4. Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to open the swing guide and cause the feed belt to rotate.

5. Within 5 seconds after pressing the switch, place two sheets of A4/LT paper between the alignment guide and the front guide, butting it against the paper stops.• The finisher will detect the paper and lower the swing guide

and then staples at 1-position.

Note: The stapled paper must be removed manually.

6. If the stapling position is correct, turn all dip switches on SW3 to OFF to end the adjustment. If the stapling position is incorrect continue to step 7.

7. To adjust the position where the staple penetrates the paper, press SW1, or SW2 on the finisher logic PWA as required.• One press on SW1 will shift the stapling position to the rear in

steps of 0.3mm).• One press on SW2 will shift the stapling position to the front in

steps of 0.3mm.8. Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to open the swing guide

and cause the feed belt to rotate.

SW3

Alignment GuideStapler

A4/LT

Paper Stop

Paper Stop

Front Guide


9. Within 5 seconds after pressing the switch, place two sheets of A4/LT paper between the alignment guide and the front guide, butting it against the paper stops.• The finisher will detect the paper and lower the swing guide and then staples at 1-position.

Note: The stapled paper must be removed manually.

10. Check the stapling position. If it is correct, set all SW3 dip switches to OFF to end the adjustment. If readjustment is necessary, return to step 7.

Note: Current finisher logic PWA settings are changed when either the SW1 or SW2 are pushed. To go back to a previous setting after either switch is pushed, the other switch must be pushed as many times as the first switch was pushed.

290 +2mm for A4273 +2mm for LT

Staple Position Staple Position

Paper Feeding Direction

StapleA4/LT





Sort/Staple CapacitySpecification:

The sort/staple capacity comes adjusted for 30 sets.

The number of stapled sets can be changed from 30 to 50 or No-Limit by setting SW3 No.6 or No.8 to ON.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:• When the sort/staple stack capacity limit exceeds 30 sets,

stack defects may occur.• When defects occur, reset the set limit from 50 or No-Limit

sets to 30 sets.

Sort/Staple Stack Capacity limit of 30 sets.

Sort/Staple Stack Capacity limit of 50 sets.

SW3

SW3

Switch setting

Switch setting

Sort/Staple Stack Capacity No-limit.

SW3Switch setting


Saddle Stitcher Folding PositionSpecification:

The folding position and the saddle (staple) stitching position must be in the same location on a LD/A3 sheet of paper.

Special Tools:

None.


The folding position is adjusted by changing the settings of SW1 dip switches 6 through 8 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

The distance over which the paper positioning guide is moved to the folding position from the stitching position will be changed, depending on the switch settings.

Replacing the saddle stitcher logic PWA, requires that the new logic PWA SW1 dip switches be set the same as those on the old SW1.

If the folding position must be changed, perform the following steps:1. Remove the stitcher logic PWA cover, and set SW1 dip switches 1

through 4 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA as shown in the illustration.2. Remove the rear cover of the saddle stitcher unit, and tape the actuator

of the entrance guide interlock sensor (S429) and the stitcher entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) of the saddle stitcher unit in place.

3. Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to start the stitcher paper feed motor (M409).• If SW2 is pressed for 1 second or less, the adjustment mode will be for

A3 size paper.• If SW2 is pressed for 3 seconds or more, the adjustment mode will be

for LD size paper.

Do not change SW1 dip switches5 through 8 at this time.



4. Obtain 2 sheets of LD/A3 paper.5. Place a reference mark at the top of each sheet of paper

to assure that the measurement which will be made later in this adjustment, will be make correctly.

6. Open the entrance cover and Insert the two sheets of paper with each sheet’s reference mark at the trailing edge until their leading edges butt against the paper positioning guide.

Reference mark

Insert in this direction

A3/LD paper

Trailing edgeof paper

Referencemark2 sheets

.


7. Close the entrance cover.8. Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

• The saddle stitcher unit will “stitch” the sheets, and fold and deliver the stack automatically.

9. Measure the distance (L) between the stitching position and the folding position.

10. Perform the “positive L gap difference adjustment” or “negative L gap difference adjustment”. • If the stitching position is below the folding position (reference

mark is above): Perform the “positive L gap difference adjustment”.

• If the stitching position is above the folding position (reference mark is above): Perform the “negative L gap difference adjustment”.

Note: The stitching position and the folding position must match.

LL

Reference mark“Positive L gap difference adjustment”

Folding position

Stitching position

Unit: mm

Example: If L is +1mm, provide 1mm.

Folding position

Stitching position

Unit: mm

Reference mark“Negative L gap difference adjustment”

Example: If L is -0.75mm, provide 0.75mm.



11. Refer to the table below for switch settings for stitch position movement.12. Return to step 3 and repeat the procedure to verify the fold and stitch positions are within

specifications.13. Turn SW1 dip switches 1 through 4 to OFF.

SW1 Dip Switch Settings“L” Gap

Difference Settings(in units of 0.5mm)

Switch 6 Switch 7 Switch 8 Prior to EPROM Version 5

Beginning with EPROM Version 5

OFF ON ON +3 (+0.75MM) +3 (+1.5MM)

OFF ON OFF +2 (+0.50MM) +2 (+1.0MM)

OFF OFF ON +1 (+0.25MM) +1 (+0.5MM)

OFF OFF OFF 0 0

ON OFF ON -1 (-0.25MM) -1 (-0.5MM)

ON ON OFF -2 (-0.50MM) -2 (-1.0MM)

ON ON ON -3 (-0.75MM) -3 (-1.5MM)


Saddle Stitcher Center Position - Fine AdjustmentSpecification:

The paper must be folded at its center line position.

Special Tools:

None.

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Make saddle stitched copies in LT-R/A4-R, B4, or LD/A3 paper sizes.2. Check that the paper is folded and stitched at the center line position.3. If the paper is not folded and stitched at the center line position for any paper size continue with step 4.4. Adjust the code for the appropriate paper size. The adjustment values are -14 to +14 with 0.25mm/step.


Note: To enter a negative value press the STOP key prior to entering the value.

6. Change the value to negative or positive according to the direction the paper is folded off from the center line and make a test saddle stitched copy.

7. Repeat the procedure until the paper is folded and stitched at the center line.8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode.9. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.


05 Mode Codes05-468-0 LT-R/A4-R

05-468-1 B4

05-468-2 LD/A3



Adjusting the Stitcher Stapler AnvilSpecification:

Stitcher Stapler unit is aligned with the anvil.

Special Tools:

Stapler positioning tool.


Note: This adjustment must be preformed whenever one of the stitcher staplers is removed for servicing or is replaced.

1. Remove the front inner cover.2. Remove the front lower door.3. Slide the stitcher unit out toward the front.4. Remove the stitcher stapler mounting unit cover

(3 screws).

Screws

Cover


5. Remove the stapler positioning tool from the back of the cover.

6. To adjust the front stitcher stapler, remove the center paper positioning plate and the front paper positioning plate (1 screw each).

7. To adjust the rear stitcher stapler, remove the center positioning plate and the rear positioning plate (1 screw each).

Stapler positioning tool

Rearpositioningplate

Centerpositioningplate

Frontpositioningplate



8. Loosen the 2 anvil mounting screws (2 screws per anvil), prior to adjusting each stitcher stapler.

9. Insert the positioning tool into the stitcher stapler slot.

Anvils

2 screws per anvil

StaplerStapler positioning tool


10. Position the stitcher stapler unit down, and turn the stapler gear so that the projection on the tool and the recess in anvil align.

11. Tighten the anvil screws to secure the anvil in place.

Staplerpositioningtool

Anvil Tool projection



Paper Pushing Plate PositionSpecification:

The hole in the pushing plate bracket must be aligned with the embossed section of the backup plate.

Special Tools:

None.


Note: This adjustment must be preformed when installing the paper pushing plate.

1. Align holes [1] on the paper pushing plate with the embossed sections [2] on the backup plate.• The correct side of the paper pushing plate must be

facing up.


2. Insert the paper pushing plate and backup plate into the opening shown, and temporarily place them on the pushing plate bracket.• The hole in the pushing plate bracket must be aligned

with the embossed section of the backup plate.

3. Push the backup plate forward against the tips of the 2 screws that you installed earlier.

4. Use the 3 previously removed screws to fasten the paper pushing plate and the backup plate.

5. Remove the 2 screws that were used for positioning the backup plate.

Paper pushing plate Backup plate

Backup plate



Adjustment Mode 05 Codes




xx

Main codeyyy

Sub code


05 - 468 - 0see note 8

Binding position/folding position fine adjustment (LT-R/A4-R).

ALL 0 -14-14 Position shifts to the right page0.25/step.

05 - 468 - 1see note 8

Binding position/folding position fine adjustment (B4).

ALL 0 -14-14

05 - 468 - 2see note 8

Binding position/folding position fine adjustment. (LD/A3)

ALL 0 -14-14

05 - 469see note 12

Main registration roller compensation adjustment.

Note: Use this adjustment when paper exiting the finisher is mis-stapled, misaligned, or jams.

ALL 0 0-4 0: High1: Middle-high2: Middle3: Middle-low4: LowThe higher the value the more the

delay between sheets of paper fed to the finisher.


Setting Mode 08 CodesSetting Service Codes 08 Mode

Mode

xx

Main code yyy

Sub code

zName Mode Default


Contents

08 - 642 Finisher mode priority selection at power ON

Copier 0 0-3 0: NON SORT1: STAPLE2: SORT3: STACK

08 - 652 Copy Mode finisher cascade mode.

Copier 0 0-1 0: OFF1: ON

08 - 653 Print Mode finisher cascade mode.

Printer 0 0-1 0: OFF1: ON



Punch Unit Sensor OutputSpecification:

Perform this adjustment when the punch driver PWA, transmission sensor (photosensor PCB/LED PWA) or reflection sensor (scrap-full detection PWA unit) has been replaced.

Special Tools:

None

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Remove the rear cover of the finisher unit. 2. Set bits 1 through 6 of DIPSW3 on the finisher controller PWA as indicated.

3) Press SW1 on the finisher controller PWA.

Note: Pressing this switch automatically adjusts sensor output.

4) Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF.


Punch Unit RegistrationSpecification:

This operation registers which punch unit is attached to the IC on the punch driver PWA so that the punch unit can be identified by the finisher. For this reason, this operation must be performed when the punch driver PWA has been replaced.

Special Tools:None

Measurement/Adjustment:1. Remove the rear cover of the finisher unit.2. Set bits 1 through 6 of DIPSW3 on the finisher controller PWA as indicated.

3. Set bits 7 and 8 on DIPSW3 on the finisher controller PWA to match the number of punch holes of the attached puncher unit as defined in the table below.

4. Press SW1 on the finisher controller PWA to register the 2-hole (MJ-6002E), 4-hole (MJ-6002F), or 4-hole (MJ-6002S) unit. - or - Press SW2 on the finisher controller PWA to register the 2/3-hole model (MJ-6001N) unit.

5. Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF.

Punch Unit DIPSW3

Bit 7 Bit 82-hole (MJ-6002E) OFF OFF

2/3-hole (MJ-6002N) OFF ON

4-hole (MJ-6002F) ON OFF

4-hole (MJ-6002S) ON ON


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 4 - 235Adjustments PC-80/NIC-80

PC-80/NIC-80

Assigning the IP AddressNote: Assign the IP address, the Subnet Mask, and the Gateway address of this unit

on the Control Panel.• Where there is a DHCP server, this operation is to be performed before connecting

the network cable.• Assign the Gateway address when the printer is used in network through a router.• Enter the router’s address which is the Gateway address.

1. Press the PRINTER/NETWORK key.2. The Message Display changes to show the JOB LIST display.3. Touch the ON/OFF key.4. Touch the OFF LINE key.

5. SETTING and UTILITY keys are displayed.


6. Touch the SETTING key.7. Touch the IP ADDRESS key.

• Touch the SUBNET MASK key or the GATEWAY ADDRESS key depending on the requirements.

8. Enter the IP Address to be assigned.• Enter the address using the keypad. The number cannot exceed 255.• Move the cursor using the left or right arrow keys.• To stop assigning the IP address, touch the CANCEL key.• The following numbers cannot be assigned.

IP Address: 0.0.0.0Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0

9. Touch the SET key.10. The IP Address has been assigned and the Message Display returns to the

Setting Screen.11. Assign the Subnet Mask and the Gateway Address depending on the

requirements.

Note: After assigning the IP Address:• Turn OFF the power of your unit and then back ON, or• Reset the printer by referring to the section on Resetting the Printer.

The IP Address becomes valid after your unit is restarted.



Setting Initial Windows™ Values

The settings are the initial value settings for printing through applications. 1. Click the START button.

• Select Settings. • Click Printers.

2. Select the icon of this printer and select Properties from the File menu.

3. The properties screen of the printer is displayed.


Printing Through Each ApplicationNote: The procedure to display the properties varies with each

application. The following uses WordPad as an example.

1. Click Print... in the File menu.• The Print screen is displayed.

2. Click Properties.



3. The Property screen of the printer is displayed.


Screen DetailsNote: The following description covers the tab exclusive for

settings of this printer: Option, Paper, Margin, Output, Watermark, Cover Sheet, Print Quality, PS, and Other.Other tabs displayed such as General, Details, and Sharing are related to the functions of Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0. You can view these using: Settings, Printers, Properties.

1. Model name and Driver type2. Items Tabs

The setting menu items of the print driver are displayed as tabs. Clicking on a tab displays the setting contents of the selected tab. The number of tabs displayed varies depending on the way to display the properties.

3. Setting ContentsSetting contents of each selected tab are displayed.

4. Restore DefaultsClick on this to return the setting contents to the original setting. This tab is not provided in some tabs.

5. OKClick on this to enter the input settings and complete the print driver settings.

6. CancelClick on this to cancel the input settings and complete the print driver settings.

7. ApplyClick on this to enter the input settings

8. HelpClick on this when you want to see the HELP text for the print driver.

Note: Some applications may require their own settings. Also, some settings may differ from those in this print driver. In such cases, refer to the instructions for each application.



Paper TabNote: This sets factors of paper for printing. Setting items are:

Paper Size, Number of Copies, Orientation for Printing, Order for Printing, and Zoom Ratio.

1. Paper Size This select the size of paper for printing.

Note: By the selection of the Main Paper Size System in installing the printer driver, the initial value is set. Selecting the “A” System sets “A4” here, and selecting the “LT” system sets “LETTER” here, as the initial value.

• LEDGER • LEGAL • LETTER • STATEMENT• COMPUTER • 13 inch LG• 8.5SQ

2. LocationThis selects the source for feeding paper. When paper of different sizes is loaded on several paper sources, selecting a paper feed method can use paper of appropriate size.

Note: It is set to “Auto Select” when shipped from the factory.

• Auto Select: It automatically selects paper set in the printer according to the document size for feeding.

• Upper Cassette: Feeds paper from the Copier cassette upper attached to the machine body.

• Middle Cassette: Feeds paper from the Copier cassette middle attached to the machine body.


• Lower Cassette: Feeds paper from the Copier cassette lower attached to the machine body.

• Bypass (Short Edge): Paper is fed from the printer's Bypass in the landscape mode.• Bypass (Long Edge): Paper is fed from the printer's Bypass in the portrait mode.• Large Capacity Feeder: Feeds paper from the Large-capacity Feeder attached to the

main body.

Note: When printing with the Paper Source set to either “Bypass (Short Edge)” or “Bypass (Long Edge)”, the following screen appears. To prevent this screen from displaying every time, check the check box.

3. Number of CopiesThis sets the number of printed copies. You can set any integer in the range from 1 to 999.

Note: It is set with “1” when shipped from the factory.

When the paper size is LETTER or STATEMENT, the attention message that indicates the number of copies cannot be set over 60 appears. When other paper sizes are selected, the attention message that indicates the number of copies cannot be set over 35 appears. When Duplex printing and Group printing at Sort mode are set. When Duplex printing is set and Sort mode is not set.



4. OrientationThis sets the paper printing direction, to either “Portrait” or “Landscape.”

Note: It is set to “Portrait” when shipped from the factory.

5. Printing OrderThis sets the order of printing, selecting one of Normal (printing from the first to last pages) and Reverse (printing from the last to first pages). When “Magazine Sort” or “Cover Sheet” is selected, the printing order is fixed as “Reverse” and cannot be changed. It is set to “Reverse (Default)” when shipped from the factory. As the printed paper comes out with the printed side up, setting to “Reverse” will sort all the pages in the normal order with the 1st page on top.

6. Enlarge/Reduce PrintingClick on this for changing the size of the printed page image. This [Enlarge /Reduce Printing] screen appears to allow setting the print data. See [Enlarge /Reduce Printing] screen. When “Layout Printing” is selected, enlarge/reduce printing cannot be selected.

Note: This is not available when “Raster” is set for the Graphic mode in Print Quality with PCL5e.

7. Setting Confirmation Screen: The status of the printed page with the input settings is displayed as an illustration.

8. Setting Confirmation List: The current settings of the printer driver is displayed.


Enlarge/Reduce Printing ScreenNote: This screen is displayed by clicking on the Enlarge /Reduce

Printing under the Paper tab.

1. Paper SizeDisplays the paper size set for the Paper Size under Paper tab.

2. Actual SizeSelects this for printing actual size.

3. Output Paper SizeThis sets the size of the print paper.

4. ZoomThis sets the zoom ratio of printing in a numeric value.

5. InformationDisplays the printing status and information on zoom ratio.

6. Setting Confirmation ScreenDisplays the printing status and information on zoom ratio.



Enlarge/Reduce by Paper SizeNote: Enlarge/reduce printing is performed according to the

size of paper to be printed.

1. Display the Enlarge/Reduce Printing screen.2. Click the Output Paper Size setting.3. Click the down arrow to see the selections.4. Click on the paper size you desire5. Click OK. 6. Your settings are displayed.


Enlarge/Reduce Printing by ZoomNote: Enlarge/reduce printing is made by designating the zoom

ratio. Paper size remains unchanged.

1. Display the Enlarge/Reduce Printing screen.2. Click the check circle for Zoom setting.3. Click the up or down arrow to set the zoom ratio.

Note: You can also enter the value into the list box.

4. Click OK. 5. Your settings are displayed.



Margin TabNote: The setting of the Margin Tab sets the gutter or margin

space.

1. Binding MarginThis selects whether or not the Binding Margin is set on paper to be printed.• None: Select this when no gutter is to be set.• Left: Select this when the gutter is set on the left side.• Right: Select this when the gutter is set on the right side.• Top: Select this when the gutter is set on the top side.• Center: (Available only when Magazine Sort is selected).

Select this when the gutter is set in the center.2. Width of a Binding Margin

This sets the gutter width in millimeters or inches.• To set for millimeters, select “mm” and set a value in the range from 10.0 to 50.8 mm in increments of 1 mm.• To set for inches, select “inch” and set a value in the range of 0.39 to 2.00 inch in increments of 0.01 inch.

3. Paper MarginThis set the top, bottom, left, and right margins in millimeters or inches. When any gutter is set in Binding Margin, the Binding Margin is added to the width of the Paper Margin.• To set for millimeters, select “mm” and set a value in the range from 3.3 to 25.4 mm in increments of 1 mm.• To set for inches, select “inch” and set a value in the range of 0.13 to 1.00 inch in increments of 0.01 inch.

Note: The default value is 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)

4. Setting Confirmation ScreenThe status of printing with the input settings is displayed as an illustration.

5. Setting Confirmation ListThe current settings of the printer driver are displayed.


Output TabNote: This sets sorting, stapling, duplex printing, layout printing

(printing multiple pages on one sheet) and special printing.

1. Sort ModeWhen the plural number of copies is made for the same document, printed sheets can be sorted and stapled.This function is useful for printing meeting materials and questionnaires. For sort printing, check the check box, then click on the illustration for your requirement. The illustration for Stapling is displayed only when the optional Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. The illustrations for Magazine Sort + Saddle Stitch are displayed only when the optional Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.• Sort

Select this for sort-printing only (1,2,3...1,2,3...).

• Group Select this for group-printing (1,1,1..2,2,2...i.e.,to print copies of the same pages as a group).



• Sort + Staple Upper Left (available only when the Finisher is installed) Select this for sort-printing and stapling upper left (to staple at 1 position of the upper left).

• Sort +Staple Upper Right (available only when the Finisher is installed) Select this for sort-printing and stapling upper right (to staple at 1 position on the upper right).

• Sort + Staple Left (Double) (available only when the Finisher is installed)Select this for sort-printing and stapling Left (Double) (to staple at 2 positions on the left).

• Sort + Staple (Double) (available only when the Finisher is installed)Select this for sort-printing and stapling (Double) (to staple at 2 positions on the top).

• Magazine Sort This mode makes copies so they can be bound like a book.

• Magazine Sort + Saddle Stitch

Note: Select this for stapling at 2 places in the center after saddle stitching like magazine binding.


Note: The following stapling positions are available.

Note: When the Staple in Sort mode is set, following messages may be displayed.

A. When “Sort + Staple Upper Left,” “Sort + Staple Upper Right,” or “Sort + Staple Left (Double)” is selected:



B. When the designated number of copies exceeds the specification, if Sort mode is not selected or Group is selected in Sort mode in Duplex Printing:

C. When Sort Mode is set to “Magazine Sort + Saddle Stitch”:• When Paper size is A4 or LT and Sort + Staple Upper Left or

Sort + Staple Left (Double) is set, the staple location will be different from the Confirmation screen depending on the orientation of paper set on a feeder.

• When it cannot be stapled because of paper size or any other conditions, the printouts come out without stapling.

• Set the stapling as confirming the setting of the Binding Margin at the Margin tab.


Note: The following information pertains to magazine sort.

The printer automatically performs sorting of the printed pages and 2 in 1 printing.The binding margin can be set in the center of paper.The 2 in 1 printing is done by changing the reduction rate according to the width of the binding margin.Stapling can be selected only for saddle stitching.Therefore,stapling is available only when the optional Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. Ex:8 pages printed on A4,with a width of binding margin of 10 mm, and top, bottom, left and right paper margins of 5 mm each, in Magazine Sort mode.

1). When Magazine Sort is selected, [Zoom] in [Enlarge/reduce Printing] are grayed out. The [Output Paper Size] is only allowed to be designated.

2). When the printer driver is the PCL5e, and [Raster] is selected in [Graphics] of the [Print Quality] tab page, this option is always changed to [HPGL/2].

3). Saddle stitching is available on A3, B4, A4-R, LD, and LT-R.



2. Hole PunchWhen the optional Hole Punch Unit is installed, the position where holes are punched can be set. If “Magazine Sort” or “Magazine Sort and Saddle Stitch” is selected in the Sort Mode, this setting is not available.• Left: The holes are punched at the left of the paper. • Top: The holes are punched at the top of the paper.

A. Punch Positions for 2-Hole Punch Units• Orientation =“Portrait” and Layout printing =“Do not carry out”,“4in1”,“9in1”,“16in1” • Orientation =“Landscape” and Layout printing =“2in1”,“6in1”• Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing


• Orientation =“Landscape” and Layout printing =“Do not carry out”,“4in1”,“9in1”,“16in1”

• Orientation =“Portrait” and Layout printing =“2in1”,“6in1” • Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing



B. Punch Positions for 2/3-Hole Punch Units• Orientation =“Portrait” and Layout printing =“Do not carry out”,“4in1”,“9in1”,“16in1” • Orientation =“Landscape” and Layout printing =“2in1”,“6in1” • Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing






C. Punching Positions for 4-Hole Punch Units (F)• Orientation =“Portrait” and Layout printing =“Do not carry out”,“4in1”,“9in1”,“16in1” • Orientation =“Landscape” and Layout printing =“2in1”,“6in1” • Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing






D. Punching Positions for 4-Hole Punch Units (S)• Orientation =“Portrait” and Layout printing =“Do not carry out”,“4in1”,“9in1”,“16in1” • Orientation =“Landscape” and Layout printing =“2in1”,“6in1” • Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing




Note: If the holes cannot be punched due to the selected paper size, the printer ejects the paper without punching holes.



3. Duplex PrintingThis sets duplex printing (printing on both sides of paper) and the way of binding duplex-printed pages. For duplex printing, check the check box, then click on whichever way of binding.

Note: It is set with “Nothing: Do not carry out” (non-check in the check box) when shipped from the factory.

• Book - Binds paper in the vertical way for the paper to be opened.Select this to bind along the vertical side of the paper.

• Tablet - Binds paper in the horizontal way for the paper to be opened.Select this to bind along the horizontal side of the paper.


4. Layout PrintingNot available when enlarge/reduce printing or magazine sort is selected and/or Raster is set for Graphics at Print Quality tab of PCL5e. This sets Layout printing (to print multiple page images size-reduced on one page). For N in 1 printing, check the check box, then click on whichever illustration desired.

Note: It is set with “Nothing: Do not carry out” when shipped from the factory.

• 2 in 1 right order: Print images of 2 pages are placed in the forward sequence on one page.

• 2 in 1 reverse: Print images of 2 pages are placed in the backward sequence on one page.

• 4 in 1 right order landscape: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the forward and horizontal sequence on one page.

• 4 in 1 right order portrait: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the forward and vertical sequence on one page.

• 4 in 1 reverse landscape: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the backward and horizontal sequence on one page.

• 4 in 1 reverse portrait: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the backward and vertical sequence on one page.

• 6 in 1: Print images of 6 pages are placed on one page.• 9 in 1: Print images of 9 pages are placed on one page.• 16 in 1: Print images of 16 pages are placed on one page



• Placing sequence of layout printing when orientation is set to Portrait.

• Placing sequence of layout printing when orientation is set to Landscape:


5. Special Printing (Available for PS driver only)Click on this button for printing using special effects such as document data rotation, mirror image, and negative image printing. • The [Special Printing] screen appears to allow special effect settings. • See the [Special Printing] screen.

6. Setting Confirmation ScreenDisplays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration.

7. Setting Confirmation ListDisplays the current settings of the printer driver.



Special Printing ScreenThis screen appears on clicking on [Special Printing] button in the [Output] tab. It allows to set document data Rotation, Mirror Image, Negative Image Printing.

1. Rotation Printing (for PS driver only). This prints the document data after being rotated. Click on the item of the desired angle. The rotation occurs in the clockwise direction.

Note: It is set with “0 degree” when shipped from the factory.

• 0 degree • 180 degrees


Rotation Printing is available only when the Orientation is set as “Landscape” at the Paper tab.

When any gutter is set in Binding Margin, the location of the gutter remains unchanged. When the Paper Margin is set, the image is rotated for printing, including the paper margin.

2. Mirror Image Printing (for PS driver only) • This prints a mirror image of the document data (inverting left and right).• For printing a mirror image, click on “Mirror.” • It is set to “Normal” when shipped from the factory.

3. Negative Image Printing (for PS driver only) • This prints a negative image of the document. • For printing a negative image, click on “Negative.” • It is set with “Positive” when shipped from the factory.

4. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration.




Cover Sheet TabThis tab is used to designate printing and/or insertion of a front cover, insertion of a back cover, and printing and insertion of dividing sheets.

1. Cover Sheet• Blank: cover sheet is inserted without printing• Printing: printed cover sheet is inserted• Location: selects the paper tray to be used• Adding Blank Back Cover: back cover sheet is added. It cannot be printed.

2. Sheet Insertion (this is grayed out when Magazine Sort, Duplex Printing, or Layout Printing is selected)


• Blank: cover sheet is inserted without printing• Printing: printed cover sheet is inserted• Insert Page: selects the page where sheet is inserted• Location: selects the paper tray to be used.

3. Save: this save the settings4. Delete: cancels the setting5. Delete All: cancels all settings6. Information: provides information regarding the page and location of insert sheets.

Note: Up to 15 insert sheets can be set. When an attempt is made to set more than 15 insert sheets, the following error message is indicated.

When printing with the Paper Source set to either “Bypass (Short Edge)” or “Bypass (Long Edge)”, the following screen appears:

If the check box is checked, this screen will not display this message again.



Cover SheetThe drawer other than the drawer usually used is selected to supply paper for the first or last page attached as a front or back cover.The cover sheet can be inserted and printed.


Sheet InsertionThe drawer other than the drawer usually used is selected to supply paper for the designated pages inserted as dividing sheets.Setting for printing and insertion of the dividing sheets can be made.When insertion is selected, a sheet is inserted before the designated page. Ex:10 pages printed, sheets inserted before the third and the last pages, and the seventh printed page used as another insert sheet.

1. When the Cover Sheet mode is selected, the printing order is always fixed as “Reverse.”

2. When front cover printing and insert sheet printing on the first page are selected at the same time, only the front cover printing becomes effective



Watermark Tab1. This sets a Watermark printed over documents to be

printed through applications. A maximum of 30 different Watermarks may be entered as watermark files.

2. WatermarkThis sets Watermarks to be used or edited. For using a Watermark only on the first page, check the check box.

Note: It is set with “Nothing” when shipped from the factory.

• Noting: Select this for not using any Watermark.• Company Confidential • Company Private • Company Proprietary• Confidential • COPY • Copyright • Draft• File Copy• Final • For Internal Use Only• Preliminary• Proof • Review Copy • Sample• Top Secret• Urgent

3. [New] (not available for PCL6 for Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000)• Click on this for creating a new Watermark.


4. [Edit] (not available for PCL6 for Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000)• Click on this for editing a Watermark. Click on it only when a Watermark to be edited

has been selected.5. [Delete] (not available for PCL6 for Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000)

• Click on this for deleting the selected Watermark.6. Watermark Detail screen:

• Settings here become possible on clicking on the [New] or [Edit] button. • Details on Watermarks are set here. • See “The screen of Registration and Edit”.

7. Setting Confirmation Screen • Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration.• Setting Confirmation List - Displays the current settings of the printer driver.

Note: If the default Watermarks are deleted or edited, they cannot be restored.

The Watermark is set to “nothing” by clicking on [Restore Defaults]. The Watermark deleted and edited cannot be restored to the default settings by the [Restore Defaults] button.



Watermark Entry/Edit Screen 1. Text

This inputs and displays the name of the Watermark to be created.

2. FontsThis sets the font for the Watermark

3. SizeThis sets the size for the Watermark. The size can be set from 8 point to 400 points

4. DarknessThis sets the shading of the Watermark. Shading ranges from 0 the lightest to 100 the darkest.

5. OrientationThis sets the angle of the Watermark from -90 degrees to +90 degrees

6. SaveThis saves the Watermark settings

7. CancelThis cancels the Watermark settings.


Print Quality TabThis sets factors related to the printing quality. Settings are on the gray scale, graphic mode, bitmap compression, Font Manager starting, TrueType fonts and Smoothing process. The screen to appear differs depending on the driver.

For the PS Driver1. Gray Scale

This sets the way to express colors for printing pictures or photos.

Note: It is set with “A setup of a printer is used” when shipped from the factory.

• Use Printer Settings: This sets grayscale as the standard value.

• Use Settings Below: This sets the number of grayscale screen lines and angle. The number of screen lines can be set in the range from 1 to 999 in units of 1 line. The angle can be set in the range from 0.0° to 360.0° in units of 0.1°

2. Bitmap CompressionThis compresses transfers bitmaps.When compressed, the transfer time may be shortened.

Note: It is set with “Yes” when shipped from the factory.

• Yes Select this for compressing bitmaps.• No Select this for not compressing bitmaps.



3. TrueType OptionsThis sets TrueType fonts to be used for printing.

Note: It is set with “Use Font substitution table” when shipped from the factory.

• Always use Printer Fonts (can not be set on Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000) Select this for replacing all the TrueType fonts with the printer fonts for printing. It will shorten the printing time but there may be differences between screen images and print results.

• Always use TrueType Fonts Select this for turning all the TrueType fonts into images for printing. Screen images match the print results, but it will take too much time to print.

• Use Font Substitution Table Select this for replacing some TrueType fonts with printer fonts using the substitution table (Replacing Table).

4. [Edit Font Substitution Table]Click on this for replacing TrueType fonts with printer fonts. The Replacing Table appears. See “Substitution table edit”.

5. [Run Font Manager]Click on this for starting the Font Manager.

6. Use Smoothing FunctionCheck this check box when the smoothing function is used.



Substitution Table Edit

This table appears on clicking on [Edit Font Substitution Table] in the [Print Quality] Tab. For printing with TrueType fonts, designate which printer fonts of all the internal fonts of this printer will replace the corresponding TrueType fonts.

1. Font Substitution TableDisplays the current status of the substitution table.

Note: Select a TrueType font to be replaced, and the printer font to be replaced is displayed on the right.

2. Printer font forThe TrueType font selected in the Replacing Table above is displayed.

3. Substituted Printer fontSelect the substituted printer font or the sending type for the TrueType font to be substituted.• When using Windows 95 and Windows 98: You may select a desired font of all the

Internal Fonts, Send as Bitmaps, or Send as Outlines.When “Send As Bitmaps” is designated, the font data will be sent in the bitmap format. When “Send As Outlines” is designated, the font data will be sent in the outline format.

• When using Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000: You may select a desired font of all the Internal Fonts or Download as Soft Fonts.



Operating the Substitution Table

Example: To Substitute the TrueType font of “Arial Black” with “Swiss 721 SWA”:1. Display the [Font Substitution Table] screen.2. Click on “Arial Black” displayed in the Substitution Table.

The printer font (Send as Outlines) currently set as the printer font for replacement appears.

3. Click on Substitution Printer Font, and select “Swiss 721 SWA.”The printer for the TrueType font “Arial Black is replaced with “Swiss 721 SWA.”

4. Click on [OK]. The setting is entered and the [Print Quality] Tab is returned to be displayed.


PCL5e Driver1. Gray Scale

This sets the way of expressing colors for printing pictures or photos.

Note: It is set with “None” when shipped from the factory.

• None: Select this for printing others than pictures and photos are to be printed.

• Coarse: Select this for printing documents such as drawings with clear border lines between white, black, and gray shades.

• Fine: Select this for printing documents such as drawings with fine dots or lines.

2. GraphicsThis designates which configuration is used for sending the graphics information to the printer.

• The default setting is: “HPGL/2”.• Raster: This prints all the graphics as raster

images. This cannot be set when “Layout printing” is set at Finish.

• HPGL/2: This prints some geometrical patterns faster. When “HPGL/2”is selected, the “Print Text as Graphics” is not available.

3. TrueType OptionsThis sets TrueType fonts to be used for printing.

Note: It is set with “Download as TrueType” when shipped from the factory.

• Download as TrueType: TrueType fonts are downloaded as software fonts, which makes the print speed faster.

• Download as Bit Image: Select this for printing with all TrueType fonts turning into images, which makes the print speed slower.



4. Run Font ManagerClick on this for starting the Font Manager.

5. Print Text as GraphicsCheck this check box when a text is printed as graphics. This setting is available when “Raster” is selected in Graphics.

6. Use Smoothing FunctionCheck this check box when the smoothing function is used.

7. Setting Confirmation ScreenDisplays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration.



PCL6 Driver1. Gray Scale

This sets the way to express colors for printing pictures and photos. It is set with “Normal” when shipped from the factory.• Normal: Select this for printing normal pictures or photos.• Line art: Select this for printing pictures with clear borders

between white, black, and gray shades.2. Run Font Manager

Click on this for starting the Font Manager.3. Use Smoothing Function

Check this check box when the smoothing function is used.4. Setting Confirmation Screen

Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration.



PS TabThis appears only when the PS driver is installed, to allow PS settings.

1. Print PS InformationThis sets whether or not PS error information is printed, if any, on completion of printing. To print it, check the check box. Note: It is checked on when shipped from the factory.

2. Job Time-outThis sets the limit time for sending a print job from the computer to the printer. On exceeding the set time limit, printing is canceled (i.e., Job Time-out). The Job Time value may be set in the range from 1 to 999 (seconds) in units of 1 second. If the Job Time is set to 0 (zero), no canceling of printing (Job Time-out) will occur.• It is set with “0”when shipped from the factory. • Do not set with “0”when the printer is used in the network

connection3. Output to:

This selects the PS file output type.

Note: It is set with “Printer” when shipped from the factory.It cannot be changed and set with “Printer” when using Windows NT or Windows 2000.

• Printer:This outputs data to the printer, which will perform printing.

• Encapsulated PS file:This does not output data to the printer but the data is stored as a file.The stored file can be used by DTP application.


Note: When “Encapsulated PS file” is selected, the following screen is displayed to designate the file name for saving.

Note: When [Network] is clicked, the network drive assignment screen appears



Option TabThis tab allows to set whether optional devices for this printer are installed or not. ITems to be set depend on the options configuration. It is recommended that such items be set before printing or setting the Other tab page.1. Finisher

This selects how the finisher is installed. NOTE: “Not Installed” is selected when shipped from the factory.• Not Installed: Select this when neither the Finisher nor

the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.• Finisher: Select this when the Finisher (MJ-1015)is

installed.• Saddle Stitch Finisher: Select this when the Saddle

Stitch Finisher is installed.

Note: When the Finisher is installed, printed sheets can be sorted and stapled.When the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed, up to 15 sheets (60 pages) can be saddle-stitched and ejected

2. Hole Punch Unit• Not Installed: Select this when neither the 2 Holes Punch Unit, the 2/3 Holes Punch

Unit, the 4 Holes Punch Unit (F), nor the 4 Holes Punch Unit (S), is installed.• 2 Holes Punch Unit: Select this when the 2 Holes Punch Unit is installed.• 2/3 Holes Punch Unit: Select this when the 2/3 Holes Punch Unit is installed.• 4 Holes Punch Unit (F): Select this when the 4 Holes Punch Unit (F) is installed.• 4 Holes Punch Unit (S): Select this when the 4 Holes Punch Unit (S) is installed.


3. DestinationThis selects the destination of printed paper.

Note: As default setting, “Tray” is selected when the finisher is not installed, and “Auto Select” is selected when the finisher is installed.

• Tray: Select this when no finisher is installed.• Auto Select: Select this when the finisher is installed. Printed paper is ejected on

Tray 2 (lower tray) of the finisher.• Tray 1: Select this when printed paper is to be ejected on Tray 1 (upper tray) of the

finisher.• Tray 2: Select this when printed paper is to be ejected on Tray 2 (lower tray) of the

finisher.

If Windows NT4.0 is used for OS of your computer, it is necessary to log on as “Administrators” or “Power Users” to setup the “Finisher” or “Hole Punch Unit”.Refer to the Windows NT Manual for log-on details.

Note: There items cannot be set when the driver properties are opened from an application.

4. Optional Device Installed StatusThe status of optional finisher is indicated in the illustration. The destination of the printed copy is indicated with blue paper when it is set with any others except default destination.



Other TabThis displays the entered Group Numbers, User’s Name, and information on the version.

1. Group NumberDisplays the Group Number entered at the time of installing the print driver

2. User NameDisplays the User’s Name entered at the time of installing the print driver.

3. Version InformationClick on this to display information on the version. The version information screen at right appears.


4. [Password Setting]Password can be set for the Secure Print. Enter the Group Number and the User Name first.

5. [Secure Print]Secure Print function can be set. Enter the Group Number, the User Name and the password first. Otherwise the Secure Print can not be set. The Secure Print function allows the user privacy in printing confidential documents.The Secure Print job (the print job in this function) will only proceed once the password has been entered in the control panel of the copier. Refer to CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONS-[JOB LIST] screen. Secure Print in order to have more details of the Secure Print.

6. [Restore Global Defaults]Settings in the Printer Properties are set to the defaults except Group Number, User name, Saved Water-marks and Option Tab Page.



Register User InformationWhen the user information has not been entered, Group Number and User name can be entered in the Other tab page. “0” is entered as the Group Number and nothing is entered as the User Name that is ready for any entry.1. Select the Group Number from 1 to 30.2. Enter the User Name.

• Up to 32 character can be entered.• The printer has a function to count the printing number of copies

for each Group number.The administrator can confirm the printing number of copies at TopAccess.

• The following characters and space can be entered for User name. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789

3. Click Save.4. Click OK.

• Group number and User name can be set when: These are not set at the installation of a driver.

• Once the User Information is set, it cannot be changed.


Password SettingPassword can be set for the Secure Print. Enter the password in the control panel of the copier when you make the Secure Print job proceed.1. Click on [Password Setting].2. Enter a password.

• Enter 4 digit password.• Enter the same password in [Verify].

3. Click on [Set].• [Other] tab screen appears. • [Confidential Printing] check box can be check.

4. Click on [OK].• Password can be changed at anytime. • Refer to “CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONS-[JOB LIST] screen-

The Secure Print” in order to have more details of the Secure Print.• Please keep the password you set for the Secure Print. Otherwise the Secure Print job

never proceed.


5 - 1

5555/5565/5580Service Information

Section 5Troubleshooting


5555/5565/5580Service Information

Section 5: Troubleshooting

5555/5565/5580 Fuses & Circuit Breakers ........................... 5-5

Accessing Service Modes & Diagnostic Test Modes......... 5-6

Diagnostic Test Mode 01....................................................... 5-7

Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks ................... 5-8

Diagnostic Test Mode 03 Output Signal Checks .............. 5-13Accessing Output Group 1 ............................................. 5-13Accessing Output Group 2 ............................................. 5-13Accessing Output Group 3 ............................................. 5-14Accessing Output Group 4 ............................................. 5-14Output Signal Checks Table ........................................... 5-15

Diagnostic Test Mode 04..................................................... 5-20

Error History Display........................................................... 5-21Accessing ....................................................................... 5-21Explanation of Display .................................................... 5-21

Error Code Table.................................................................. 5-24

Error Code Hints .................................................................. 5-31C26 Error Code ............................................................. 5-31C27 Error Code ............................................................. 5-31C28 Error Code ............................................................. 5-32C29 Error Code ............................................................. 5-32C36 Error Code ............................................................. 5-33C37 Error Code ............................................................. 5-33C41 Error Code ............................................................. 5-34C43 Error Code ............................................................. 5-35C44 Error Code ............................................................. 5-36C45 Error Code ............................................................. 5-36

C46 Error Code ..............................................................5-37C56 Error Code ..............................................................5-37C57 Error Code ..............................................................5-37C58 Error Code ..............................................................5-37C59 Error Code ..............................................................5-38C72 Error Code ..............................................................5-38C73 Error Code ..............................................................5-38C74 Error Code ..............................................................5-39C80 Error Code ..............................................................5-39C94 Error Code ..............................................................5-39C99 Error Code ..............................................................5-40CA1 Error Code ..............................................................5-40CA2 Error Code ..............................................................5-41CA3 Error Code ..............................................................5-41CA4 Error Code ..............................................................5-41CA5 Error Code ..............................................................5-42CA6 Error Code ..............................................................5-42CAA Error Code .............................................................5-42CAB Error Code .............................................................5-43CAC Error Code .............................................................5-43CAD Error Code .............................................................5-43CAE Error Code .............................................................5-44CAF Error Code .............................................................5-44CA9 Error Code ..............................................................5-44CB1 Error Code ..............................................................5-45CB2 Error Code ..............................................................5-46CB3 Error Code ..............................................................5-47CB4 Error Code ..............................................................5-47CB5 Error Code ..............................................................5-48CB6 Error Code ..............................................................5-48CB7 Error Code ..............................................................5-49CB8 Error Code ..............................................................5-49CB9 Error Code ..............................................................5-50CBA Error Code .............................................................5-50CBB Error Code .............................................................5-51



CBC Error Code ............................................................ 5-51CBD Error Code ............................................................ 5-51CBE Error Code ............................................................. 5-52CBF Error Code ........................................................... 5-52CD0 Error Code ............................................................. 5-52F07 Error Code .............................................................. 5-53F10 Error Code .............................................................. 5-53

Image Quality Hints ............................................................. 5-54Flashing Service IQC ...................................................... 5-54

RADF HInts .......................................................................... 5-57

F580/F580S ........................................................................... 5-59Finisher Unit ................................................................... 5-59

Communication error between the finisher and the copier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Communication error between the finisher and the saddle stitcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Faulty paper stack height sensor (S402) . . . . . . . . 5-60Faulty back-up RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61Faulty exit delivery motor (M402) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62Faulty Alignment motor (M403) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63Faulty stapler cam drive motor (M406) . . . . . . . . . 5-63Faulty stapler positioning motor (M404) . . . . . . . . . 5-64Faulty tray drive motor (M405) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65Faulty feed motor 2 (M408) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66

Saddle Stitcher Unit ........................................................ 5-67Faulty paper positioning plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67Faulty paper folder motor (M410) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67Faulty shutter guide motor (M411) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Faulty aligning motor (M413) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Faulty stitcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69Faulty paper pushing plate motor (M416) (1) . . . . . 5-70Disconnected shutter guide home position sensor (S433) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71

Disconnected paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Disconnected paper pushing plate extended position sensor (S435) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Faulty entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) or stitcher entrance guide interlock sensor (S429) . . . 5-72Faulty lower front door interlock switch (SW412) or lower front door interlock sensor (S422) . . . . . . . . . 5-73Faulty exit cover interlock switch (SW413) or stitcher exit cover interlock sensor (S423) . . . . . . . 5-73

F580/F580S Operational Checks.........................................5-74Saddle Stitcher Paper Feed Motor (M409) .....................5-74Paper Folder Motor (M410) .............................................5-74Paper Pushing Plate Motor (M416) .................................5-75Aligning Motor (M413) .....................................................5-75Paper Positioning Guide Motor (M412) ...........................5-76Shutter Guide Motor (M411) ...........................................5-76Aging Mode .....................................................................5-77Alignment Motor (M403) ..................................................5-77Stapler Positioning Motor (M404) ....................................5-78Entrance Paper Feed Motor (M407) ...............................5-78Tray Drive Motor (M405) .................................................5-79Tray Shift Time ................................................................5-79Exit Delivery Motor (M402) ..............................................5-80Finisher Aging Mode .......................................................5-81Finisher Stapler Cam Drive Motor (M406) ......................5-81Feed Motor 1 (M401) ......................................................5-82Tray Drive Motor Shift Up (M405) ...................................5-82Tray Drive Motor Shift Down (M405) ...............................5-83

F580/F580S Electrical System.............................................5-84F580 Logic PWA .............................................................5-84F580S Logic PWA ...........................................................5-85

F580/F580S Punch Unit........................................................5-86Transmission Sensor Sensitivity Level ............................5-86


PC-80/NIC-80 Error Messages ............................................ 5-87Error Messages .............................................................. 5-87Lanier Access Error Messages ....................................... 5-89Lanier Access Errors Without Messages ........................ 5-90Printing Problems ........................................................... 5-91


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 5Troubleshooting 5555/5565/5580 Fuses & Circuit Breakers

5555/5565/5580 Fuses & Circuit BreakersSymbol Rating FunctionFuses- Switching Power Supply

F1 250VAC/12A (3AG Ceramic Fast-Acting) It fuses the input for +12V, +24VF, +24VG, +24VH, +5V and +3.3V.

F2 250VAC/12A (3AG Ceramic Fast-Acting) It fuses the input for +5VB, +5VD, +5VE, +5VH, +5VI, +24VA, +24VB, +24VC, +24VD, +24VE, +36VA, +36VB, +36VC and +36VD.

F3 125VAC/4A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm)

It fuses the output for +24VA and +24VB.

F4 125VAC/3.15A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm)

It fuses the output for +24VC.


It fuses the scanner logic for +24VD, +24VE.


It fuses the output for +36VA and +36VB.


The output for medium acting time delay fuse.


It fuses the scanner drive motor.


It fuses the RADF for +24VF, +24VG.


It fuses the finisher for +24VH.


It fuses the PM365 (Time Delay Fuse) controller option.

F12 250VAC/1.0A (3AG Ceramic Fast-Acting) It fuses the damp heater.

Circuit Breakers - Incoming Circuit (AC)

CB1 250VAC/20A Its function is to protect the incoming circuit by preventing the machine from drawing excessive current.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 6Troubleshooting Accessing Service Modes & Diagnostic Test Modes

Accessing Service Modes & Diagnostic Test ModesNote: To prevent machine lockup after accessing any of the service modes or diagnostic test modes; always turn the

machine OFF, wait a few seconds then turn the machine ON.

1. Turn the machine OFF.2. While pressing the two keys listed under Input Codes (see table below), turn the machine ON.3. After a slight pause, the machine’s display indicates the service mode or diagnostic test

mode accessed.

Input Code Mode Definition Clearing

Method Display

0 + 1 Display Test All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all pixels on the LCD light and go out.

C or 0 + 9 Service Mode

0 + 3 Test mode Component Operation Check 0 + 9 +power off

100% C LT Test Mode

0 + 4 Test print mode Test print 0 + 9 +power off

100% P LT Test Mode

0 + 5 Adjustment mode Adjustment of items 0 + 9 +power off

100% A LT Service Mode

0 + 8 Setting mode Setting of each priority mode, PM counter, etc. 0 + 9 +power off

100% D LT Service Mode

9 + START List print mode To print the following data lists, press:9 + START + 101 to print the 05 codes list.9 + START + 102 to print the 08 codes list.9 + START + 201 to print the User codes list.

Power Off 100% L LT Service Mode

6 + START Module replacement

mode

To execute the following, press:6 + START +1 to execute the auto toner adjustment.6 + START + 2 to execute drum counter clear.

Power Off 100% K LT Service Mode

0 + 9 Upload Mode Print Controller ROM Updating Power Off Service Mode

3 + 9 Download Mode System Flash ROM Updating Power Off Service Mode


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 7Troubleshooting Diagnostic Test Mode 01

Diagnostic Test Mode 011. Turn the machine OFF.2. Press and hold down the 0 and 1 keys and turn the power switch ON.3. After a slight pause, all Control Panel LEDs light.

• If a LED does not light, there is a problem with the LED or its circuitry.4. Press the START key. The display changes to the 100% KEY CHECK.

• Pressing a key associated with the LED will turn the LED off momentarily.5. Pressing any of the number keys (1-0), the HELP key, or the STOP key will display the

number or letter associated with it in the LCD.6. Press the CLEAR key to exit the mode.7. Turn the machine OFF.

Note: If exiting the mode before step 4, pressing 0 and 9 simultaneously then turning the power off will exit the mode.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 8Troubleshooting Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks

Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks1. Turn the machine OFF.2. Press and hold down the 0 and 3 keys and turn the power switch ON. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode.

Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%.

4. Press the START key and the ENERGY SAVER key.5. Pressing a number key, listed in the following tables will change the display.

• An icon with a white letter and black background indicates an ON state.• An icon with a black letter and white background indicates an OFF state.• Example of display results after pressing the 1 key.

100% 1

A

B

E

C

D

F

G

H



6. The following two tables can be used to verify that the machine is correctly sensing the various switches and sensors.

Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED OFF

A B C D E F G H

1 LCC Tray Down Sensor

(S40)

Tray Down = ON

LCC Door Switch 2 (SW49)

*Door Closed = OFF

LCC Tray Up Sensor (S39)

*Tray Up = ON

LCC Paper Empty Sensor

(S26)

*Tray Empty = OFF

Bypass Paper Width

Detection Switch 3 (SW21)*Letter &

Ledger = OFF

Bypass Paper Width

Detection Switch 2 (SW21

*Legal & LTR-R = OFF

Bypass Paper Width

Detection Switch 1 (SW21)

*Statement = OFF

Bypass Paper Width

Detection Switch 0 (SW21)*Guides

Closed = OFF

2 Duplexer Transport

Sensor 2 (S3)

*Paper Present = ON

LCC Paper Start Sensor

(S25)

*Paper Present = OFF

Duplexer Paper Feed Sensor (S6)

*Paper Present = ON

Duplexer Transport

Sensor 1 (S5)

* Paper Present = ON

LCC Position Switch (SW23)

*LCC Installed = OFF

LCC Tray Down Key

Switch PWA

*Key Pressed = OFF

Bypass Feed Sensor (S22)


-

3 - - - - Duplexer Length Guide Home Position

Sensor (S4)*Home

Position = ON

Duplexer Registration

Sensor (S8)

*Paper Present = ON

Duplexer Width Guide Home

Position Sensor (S9)

*Home Position = ON

Duplexer Stack Tray Empty

Sensor(S7)

*Tray Empty = ON

4 Upper Drawer Paper Start

Sensor(S28)


Upper Drawer Paper Stop

Sensor(S27)

*Paper Present = ON

Upper Drawer Tray Up Sensor (S30)

*Tray Up = ON

Upper Drawer Paper Empty

Sensor (S29)

*Tray Empty = ON

- Lower Drawer Closed Sensor

(S48)

*Closed = ON

Middle Drawer Closed Sensor

(S47)

*Closed = ON

Upper Drawer Closed Sensor

(S20)

*Closed = ON

IconKey


5 Middle Drawer Paper Feed Start Sensor

(S32)*Paper Present

= OFF

Middle Drawer Paper Stop

Sensor (S31)

*Paper Present = ON

Middle DrawerTray Up Sensor (S34)

*Tray Up = ON

Middle Drawer Paper Empty

Sensor (S33)

*Tray Empty = ON

- - - -

6 Lower Drawer Paper Feed Start Sensor

(S36)*Paper Present

= OFF

Lower Drawer Paper Stop

Sensor(S35)

*Paper Present = ON

Lower DrawerTray Up Sensor (S38)

*Tray Up = ON

Lower Drawer Paper Empty

Sensor (S27)

*Tray Empty = ON

- - - -

7 - - - - - - Duplexer Closed

Connection

*Installed = OFF

Paper Stop Sensor (S13)


8 Front Door Interlock Switch(SW41)

*Door Closed = OFF

Reversing Sensor(S18)

*Paper Present = ON

Exit Reversing Sensor(S17)

*Paper Present = ON

- Used Toner Container Full

Sensor(S15)

Container Full = ON

- Fuser Exit Sensor (S10)


-

9 Fuser Interlock Switch (SW46)

*Fuser Installed = ON

- - Sorter Interface PWA

Connection

*PWA Installed = OFF

- - - Developer Latch Switch

(SW14)*Developer Unit Latch =

OFF

0 - - - - - - - -

Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED OFF

A B C D E F G HIconKey



Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED ON

A B C D E F G H

1 - - - - - - - -

2 - - Total Counter Connection

*Connected = OFF

Auto Toner Sensor (ATS) Connection

*Connected = OFF

- Drum Cleaning Unit

Connected

*Unit Connected =

OFF

Charge Corona Cleaning Switch (SW16)*Home

Position = OFF

Exit Door Closed Sensor

(S19)Door Closed =

ON

3 - - - - - Key Counter Installed or Connection Jumpered*Installed =

OFF

Toner Supply Cover Switch

(SW11)*Door Closed =

OFF

Toner Hopper Empty Switch

(SW12)*Toner Empty =

OFF

4 - - - - - - Transfer Belt Up Sensor

(S43)*Belt Up = ON

Transfer Belt Down Sensor

(S44)*Belt Down =

ON

5 RADF APS Start Switch

(SW204)*RADF Closed

= ON

- - - - - RADF Connection

*Connected = OFF

Scanner Home Sensor

(S2)*Home

Position = OFF

IconKey


6 - APS Sensor (S1-3)

*Paper Detected =

OFF

APS Sensor (S1-2)

*Paper Detected =

OFF

APS Sensor (S1-1)

*Paper Detected =

OFF

APS Sensor (S1-6)

(AH/AHP)*Paper

Detected = OFF

APS Sensor(S1-5)

(AH/AHP)*Paper

Detected = OFF

APS Sensor (S1-4)

*Paper Detected =

OFF

-

7 RADF Original Width Sensor 1

(S204)*Paper Present

= ON

RADF Original Width Sensor 2

(S205)*Paper Present

= ON

RADF Original Present Sensor (S201)

*Original Present = ON

RADF Cover, Open, & Closed

Switches(SW201, SW202, SW203)

*Closed = OFF

RADF APS Start Switch

(SW204)*RADF Closed

= OFF

RADF Exit Sensor(S206)

*Paper Present = ON

RADF Timing Sensor(S203)

*Paper Present = ON

RADF Registration/ Paper Length

Sensor (S202)

*Paper Present = ON

8 - - - - - - - -

9 - - - - - - - -

0 - - - - - - - -

Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED ON

A B C D E F G HIconKey


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 13Troubleshooting Diagnostic Test Mode 03 Output Signal Checks

Diagnostic Test Mode 03 Output Signal Checks

Accessing Output Group 1 1. Turn the machine OFF.2. While pressing the 0 and 3 keys, turn ON the machine.3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode.


4. Enter the three digit start code and press START.5. Verify correct operation of component tested.6. Enter the three digit stop code and press START.7. Press 0 and 9 simultaneously to exit the test mode.

Accessing Output Group 21. Turn the machine OFF.2. While pressing the 0 and 3 keys, turn ON the machine.3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode.


4. Enter the three digit code and press START.5. Verify correct operation of component tested.6. Press the CLEAR key.7. Press 0 and 9 simultaneously to exit the test mode.




4. Enter the three digit code and press START.5. Verify correct operation of component tested.6. Press the START key to stop test.7. Press the CLEAR key.8. Press 0 and 9 simultaneously to exit the test mode.



4. Enter the three digit code (295) and press START.5. The machine will move the ON/OFF Switch to its OFF position turning the machine OFF.



Output Signal Checks Table

Output Signal Checks

Mode Start Code Component Function Mode Stop

CodeStop

FunctionOutput Group Note

03 - 101 Drum drive motor (M12) ON 03 - 151 OFF 1 see 103 - 102 Toner motor (M14) ON 03 - 152 OFF 1

03 - 103 Polygonal motor (600 dpi) (M5) ON 03 - 153 OFF 1

03 - 108 Registration motor (M17) ON 03 - 158 OFF 1

03 - 109 Drawer paper drive motor (M31) ON 03 - 159 OFF 1

03 - 110 Duplexer drive motor (M24) ON 03 - 160 OFF 1

03 - 111 Drum separation finger solenoid (SOL3) ON 03 - 161 OFF 1

03 - 112 Developer motor (M16) ON 03 - 162 OFF 1 see 103 - 113 Fuser drive motor (M18) ON 03 - 163 OFF 1

03 - 114 Transfer belt drive motor (M25) ON 03 - 164 OFF 1

03 - 115 Cleaning roller motor (M10) ON 03 - 165 OFF 1

03 - 116 Used toner transport motor (M15) ON 03 - 166 OFF 1

03 - 118 Laser ON 03 - 168 OFF 1 see 203 - 119 Fuser drive motor (M18) low speed.

Note: Run Code 119 prior to Code 113. If Code 113 is run first the machine must be powered down and restarted in the 03 Test Mode for Code 119 to work.

ON 03 - 169 OFF 1



Mode Start Code Component Function Output

Group Note

03 - 218 Total counter Count up 2

03 - 219 Exit fan motor (M27) ON/OFF 3

03 - 220 Duplexer transport roller drive clutch (CL1) ON/OFF 3

03 - 221 Duplexer registration clutch (CL4) ON/OFF 3

03 - 222 Duplexer feed clutch (CL5) ON/OFF 3

03 - 223 Duplexer forward rotation clutch (CL3) ON/OFF 3

03 - 226 Upper drawer paper feed clutch (CL6) ON/OFF 3

03 - 227 Middle drawer paper feed clutch (CL10) ON/OFF 3

03 - 228 Lower drawer paper feed clutch (CL11) ON/OFF 3

03 - 229 Upper drawer registration clutch (CL7) ON/OFF 3

03 - 230 Middle drawer registration clutch (CL8) ON/OFF 3

03 - 231 Lower drawer registration clutch (CL9) ON/OFF 3

03 - 233 LCC/Bypass feed motor (M32) ON/OFF 3

03 - 234 Bypass pickup solenoid (SOL5) ON/OFF 3

03 - 235 Discharge lamp ON/OFF 3

03 - 236 Drum cleaner cooling fan motor (low speed) (M19) ON/OFF 3

03 - 237 Drum cleaner cooling fan motor (high speed) (M19) ON/OFF 3

03 - 239 Charge corona cooling fan (M13) ON/OFF 3

03 - 240 Developer fan motor (M21) ON/OFF 3

03 - 241 Fuser fan (low-speed) (M20) ON/OFF 3

03 - 242 Fuser fan (high-speed) (M20) ON/OFF 3

03 - 243 Charge corona cleaning motor (M11) ON 2 see 4



03 - 244 Transfer belt cam motor (M26) UP/Down 3

03 - 249 Developer bias - DC1 ON/OFF 3



03 - 252 Charge corona ON/OFF 3

03 - 255 Transfer belt brush bias ON/OFF 3

03 - 257 Duct (intake/exhaust) fan motor (low speed) (M22 and M23) ON/OFF 3 see 1003 - 259 Duct (intake/exhaust) fan motor (high speed) (M22 and M23) ON/OFF 3 see 1003 - 261 Scanner drive motor (M1) ON 2 see 303 - 262 Original size motor (indicator) (M2) ON/OFF 2 see 403 - 263 Halogen lamp (exposure) ON 3 see 703 - 264 Scanner optical cooling fan A (M3A) ON/OFF 3

03 - 265 Scanner optical cooling fan B (M3B) ON/OFF 3

03 - 266 Scanner logic PWA cooling fan (M4) ON/OFF 3

03 - 270 LCC bypass/feed motor (M32) ON/OFF 3 see 803 - 271 LCC tray drive motor (M30) UP/DOWN 2

03 - 272 Duplexer width guide motor (M9) ON 2

03 - 273 Duplexer length guide motor (M8) Bidirectional 2

03 - 274 Duplexer feed gate solenoid (SOL1) ON/OFF 3

03 - 275 Exit/Duplexer gate solenoid (SOL4) ON/OFF 3

03 - 277 Duplexer reversing clutch (CL2) ON/OFF 3

03 - 278 Upper drawer lift motor (M33) UP/DOWN 2

03 - 279 Middle drawer lift motor (M28) UP/DOWN 2



Group Note


Note:

1.Developer Unit must be removed.

2.Used in conjunction with start code 103 to detect the laser with developer unit removed.

3.Automatically stops at the limit positions and the speed is variable using the UP and DOWN keys in the LCD.

4.Automatically stops at the limit positions.

5.Displays the amount of page memory in megabits. The normal is 32MB but 0 will be displayed if it cannot determine the amount of page memory.

03 - 280 Lower drawer lift motor (M29) UP/DOWN 2

03 - 281 RADF pickup roller rotation ON/OFF 3 see 803 - 282 RADF registration roller rotation ON/OFF 3 see 903 - 283 RADF transport belt CW rotation ON/OFF 3 see 9

03 - 284 RADF transport belt CCW rotation ON/OFF 3 see 9

03 - 285 RADF reversing roller rotation ON/OFF 3 see 903 - 288 RADF gate solenoid (SOL201) ON/OFF 3 see 903 - 292 Laser fan motor (M6) ON/OFF 3

03 - 295 Power OFF mode Powers OFF 4

03 - 401 Displays page memory size - 2 see 503 - 402 Page memory read/write check - 2 see 6



Group Note



6.Preforms Read/Write check to page memory. The test time is approximately one minute.

• 0 = Test OK• 1 = Fail

7.Automatically turns OFF after 6 seconds, and the fan motors rotate at low speed.

8.To minimize noise, insert a sheet of paper into the rollers.

9.Delay OFF time @ 2-3 seconds.

10.Cool the HDD, System PWA, and optional PWAs.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 20Troubleshooting Diagnostic Test Mode 04

Diagnostic Test Mode 04This Diagnostic Test Mode allows the printing of test patterns generated by ASIC (Application Specific Intergrated Circuit). Diagnostic test mode 04 is for printing patterns only. 1. Turn the machine OFF.2. While pressing the 0 and 4 keys, turn ON the machine.3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate the test mode.4. The machine will then go into its warm up cycle.


5. After the machine warms up, enter the three digit code and press START.• The machine will begin printing the selected test pattern continuously.

6. Press the CLEAR key to stop printing the selected test pattern.7. Press 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the test mode.

Note: Used to check shading capability. If the gradation tests are not consistently smooth transitions, examine the lens/CCD assembly connections. The lens/CCD PWA also contains the application specific ICs (ASIC) to create these test patterns.

Used to check printer reproduction ratios and lead edge positions.

Main code

Sub code Test Pattern Type Note

04 - 111 Main scan, 33 dithered gradations (letter) 1

04 - 113 Sub scan, 33 dithered gradations (ledger) 1

04 - 142 2 dot grid pattern (10mm Pitch) 2


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 21Troubleshooting Error History Display

Error History Display

Accessing1. While pressing the 0 and 8 keys, turn the unit ON.2. Press the 2 5 3 and START keys in sequence.3. After a slight pause, the display will show the last eight error codes with some additional

information.4. To exit the error history press SET on the display and then 0 and 9 simultaneously. 5. The machine will return to its normal operating condition.

Explanation of Display1. Example:

Error 12 Digit Reproduction 12 Digit selectedCode Date and Time Ratio Copy Modes

YYMMDDHHMMSS Y X

3 Digits 12 Digits 3 Digits 3 Digits 12 Digits

EAI 990326175732 064 064 236210000000

2. Error Code • Refer to Error Code Table.

3. Date & Time • YY = Year; (first) MM = Month; DD = Day; HH = Hour (24 hour clock); (second) MM = Minutes; SS =

Seconds4. Reproduction Ratio (Y)

• This is a hexadecimal number (64 Hex. = 100%, 0C8 = 200%).• This is the scanning reproduction ratio in the Y direction.


5. Reproduction Ratio (X)• This is a hexadecimal number (64 Hex. = 100%, 0C8 = 200%).• This is the scanning reproduction ratio in the X direction.



6. Copy Mode

A Paper feed tray

0: Non-select 1: SFB 2: LCC 3: Upper drawer 4: Middle drawer 5: Lower drawer 6: Duplexer

B Paper size copy

0: Non-select 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5A: FOL/COM B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13’LG G: 8.5*8.5

C Sort mode/Staple mode

0: Non-select 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Staple (Front) 8: Staple (2 places) 9: Staple (Rear) A: Saddle stitch

D DF mode

0: Not used 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED

E APS/AMS mode

0: Non-select 1: APS 2: AMS

F Duplex mode

0: Non-select 1: Book 2: Dual-sided/One-sided 4: Dual-sided/Dual-sided 8: One-sided/Dual-sided

G Not used

0: Not used

H Image shift

0: Not used 1: Book 2: LEFT 3: RIGHT

I Editing

0: Not used 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirroring 4: Negative/Positive

J Edge-erase/Dual-page

0: Not used 1: Edge-erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge-erase & Dual page

K Not used

0: Not used

L Function

0: Not used 1: PPC 2: Not used 3: Not used 4: GDI 5: DSS

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 24Troubleshooting Error Code Table

Error Code TableNote: When the CLEAR PAPER or CALL SERVICE symbols appear, press the

CLEAR/STOP and 8 keys simultaneously and the corresponding error code will be displayed.

Group Error Code Machine StatusDuplexer call for service “INSTALL ADM”

displayedC11 Duplexer width guide error

C12 Duplexer length guide error

LCC or drawers call for service “ADD PAPER” displayed with paper present

C15 Upper drawer error

C16 Middle drawer error

C17 Lower drawer error

C18 LCC error

Optical system call for service C26 Peak detection error (no light is detected by CCD from white shading sheet or the exposure lamp during scanner initialization and in the copy mode)

C27 Scanner home position sensor (S2) does not turn OFF

C28 Scanner home position sensor (S2) does not turn ON

C29 Exposure lamp burned out or carriage cable disconnected

Process call for service C36 Charge corona cleaning operation error

C37 Transfer belt operation error occurs when one or both limit switches do not operate within the set time, during belt movement.



Fuser call for service

Note: The fuser error codes can be cleared by using 08-400

C41 Abnormal thermistor (TH1 or TH2) or fuser disconnection at power ON

C42 Drum Thermistor (TH4) disconnected.

C43 Fuser disconnected during warm up or thermistor (TH1 or TH2) becomes abnormal after warm up.

C44 Fuser is disconnected during warm up or fuser temperature is abnormal after warm up.

C45 Fuser Upper Rear thermistor (TH2) failure, disconnected, or broken wire.

C46 Lower thermistor (TH3) errors after machine reaches the ready condition. Low temperature is detected because of thermistor failure, disconnected or broken wire.

Communications call for service C56 Communication error between paper feed controller and main logic PWA

C57 Communication error between main logic PWA and interface process control

C58 Communication error between interface process control and the finisher

C59 Communication error between main logic PWA and laser logic PWA

F07 Communications error between system and logic PWAs

F11 Communications error between the system logic PWA CPU and the scanner logic PWA CPU

RADF call for service C7A Timing sensor error

C72 Defective adjustment by the registration sensor detected

C73 EEPROM defective initialization

C74 Defective adjustment by the exit/reversing sensor detected

C75 Pick-up motor lock up

C76 Transmission time-out error

C77 Transmission buffer full

C78 RADF power ON I/F error

C79 Reception time-out error

C80 Defective adjustment of RADF timing sensor

Group Error Code Machine Status


Laser call for service CA1 Polygonal motor is abnormal

CA2 Laser synchronization (HSYNC) is abnormal

CA3 Sub scanning rough adjustment error

CA4 Main scanning counter load error

CA5 Laser power adjustment error

CA6 Laser pulse width modulation (PWM) calibration error

CA9 Image data transfer malfunction from logic PWA

CAA Sub scanning fine adjustment error

CAB Sub scanning inter-page compensation error

CAC Main scanning dot adjustment error

CAD Main scanning tap adjustment error

CAE Main scanning tap amount measurement error

CAF Main scanning inter-page compensation error

CD0 Laser initialize time out error




Finisher call for service CB1 Feed motor 1(M401) or feed motor 2 (M408) is abnormal

CB2 Delivery motor (M402) is abnormal

CB3 Tray Drive motor (M405) is abnormal

CB4 Alignment motor (M403) is abnormal

CB5 Stapler motor (M404) is abnormal

CB6 Paper stack height sensor (S402) is abnormal

CB7 Stack sensor is abnormal

CB8 Backup RAM data is abnormal Note: The RAM ICon the finisher logic PWA is not field replaceable)

CB9 Saddle stitcher paper pushing plate motor (M416) is abnormal

CBA Saddle stitcher front staple motor 3 (M415) is abnormal

CBB Saddle stitcher rear staple motor 2 (M414) is abnormal

CBC Saddle stitcher aligning motor (M413) is abnormal

CBD Saddle stitcher shutter guide motor (M411) is abnormal

CBE Saddle stitcher paper positioning guide motor (M412) is abnormal

CBF Saddle finisher positioning guide motor is abnormal

CC0 Saddle stitcher has an abnormal sensor

CC1 Saddle stitcher has an abnormal microswitch

CC2 Communications error between the finisher logic PWA and the saddle stitcher logic PWA

CC4 Swing Motor is abnormal.

CC5 Horizontal registration is abnormal.

CC6 Punch motor is abnormal.

E9F Punching jam.



Transporting jam inside the copier E01 Fuser exit sensor (S10) did not actuate

E02 Fuser exit sensor (S10) held actuated (exit or reversing sensor must be actuated)

E03 Paper remaining inside the copier when the power is turned on, at one or more sensors (S10, S13, S17, S18)

E09 Paper jam caused by HDD reading error. Open machine doors and remove paper jam then close doors on machine to recover

E0A Image transport ready time-out. An image data transport error between system logic PWA and printer logic PWA has occurred

Paper misfeed E12 Bypass tray misfeed

E15 Upper drawer misfeed

E16 Middle drawer misfeed

E17 Lower drawer misfeed

E19 LCC misfeed

Paper feed or transport jam from drawers E31 Paper feed jam at upper drawer feed start sensor (S28)

E32 Paper feed jam at middle drawer feed start sensor (S32)

E33 Paper feed jam at lower drawer feed start sensor (S36)

E34 Paper did not arrive at upper drawer feed paper stop sensor (S27)

E35 Paper did not arrive at middle drawer feed paper stop sensor (S31)

E36 Paper did not arrive at lower drawer feed paper stop sensor (S35)

Paper jam when a door is opened during copying.

E41 Copier front door was opened during copying

E47 Copy exit door was opened during copying




Duplexer reversing section or duplexer paper transport path jam

E50 Duplexer registration (aligning) sensor (S8) did not actuate

E51 Duplexer transport sensor 1 (S5) did not actuate

E52 Duplexer transport sensor 2 (S3) did not actuate

E53 Upper drawer paper stop sensor (S13) did not actuate when paper was fed from the duplexer

E54 Duplexer paper feed sensor (S6) did not actuate

E55 Paper on transport path at copy end

E56 Paper remains in the paper drawer transport path after the door close

E57 Reversing sensor (S18) did not actuate

E58 Reversing sensor (S18) did not de-actuate

E59 Exit sensor (S17) did not de-actuate

E5A Exit sensor (S17) did not actuate

E5B Duplexer transport start time-out error

RADF jam E71 Original feed jam

E72 Original transport jam

E73 Original exit jam



Paper jam in the finisher EA1 Paper path sensors did not actuate

EA2 Paper path sensors did not de-actuate

EA3 Jam when power is turned ON

EA4 F565door/F580S upper door was opened during copying

EA5 F580 staple jam/F580S upper staple jam

EA6 Paper early arrival jam

EA8 Saddle stitcher staple jam

EA9 Saddle stitcher jam when power switch is turned ON

EAA Saddle stitcher jam when power switch is turned ON

EAB Saddle stitcher transport sensors did not de-actuate

EAC saddle stitcher transport sensors did not actuate

EAD Print end command time-out jam

EAE Finisher receive time-out jam

EB3 Finisher ready time-out error

Body transport jam 2 EB5 Drawer paper stop sensor - L standby time-out error (The code displays after a multiple paper misfeed occurs in paper feed path)

EB6 Drawer paper stop sensor - R standby time-out error (The code displays after a multiple paper misfeed occurs in the paper feed path behind the registration roller.)

Other call for service C94 Logic PWA main CPU is abnormal

C99 Logic PAW paper feed control CPU is abnormal

CD1 Drum cleaning brush drive motor (M10) is abnormal

CD2 Used toner auger drive motor (M15) is abnormal

F10 HDD formatting error Note: Use 08-690 to reformat the HDD or to format a new HDD



5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 31Troubleshooting Error Code Hints

Error Code Hints

C26 Error Code

C27 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionC26 Exposure lamp

disconnection detection/peak detection

Does the exposure lamp light? If yes:• Check the connectors on the CCD and scanner logic PWAs for

disconnection.• Check the shading plate on the rear of the original scale for dirt.• Check the CCD PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Replace the lens unit.• Replace the scanner logic PWA.

If not:• Check the lamp connectors for disconnection.• Check electrical continuity or the lamp.• Check scanner logic PWA connector pins J9-22, 23, 24, 25, and 26 for

disconnection and harness for breaks and short-circuits.• Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Replace the scanner logic PWA.• Replace the lamp regulator.

Code Error Question SolutionC27 Carriage Initialization Does the carriage move only

slightly in the feed direction, or does it stay in a position other than the home position and does not move?

If yes:• Check the circuits on the scanner logic PWA and scan drive motor

PWAs for trouble.If not:

• Check the connector pins for disconnection and harness for breaks and short-circuits.

• Check the scan drive motor PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Replace the scan drive motor PWA.• Replace the scanner logic PWA.


C28 Error Code

C29 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionC28 Carriage Initialization Is a loud sound emitted after the

carriage bumps into the home position?

If yes: • Cause: The home switch does not turn ON.• Make sure that the switch connector is connected.• Check the circuits on the scanner logic PWA and scan drive motor

PWAs for trouble.If not:

• Cause: The carriage is located at the home position and does not move.• Check the connector pins for disconnection and the harness for breaks

and short-circuits.• Check the scan drive motor PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Replace the scan drive motor PWA.• Replace the scanner logic PWA.

Code Error Question SolutionC29 Exposure lamp

disconnection detection/peak detection

Does the exposure lamp light? If yes:• Check the connectors on the CCD and scanner logic PWAs for

disconnection.• Check the shading plate on the rear of the original scale for dirt.• Check the CCD PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Replace the lens unit.• Replace the scanner logic PWA.

If not:• Check the lamp connectors for disconnection.• Check electrical continuity or the lamp.• Check scanner logic PWA connector pins J9-22, 23, 24, 25, and 26 for

disconnection and harness for breaks and short-circuits.• Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.• Replace the scanner logic PWA.• Replace the lamp regulator.



C36 Error Code

C37 Error Code

Code Error SolutionC36 Charge corona operation 1. Check the cleaning motor:

• Is the motor operating?2. Replace the logic PWA.3. Check the charge corona:

• Is the corona disconnected?4. Check charge corona power supply5. Check wiring and connections

Code Error SolutionC37 Transfer belt operation 1. Check the transfer belt:

• Are the connectors disconnected?• Are the contact switches and limit switches normal?

2. Replace the logic PWA


C41 Error Code Code Error Solution

C41 Thermistor trouble or heater break at power ON 1. Check the thermistor:• Are the connectors disconnected?• Are the main and sub (end section) thermistors firmly contacting the fuser roller?• Are the harnesses of the main and sub (end section) thermistors broken?

2. Check the heater lamp and the SSR:• Is the heater lamp broken?• Is the heater lamp connector disconnected?• Is the thermostat blown?• Is the SSR’s connector disconnected?• Are the SSR and switching power supplies damaged?

3. Check the logic PWA:• Is connector J326 disconnected?• Check the circuits for breaks, short-circuits or other problems.• Replace the logic PWA.

4. Reset the status counter. Perform the following after you have repaired the location where error C41 occurred:

• Turn the power ON while holding the 0 and 8 keys down.• Enter “400” on the keypad, and then press START.• Overwrite currently displayed status counter 1 or 2 to 0, and press the SET or

INTERRUPT key to cancel error C41}.• Turn the power OFF then back ON, and check to see if the machine enters a normal

standby state.



C43 Error Code Code Error Solution

C43 Thermistor trouble during warm-up after completion of break judgment or after becoming ready

Perform the following checks (similar to those for error 41:1. Check the thermistor:

• Are the connectors disconnected?• Are the main and sub (end section) thermistors firmly contacting the fuser roller?• Are the harnesses of the main and sub (end section) thermistors broken?

2. Check the fuser lamp and the SSR:• Is the fuser lamp broken?• Is the fuser lamp connector disconnected?• Is the thermostat blown?• Is the SSR’s connector disconnected?• Are the SSR and switching power supplies damaged?


4. Reset the status counter.• The status counter for error C43 indicates 4 or 6.• The status counter for error C44 indicates 5, 7, or 9.

Note: Reset these counters to 0 by following the same procedure as used for error C41.


C44 Error Code

C45 Error Code

Code Error SolutionC44 Fuser break during warm-up after completion

of break judgment or after becoming readyPerform the following checks (similar to those for error 41):1. Check the thermistor:

• Are the connectors disconnected?• Are the main and sub (end section) thermistors firmly contacting the fuser roller?• Are the harnesses of the main and sub (end section) thermistors broken?

2. Check the fuser lamp and the SSR:• Is the fuser lamp broken?• Is the fuser lamp connector disconnected?• Is the thermostat blown?• Is the SSR’s connector disconnected?• Are the SSR and switching power supplies damaged?


4. Reset the status counter.• The status counter for error C43 indicates 4 or 6.• The status counter for error C44 indicates 5, 7, or 9.

Note: Reset these counters to 0 by following the same procedure as used for error C41.

Code Error SolutionC45 Fuser end section thermistor broken 1. Check the sub (end section) thermistor.

• Are the connectors disconnected?• Is the sub (end section) thermistor firmly contacting the fuser roller?• Is the sub (end section) thermistor harness broken?

2.Check the logic PWA.• Is connector J326 disconnected?• Check the circuits for breaks, short-circuits or other problems.• Replace the logic PWA.

3. Reset the status counter.Note: Reset these counters to 0 by following the same procedure as used for error C41.



C46 Error Code

C56 Error Code

C57 Error Code

C58 Error Code

Code Error SolutionC46 Pressure roller thermistor circuit opens after

warm-up. 1. Check the thermistor2. Check the wiring.3. Replace the logic PWA.

Code Error SolutionC56 Paper feed controller communications with the

main logic PWA1. Check the signal patters (REQ, ACK, RXD, TXD) between IC11 (G/A) and IC21

(paper feed controller) on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.2. Replace the logic PWA.

Code Error SolutionC57 Main logic PWA communications with interface

process control1. Check the circuit patterns mainly on IC50 and IC56 on the logic PWA for breaks and

short-circuits.2. Check the pattern on the interface process control PWA for breaks and short-circuits.3. Replace the interface process control PWA.4. Replace the logic PWA.

Code Error SolutionC58 Interface process control communications with

the finisher1. Make sure that only the specified finisher is attached.2. Check the pattern on the interface process control PWA for breaks and short-circuits.3. Check the harness connected to connector J2 on the interface process control PWA

for disconnected pins and breaks.4. Check fuse F5 on the power supply unit to see if it is blown.5. Check the pattern on the logic PWA inside the finisher for breaks and short-circuits.6. Check the connectors leading up to the PPC PWA for disconnected pins, and the

harness for breaks.7. Replace the interface process control PWA.8. Replace the logic PWA.


C59 Error Code

C72 Error Code

C73 Error Code

Code Error SolutionC59 Main logic PWA communications with the laser

logic PWA1. Check the harness between the logic PWA and the laser unit for disconnection and

breaks.2. Check the IC circuits on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.3. Replace the logic PWA. 4. Replace the laser optical unit.

Code Error SolutionC72 Registration sensor defective adjustment

detection1. Check between the registration sensor and the reflection mirror for foreign objects,

and check the reflection mirror for dirt.2. Check the harness between the registration sensor and the logic PWA for breaks.3. Check ICR, IC5, and CN6 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.4. Replace the registration sensor.5. Replace the logic PWA.6. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.

Code Error SolutionC73 EEPROM initialization 1. Check IC1 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.

2. Replace the logic PWA.3. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.



C74 Error Code

C80 Error Code

C94 Error Code

Code Error SolutionC74 Exit sensor defective adjustment detection 1. Check between the exit sensor and the reflection mirror for foreign objects, and check

the reflection mirror for dirt.2. Check the harness between the exit sensor and the logic PWA for breaks.3. Check IC4, and CN7 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.4. Replace the exit sensor.5. Replace the logic PWA.6. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.

Code Error SolutionC80 Timing sensor defective adjustment detection 1. Check between the timing sensor and the reflection mirror for foreign objects, and

check the reflection mirror for dirt.2. Check the harness between the timing sensor and the logic PWA for breaks.3. Check IC4, IC5, and CN6 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits.4. Replace the timing sensor.5. Replace the logic PWA.6. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.

Code Error Question SolutionC94 Abnormal

Main logic PWADoes the service call reappear after the main unit power switch is turned OFF and then ON again?

If not: Leave as is, and monitor the outcome.If yes: • • • • Check the circuit pattern between Main logic PWA

(IC32) and MROM (IC31) for breaks and short-circuits. • • • • Replace the logic PWA if the problem occurs frequently.


C99 Error Code

CA1 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionC99 Abnormal

Paper feed controller

microcomputer

Does the service call reappear after the main unit power switch is turned OFF and then ON again?

If not: Leave as is, and monitor the outcome.If yes: • • • • Check the circuit pattern around the paper feed

controller microcomputer (IC21) for breaks and short-circuits. • • • • Replace the paper feed controller microcomputer or logic PWA if the problem occurs frequently.

Code Error Question SolutionCA1 Polygonal mirror

motor defectIs the polygon motor rotating? If not:

• Check connector J206 on the image processing/print control logic PWA for disconnection.

• Check connector CN1 on the polygonal motor drive PWA for disconnection.

• Check the harness for breaks and the connector pins for disconnection.

• Check the patterns on the image processing/print control logic and polygonal motor drive PWAs for breaks and short circuits.

• Replace the polygonal motor drive PWA.• Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.

The polygon motor is rotating but are pins 2 and 3 of connector CN1 on the polygonal motor drive PWA low at all times?

If not: • Check the image processing/print control logic and

polygonal motor drive PWAs for breaks and short circuits.• Replace the polygonal motor drive PWA.• Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.

If yes: • Check the image processing/print control logic PWA for

breaks and short circuits.• Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.



CA2 Error Code

CA3 Error Code

CA4 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCA2 Laser

synchronization (HSYNC)

Is the harness between the image processing/print control logic PWA and the HSYNC PWA defective?

Are the connectors disconnected?

If yes: Replace the harness, and reconnect any disconnected connectors.

If not: • Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.• Replace the unit.

Code Error Question SolutionCA3 Laser beam

adjustment Are any harnesses between the image

processing/print control logic PWA and the galvanomirror, image processing/print control logic PWA and laser drive PWA, and image processing/print control logic PWA defective?




Code Error Question Solution CA4 Laser beam







CA5 Error Code

CA6 Error Code

CAA Error Code












If not:• Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.• Replace the unit.

Code Error Question SolutionCAA Laser beam








CAB Error Code

CAC Error Code

CAD Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCAB Laser beam






Code Error Question SolutionCAC Laser beam





If not:• Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.• Replace the unit.

Code Error Question SolutionCAD Laser beam







CAE Error Code

CAF Error Code

CA9 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCAE Laser beam






Code Error Question SolutionCAF Laser beam






Code Error Question SolutionCA9 Image data

communicationsIs the harness between the image

processing/print control logic PWA and the system PWA defective?


If yes: Replace the harness and reconnect any disconnected connectors.

If not: • Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.• Replace the system PWA.



CB1 Error Code Code Error Question SolutionCB1 Feed motor 2

(M408)(Procedure 1)

Is feed motor 2 (M408) operating in reverse at the set timing?

If not: Replace the motor or the finisher logic PWA.

Is the shutter correctly coupled to the shutter upper/lower bars?

If not: Correct the coupling.

Try turning the feed roller 2 in reverse by hand.

Do the shutter upper/lower bars move up and down?

If not: Check the shutter upper/lower bars and the feed roller 2 gears. Make mechanism corrections as needed.

Is the shutter close switch (SW404) normal?

If not: Replace the switchIf yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Feed motor 2(Procedure 2)

Is feed motor 2 (M408) operating in reverse at the set timing?

If not: Replace the motor or the finisher logic PWA.

Is the shutter correctly coupled to the shutter upper/lower bars?

If not: Correct the coupling.

Try turning the feed roller 2 in reverse by hand. Do the shutter upper/lower bars move up and down?

If not: Check the shutter upper/lower bars and the feed roller 2 gears. Make mechanism corrections as needed.

Is the shutter sensor (S405) normal? If not: Replace the sensorIf yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Feed motor 2 (Procedure 3)

Check tray position safety switch (SW403). Is the switch normal?

If not: Replace the switch.

Is safety area detection switch (MS3) correctly pressed?

If not: Correct the mechanical mechanism.

Is the shutter close switch (SW404) normal?


Is the shutter close switch (SW404) correctly pressed?

If not: Correct the mechanical mechanism.If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.


CB2 Error Code Code Error Question SolutionCB2 Delivery motor

(M402)(Procedure 1)

Try rotating the delivery motor (M402) by hand. Does it operate smoothly?

If not: Correct the mechanical problem.

Is the paper delivery motor timing sensor (S410) normal?

If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the voltage across J11-6 and -7 on the finisher logic PWA 24V when the delivery motor operates?

If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Is the wiring from the motor to the logic PWA normal?

If not: Correct the wiring.If yes: Replace the motor.

Delivery motor(Procedure 2)

Try rotating the delivery motor in the reverse direction, by hand.

Does the swing guide move up and down?

If not: Correct the swing guide mechanism.

Is swing guide close switch 2 (SW406) normal?


Is the delivery motor (M402) operating in reverse at the set timing?

If not: Replace the motor.If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.


Try rotating the delivery motor in the reverse direction by hand. Does the swing guide move up and down?

If not: Correct the swing guide mechanism.

Is swing guide sensor (S418) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the delivery motor (M402) operating in reverse at the set timing?

If not: Replace the motor.If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA


Is the tray position safety switch (SW403) normal?


Is the tray position safety switch (SW403) correctly pressed?

If not: Correct the mechanical problem.

Is the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) normal?


Is the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) correctly pressed?

If not: Correct the mechanical problem.If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.



CB3 Error Code

CB4 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCB3 Tray drive motor

(M405)(Procedure 1)

Is the paper tray home position sensor (S408) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the tray lift mechanism normal? If not: Correct the problem.

Is 24V DC being supplied to the tray drive motor (M405) from the finisher controller during tray drive?


Is the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray drive motor (M405) normal?

If not: Correct the wiring problem.If yes: Replace the tray drive motor (M405).

Tray drive motor(Procedure 2)

Is the tray arriving at the tray up limit safety switch (SW405) position?

If yes: Lower the tray position.

Is the tray up limit safety switch (SW405) normal? If not: Replace the switch.

Is the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray up limit safety switch normal?

If not: Correct the wiring problem.If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Tray drive motor(Procedure3)

Is power being supplied to the motor from the finisher logic PWA during the tray’s upward movement?


Is there a problem with the tray lift mechanism? If not: Replace the tray drive motor (M405)).If yes: Correct the problem.

Are the tray drive motor timing sensors (S409 & S419) normal?

If not: Replace the sensor.If yes: Replace the finisher controller.

Code Error Question SolutionCB4 Alignment motor

(M403)Is the aligning guide home position sensor (S406) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the alignment motor normal?

If not: correct the wiring problem.

Is there a mechanical object caught on the aligning plate movement path?

If not: Correct the problem.

Does replacement of the alignment motor (M403) correct the problem?



CB5 Error Code

CB6 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCB5 Stapler positioning

motor (M404)Is the wiring between the stapler and the finisher logic PWA

normal?If not: Correct the wiring problem.

Does replacement of the stapler correct the problem? If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Code Error Question SolutionCB6 Stapler positioning

motor (M404)Is the stapler home position sensor (S407) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the stapler positioning motor (M404) normal?

If not: Correct the wiring problem.

Is there a mechanical object caught on the stapler stand movement path?

If not: Correct the problem.

Does replacement of the stapler positioning motor (M404) correct the problem?




CB7 Error Code

CB8 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCB7 Paper stack height

sensor (S402) (Procedure 1)

Does turning the copier’s power switch OFF and then ON again correct the problem?

If yes: The problem has been corrected.

Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensor normal?


Is the voltage across J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA 5V DC?

If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.If yes: Readjust the paper stack height sensor

(S402).Replace the paper height sensor if the problem

occurs frequently.

CB7 Paper stack height sensor (Procedure 2)

Is connector J6 on the finisher logic PWA, J114 on the height sensor, or relay connector J212 disconnected?

If yes: Reconnect any disconnected connectors.





Paper stack height sensor (Procedure 3)

Does readjusting by the DIP switches correct the problem? If yes: The problem has been corrected.





Code Error Question SolutionCB8 Backup RAM data Does turning the main unit’s main power switch OFF and

then ON again correct the problem?If yes: The problem has been corrected.If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.


CB9 Error Code

CBA Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCB9 Paper pushing plate

motor (M416)

(saddle stitcher)

Is the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) normal?


Is the paper pushing plate motor (M416) operating at the set timing?

If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Is the paper pushing plate drive mechanism normal? If not: Correct the mechanism.

Does replacement of the paper pushing plate motor (M416) correct the problem?

If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Code Error Question SolutionCBA Stitcher

(saddle stitcher)

Are the front or rear stitcher and receptacles installed properly?

If not: Install them correctly.

Are the stitching stapler cam home position switch 3 (SW409 -rear) and stitching stapler cam home position switch 2 (SW410-front) on the front/rear stitchers normal?

If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher.

Is the front or rear stitcher operating at the predetermined timing?

If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher.If yes: Check the wiring between the stitcher and

saddle stitcher logic PWA.

If it is normal, replace the logic PWA.



CBB Error Code

CBC Error Code

CBD Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCBB Stitcher

(saddle stitcher)

Are the front or rear stitcher and receptacles installed properly?

If not: Install them correctly.

Are the stitching stapler cam home position switch 3 (SW409 -rear) and stitching stapler cam home position switch 2 (SW410-front) on the front/rear stitchers normal?

If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher.

Is the front or rear stitcher operating at the predetermined timing?

If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher.If yes: Check the wiring between the stitcher and

saddle stitcher logic PWA.

If it is normal, replace the logic PWA.

Code Error Question SolutionCBC Aligning motor

(M413)

(saddle stitcher)

Is the stitcher alignment guides sensor (S425) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the aligning motor (M413) operating at the set time? If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Is the alignment guide drive mechanism normal? If not: Correct the problem.

Does the replacement of the aligning motor (M413) correct the problem?


Code Error Question SolutionCBD Shutter guide motor

(M411)

(saddle stitcher)

Is the shutter guide home position sensor (S433) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the shutter guide motor (M411) operating at the set timing? If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

is the guide plate drive mechanism normal? If not: Correct the problem.

Does replacement of the shutter guide motor (M411) correct the problem?



CBE Error Code

CBF Error Code

CD0 Error Code

Code Error Question SolutionCBE Paper folder motor

(M410)

(saddle stitcher)

Is the folder motor timing sensor (S424) normal? If not: Replace the sensor.

Is the paper folder motor (M410) operating at the set timing? If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Is the fold roller drive mechanism normal? If not: Correct the problem.

Does replacement of the paper folding motor (M410) correct the problem?


Code Error Question SolutionCBF Paper position

guide

(saddle stitcher)

Is the stitcher paper positioning guide home position sensor (S427) normal?


Is the paper positioning guide operating at the set timing? If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Is the paper positioning guide drive mechanism normal? If not: Correct the problem.

Does replacement of the paper positioning guide motor (M412) correct the problem?

If not: Replaced the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Code Error Question SolutionCD0 Laser beam








F07 Error Code

F10 Error Code

Code Error SolutionF07 Communications error between system and

main logic PWAs.1. Check connector J102 and connector J108 on the system PWA for disconnection.2. Check connector J330 on the logic PWA for disconnection.3. Check connector 12 on the scanner logic PWA for breaks, and check the connector

pins for disconnection.4. Check the harness between the system PWA and the scanner logic PWA for breaks,

and check the connector pins for disconnection.5. Check the harness between the system PWA and the main logic PWA for breaks, and

check the connector pins for disconnection.6. Check the version of the FROM on the system PWA.7. Check the version of the EROM (IC36) on the main logic PWA.8. Check the version of the EROM on the scanner logic PWA.9. Replace the system PWA.10. Replace the scanner logic PWA.11. Replace the main logic PWA.

Code Error SolutionF10 HDD unitization 1. Initialize the HDD.

2. Make sure the correct HDD is installed.3. Make sure that the HDD is mounted correctly.4. Make sure that the HDD connector pins are not bent.5. Check HDD connector J106 on the system PWA for disconnection.6. Replace the harness7. Replace the HDD.8. Replace the system PWA.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 54Troubleshooting Image Quality Hints

Image Quality Hints

Flashing Service IQCDisplay flashes: IQC Maintenance Required

05-291 = 2: Image Pattern Trouble. The test pattern cannot be read correctly.

Does05-291=2

?

Yes

Does 08-805=Default value 88 ?

No

Set 08-805 to thedefault value 88

Is the imagecorrect?

Is the DeveloperUnit firmly locked?

No Yes

Yes

YesIs the Charge Coronaclean and securelyfastened?

No

Replace the ChargeCorona wire, cleanthe grid and corona

frame.

Replace the ImageDensity Sensor

Go to 05-291 = 4No

Perform the Image QualityControl forced execution/confirmation procedure.

Make a Test Printfrom the 04-113

Lock the developerunit

End

No

Replace the following items 1at a time in the order listed.After replacing an itemperform the forced execution/confirmation:1. Developer material and setthe developer counter to zero.2. Check the developer biasand adjust it to specification.3. Check the drum groundresistance, it should be 0~5ohms.4. Drum and set the drumcounter to zero.

No

Does05-291=4

?Yes

NoValues of 2 and 4 areerrors, all other values

are normal

SecondaryScanning 33Gradations



Flashing Service IQC (continued)Display flashes: IQC Maintenance Required

05-291 = 4: Image Density Sensor Trouble. The Image Density Sensor output is not within the normal range.

*05-291 is the Value of the Image Quality Control after it has completed its check. Output values 2 and 4 are errors. Any other values are normal.

Does05-291=4

?

Yes

Is the value of selfdiagnostics 05-292within the range of

102~307?

Yes

No

1. Check the connector at the Image Density Sensor and the Cleaning Unit.2. Replace the Image Density Sensor.3. Replace the Main Logic PWA.

05-293self-diagnostics

value less than thevalue of 08-814's

value X 4?

Does the value of 05-296 self diagnostics =

255?

Yes No

Yes

Is the value of05-293 self-diagnostics

within the range of08-814's value X 4

up to a value of 819?

Yes No

1.Replace the Image Density Sensor2. Replace the Main Logic PWA

Yes

Is the ImageDensity Sensorwindow dirty?

Yes

Clean the Imagedensity Sensor

window.

Is the center of thedrum scratched or

dirty?

No

Replace the drum

YesYes

Is the value of05-293 self-diagnostics

greater than 819?

No

1.Replace the Image Density Sensor2. Replace the Main Logic PWA

No

Go to 05-291 = 2No

Image DensitySensor output

when the LED lightis turned OFF.

Image DensitySensor light

intensityadjustment result.

Perform the Image QualityControl forced execution/confirmation procedure.

Does05-291=2

?No

Values of 2 and 4 are errosall other values are normal.

No


Flashing Service IQC (continued) Image Quality Control forced execution/confirmation procedure.

Start

Set 08-802to 0

(zero)

Is the valueof 08-800 less

than 3?

Set 08-803to 0

(zero)

Make a Test Print in the 04-113,select Letter or A4 paper.When the Test Print exits pressthe CLEAR key to stop the

machine.

Set 08-800to 0

(zero)

No

Yes

Image QualityControl Operation

Enabled

Number of copies betweenmachine performing ImageQuality Control

0 = every copy

1 = every 1,000 copies2 = every 2,000 copies

05-291 is the value otherthan 2 or 4

and does 08-800 = 0

Yes

Set the value in

08-803 to 2, every2,000 copies

No

Go to the 05-291 = 2

or the05-291 = 4

TroubleshootingChart

End


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 57Troubleshooting RADF HInts

RADF HInts Symptom Question Solution

Originals above the bottom original are fed into the RADF first.

Have too many originals been placed on the document tray?

If yes: Place the correct number of originals in the tray.

Is an original abnormally curled or folded? If yes: Smooth the offending original and realign the stack of originals.

Is the stack on the document tray composed of different sized originals?

If yes: Place only the same size originals on the tray for each copy run.

Two or more originals are fed simultaneously through the RADF.

Have too many originals been placed in the document tray?

If yes: Place the correct number of originals in the tray.

Is an original abnormally curled or folded? If yes: Smooth the offending original and realign the stack of originals.

Is the stack on the document tray composed of different sized originals?

If yes: Place only the same size originals on the tray for each copy run.

Is the gap between the pressure plate and the feed roller too large?

If yes: Adjust the gap.

Is the separation pad dirty? If yes: Clean the separation pad.

The original is not fed to the registration roller.

Are the pickup and feed rollers dirty? If yes: Clean the rollers.

Is the gap between the pressure plate and the feed roller too small?

If yes: Adjust the gap.

Is the transporting force of the pickup roller and feed roller insufficient?

If yes: Replace the rollers.

The original skews on the exposure glass. Is the registration roller dirty? If yes: Clean the roller.

Is the transport belt dirty? If yes: Clean the belt.

Is the RADF correctly installed? If not: Properly install the RADF in parallel to the main unit. Also, adjust the skew and properly adjust he height.

The side edges of the copy are out of alignment with the side edges of the original.

Are the side guides set too wide in relation to the width of the original?

If yes: Move the guides so that they match the width of the original.

If not: Move the document tray either left or right until it is adjusted correctly.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 58Troubleshooting RADF HInts

The RADF does not work (excluding paper jams, open cover)

Is the interface harness correctly connected? If not: Reconnect the harness.

Is 24V DC being supplied to CN2? If not: Check the main unit.

Is the voltage across TP 26 and TP 43 + 5V DC? If not: Check or replace the logic PWA.

Is the voltage measured at EMP-SNS (TP30) +5V when there is no paper?

If not: Check or replace the exit sensor.

Motor error Is a normal load placed on the motor shaft? If not: Remove any foreign objects if present. Adjust the mechanical load and drive system.

Is voltage being supplied to the motor connection? If not: Check or replace the logic PWA.

Is an excitation pattern signal being supplied to the motor connector?

If not: Check or replace the logic PWA.

If yes: Check or replace the motor.

Communications error Is the interface cable normal? If not: Replace the interface cable.

If yes: 1. Check or replace the logic PWA. 2. Check or replace the main unit logic PWA.

Defective size detection Is the voltage measured at SIZE-SNS1 (TP9) + 5V when there is paper?

If not: Check or replace size sensor 1.

Is the voltage measured at SIZE-SNS2 (TP29) + 5V when there is paper?

If not: Check or replace size sensor 2.

Is the original slipping at the registration roller? If not: Check or replace the logic PWA.

If yes: 1. Check or replace the registration roller. 2. Check and adjust the roller pressure.

Defective original leading edge stop position

Is the voltage measured at REG-SNS (TP25) + 5V when there is paper?

If not: Check or replace the registration sensor.

Is the reflection mirror at the registration sensor normal?

If not: Check or replace the reflection mirror.

If yes: Check or replace the logic PWA.

Symptom Question Solution


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 59Troubleshooting F580/F580S

F580/F580S

Finisher UnitCommunication error between the finisher and the copier.

Communication error between the finisher and the saddle stitcher.

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionFinisher logic PWA

Copier Main logic PWA1 Turn the copier OFF, and then ON.

Is the problem corrected?

Yes End.

Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the copier Main Logic PWA normal?

Yes Correct it.

Finisher logic PWACopier Main Logic PWA

3 Replace the finisher logic PWA and the copier Main Logic PWA.


Yes End.

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionFinisher logic PWA

Saddle stitcher logic PWA1 Turn the copier OFF and then ON.


Yes End.

Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the saddle stitcher logic PWA normal?

No Correct it.

Power supply 3 Measure the voltage between J3-2 (+) and J3-1 (-) on the finisher logic PWA.

Is it +24V DC?

No Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Saddle stitcher logic PWA Yes Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.


Faulty paper stack height sensor (S402)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionFinisher logic PWA 1 Turn the copier OFF and then ON.


Yes End.

Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensors normal?

No Correct the wiring.


Is it 5V DC?


Paper stack height sensor (S402)

Yes Adjust the sensor.

If an error occurs again, replace the sensor.

Connector 1 Is J6 on the finisher logic PWA, J114 on the height sensor, or J212 on the relay connector disconnected?

Yes Connector the connector.


Is it 5V DC?



3 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and sensor normal?

Yes Replace the sensor.

Wiring No Correct the wiring.

Adjustment 1 Try making adjustments using the Dip switch.


Yes End.

Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensors normal?



Is it 5V DC?



Yes Replace the sensor.



Faulty back-up RAM

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionFinisher logic PWA 1 Turn the copier OFF and then ON. Is the

problem corrected?Yes End.

2 Replace the finisher logic PWA.


Yes End.


Faulty exit delivery motor (M402)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionDelivery roller 1 Manually turn the delivery roller.

Does it rotate smoothly?

No Correct the mechanical problem.

Swing guide mechanism 2 Manually turn the delivery motor in the reverse direction.

Does the swing guide move up and down?

No Correct the problem in the swing mechanism.

Tray position safety switch (SW403)

3 Check the tray position safety switch. Is the switch operating normally?

No Replace the switch

4 Is the safety range detecting switch pressed correctly?


Paper delivery motor timing sensor (S410)

5 Check the paper delivery motor timing sensor (S410). Is the sensor operating normally?

No Replace the sensor.

Swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406)

6 Is the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) operating normally?


Paper tray home position sensor (S408)

7 Is the swing guide open sensor operating normally?


Finisher logic PWA 8 Does the voltage between J11-6 and J11-7 on the finisher logic PWA change to 24V as soon as the delivery motor starts to rotate?

No Check the wiring from the motor to the finisher logic PWA.

Yes If normal, replace the motor.

Exit delivery motor (M402) 9 Does the exit delivery motor rotate in the reverse direction at a specific rpm?

No Replace the motor.

Finisher logic PWA Yes Replace the finisher logic PWA

Swing guideclosed switch 2

(SW406)

10 Check the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406).

Is the switch operating normally?

No Replace the switch.

Finisher logic PWA 11 Is the swing guide closed switch 2 pressed correctly?


Yes Replace the finisher logic PWA.



Faulty Alignment motor (M403)

Faulty stapler cam drive motor (M406)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionAlignment guide home position sensor (S406)

1 Check the alignment guide home position sensor.

Is its operation normal?


Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the alignment motor (M403) normal?


Alignment guide 3 Is there any mechanical obstacle in the path of the alignment guide?

Yes Remove the mechanical obstacle.

Alignment motor (M403) 4 Replace the alignment motor (M403).


Yes End.

Finisher logic PWA No Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionWiring 1 Is the wiring between the stapler and the

finisher logic PWA normal?No Correct the wiring.

Stapler 2 Replace the stapler.


Yes End.



Faulty stapler positioning motor (M404)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionStapler home position

sensor (S407)1 Check the stapler home position sensor

(S407).

Is the sensor operating normally?


Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the stapler positioning motor normal?

No Correct the problem.

Stapler shift base 3 Is there any mechanical obstacle in the path of the stapler shift base?

Yes Remove the mechanical obstacle.

Stapler positioning motor (M404)

4 Replace the stapler positioning motor (M404).


Yes End.




Faulty tray drive motor (M405)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionPaper tray height automatic

adjustment1 Do the trays drive to the correct positions? Yes Continue with troubleshooting


Paper tray home position sensor (S408)

2 Check the tray home position sensor. Is its operation normal?


Tray position 3 Is the tray at the tray upper limit switch? Yes Lower the tray.

- 4 Does the tray move up/down? No Go to step 2.

Yes Go to step 4.

Tray lift mechanism 5 Check the tray lift mechanism.Is it’s operation normal?


Tray upper limit safety switch (SW405)

6 Check the tray upper limit safety switch SW405Is its operation normal?


Finisher logic PWA 7 Is the motor supplied with power by the finisher logic PWA as soon as the tray moves up/down?

Yes Go to step 3


Finisher logic PWA 8 Is the tray drive motor (M405) supplied with 24V DC by the finisher logic PWA, as soon as the tray is driven?


Wiring 9 Check the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray upper limit detecting switch.

Is the wiring normal?


Finisher logic PWA Yes Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Tray lift mechanism 10 Is there a fault in the tray lift mechanism? Yes Correct the lift mechanism problem.

Tray drive motor (M405) No Replace the tray drive motor.

Wiring 11 Check the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray drive motor.

Is the wiring normal?


Tray drive motor (M405) Yes Replace the tray drive motor.


Faulty feed motor 2 (M408)

Tray drive motor timing sensor 1 (S409) & tray drive motor timing sensor 2 (S419)

12 Are both tray drive motor timing sensor 1 (S409) and tray drive motor timing sensor 2 (S419) operating normal?

No Replace the defective sensor.


Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionFeed motor 2 (M408) 1 Does the feed motor rotate in the reverse

direction at a specific rpm?No Replace the feed motor or the finisher logic

PWA.

Tray position safety switch (SW403)

2 Check the safety range switch.Is its operation normal?


3 Is the safety range detecting switch pressed correctly?


Shutter mechanism 4 Are the shutter and the shutter upper/lower bar engaged correctly?

No Engage them correctly.

5 Manually turn the feed roller 2 in the reverse direction.

Does the shutter upper/lower bar move up/down?

No Correct the problem by checking the mechanism from the shutter upper/lower bar to the gear of the feed roller 2.

Shutter closed switch (SW404)

6 Check the shutter closed switch (SW404).Is its operation normal?



Shutter sensor (S405) 7 Is the shutter sensor (S405) operation normal? No Replace the sensor.


Finisher logic PWA 8 Is the shutter closed switch pressed correctly? No Correct the mechanical problem.

Yes Replace the finisher logic PWA.

Cause Step Checks Yes/No Action



Saddle Stitcher Unit

Faulty paper positioning plate

Faulty paper folder motor (M410)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionStitcher paper positioning

guide home position sensor (S427)

1 Check the stitcher paper positioning guide home position sensor (S427).



Saddle stitcher Logic PWA 2 Does the paper positioning plate operate at specific intervals?

Yes Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Paper positioning guide motor (M412)

No Check the positioning plate drive mechanism.If a fault is found, correct it, otherwise go to

step 3.

3 Replace the paper positioning guide motor (M412).


Yes End.

Saddle stitcher logic PWA No Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionFolder motor timing sensor

(S424)1 Check the folder motor timing sensor (S424).

Is its operation normal?No Replace the sensor.

Saddle stitcher Logic PWA 2 Does the paper folder motor (M410) operate at a specific rpm?


Paper folder motor (M410) No Check the folding roller drive mechanism.If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to

step 3.

3 Replace the paper folder motor.Is the problem corrected?

Yes End.



Faulty shutter guide motor (M411)

Faulty aligning motor (M413)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionShutter guide home

position sensor (S433)1 Check the shutter guide home position sensor

(S433).Is it operating normally?


Saddle stitcher logic PWA 2 Does the shutter guide motor operate at a specific rpm?


Shutter guide motor (M411) No Check the guide plate drive mechanism.If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, got to

step 3.

3 Replace the shutter guide motor (M411).


Yes End.


Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionStitcher alignment guides

home position sensor (S425)

1 Check the stitcher alignment guides home position sensor (S425).

Is the sensor’s operation normal?


Saddle stitcher logic PWA 2 Does the aligning motor (M413) operate at a specific rpm?


Aligning motor (M413) No Check the alignment plate drive mechanism.If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to

step 3.

3 Replace the aligning motor.


Yes End.




Faulty stitcher

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionStitcher (installation) 1 Are the front and rear stitchers and bases

installed correctly?No Install them correctly.

Stitching stapler 3 cam home position switch

(SW409) and stitching stapler 2 cam home

position switch (SW410)

2 Are front and rear stitching stapler 3 cam home position switch (SW409) and stitching stapler 2 cam home position switch (SW410) operating correctly?

No Replace the front or rear stitcher.

Saddle stitcher logic PWA 3 Do the front and the rear stitchers operate at specific intervals?

Yes Check the wiring between the stitchers and the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

If operation is normal, replace the logic PWA.

Stitcher stapler 3 motor (M414) - rear, and stitcher stapler 2 motor (M415) -

front

No Replace the front or the rear stitcher.


Faulty paper pushing plate motor (M416) (1)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionPaper pushing plate home

position sensor (S434)1 Check the paper pushing plate home position

sensor (S434).




Paper pushing plate home position sensor (S435)

2 Check the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S435).




Paper pushing plate home position sensor (S421)

3 Check the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S431).




Paper pushing plate motor (M416)

4 Does the paper pushing plate motor (M416) operate at a specific rpm?

Replace the paper pushing plate motor.Is the problem corrected?

No Check the paper pushing plate drive mechanism.

If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to step 3.

Yes End.

Saddle stitcher logic PWA 5 Replace the paper pushing plate motor (M416).


Yes End.

No Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Saddle stitcher logic PWA 6 Does the paper pushing plate motor operate at a specific rpm?


Paper pushing plate motor (M416)

No Check the butting plate drive mechanism.If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to

step 3.

7 Replace the paper pushing plate motor (M416).Is the problem corrected?

Yes End.




Disconnected shutter guide home position sensor (S433) connector

Disconnected paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) connector

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionDisconnected shutter guide

home position sensor (S433)

1 Are the connectors of the guide home position sensor (S433) and the saddle stitcher logic PWA connected?

No Connect the connectors.

Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA broken?

Yes Correct the wiring.

Power supply 3 Is 5V DC present at J9-7 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA?


Ground 4 Is J9-8 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA grounded correctly?

No

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionDisconnected paper pushing plate home

position sensor (S434)

1 Are the connectors of the paper pushing plate home position sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA connected correctly?



Yes Correct the wiring problem.



Grounded 4 Is J9-11 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA grounded correctly?

No


Disconnected paper pushing plate extended position sensor (S435) connector

Faulty entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) or stitcher entrance guide interlock sensor (S429)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionDisconnected paper

pushing plate extended position sensor (S435)

1 Are the connectors of the paper pushing plate leading edge sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA connected correctly?



Yes Correct the wiring problem.



Ground 4 Is J9-14 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA grounded correctly?

No

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionSwitch actuator 1 Check the switch actuator of the entrance

guide.

Do the switch and sensor operate correctly?


Entrance guide interlock switch (SW411)

2 Check the inlet door switch.

It its operation normal?


Stitcher entrance guide interlock sensor (S429)

3 Measure the voltage at J10-8 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA with the door open.

Is it 5V?

Yes The sensor is faulty. Replace it.

Power supply, Wiring 4 Measure the voltage between J19-1 (+) and J19-2 (-) on the finisher logic PWA.

Is it +24V?


Yes Check the wiring between J19 on the finisher logic PWA and J1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, replaced the saddle stitcher logic PWA.



Faulty lower front door interlock switch (SW412) or lower front door interlock sensor (S422)

Faulty exit cover interlock switch (SW413) or stitcher exit cover interlock sensor (S423)

Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionSwitch actuator 1 Check the switch actuator of the front door.

Do the switch and the sensor operate correctly?


Lower front doorinterlock switch (SW412)

2 Check the lower front door interlock switch (SW412).



Lower front doorinterlock sensor (S422)

3 Measure the voltage at J11-12 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA with the front door open.

Is it +5V?

Yes The sensor is faulty.

Replace the sensor.


Cause Step Checks Yes/No ActionSwitch actuator 1 Check the delivery door switch actuator.

Do the switch and the sensor operate correctly?


Exit coverinterlock switch (SW413)

2 Check the delivery door switch.



Stitcher exit coverinterlock sensor (S423)

3 Measure the voltage at J11-9 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA with the delivery door open.

Is it +5V?

Yes The sensor is faulty. Replace the sensor.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 74Troubleshooting F580/F580S Operational Checks

F580/F580S Operational Checks

Saddle Stitcher Paper Feed Motor (M409)This mode is for driving the saddle stitcher paper feed motor.1. Set dip switch 1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from low speed (170 mm/sec) - to high speed (420mm/sec) - to stop.

Paper Folder Motor (M410)This mode is for driving the paper folder motor.1. Set dip switch 1 on the logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from forward rotation to reverse rotation to stop.



Paper Pushing Plate Motor (M416)This mode is for driving the paper pushing plate motor.1. Set dip switch 1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from forward rotation - to reverse rotation - to stop.

Aligning Motor (M413)This mode is for driving the aligning motor.1. Set dip switch 1 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from 10 mm from the paper’s edge to paper’s edge to home position.


Paper Positioning Guide Motor (M412)This mode is for driving the paper positioning guide motor.1. Set dip switch 1 on the logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from folding position to stapling position to home position.

Shutter Guide Motor (M411)This mode is for driving the shutter guide motor.1. Set dip switch 1 on the logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from stapling position to the home position.

3. Press SW1 to stop operational check.



Aging ModeThis mode is for simulated running of the stitcher unit.1. Set dip switch 1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2. Aging starts.

Note: Operation in each of the operation modes is repeated.

3. Press SW2 to stop the operational check.

Alignment Motor (M403)This mode is for driving the alignment motor.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW1.

Note: Pressing SW1 additional times will cycle the motor from the forward direction to the reverse direction to stop.


Stapler Positioning Motor (M404)This mode is for driving the stapler positioning motor.1. Set dip switch 3 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from the forward direction to the reverse direction to stop.

Entrance Paper Feed Motor (M407)This mode is for driving the entrance paper feed motor.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2.3. Press SW2 to stop the operational check.



Tray Drive Motor (M405)This mode is for driving the tray drive motor.1. Set dip switch 3 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW1 to drive the trays up.3. Press SW2 to drive the trays down.

Tray Shift Time This check verifies that the tray shift time is within a specified period of time. It self adjusts for 1500 sheets of Letter/A4 20lb/80gm/m2 paper or equivalent.1. Place 1500 sheets of LT/A4 paper in tray 2.2. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

3. Press SW1.Note: When SW1 is pressed, the time required for tray shift is calculated, and LED 2

lights or goes out according to the following conditions. • That tray movement is canceled when the current position is tray 2.• When the shift occurs within a normal period of time, LED 2 lights.• When an abnormal period of time is required for the shift, LED 2 goes out.

4. Return dip switch 3 switches to their pretest positions.5. Turn the machine OFF for 10 seconds and then back ON to return to normal operation.


Exit Delivery Motor (M402)This check verifies that the exit delivery motor speed is 650 mm/sec when the motor is ON.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW1.

Note: The exit delivery motor rotates, the number of pulses from the encoder fed by the exit delivery motor is calculated, and LED 1 lights or goes out according to the following conditions.

• When the exit delivery motor speed is equivalent to 650 mm/sec (normal condition) LED 1 lights.

• When the exit delivery motor speed is less than the equivalent to 650 mm/sec (abnormal condition) LED 2 goes out.

Note: When SW1 is pressed, the ability of the exit delivery motor to perform its functions is checked.

3. Press SW1 to stop the motor.

Note: Pressing SW2 performs the same test except it is for the reverse.



Finisher Aging Mode This mode is for simulated running of the stacker unit, the saddle stitcher is not operated on the F580S.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2 to start aging.3. The tray is lowered to its home position.

Note: The task in each of the operation modes is repeated.

4. Press SW2 to stop the aging mode.

Note: When SW2 is pressed the second time, the finisher will complete its operation before stopping.

Finisher Stapler Cam Drive Motor (M406)This mode is for simulated running of the multi-position stapler cam drive motor.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW1.

Note: The cam drive motor will make one revolution and stop.


Feed Motor 1 (M401)This mode is for operating feed motor 1.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2 to start feed motor 1 operation.

Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from 100 mm/sec to 350 mm/sec etc. Also operation is controlled cyclically during this time.

3. Press SW1 to stop the check.

Tray Drive Motor Shift Up (M405)This mode raises the tray.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW2 to raise the trays.3. When the tray is at the tray 2 home position and SW2 is pressed, tray movement is

canceled.



Tray Drive Motor Shift Down (M405)This mode lowers the tray.1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:

2. Press SW1 to lower the trays.3. When the tray is at the tray 1 home position and SW1 is pressed, tray movement is

canceled.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 84Troubleshooting F580/F580S Electrical System

F580/F580S Electrical System

F580 Logic PWAThe figure on this page shows the F580 logic PWA and service technician access and adjustment areas.

Note: The VRs and check pins not described in this section are for factory use only. Making adjustments and checks using these will require special tools and instruments and a high level of accuracy. Do not touch these components in the field.

Switch Function

SW1 This switch adjusts the paper stack height sensor (S402), guide position, stapler position, and moves the trays down.

SW2 This switch adjusts the paper stack height sensor (S402), alignment guide position, stapler position, and move the trays up.

DIPSW3 This dip switch sets conditions to preform various checks and normal operation of the finisher.


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 85Troubleshooting F580/F580S Electrical System

F580S Logic PWAThe figure on this page shows the F580S logic PWA and service technician access and adjustment areas.

Note: The VRs and check pins not described in this section are for factory use only. Making adjustments and checks using these will require special tools and instruments and a high level of accuracy. Do not touch these components in the field.

Switch Function

DIPSW1Switches 1-2

These switches start correction of discrepancy between stitching position and folding position.

DIPSW1Switches 6-8

These switches allow corrected settings for stitch stapling position and folding position.

SW2 This switch starts correction of discrepancy between stitching position and folding position. It also initiates the motor checks.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 86Troubleshooting F580/F580S Punch Unit

F580/F580S Punch Unit

Transmission Sensor Sensitivity LevelThis test determines how dirty the sensor is and if it needs cleaning.1. Remove the rear cover of the finisher.2. Set dip switch 3 bits 1 to 6 as shown in the figure below.

3. Press SW1 of the finisher logic PWA.4. This starts the sensor test.5. Observe how many times LED1 flashes.

6. If the sensor is dirty you must clean it.7. Set all dip switch 3 dip switches to OFF.8. Turn the machine OFF for 10 seconds and then back ON to return to normal operation.

Sensitivity Level Number of times LED1 flashes

Sensor not dirty 1

Sensor slightly dirty 2

Sensor dirty 3


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 5 - 87Troubleshooting PC-80/NIC-80 Error Messages

PC-80/NIC-80 Error Messages

Error MessagesError Message Displayed Action

Printer is initializing. Wait for the warming up is completed

Wait Wait for the warming up to complete.

Add paper Add paper to the empty Paper Drawer.

Wait adding toner Please add toner.

Install LCC Close the LCC

Close LCC Door Close the door of the LCC.

Remove the paper from duplexer Remove the paper from the duplexer.

Wait Wait for a few moments.

Reboot the machine Turn OFF power to the copier and restart the copier again.

Invalid password. Try again. Press the CLEAR key in the password screen of the Control Panel.

Printer error (Error code: P05) The error occurred at the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again.

Printer error (Error code: P09) The error occurred at the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again.

Printer error (Error code: P51) The lack of memory for the printer unit occurs. The error is automatically recovered. It is recommended to install the extra memory if the error often occurs.

Printer error (Error code: P52) The error occurred in the non-volatile memory of the printer unit. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel. The default settings are restored.

Printer error (Error code: P54) The error occurred in the Network Interface Card. Perform the Printer Reset from the COntrol Panel or turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again.

Printer error (Error code: P55) The error occurred in the communication between the printer unit and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again.

Printer error (Error code: P56) The error occurred in the print unit. Perform the Printer Reset from the COntrol Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and restart again.


Printer error (Error code: P57) The error occurred in the extended memory of the printer. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power and restart again.

Printer error (Error code: P00) The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power and restart again.

Printer error (Error code: P50) The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power and restart again.

Error Message Displayed Action



Lanier Access Error MessagesMessage Action

READY The printer is working normally.

Warming up The printer is being started. Wait

Reboot the Machine Turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON.

Wait Wait.

Set Developer Unit Call for service.

Set Main Charger Unit Call for service.

Dispose of Used Toner Replace used toner container.

Misfeed in Copier. Remove paper misfeeds. Refer to HELP.

Finisher not Ready The finisher is normally not installed or the tray load capacity exceeded.

Stapler not Ready. Check the stapler.

Examine Stapler Remove any jammed staples

Set Staple Cartridge Install staple cartridge.

Add Toner Add toner.

Please Dispose of Hole Punch Dust Remove chad container and empty the chad.

Close Cover Close the open cover.

Add Paper Add paper to the empty Paper Drawer.

Call for Service Call for service

Time for Periodic Maintenance Call for service.

Printer Error: P05 The error occurred in the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON.

Printer Error: P09 The error occurred in the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON.

Printer Error: P52 The error occurred in the non-volatile memory of the printer unit. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel.


Lanier Access Errors Without Messages

Printer Error: P54 The error occurred in the Network Interface Card. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON.

Printer Error: P55 The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON.

Printer Error: P56 The error occurred in the Printer. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON.

Printer Error: P57 The error occurred in the extended memory of the printer. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON.

Printer Error: P50 The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON.

Check Item ActionIs a wrong URL (IP address of the

machine) entered?Enter the correct URL (IP address of this machine). Ask the

administrator about the IP address of this machine.

Is the TCP/IP installed in the computer? TCP/IP is required when using Lanier Access. Install TCP/IP in the computer.

Message Action



Printing ProblemsNote: Use the table below for none print problems from a computer.

Check Item ActionIs the power ON? Turn ON the power of the copier.

Is the printer cable disconnected? Correctly connect the printer cable.

Is an appropriate printer cable used? Use the appropriate printer cable.

Is it “online”? Press the ON/OFF tab in the Control Panel, then press the ONLINE key.

Is paper set? Set paper in the required paper drawer.

Is any error message displayed? Confirm the error message, then perform the required action to clear the error.



6 - 1


Section 6Component Diagrams



Section 6: Component Diagrams

Copier System........................................................................ 6-3Overview ........................................................................... 6-3Copier Options .................................................................. 6-4

Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1) ........................................................................ 6-6

Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 2) ....................................................................... 6-14

Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View) ........................................................................... 6-16

Copier Electrical Components Location/Description....... 6-21Control Panel .................................................................. 6-21Scan Unit PWAs ............................................................ 6-22Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (LT) ................... 6-23Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (A4) ................... 6-24Scan Unit Motors ............................................................ 6-25Scan Unit AC Electrical Components ............................. 6-26Laser Unit PWAs ............................................................ 6-27Laser Unit Electrical Components .................................. 6-28Laser Unit Motors ........................................................... 6-29System Unit PWAs ......................................................... 6-30System Unit Motors ........................................................ 6-31Duplexer PWA ................................................................ 6-32Duplexer DC Electrical Components .............................. 6-33Duplexer Motors ............................................................ 6-35Copier Upper Unit PWA .................................................. 6-36Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components ................ 6-37Copier Upper Unit Motors ............................................... 6-40Copier Upper Unit AC Electrical Components ................ 6-42

Lower Unit PWAs ...........................................................6-44Lower Unit DC Electrical Components ............................6-45Lower Unit Motors ...........................................................6-48Lower AC Electrical Components ..................................6-50

RADF Components ..............................................................6-51RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components ......................6-51RADF Electrical Components Motors, Solenoids, Sensors, Switches & PWAs ............................................6-54RADF Drive Components ................................................6-56

F580/F580S............................................................................6-57Finisher Overall View .....................................................6-57Finisher Sensors .............................................................6-58Finisher Switches ............................................................6-59Finisher Motors ...............................................................6-60Finisher Solenoids ...........................................................6-61Finisher PWAs ................................................................6-62Saddle Stitcher Overall View ...........................................6-63Saddle Stitcher Sensors ..................................................6-64Saddle Stitcher Switches ................................................6-66Saddle Stitcher Motors ....................................................6-67Saddle Stitcher Solenoids ...............................................6-68Saddle Stitcher PWAs .....................................................6-69Punch Unit Overall View .................................................6-70Punch Unit Sensors ........................................................6-70Punch Unit Switches .......................................................6-71Punch Unit Motors ...........................................................6-71Punch Unit PWAs ............................................................6-72


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 3Component Diagrams Copier System

Copier System

OverviewCopier Accessories Packed With Copier

Model # I.D. # Item Quantity5555AG (120V 20 Amp 50/60Hz) 479-1221 Unpacking Instructions 15555AHP (230-240V 10 Amp 50/60 Hz) 479-1223 Operator’s Installation Manual 15565AG (120V 20 Amp 50/60Hz) 479-1224 Operator’s Manual Pocket 15565AHP (230-240V 10 Amp 50/60 Hz) 479-1226 Drum Service Bag 15580AG (120V 20 Amp 50/60Hz) 479-1227 Original Feed Tray 15580AHP (230-240V 10 Amp 50/60 Hz) 479-1229 Drawer Size Sheet 1

Finisher

F580SF580

Key Counter Kit

Staple CartridgeSC85

SC20 (2)


Copier OptionsItem Model No. I.D. #

Finisher F580 479-1230Finisher F580S 479-1231Hole Punch 80 US 481-0300Hole Punch 80 EU2 481-0301Exit Tray C2017-1534Key Counter Kit 24V Hecon C78-8035-2715-5Damp Heater Kit AG (Standard on AH & AHP) C2090-6517

Finisher

F580SF580

Key Counter Kit

Staple CartridgeSC85

SC20 (2)



Copier Supplies

Used toner container

SC85

SC20

Item Model # I.D. # Part # Qt’yDrum 480-0024 C480-0024 1Developer 480-0022 C480-0022 1Used Toner Container 117-0185 1Staple Cartridge SC85 117-0232 1 (F580 Finisher)

1 (F580S Finisher)SC20 117-0233 2 (F580S Finisher)

Note: SC20 cartridges come with black caps when shipped with the finisher. Replacements will have green caps.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 6Component Diagrams Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)

Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)

101 97 99 100 102 96 94 93 771061078991

121

49

4850515556575859

105

104

103

16

186766687170

69

87

857684

83

75

82

807372

13 14 10 5 4 3 21

9 1211 29 31 30 1517196

7 8 34 23 24

9290

656460 61 62 63

74118111

42 4447 464345

123119

108

54 53 52110

117122

112115

113116 114

10941

37

3540 39 38

36

32332122

27

2528 26 20

120



Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)# Symbol Component Function1 Carriage 1 Assembly used for scanning the original2 Mirror 1 Reflects the light from the original to mirror 23 Reflector Directs the light from the lamp to the original, insuring the maximum

amount of light reaches the original4 L1 Exposure Lamp A 180 watt halogen lamp provides the light to exposure the original5 TH2 Thermofuse (Exposure Lamp Overheat - do

not reset)Provides protection for the copier should the exposure lamp remain on

and overheat6 Carriage 2 Assembly used to direct the reflected light from the original to the

Charge Coupled Device (CCD)7 Mirror 2 Directs the reflected light from the original to mirror 38 Mirror 3 Directs the reflected light from mirror 2 to the lens9 CCD CCD PWA Located at the focal point of the fixed lens, the CCD converts the

analog reflected light into an electrical voltage (photo-voltanic conversion)

10 SLG Scanner Logic PWA Provides the controls for the scanning system11 Lens Focused the light reflected from mirror 3 on the CCD12 Exposure Glass The original rests on this glass during the exposure/scan process13 M3A &

M3BScanner Optical Cooling Fans Cools the optics area

14 M4 Scanner Logic (SLG) PWA Cooling Fan Cools the scanner logic PWA


Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)(continued) # Symbol Component Function15 Toner Hopper Empty Detection Lever Measure level of toner in toner hopper16 Toner Hopper Contains the new toner supply17 Toner Stirrer Stirs the toner18 SW12 Toner Hopper Empty Switch (Reed type

switch)Detects level of the toner supply

19 Toner Hopper Auger Transports the toner supply to the developer20 Toner Transport Auger21 Developer Upper Magnet Roller Using magnets inside the aluminum roller, the rollers form the

developer material into a “brush” to apply to the drum. In the dual roller system used in the 5555/5565, the upper roller works with the lower roller.

22 Developer Lower Magnet Roller

23 Developer Transport Roller Moves the developer material into contact with the magnet rollers24 Doctor Blade “Trims” the developer material on the transport roller so the correct

amount of developer material is moved to the magnet rollers25 Auger 1 Mixes the developer material with the toner26 Auger 227 Supply/Recovery Paddle Roller (Developer) Moves the mixed developer material to the transport roller and returns

the unused material from the magnet rollers to the mixing area28 ATS Auto Toner Sensor Monitors the ratio of toner to developer. When the toner level drops, a

fixed amount of toner is added from the toner hopper.



Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1) (continued) # Symbol Component Function29 Cleaning Brush (Drum) Removes residual toner from the drum after image transfer30 Cleaning Blade (Drum) Removes residual toner from the drum after image transfer31 Discharge LED Array Uses a LED array to remove the remaining charge on the drum after

the image is transferred to the copy paper32 Charge Corona Use to applied the high negative charge to the drum33 Charge Corona Wire Cleaner Cleans the charge corona wire each time the on/off switch is turned on

or after every 2000 copies34 Drum An OPC drum which uses it photoconducitivity to form the latent

image35 IDS Image Density Sensor Measure the reflectivity of the toner on the drum to maintain the

correct image density36 Separation Fingers (Drum Paper) Makes sure the copy paper separates from the drum after image

transfer37 Used Toner Recovery Auger Carries used toner to the used toner container38 Recovery Blade Directs any toner not collected by the cleaning blade or cleaning brush

to the used toner auger39 Transfer Belt Flat conductive rubber belt used to transfer the image from the drum

to the copy paper40 Transfer Belt Drive Roller Provides drive for the transport belt41 Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush Cleans excess toner off the belt42 Transfer Belt/Toner Recovery Auger Removes used toner to the used toner container43 Transfer Belt Charge Roller Applies the positive charge to the transfer belt


Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)(continued) # Symbol Component Function44 DH3 Lower Damp Heater AH (Option AG) It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the transfer

unit45 Lower Damp Heater Cover Cover for the damp heater46 Transfer Belt Idler Roller Provides tension and tracking for the transfer belt47 Transfer Belt Discharge Roller The transport belt discharges48 Exit Roller (drive & idler) Provides drive for the copy paper exiting the fuser49 Exit/Duplexer Gate Sets the path for the copy paper to exit the copier or enter the

duplexer50 Duplexer Reversing Transport Roller Drives paper into the duplexer or out to reverse the paper51 Duplexer Reversing Selector Gate Selects path for the paper entering the duplexer52 S5 Duplexer - Transport Sensor 1 Detects the position of the paper53 S7 Duplexer Stack Tray Empty Sensor Detects paper in the stack tray54 S3 Duplexer - Transport Sensor 2 Detects the position of the paper55 Duplexer Entrance/reversing Roller Drives paper into the duplexer stack tray or out to reverse the side of

the paper56 Duplexer Separation Belt Separates paper entering the duplexer57 S6 Duplexer Paper Feed Sensor Detects paper being fed from the duplexer stack area58 S8 Duplexer Registration Sensor Detects leading edge of paper being fed to the registration rollers59 Duplexer Registration Roller Aligns paper being fed from the duplexer60 Duplexer Feed Roller Feeds paper from the duplexer61 Duplexer Pickup Roller Feeds paper to the duplexer feed roller



Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)(continued) # Symbol Component Function62 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 1 Transport paper from the duplexer63 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 264 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 365 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 466 Bypass Pickup Roller Feeds paper from the bypass feed tray67 Bypass Feed Roller68 Bypass Feed Separation Roller Separates the paper being fed from the bypass feed tray69 S26

S39LCC Paper Empty Sensor LCC Tray Up Sensor (LCC Sensor PWA)

Detects paper in the LCCDetects tray up status

70 Bypass Feed Guide Aligns paper in the bypass feed tray71 LCC Feed Roller Feeds paper from the LCC 72 LCC Pickup Roller73 LCC Separation Roller Separates the paper being fed from the LCC74 Registration Roller Aligns paper entering the transport belt assembly75 LCC Tray LCC paper tray76 LCC (Large Capacity Cassette) 4000 sheet paper cassette77 S40 LCC Tray Down Sensor Detects tray down status in the LCC80 Upper Drawer Registration Roller Aligns paper fed from the upper paper drawer82 Upper Drawer Feed Roller Feeds paper from the upper paper drawer83 Middle Drawer Registration Roller Aligns paper fed from the middle paper drawer


Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)(continued) # Symbol Component Function84 S28 Upper Drawer Paper Start Sensor Detects paper being fed from the upper drawer85 Upper Drawer Separation Roller Separates the paper fed from the upper drawer86 NO ITEM 8687 Lower Drawer Registration Roller Aligns paper fed from the lower drawer89 S32 Middle Drawer Paper Start Sensor Detects paper being fed from the middle drawer90 Middle Drawer Separation Roller Detects paper being fed from the middle drawer91 S36 Lower Drawer Paper Start Sensor Detects paper being fed from the lower drawer92 Middle Drawer Feed Roller Feeds paper from the middle drawer93 Lower Drawer Separation Roller Separates the paper fed from the lower drawer94 Lower Drawer Feed Roller Feeds paper from the lower drawer96 Lower Drawer Pickup Roller97 Upper Drawer Tray Lift Lever Lifts the upper drawer paper tray99 Middle Drawer Pickup Roller Feeds paper from the middle drawer

100 Middle Drawer Tray Lift Lever Lifts the middle drawer paper tray101 Upper Drawer Pickup Roller Feeds paper from the upper drawer102 Lower Drawer Tray Lift Lever Lifts the lower drawer paper tray103 Lower Drawer 500 sheet paper drawers104 Middle Drawer105 Upper Drawer106 LCC Tray Cable Rewind Pulley Pulley for the tray lift cable



Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)(continued) # Symbol Component Function

107 M30 LCC Tray Drive Motor Provides drive for the LCC paper tray lift108 Fuser Pressure Roller A rubber covered roller which evens out the heat and pressure during

the fusing process109 TH4 Fuser Thermofuse Protects the fuser from overheating110 Fuser Cleaning Roller 3 A felt roller containing silicon oil used to clean and lubricate the

pressure roller 111 Fuser - Separation Finger (Lower) Removes the copy paper after fusing from the fuser and pressure

roller112 Fuser - Separation Finger (Upper)113 L2

L3Fuser Lamps (1 & 2) Two lamps inside the fuser roller used to provide heat for the fuser

114 Fuser Roller A heated aluminum roller which “fuses” the image to the copy paper115 Fuser Cleaning Roller 1 A felt roller which removes toner and dirt from the fuser roller116 Fuser Cleaning Roller 2 A felt roller containing silicon oil used to clean and lubricate the fuser

roller117 Exit Rollers Feeds the paper out of the fuser118 S10 Fuser Exit Sensor Detects when the paper has exited the fuser119 Fuser Cleaning Roller 4 A metallic roller which removes toner and dirt from the pressure roller120 M13 Charge Corona Cooling Fan Cools the charge corona area121 M7 System Cooling Fan Cools the system logic PWA122 M22 Duct Intake Cooling Fan Cools the laser unit123 Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade Removes excess toner from the transfer belt


Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 2)

137138

134139

140

141

126127

125136

128 133129

132130

135

131



Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 2) # Symbol Component Function

125 Fuser Cleaning Roller 2 Drive Gear Provides drive for cleaning roller 2126 Fuser Cleaning Roller 1 Drive Pulley Provides drive for cleaning roller 1127 Fuser Roller Drive Gear Provides drive for fuser roller128 Drive Belt, Used Toner Auger Provides drive for used toner auger129 M11 Charge Corona Cleaning Motor Drives charge corona cleaning unit130 Used Toner Recovery Auger Drive Gear Provides drive for used toner auger131 Toner Transport Auger Moves used toner to the used toner container132 Cleaning Brush Roller Drive Gear Provides drive for the cleaning brush133 Developer Transport Roller Drive Gear Provides drive for developer transport roller134 SOL4 Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid Controls the exit/duplexer gate135 M8 Duplexer Length Guide Motor Drives the paper length guides136 M9 Duplexer - Width Guide Motor Drives the paper width guides137 Duplexer - Feed Roller Drive Gear Provides drive for the duplexer feed roller138 CL5 Duplexer Feed Clutch Provides drive for the duplexer feed roller139 CL2 Duplexer - Reversing Clutch Provides reverse drive to the duplexer entrance roller140 SOL1 Duplexer - Feed Gate Roller Solenoid Releases the feed gate roller drive clutch141 CL1 Duplexer - Transport Roller Clutch Provides drive to the duplexer transport rollers

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 16Component Diagrams Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View)

Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View)

150 149 148 146 145 147

208

151209199198178197196195

194193

192191

190189

204206207163

162

167

164

165170

166

179180181182183184

186

185

176

177175

205

160

169168

174 173 172 171

201203 161202

200

156 153 152 158159157155 154



Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View) # Symbol Component Function

145 M1 Scanner Drive Motor Provides drive for the optical system146 Scanner Drive Belt147 Scanner Drive Pulley148 Scanner Follower Pulley149 Scanner Drive Cable150 M14 Toner Drive Motor Drives the toner transport auger151 Toner Transport Auger Transport toner to the developer152 M16 Developer Drive Motor Provides drive for the developer assembly153 Supply/Recovery Paddle Roller (Developer) Moves the mixed developer material to the transport roller and returns

the unused material from the magnet rollers to the mixing area154 Developer Upper Magnet Roller Using magnets inside the aluminum roller, the rollers form the

developer material into a “brush” to apply to the drum. In the dual roller system used in the 5555/5565/5580, the upper roller works with the lower roller.

155 Developer Lower Magnet Roller

156 Developer Mixer Roller Mixes the developer and the toner157 M12 Drum Drive Motor Provides drive for the drum assembly158 Drum Drive Pulley159 Drum Drive Belt160 M25 Transfer Belt Drive Motor Provides drive for the transport belt161 M26 Transfer Belt Up/Down Cam Motor Provides drive for the transport belt positioning cam


Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View) (continued) # Symbol Component Function

162 Exit Roller Feeds the copy out of the copier163 Duplexer Reversing Transport Roller Feeds paper in the duplexer164 Coupling Provides drive for the duplexer165 CL4 Duplexer Registration Clutch Provides drive to the registration roller to align paper166 Duplexer Registration Roller Aligns paper in the duplexer167 M24 Duplexer Drive Motor Provides drive for the duplexer168 CL5 Duplexer Feed Clutch Provides drive the duplexer feed roller169 Duplexer Separation Belts Separates paper exiting the duplex area170 Duplexer Feed Roller Transports paper from the duplexer171 Duplexer Transport Roller 1172 Duplexer Transport Roller 2173 Duplexer Transport Roller 3174 Duplexer Transport Roller 4175 Upper Fuser Roller Drive Pulley Provides drive for the fuser176 Fuser Drive Belt177 M18 Fuser Drive Motor178 M15 Used Toner Transport Motor Provides drive for the used toner transport auger179 Upper Drawer Paper Feed Roller Feeds paper from the upper drawer180 CL6 Upper Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Provides drive for the upper drawer paper feed181 Upper Drawer Separation Roller Separates paper fed from the upper drawer




182 Middle Drawer Paper Feed Roller Feeds paper from the middle drawer183 CL10 Middle Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Provides drive for the middle drawer paper feed184 Middle Drawer Separation Roller Separates paper fed from the middle drawer185 CL11 Lower Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Provides drive for the lower drawer paper feed186 Lower Drawer Paper Feed Roller Provides drive for the lower drawer paper feed187 Lower Drawer Separation Roller Separates paper fed from the lower drawer188 M31 Drawer Paper Drive Motor Provides drive for the paper drawers (1, 2, 3)189 CL9 Lower Drawer Registration Roller Clutch Provides drive for the lower drawer registration rollers190 Lower Drawer Registration Roller Aligns the paper fed from the lower drawer191 CL8 Middle Drawer Registration Roller Clutch Provides drive for the middle drawer registration rollers192 Middle Drawer Registration Roller Aligns the paper fed from the middle drawer193 CL7 Upper Registration Roller Clutch Provides drive for the upper drawer registration rollers194 Upper Drawer Registration Roller Aligns the paper fed from the upper drawer195 LCC Separation Roller Separates paper fed from the LCC196 LCC Pickup Roller Feeds paper form the LCC197 M32 LCC Tray Drive Motor Provides drive for the LCC paper tray lift198 Bypass Feed Separation Roller Separates paper fed from the bypass tray199 Bypass Pickup Roller Feeds paper form the bypass tray



200 Bypass Paper Feed Roller Feeds paper from the bypass tray201 LCC Feed Roller Feeds paper from the LCC202 Registration Rollers Aligns the paper entering the transport belt assembly203 M17 Registration Motor Drives the registration rollers204 M23 Duct Exhaust Fan Motor Pulls air out of the upper unit for cooling205 M19 Drum Cleaner Cooling Fan Motor Cools the drum and Cleaner area206 M20 Fuser Fan Motor Cools the area above the fuser207 M27 Exit Fan Motor Cools the paper exit area208 M6 Laser Unit Fan Motor Cools the laser area209 M21 Developer Fan Motor Cools the developer area


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 21Component Diagrams Copier Electrical Components Location/Description

Copier Electrical Components Location/Description

Control Panel

# Symbol Component Function1 Control Panel Display Cover2 Right Keypad PWA3 Touch Screen4 Left Keypad PWA5 LCD Liquid Crystal Display Unit It is the location where the operator interfaces with the machine. It

displays all functions6 Display Cover7 Control Panel Display Cover

1

2

3

4

5

6

7


Scan Unit PWAs No. Symbol Component Function

1 CCD CCD (Charge Coupled Device) It (a PWA) controls CCD image pre-processing2 SLG Scanner Logic PWA It controls the scanning optical system3 SDV Scan Drive Motor PWA It controls the Scan Drive Motor



Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (LT)No. Symbol Component Function

1 S1-1, S1-2,S1-3, S1-4,

APS1-4 Sensors The four sensors are used to automatically detect paper size

2 S2 Scanner Home Position Sensor It detects the scanner home position


Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (A4)No. Symbol Component Function

1 S1-1, S1-2,S1-3, S1-4,S1-5, S1-6

APS1-6 Sensors The six sensors are used to automatically detect paper size

2 S2 Scanner Home Sensor It detects the scanner home position



Scan Unit MotorsNo. Symbol Component Function

1 M1 Scanner Drive Motor It drives the optical system2 M2 Original Size Indicator Motor It drives the Original Size Indicator3 M3A & M3B Scanner Optical Cooling Fans They cool the Optical System4 M4 Scanner Logic (SLG) PWA Cooling Fan It cools the SLG PWA


Scan Unit AC Electrical Components No. Symbol Component Function

1 DH1 Optics Damp Heater (Right) AH (option AG) It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the optical system

2 DH2 Optics Damp Heater (Middle) AH (option AG) It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the optical system

3 --- Fuse PWA It provides over current protection for the damp heaters

4 TH1 Thermostat (Damp Heaters) It opens/closes automatically to control the damp heatertemperature

5 TH2 Thermofuse (exposure lamp) Provides overheat protection for the scan unit6 L1 Exposure Lamp Exposure lamp for the scan unit7 LRG Lamp Regulator PWA It regulates the Exposure Lamp



Laser Unit PWAsNo. Symbol Component Function

1 PLG Image Processing/Print Control Logic PWA It controls the Laser Unit2 POL Polygonal Mirror Motor PWA It controls the Polygonal Mirror Motor3 SNS HSYNC PWA (laser synchronization) It detects the laser beam position4 LDR Laser Logic PWA It drives the Laser


Laser Unit Electrical ComponentsNo. Symbol Component Function

1 GLV Galvanic Mirror Its components control the location of the laser beam

1



Laser Unit MotorsNo. Symbol Component Function

1 M5 Polygonal Mirror Motor It drives the Polygonal Mirror2 M6 Laser Unit Fan Motor It cools the Laser Unit


System Unit PWAsNo. Symbol Component Function

1 SYS System Logic PWA It is the interface for optional Print Controller and NIC PWAs

2 MTB Mother (Logic) PWA It provides the connection for the Print Controller and the NIC PWAs

3 HDD Hard Disk Drive (HDD) It provides memory for copy and print jobs4 LAN Print Controller PWA or SCSI PWA (option)5 NIC NIC PWA (option - for Print Controller PWA)



System Unit MotorsNo. Symbol Component Function

1 M7 System Cooling Fan Motor It cools the System Logic PWA


Duplexer PWANo. Symbol Component Function

1 ADM Duplexer PWA It controls the Duplexer



Duplexer DC Electrical Components


Duplexer DC Electrical Components No. Symbol Component Function

1 S3 Duplexer Transport Sensor 2 It detects the position of paper2 S4 Duplexer Length Guide

Home Position SensorIt detects the home position for the Length Guide

3 S5 Duplexer Transport Sensor 1 It detects the position of paper4 CL1 Duplexer Transport Roller Drive Clutch It provides drive to the duplexer transport rollers5 CL3 Duplexer Forward Rotation Clutch It provides drive to the entrance roller to stack paper

in the duplexer6 SOL1 Duplexer Gate Roller Solenoid It releases the gate roller drive clutch7 CL2 Duplexer Reversing Clutch It provides reverse drive to the entrance roller to

turn duplexedcopies over before exiting them to the finisher or the

exit tray8 S6 Duplexer Paper Feed Sensor It detects paper being fed from the duplexer9 S7 Duplexer Stack Tray Empty Sensor It detects when paper is in the duplex stack tray

10 S8 Duplexer Registration Sensor It detects the leading edge of paper to stop theregistration roller from turning

11 CL4 Duplexer Registration Clutch It stops the registration roller from turning, to align paper

12 CL5 Duplexer Feed Clutch It provides drive to the feed roller13 S9 Duplexer Width Guide

Home Position SensorIt detects the home position for the width guide



Duplexer Motors No. Symbol Component Function

1 M8 Duplexer Length Guide Motor It drives the paper Length Guide2 M9 Duplexer Width Guide Motor It drives the paper Width Guides


Copier Upper Unit PWANo. Symbol Component Function

1 MOT Motor Control PWA Provides control for the main motor



Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components

REAR


Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components

No. Symbol Component Function1 S10 Fuser Exit Sensor It detects paper exiting the fuser2 SOL3 Drum Separation Finger Solenoid It drives the Drum Separation (stripper) Fingers3 SW11 Toner Supply Switch (Reed type) It detects Toner Supply Cover opening/closing4 ATS Auto Toner Sensor It is a (magnetic) Toner concentration sensor5 SW12 Toner Hopper Empty Switch (Reed type) It detects a LOW Toner state in the Toner Hopper6 S13 Paper Stop/Registration Sensor It is used for stopping the Aligning Roller7 SW14 Developer Locked Switch It detects latching position of the Developer Unit8 SW15 Used Toner Container Full Sensor It detects a Waste (Used) Toner Full state9 SW16 Charge Corona Cleaning Switch The Charge Corona wire Cleaning Pad home position is detected

10 TH-1, TH-2, TH-3

Fuser Roller Thermistor (3 thermistors) They detect the temperature of the Fuser Roller(TH-1 upper center, TH-2 upper rear, TH-3 lower)

11 Developer Bias HVPS PWA It develops high voltage for the Developer Bias12 Charge Corona/Transfer Belt

High Voltage Power Supply PWAIt develops high voltage for the Charge Corona/Transfer Belt

13 S17 Exit/Reversing Sensor It detects paper exiting from the standard paper path or from the reversing paper path

14 S18 Reversing Sensor It detects the leading and trailing edge of paper when turning duplexed copies over - it also detects jams

15 S19 Exit Door Closed Sensor It detects when the exit door is open or closed16 Discharge LED Array It is the LED array used to discharge the Drum

17A SOL1 Duplexer Feed Gate Roller Solenoid It drives the duplexer feed gate



Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components (continued)

No. Symbol Component Function17B SOL4 Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid It drives the exit duplexer switching gate18 S43 Transfer Belt Up Sensor It detects when the transfer belt is in its up position19 S44 Transfer Belt Down Sensor It detects when the transfer belt is in its down position20 IDS Image Density Sensor It detects the density of toner in a latent image on the drum surface21 TH-4 Drum Thermistor It detects the temperature on the drum’s surface


Copier Upper Unit Motors



Copier Upper Unit Motors

No. Symbol Component Function1 M10 Cleaning Brush Roller Motor It drives the Drum Cleaning Brush Roller (Cleaner Unit)2 M11 Charge Corona Cleaning Motor It drives the Charge Corona wire cleaner3 M12 Drum Drive Motor It drives the Drum4 M13 Charge Corona Cooling Fan Motor It cools the Charge Corona5 M14 Toner Drive Motor It drives the Toner Supply Auger6 M15 Used Toner Transport Motor It transports Toner to the Used Toner Container7 M16 Developer Drive Motor It drives the Developer Unit8 M17 Registration Motor It drives the Registration Rollers9 M18 Fuser Drive Motor It drives the Fuser Roller

10 M19 Drum/Cleaner Cooling Fan Motor It cools the Drum and Cleaner area11 M20 Fuser Fan Motor It cools the area directly above the fuser12 M21 Developer Fan Motor It cools the Developer area and directs suspended (floating) toner

particles toward the developer toner filter for removal13 M22 Duct Intake Fan Motor It pulls air into the Upper Unit, providing cooling for the laser unit,

mother PWA, HDD, and options PWAs14 M23 Duct Exhaust Fan Motor It pulls air out of the Upper Unit, providing cooling for the laser unit,

mother PWA, HDD, and options PWAs15 M24 Duplexer Drive Motor It drives the Duplexer17 M25 Transfer Belt Drive Motor It drives the Transfer belt16 M26 Transfer Belt Up/Down Cam Motor It drives the Transfer Belt positioning cam18 M27 Exit Fan Motor It cools the paper exit area


Copier Upper Unit AC Electrical Components



Copier Upper Unit AC Electrical Components

No. Symbol Component Function1 SW41 Front Door Interlock Switch It shuts off AC power when the door is open2 SW42 Main Power Switch It is the main power ON/OFF switch3 Fuse PWA It protects the damp Heater AH (option AG)4 DH3 Damp Heater (lower) (option AG) It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the drum,

transfer belt and charge corona5 Thermostat It regulates the temperature of 3 Damp Heaters6 L2, L3 Fuser Lamps They are used to heat the Fuser Roller for fusing7 TF Fuser Thermofuse (181° C) It is used as a thermofuse to prevent fire (not resettable)8 SW45 Exit Door Interlock Switch It shuts off the AC power in the machine when the door is opened9 SW46 Fuser Interlock Switch It disconnects AC power to the fuser connector when the transfer unit

is opened or when the fuser unit is not installed


Lower Unit PWAs No. Symbol Component Function

1 LGC Main Logic PWA It controls the entire copier2 LCC LCC PWA/LCC Tray Down Switch It displays LCC tray ready



Lower Unit DC Electrical Components


Lower Unit DC Electrical Components

No. Symbol Component Function1 CL6 Upper Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch It provides upper drawer paper feed roller drive2 S20 Upper Drawer Closed Sensor It detects when the upper drawer is not closed3 CL7 Upper Drawer Registration Clutch It transfers drive to the upper Registration Roller4 CL8 Middle Drawer Registration Clutch It transfers drive to the middle Registration Roller5 CL9 Lower Drawer Registration Clutch It transfers drive to the lower Registration Roller6 SW21 Bypass Paper Width Detection Switch It detects paper width in the Bypass Tray7 SOL5 Bypass Pickup Solenoid It drives the Bypass Pickup Roller8 S22 Bypass Feed Sensor It detects Bypass feed9 SW23 LCC Position Switch It detects when the LCC is moved out from the machine

10 SW24 LCC Door Switch 1 It detects opening/closing of the LCC door11 S25 LCC Paper Start Sensor It detects paper being fed from the LCC12 S26 LCC Paper Empty Sensor It detects when the LCC is empty13 S27 Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor It stops paper from the upper drawer, for registration13 S27 Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor It stops paper from the upper drawer, for registration14 S28 Upper Drawer Paper Start Sensor It detects paper being fed from the upper drawer15 S29 Upper Drawer Paper Empty Sensor It detects a No Paper state in the upper drawer16 S30 Upper Drawer Tray Up Sensor It detects when the upper tray is up, and signals logic to move the tray

up as paper is used17 S31 Middle Drawer Paper Stop Sensor It stops paper from the middle drawer, for registration18 S32 Middle Drawer Paper Start Sensor It detects paper being fed from the middle tray19 S33 Middle Drawer Empty Sensor It detects a No Paper state in the middle tray



Lower Unit DC Electrical Components (continued)

No. Symbol Component Function20 S34 Middle Drawer Tray Up Sensor It detects when the middle tray is up, and signals logic to move the

tray up as paper is used21 S35 Lower Drawer Paper Stop Sensor It stops paper from the lower drawer, for registration22 S36 Lower Drawer Paper Start Sensor It detects paper being fed from the lower drawer23 S37 Lower Drawer Empty Sensor It detects a No Paper state in the lower drawer24 S38 Lower Drawer Tray Up Sensor It detects when the lower tray is up, and signals logic to move the tray

up as paper is used25 S39 LCC Tray Up Sensor It detects the top of the paper stack and signals logic to move the tray

up as paper is used26 S40 LCC Tray Down Sensor It detects when the LCC tray is down27 CL10 Middle Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch It provides middle drawer paper feed roller drive28 CL11 Lower Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch It provides lower drawer paper feed roller drive29 S47 Middle Drawer Closed Sensor It detects when the middle drawer is not closed30 S48 Lower Drawer Closed Sensor It detects when the lower drawer is not closed31 SW49 LCC Door Switch 2 It disconnects power to the LCC tray drive motor when the door is

open32 SO Main Power Switch Turnoff Solenoid33 SW17 Exit Door/Reverse Interlock Switch


Lower Unit Motors



Lower Unit Motors

No. Symbol Component Function1 M33 Upper Drawer Tray Lift Motor It drive the upper drawer tray vertical movement2 M28 Middle Drawer Tray Lift Motor It drives middle drawer tray vertical movement3 M29 Lower Drawer Tray Lift Motor It drives lower drawer tray vertical movement4 M30 LCC Tray Drive Motor It drives the LCC tray5 M31 Drawer Paper Drive Motor It drives all rollers in the feed and transport systems for the drawers6 M32 LCC/Bypass Feed Motor It drives the LCC feed roller and bypass feed roller

M34 Lower Cooling Fan(Switching Power Supply)

It cools the components on the power supplyThe fan is not replaceable - separately

M35 Upper Cooling Fan(Switching Power Supply)

It cools the components on the power supplyThe fan is not replaceable - separately


Lower AC Electrical Components No. Symbol Component Function

SSR1 Solid State Relay It switches the main fuse lamp ON and OFF (16 amps)1 SSR2 Solid State Relay It switches the sub fuser lamp ON and OFF (8 amps)2 Circuit Breaker It provides power line protection3 Noise Filter It provides filtering of RFI from the machine onto the power line4 Switching Power Supply PWA The AG version (115V) provides DC power for the copier and the finisher4 Switching Power Supply PWA The AH/AHP version (230V) provides DC power for the copier and the finisher


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 51Component Diagrams RADF Components

RADF Components

RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components

2524

23

13 14 15 16 17 18 16 19 18 20 21 22

5

6 4 3 2 1

7

8

9

11 18171610 12 13 1514 222120181916

23

2425


RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components

# Symbol Component Function1 Pickup Roller/Feed Roller Drive Motor Feeds the original2 Pressure Plate3 Original Tray Paper Present

Sensor ActuatorTurns the sensor on/off

4 S201 Original Present Sensor Detects the present of an original5 Separation Pad Separates the original being fed6 SW202 Paper Feed Cover Switch (reed type) Detects the open/closed of the feed section7 S202 Registration/Paper Length Sensor Detects the original for registration8 S204,

S205Original Width Sensor 1Original Width Sensor 2

Detects the width of the original on the tray

9 Size Sensors Actuator Activates the width size sensors10 S203 Timing Sensor Detects the initial alignment position of the original11 Registration Roller Aligns the original12 Feed Roller Feeds the original13 Belt Drive Roller14 Belt weight roller (pressure) Assist in feeding the original15 SW201 RADF Open/Closed switch (reed type) Detects if the RADF is open or closed16 Transport belt hold down roller Feeds the original17 Transport belt18 Transport belt hold down roller



RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components (continued)

# Symbol Component Function19 SW204 Auto paper size (APS)/Auto magnification

size switchDetects original size

20 Belt idler roller Feeds the original21 Reversing roller Reverse the original for duplexing22 S206 Exit Reversing sensor Detects original in the exit/reversing section23 SW203 Exit cover switch (reed type) Detects the open/closed state of the exit/reversing section24 Exit/Reversing gate Controls the feed direction of the original25 Exit roller Feeds the original out of the RADF


RADF Electrical Components Motors, Solenoids, Sensors, Switches & PWAs

8

7

9

10

1

13

34

2

12

6

11

5

14

15

16



RADF Electrical Components - Motors, Solenoids, Sensors, Switches & PWAs

No. Symbol Component Function1 M201 Pickup Roller/Feed Roller Drive Motor It drives pickup rollers, feed roller and registration rollers - pulse motor2 M202 Transport Belt Drive Motor It drives the Transport Belt - pulse motor3 M203 Reversing Motor It drives the Reverse Roller and the Exit Roller - pulse motor4 M204 RADF Fan Motor It cools the RADF LOGIC PWA5 SOL201 Exit/Reversing Gate Solenoid It drives the reverse guide6 S201 Original Present Sensor It detects the original on the Document Tray7 S202 Registration/Paper Length Sensor It detects the original for registration8 S203 Timing Sensor It detects the initial alignment position of the original9 S204 Original Width Sensor 1 It detects the width of paper on the Document Tray

10 S205 Original Width Sensor 2 It detects the width of paper on the Document Tray11 S206 Exit Reversing Sensor It detects originals in the exit/reversing section12 SW201 RADF open/closed Switch (reed type) It detects open/close of the RADF unit13 SW202 Paper Feed Cover Switch (reed type) It detects open/close of the feed section14 SW203 Exit Cover Switch (reed type) It detects open/close in the exit/reversal section15 SW204 Auto Paper Size (APS)/Auto Magnification

Size SwitchAuto Paper Size (APS) Start Switch

16 RADF Logic PWA It controls the RADF


RADF Drive ComponentsComponent No.

Pickup Roller 1Feed Roller 2Registration Roller 3Pressure Plate 4Transport Belt 5Exit Roller 6Reversing Roller 7Exit/Reversing Gate 8

Reversing Motor

Rear

Transport Motor

Feed Motor

Lock

Free

Stop

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

Front


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 57Component Diagrams F580/F580S

F580/F580S

Finisher Overall View

Item Component1 Tray 1/22 Shutter3 Delivery Roller4 Swing Guide5 Feed Roller 26 Paper Stack Height Sensor (S402)7 Wrap Gate8 Buffer Roller9 Buffer Entrance Gate

10 Saddle Stitcher Gate11 Entrance Feed Roller12 Feed Roller 113 Vertical Path14 Stapler15 Knurled Belt16 Tray Drive Motor (M405)17 Saddle Stitcher Unit 18 Latch Unit19 Entrance Feed Section


Finisher SensorsSymbol Component Function

S401 Paper Entrance Sensor It detects paper in the entrance area.S402 Paper Stack Height

SensorIt detects the height of the paper stack on

the tray.S403 Paper Delivery Sensor It detects paper in the delivery area.S404 Staple Tray Paper

SensorIt detects paper on the stapling tray.

S405 Shutter Sensor It detects when the shutter is open.S406 Alignment Guide Home

Position SensorIt detects the alignment guide plate at home

position.S407 Stapler Home Position

SensorIt detects the stapler at the home position.

S408 Paper Tray Home Position Sensor

It detects the tray at home position.

S409 Tray Drive Motor Timing Sensor 1

It detects tray drive motor timing pulses 1 (on sensor PWA).

S410 Paper Delivery Motor Timing Sensor

It detects delivery motor timing pulses.

S411 Tray 1 Paper Sensor It detects paper on tray 1.S412 Tray 2 Paper Sensor It detects paper on tray 2.S414 Buffer Path Paper Sensor It detects paper in the buffer path.S415 Finisher Interlock Sensor It detects when the finisher is attached to

the copier.S416 Front Door Interlock

SensorIt detects when the front door is open.

S417 Buffer Path Entrance Paper Sensor

Detects paper at the entrance to the buffer.

S418 Swing Guide Sensor It detects when the swing guide is open.S419 Tray Drive Motor Timing

Sensor 2It detects tray drive motor timing pulses 2

(on sensor PWA).S420 Stapler Cam Home

Position SensorIt detects stapling home position (inside

stapler).S421 Swing Motor Timing

SensorDetects swing guide timing pulses.

S401

S402

S403

S405

S406

S407

S408

S409

S410

S411

S412

S414

S415

S416

S417

S418

S419

S420

S421



Finisher Switches

Symbol Component FunctionSW401 Front Door/Upper Cover

Interlock SwitchIt detects when the front door

and the upper cover are open.

SW402 Swing Guide Closed Switch 1

It detects when the swing guide is closed.

SW403 Tray Position Safety Switch

It monitors the tray positions to prevent the shutter from opening at the wrong place or time.

SW404 Shutter Closed Switch It detects the open/closed state of the shutter.

SW405 Tray Upper Limit Safety Switch

It detects the tray at the upper limit

SW406 Swing Guide Closed Switch 2

It detects when the swing guide is closed.

When open, it disables the stapler cam drive motor

SW408 Staple Cartridge Empty Switch

It detects the presence/absence of staples (inside stapler). SW401

SW402

SW403SW404

SW405

SW406

SW408


Finisher Motors

Symbol Component FunctionM401 Feed Motor 1 It is a stepper motor that

drives paper feed rollersM402 Paper Delivery

MotorIt drives the delivery roller and

the swing guide up and down

M403 Alignment Motor It drives the alignment guide which offsets the first copy of a non stapled set 30mm, and aligns sets for stapling

M404 Stapler Positioning Motor

It drives the stapler to the various stapling positions

M405 Tray Drive Motor It drives the trays up and down

M406 Stapler Cam Drive Motor

It drives the cam to staple paper

M407 Entrance Paper Feed Motor

It drives the transit path rollers to drive paper to the trays or to the stitcher unit

M408 Feed Motor 2 It is a stepper motor that drives paper feed rollers and the shutter up and down

M401

M402M403

M404

M405

M406

M407

M408

M409



Finisher Solenoids

Symbol Component FunctionSOL401 Gate Solenoid It moves the gate to change

the paper pathSOL402 Buffer Entrance

SolenoidIt opens and closes the buffer

entrance solenoidSOL403 Buffer Outlet

SolenoidIt opens and closes the buffer

exit solenoidSOL405 Paddle Solenoid It rotates the paddlesSOL406 Front Guide

SolenoidIt pulls the guide plate down

SOL407 Belt Disengage Solenoid

SOL401

SOL402SOL403SOL405

SOL406

SOL407


Finisher PWAs

Item Component Function1 Finisher Logic PWA Communicates with the copier

and controls the finisher’s operations.

2 Ribbon Cable PWA3 Tray Lift Motor

Encoder PWAContains the tray lift motor timing

sensors (S409 & 419)4 Ribbon Cable PWA



Saddle Stitcher Overall View

Item Component1 Guide Plate2 Folding Roller3 Delivery Guide Plate4 Holding Roller5 Stapler (Front & Rear)6 Entrance Roller7 Number 1 Gate8 Number 2 Gate9 Stapling Plate (Front & Rear)

10 Paper Pushing Plate11 Paper Positioning Roller12 Paper Positioning Plate


Saddle Stitcher Sensors

Symbol Component FunctionS421 Paper Pushing Plate

Motor Timing SensorIt detects timing pulses from

the paper pushing plate motor

S422 Lower Front Door Interlock Sensor

It detects when the front door is open

S423 Stitcher Exit Cover Interlock Sensor

It detects when the exit cover is open

S424 Folder Motor Timing Sensor

It detects timing pulses from the folder motor

S425 Stitcher Alignment Guides Home Position Sensor

It detects the alignment guides at home position

S426 Stitcher Tray Paper Present Sensor

It detects paper on the stitcher tray

S427 Stitcher Paper Positioning Guide

Home Position Sensor

It detects the paper positioning guide at home position

S428 Paper Positioning Guide Paper Present Sensor

Detects paper on the paper positioning guide

S429 Stitcher Entrance Guide Interlock Sensor

It detects when the entrance guide is open

S431 Paper Delivery Sensor It detects paper in the delivery area

S432 Pickup Roller Position Sensor

It detects the position of the pickup roller

S433 Shutter Guide Home Position Sensor

It detects the shutter guide at home position

S434 Paper Pushing Plate Home Position Sensor

It detects the paper pushing plate at home position

S421

S422

S423S424S425

S426

S427S428

S429

S431

S432S433

S434

S435

S436

S437 S438S439

S440S443



S435 Paper Pushing Plate Extended Position Sensor

It detects the paper pushing plate at its extended top position.

S436 Stitcher Stapler Unit Interlock Sensor

It detects the in or out position of the stitcher stapler unit.

S437 Stitcher/Folder Paper Present Sensor

It detects paper in the paper path at the stitcher and folder.

S438 Trail Edge Sensor 1 It detects paper (No. 1, on paper sensor PWA).



S443 Paper Folder Home Position Sensor

Detects the home position of the folding rollers.

Symbol Component Function

S421

S422

S423S424S425

S426

S427S428

S429

S431

S432S433

S434

S435

S436

S437 S438S439

S440S443


Saddle Stitcher Switches

Symbol Component FunctionSW409 Stitching Stapler 3

Cam Home Position Switch

It detects stitching stapler cam home position (rear)

SW410 Stitching Stapler 2Cam Home Position

Switch

It detects stitching stapler cam home position (front)

SW411 Entrance Guide Interlock Switch

It detects when the entrance guide is open

SW412 Lower Front Door Interlock Switch

It detects when the lower front door is open

SW413 Exit Cover Interlock Switch

It detects when the exit cover is open

SW441 Stitcher Stapler 3 Staple Present Sensor

It detects the presence of staples in the rear stapler.

SW442 Stitcher Stapler 2 Staple Present Sensor

It detects the presence of staples in the front stapler.

SW409

SW410

SW411

SW412

SW413

SW441SW442



Saddle Stitcher Motors

Symbol Component FunctionM409 Stitcher Paper Feed

MotorIt drives the intermediate feed

and pickup rollersM410 Paper Folder Motor It drives the paper folding

rollersM411 Shutter Guide Motor It drives the shutter guide up

and downM412 Paper Positioning Guide

MotorIt drives the paper positioning

guide for stitching and folding

M413 Aligning Motor It drives the alignment guide to position the paper in the correct horizontal position

M414 Stitcher Stapler 3 Motor (rear)

It drives the stitcher stapler 3 cam to staple the paper at the rear position

M415 Stitcher Stapler 2 Motor (front)

It drives the stitcher stapler 2 cam to staple the paper at the rear position

M416 Paper Pushing Plate Motor

It drives the pushing plate to its extended and home position

M409M410

M411

M412

M413

M414

M415

M416


Saddle Stitcher Solenoids

Symbol ComponentSL1S Number 1 Paper Deflecting Plate SolenoidSL2S Number 2 Paper Deflecting Plate SolenoidSL4S Feed Plate Contact Solenoid

SOL407

SOL408

SOL409



Saddle Stitcher PWAs

Symbol Component FunctionPWA1 Saddle Stitcher

Controller PWACommunicates with the finisher

and copier and controls the saddle stitcher’s operations.

PWA2 Paper Sensor PWA Contains the trail end sensors S438, S439, & S440.

PWA2

PWA1


Punch Unit Overall View

Punch Unit Sensors

Item Component1 Punch Motor2 Cam3 Hole Punch Blade4 Die5 Photo-sensor PWA6 LED PWA7 Horizontal Registration Motor8 Scrap-full Detector PWA Unit9 Punched Scrap Container

Symbol Component FunctionPI1P Horizontal Registration Home

Position SensorHorizontal registration home

position detectionPI2P Punch Motor Clock Sensor Punch motor clock detectionPI3P Punch Home Position Sensor Punch home position

detection

1

2

34 5

678



Punch Unit Switches

Punch Unit Motors

Symbol Component FunctionMS2P Front Door Switch Front Door Open Detection

Symbol ComponentM1P Punch MotorM2P Horizontal Registration Motor


Punch Unit PWAs

Item Component1 Punch Driver PWA2 Photo-sensor PWA3 LED PWA4 Scrap-full Detector PWA


7 - 1


Section 7Electrical Diagrams

* SERVICE MENU *

< TRAINING MENU >

< SERVICE MENU >

< PARTS MENU >

< USER MENU >



Section 7: Electrical Diagrams

AC Input..................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-3

DC to PWAs............................................................................................................................................................................... 7-4

RADF.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5

Document Scanning ................................................................................................................................................................. 7-6

Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 1 of 4) .................................................................................................. 7-7



Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 4 of 4) ................................................................................................ 7-10

Developer ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7-11

Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 1 of 2) .......................................................................................................................... 7-12

Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 2 of 2) .......................................................................................................................... 7-13

Fuser/Copy Exit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 7-14

Duplexer .................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-15

Control Panel .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-16

Optional Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2) ........................................................................................................................................ 7-17

Optional Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2) ........................................................................................................................................ 7-18

F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 1 of 2) ....................................................................................................................................... 7-19

F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 2 of 2) ....................................................................................................................................... 7-20

F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 1 of 2) ........................................................................................................................... 7-21

F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 2 of 2) ........................................................................................................................... 7-22

F580/F580S Punch Unit (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................................................................................................. 7-23

F580/F580S Punch Unit Signal Abbreviations & Names .................................................................................................... 7-24


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 3Electrical Diagrams AC Input

A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

6

4

1

F1

12A, 250V

4 3

SW17

EXIT DOOR/REVERSEINTERLOCK SWITCH

21

SW41

FRONT DOORINTERLOCKSWITCH

12A, 250V

F2

43

SW41

FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH

21

SW17

EXIT DOOR/REVERSEINTERLOCK SWITCH

FUSER LAMP

L2 (PRIMARY LAMP)

700W 2,0 OHMS

HEATERSWITCH

43

21

SW50DH3

(LOWER) DAMP HEATER(OPTION AG))

DH2

DAMP HEATER(UPPER)

DH1

FUSEPWA

F12 TH1

THERMOSTAT(DAMP HEATERS)

1

2

3

4

NOISEFILTER

250 VAC,65 VDC 20A

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CB1

(BLACK)

GND

6

J600

4

J739

4

J600

842

J510J511

2

J510

3 5

1

J501

1

J50

J514

J513

1 3

3 7

J739 J600

J511

1

1

J501

J502

J503

13

12

22 24

J501

1

J60

6

3

J510

3

6

12

54

SW42

MAINPOWERSWITCH

3 23

115

J600J510

1

J60

2

J60

4

J725

2

J739

2

J501

4

3

J739

TERMINALBLOCK

250 VAC 1AF11

(BLUE)

(GREEN)

OUTLETFOR FUTURESC2 (365-2)OPTION

GND

TERMINALBLOCK

1 4

32

NOISEFILTER

250 VAC,65 VDC 10A

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CB1

GND

250 VAC 1AF11

(BLUE)

(GREEN)

OUTLETFOR FUTURESC2 (365-2)OPTION

GND

6

5

725

D FSSR-2

(SUB)

C ESSR-1

(MAIN)

(EXPOSURE)LAMPREGULATORPWA

24

J501

J725

J510

J401

5 3

FUSER THERMOFUSE(NOT RESETTABLE)(181 C)

TF1

o

MAINPOWERSWITCHTURNOFFSOLENOID

FUSER LAMP

L3 (SECONDARY LAMP)

600W 2,3 OHMS

CRIMPCONNECTOR

LIGHT GAUGE BLACKHEAVY GAUGE BLACKBROWN

BLUERETURN

WHITE24V

LIGHT GAUGE WHITEHEAVY GAUGE WHITEBLUE

-+

6 5 4

123

REAR

FRONT

NOISE FILTERPIN LAYOUT

4

3

2

1

SW42 MAIN POWER SWITCH J510 PIN LAYOUT

115V/120V

220V/230V/240V

(AH/AHPSTANDARD)(AG OPTION)

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYPWA(AG 115V)(AH 230V/AHP 240V)

(BLACK)

(WHITE)

(LIGHT GAUGE BLACK)

(WHITE)

LINE

(BLACK)NEUTRAL

(BLACK)

NEUTRAL

LINE

(BROWN)

(BLACK)

(BLUE)

(BLUE)

(RED)

(RED)

(WHITE)

(BLACK)

(BLUE)

AC Input

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 4Electrical Diagrams DC to PWAs

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

2

3

4

5

J402

J406

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

16

J333

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

J407

J403

2

5

6

7

8

1

5

3

7

2

9

11

4

J201

12

16

15

6

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

J408

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

J7

9

10

5

6

1

2

3

4

2

3

4

J71

SCANDRIVEMOTORPWA

1

1

2

+24VF1

2

CN31

1

2

3

4

131

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

J73

J404

12 12

F3

125 VAC 4A

F4

125 VAC 3,15A

F5

125 VAC 3,15A

F6

125 VAC 4A

F7

125 VAC 3,15A

F8

125 VAC 3,15A

F9

125 VAC 4A

F10

125 VAC 10A

1

2

1

2

3

4

11

12

J409

J1

1

2

1

2

CN500

CN550

M35

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYUPPERCOOLINGFAN

NOT CONNECTED4

NOT CONNECTED3

PART OFPOWERSUPPLY

M34

SWITCHINGPOWER SUPPLYLOWER COOLING FAN

LASERPWA

J227

LASERPWA

J227

LASERPWA

J227J207

J208

J209

J210 J227

LASERPWA

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYPWA(AG 115V)(AH 230V/AHP 240INPUT)

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYPWA(AG 115V)(AH 230V/AHP 240INPUT)

FINISHER

RADF

SCANNERLOGICPWA

IMAGEPROCESSING/PRINTCONTROLPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

+24VA

+24VB

+24VC

DG

DG

DG

+36VA

+36VB

DG36

DG36

VDD

VDD

GND

GND

+24VG

VDD

+5VDD

GND

DG5V

+3,3V

+12V

DG12

GND

DG

DG

DG

+5VB

DG5B

+24V

DG

36VA

GND

(RED)

(BLUE)

36VB

GND

+24VD

VDD

VDD

GND

GND

+3.3V

GND

+12V

DG12V

+24VH

GND

DC to PWAs


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 5Electrical Diagrams RADF

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

CN19 CN19

3 2

S202

REGISTRATION/PAPER LENGTHSENSOR

1

CN20 CN20

3 2TIMINGSENSOR

S2031

S206

CN23 CN23

32 EXIT/REVERSINGSENSOR

1

CN15CN15

3

2S205

ORIGINALWIDTHSENSOR2

1

CN16CN16

3

2S204

ORIGINALWIDTHSENSOR1

1

S201

ORIGINALPRESENTSENSOR

CN17CN17

3

2

1

1

1

4

6

2

5

5

3

6

7

3

6

3

1

4

1

2

5

2

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CN32 CN1

1

22

1

CN2CN31

CN6 CN6

CN7 CN7

CN5CN5

CN4

CN3CN3

CN4

1 1332 1

13 3

34 1

CN29

CN24CN25

CN30 CN30CN29

28 1 1 72

CN22CN21CN21CN22

25 1 1 42

CN28CN27CN27CN28

M204

RADFFANMOTOR

4

3

2

1

5(BLACK)

6(WHITE)

CN8

4

3

2

1

6(BLACK)

5(WHITE)

CN9

4

3

2

1

6

5

CN10

2

3

2

1

1

3

CN11 CN33CN34

GROUNDTO RADFFRAME

GROUNDTO COPIERPAPERTRANSPORTFRAME

SW201

RADF OPEN/CLOSED SWITCH(REED)

M201

1

3

5

7

9

11

PICKUPROLLER/FEEDROLLER DRIVEMOTOR

SW202

PAPER FEEDCOVER SWITCH(REED)

M202

1

3

5

7

9

11

TRANSPORTBELT DRIVEMOTOR

M203

REVERSING MOTOR

1

3

5

7

9

11

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

FG FG

EXIT COVER SWITCH (REED)

SW203

SW204

AUTO PAPER SIZE (APS)/AUTO MAGNIFICATIONSIZE SWITCH

TP17

+24V

+5V

TP26

SOL201

EXITREVERSINGGATESOLENOID

+24V0V ON

COPIER

RADFLOGICPWA

RADFLOGICPWA

RADFLOGICPWA

RADFLOGICPWA

+5V

APS

+5V

+5V

REGS

DTS

EXITS

REGLED

DTSLED

EXITSLED

SIZES2

SIZES1

EMPS

SIZES2+5V

SIZES1+5V

EMP+5V

SGND

SGND

SGND

AGND

DF-ACK

DF-REQ

REQ

CNT

RXD

SGND

TXD

SGND

ACK

PGND

DC24V

DFSW2PGND

+24V

RSOL

DFSW1 DFSWDFSW2 DFSW1

A

A

B

B

PM+24V

PM+24V

A

A

B

B

PM+24V

PM+24V

A

A

B

B

PM+24V

PM+24V

FAN

PGND

RADF

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 6Electrical Diagrams Document Scanning

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

J12J108

A1A1

91

J23J8

82

73

64

55

46

37

28

19

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SCANDRIVEMOTORPWA

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

J72

J9

13

12

11

10

1

4

3

2

5

SCANMOTOR

M1

J56

1

2

3

4

5

J70

3 2

J16J16

S2

SCANNERHOME POSITIONSENSOR

1

J9

1615

17

M2

ORIGINALSIZEINDICATORMOTOR

6

5

4

3

2

1

18

19

20

21

22

23

J21

CONVERTS160 VDCOUTPUTBY PWM

LAMPREGULATORPWA

5 2

4

3

2

1

24

25

26

27

28

J52

TH2

THERMOFUSE (85 C)o

61.25 VDC

70 VDC

QK

EXPOSURE LAMP

L1

M

1

2

1

(BLUE)

2

(RED)

1

J51 J57

11

22

33

44

55

66

77

8

11

CCD(CHARGECOUPLEDDEVICE)

8080

J3

J1

J6

J4FRAMEGROUND

M3B

SCANNEROPTICALCOOLINGFAN

M3A

SCANNEROPTICALCOOLINGFAN

23 APS2SENSOR

S1-2

P33 P33

1

23 APS1SENSOR

S1-1

P32 P32

1

23 APS3SENSOR

S1-3

P34 P34

1

23 APS4SENSOR

S1-4

P35 P35

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

3

1

3

1

3

1

3

1

4

3 2

1

2

1 4

3

8

6 3

1

5

3 6

4

2

1 8

7

2 7

5 4

2

1

4

3

7

5

10

8

12

11

6

9

13

15

16

18

14

17

J10

J10 J40

J19

J31J31

J18

J17

J33

J32

J34

J35 J35

J34

J32

J33

NOT USED 14

2019

21

2322

24

J10J10

APS5

S1-5

P36P36

3 2

1

APS6

S1-6

P36P36

3 2

1

1

2

3

4 4

3

1

2

J73

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYPWA(AG 115V)(AH 230V/AHP 240V)

J71

8 NOT USED

M4

SCANNERLOGIC PWACOOLINGFAN

NOTE: AH/AHP VERSION MACHINES ONLY

SCANNERLOGICPWA

SCANNERLOGICPWA

SCANNERLOGICPWA

RADF

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

NOTE: NOT USED FOR LT SERIESNOTE: FOR A4 SERIES

SIDT0-0A

SIDT2-0A

SIDT4-0A

SIDT6-0A

GND

SHDEN-0A

SVDEN-0A

HSYNC-0

GND

STXD-0A

SCTS-0A

EXPOON-0C

SYSRST-0

SRXD-0A

SRST-0

SCNT-0

HSNC4-0

GND

SDCLK-0

GND

SIDT7-0A

SIDT5-0A

SIDT3-0A

SIDT1-0A

DFRAK-0A

DFRRQ-0A

DFRQ-0A

DFCNT-0A

DFRXD-0A

GND

DFTXD-0A

GND

DFAK-0A

VDD

GND

H.OFF

SCNRST

SCNDIR

SCNCLK

GND

STEP-3

STEP-2

STEP-1

STEP-0

GND

SCANVREFA

MOT-A

MOT-D

MOT-C

MOT-B

MOT-E

SCHOM-0GND

VDD

(ORANGE)

(BLUE)

(WHITE)

(RED)

(YELLOW)

(BROWN)

DCMD-0A

DCMB-0A

DCMC-0A

DCMA-0A

+24V

+24V

VDD

EXPEN-0A

EXPWM-1A

EXPON-0A

GND

EXPO-OUT-

EXPO-OUT+

+3,3V

GND

+5VA

GND

VDD

GND

+12V

80 PIN RIBBON CABLE

GND (+12V)

APS2-0

APS1-0

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

APS3-0

APS4-0

+24V

+24V

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

FAN3SP-0A

FAN3ON-0A

APS5-0VDD

GND

APS6-0VDD

GND

+36V

+36V

GND

GND

Document Scanning


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 7Electrical Diagrams Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 1 of 4)

A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

1

2A4

J323 J711

2

1

1

2

J651

A5

A6

DUCTINTAKEFANMOTORM22

1

2

J652

A3

TRANSFERBELT UPSENSOR(GREEN BOARD)

S433

2

J622 J622

1

TRANSFERBELT DOWNSENSOR(SILVER BOARD)

S443

2

J623 J623

1

4

7 2

53

5

6

8

1

2

8

7

6

4

3

1

2

1

A10

A13

A7

A8

A9

A11

A12

A14

J341 J621

J549

J549

J341

1

2

B10

B11

J709

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A10

A11

B1

B2

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B15

B16

J420

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A15

A16

B1

B2

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B15

B16

J325

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

DRUMDRIVEMOTOR

M12

M25

TRANSFERBELTDRIVEMOTOR

J422

J421

A10

A11

1

TRANSFER BRUSH BIAS ON SIGNAL0V = ON +5V = OFF

2TRANSFER OUTPUT CONTROL SIGNAL 0 TO 5V ~2.6V WHEN COPYING

3TRANSFER ON/OFF 0V = ON +5V = OFF

4CHARGE OUTPUT CONTROL SIGNAL 0 TO 5V ~1.8V WHEN COPYING

5CHARGE OUTPUT ON/OFF 0V = ON 5V = OFF

6

7

J324

J202

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

20

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

J637

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J330

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

CHARGECORONA

2

1B10

B11

J662

DUCTEXHAUSTFANMOTORM23

2,670 OHMS

98 OHMS

J659

DRUMSEPARATIONFINGERSOLENOID

SOL3

1

23

4

5

6

2

1

7

J657

CHARGECORONA/TRANSFERBELT HIGHVOLTAGEPOWERSUPPLYPWA

TRANSFERBELT

CHARGECORONACOOLINGFAN MOTOR

M13

TRANSFERBELTCONTACT/RELEASECAM MOTOR

M26

M15

USEDTONERTRANSPORTMOTOR

M10

CLEANINGROLLERMOTOR2

1

B15

B16

B2

B1

2

1

B2

B1

J331 J675 J628

LASERLOGICPWA

J227

LASERLOGICPWA

J227

LASERLOGICPWA

J227J207

J208

J209

J210

LASERLOGICPWA

J227

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

IMAGEPROCESSING/PRINTCONTROLLOGICPWA

MOTORCONTROLPWA

NOTE: CHARGE CONTROL SIGNAL VARIESDEPENDING ON THE SETTING OF THE 05 ADJUST MODEAND THE MODE SELECTED (TEXT/PHOTO).

+24VA

CHF-0A

+24VA

OCTIF-0A

TRCS1-1A

TRCS2-0A

TCMTA-0A

TCMTD-0A

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

AUGMT-1A

AUGMT-0A

+36VA

+36VA

TRMA-0A

TRMC-0A

TRMB-0A

TRMD-0A

VDD

DRCLK-1A

DG36

DG36

DG36

DG36

GND

DRMTA-0A

DRMTC-0A

DRMTB-0A

DRMTD-0A

+36VB

+36VB

HVTBB-0A

HVTVR-1A

HVTT-0A

HVMVR-1A

HVTM-0A

DG

+24VB

MVDEN-0A

GND

PLRST-0A

LSBSY-1A

LCTS-0A

LRTS-0A

LRXD-0A

LTXD-0A

GND

+24VA

DCTOF-0A

+24VA

SCRP-0A

FURMT-1A

FURMT-0A

Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 1 of 4)


A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

M11

201 OHMS

CHARGECORONACLEANERMOTOR

J730

2

3

4

IMAGEDENSITYSENSOR

IDS

1

C2 2 11 1

4 4

3 33

25 5

16 6

J675 J631 J631 J675 J331J331

3 3 72 2

J728 J728

15 15 91 1

4 4 4 1

5 5 3 2

6 6 2 3

7 7 1 4

J629

1 115 2 15

J512

2 216

17 32 17

18 31 18

1 2

J60 J60

9

J407

10

J201

A9

J204

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

B9

B8

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

A1

J109

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

4

+/-24 VDCDEPENDINGON DIRECTIONOF ROTATION

5

6

8

10

11

12

13

14

2

13 4

12 5

11 6

9 8

7 10

6 11

5 12

4 13

3 14

215

314

7 10

9 8

1 16

161NO

51.2 KOHMS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE

DRUMTHERMISTOR

TH-4

t

o

12

46.8 OHMS

NOTE: ALSODRIVES AUGERAND STRIPPERFINGER CAM

CLEANINGBRUSHROLLERMOTOR

M10

J628

2

1

2

J635

DISCHARGELEDARRAY1

SW16

CHARGE CORONACLEANING SWITCH(REED)

7

J406

15

J333

MAINPOWERSWITCHTURN OFFSOLENOID

MAINPOWERSWITCH

SW42

IMAGEPROCESSING/PRINTCONTROLPWA

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLY PWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

GND MCLSW-0A

+24VB

LOW ERASE LAMP ON

CLMTA-0A

CLMTB-0A

GND ORTH-0A

ENABLE CLSWI-0

CTDVR-1A

CTDS-1A

VDD

GND

+24VB

SOLENOID ON LOW

FURMT-0A

FURMT-1A

(WHITE)

(JUMPER)

PWRDN-1

IRCLK-1A

GND

IHDEN-0A

IDCLK-1A

GND

IDT1-1A

IDT3-1A

IDT5-AIDT5-A

IDT7-AIDT7-A

IDT6-1AIDT6-1A

IDT4-1AIDT4-1A

IDT2-1A

IDT0-1A

GND

HSNC4-0B

HSYNC-0B

IHSNC-0A

IVDEN-0B

PWRDN

(BLUE)




A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

J227J207

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

J227J208

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

J227J209

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

J227J210

1

2

1

3

J213 J226

10NOT CONNECTED10 10NOT CONNECTED10 10NOT CONNECTED10 10NOT CONNECTED10

M6

(BLUE)

(BLUE)LASER UNITCOOLING FANMOTOR





RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

RIBBONCABLE

LASERPWA(1)

LASERPWA(2)

LASERPWA(3)

LASERPWA(4)

+5VB

+5VB

DG5B

BILV0-1

WRLV0-1

DG5B

SMP1-1D

SMPD0-1A

DOISD-1A

POSD-1A

SCRST-1D

CALOD-0A

DG5B

LDVPO-1A

GND

PDTD0-1A

PDTD2-1APDTD2-1A

PDTD3-1APDTD3-1A

PDTD4-1A

PDTD5-1A

PDTD6-1A

PDTD7-1A

DG5B

PPCKD-0

PPCKD-1

DG5B

DG5B

+5VB

+5VB

+5VB

+5VB

DG5B

BILV0-1

WRLV0-1

DG5B

SMP1-1D

SMPD0-1A

DOISD-1A

POSD-1A

SCRST-1D

CALOD-0A

DG5B

LDVPO-1A

GND

PDTD0-1A

PDTD2-1APDTD2-1A

PDTD3-1APDTD3-1A

PDTD4-1A

PDTD5-1A

PDTD6-1A

PDTD7-1A

DG5B

PPCKD-0

PPCKD-1

DG5B

DG5B

+5VB

+5VB

+5VB

+5VB

DG5B

BILV0-1

WRLV0-1

DG5B

SMP1-1D

SMPD0-1A

DOISD-1A

POSD-1A

SCRST-1D

CALOD-0A

DG5B

LDVPO-1A

GND

PDTD0-1A

PDTD2-1APDTD2-1A

PDTD3-1APDTD3-1A

PDTD4-1A

PDTD5-1A

PDTD6-1A

PDTD7-1A

DG5B

PPCKD-0

PPCKD-1

DG5B

DG5B

+5VB

+5VB

+5VB

+5VB

DG5B

BILV0-1

WRLV0-1

DG5B

SMP1-1D

SMPD0-1A

DOISD-1A

POSD-1A

SCRST-1D

CALOD-0A

DG5B

LDVPO-1A

GND

PDTD0-1A

PDTD2-1APDTD2-1A

PDTD3-1APDTD3-1A

PDTD4-1A

PDTD5-1A

PDTD6-1A

PDTD7-1A

DG5B

PPCKD-0

PPCKD-1

DG5B

DG5B

+5VB

+5VB

+24V

FAN-0A



A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

8

6

4

2

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

8

6

4

2

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

A25A1

A24

A23

A22

A21

A20

A19

A18

A17

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

B15

B14

B13

B12

B11

B10

B9

B8

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

B11

B12

B13

B14

B15

B16

B17

B18

B19

B20

B21

B22

B23

B24

B25

30

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

30

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1

3

5

7

8

11

13

15

17

19

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

A10

A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

B25

B24

B23

B22

B21

B20

B19

B18

B17

B16

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

J215J211J215J211J232

J233

81

72

63

54

45

36

27

18

CN1J208

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

J212

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

CN2

M5

POLYGONALMIRRORMOTOR

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

J218

(ORANGE)

(BLUE)

GALVANICMIRROR 3

1

2

J216

(BLUE)

(BROWN)GALVANICMIRROR 2

1

2

J217

(BLUE)

(RED)GALVANICMIRROR 1

1

2

J219

(BLUE)

(YELLOW)GALVANICMIRROR 4

1




HSYNCPWA

HSYNCPWA

POLYGONALMIRRORMOTORPWA

VDD

VDD

BMCK-1

BMCK-0

OUTAB-1

OUTAB-0

DASCO-1A

DASC1-0A

DAWR-0A

OFFST-0A

BUSY-0A

GND

WUL-0A

WLL-0A

SNSCK-1A

BMSW2-0

BMAD0-0

BMAD1-0

BMAD2-0

BMAD3-0

BMAD4-0

BMAD5-0

BMAD6-0

BMAD7-0BMAD7-0

BMAD8-0BMAD8-0

BMAD9-0BMAD9-0

BMAD10-0

BMAD11-0

GND

GND

BMDA0-0BMDA0-0

BMDA1-0

BMDA2-0

BMDA3-0

BMDA4-0

BMDA5-0

BMDA6-0

BMDA7-0

VDD

VDD

GND

GND

BMRST-0

BMSW0-0

BMSW1-0

+24V

+24V

DG

DG

PMBRK-0A

PMON-0A

PMOK-0A

PMCLK-0A

GLV0C-1

GLV1C-1

GLV0A-1

GLV1A-1

GLV0B-1

GLV1B-1

GLV0D-1

GLV1D-1



5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 11Electrical Diagrams Developer

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

1

2

J323 J650

3

2

1

J653J653

S15

USED TONERCONTAINERFULL SENSOR

B14

J341

DEVELOPERBIAS

A2

A1

B12

B13

SW14

DEVELOPER LOCKED SWITCH

B1 121 A 22 2227 27

J331J331 J675 J633 J675J633

B6

110 B15

2 9B7

3 8B8

4 7B9

5 6B10

6 5B11

7 4B12

8 3B13

J323

5

4

3

2

1

B1

B2NOTE: TURN ON SIGNAL

B3NOTE: TURN ON SIGNAL

B4

B5

J648

FG

5

4

3

2

1

OVERCURRENTSAFETYSWITCH

TONERDRIVEMOTOR

M14

1

2

2

1

2

1

A11

A10

TONER HOPPEREMPTY SWITCH(REED)

SW12

TONER HOPPERSUPPLY (COVER) SWITCH(REED)

SW11

3 3A13 4 4

5 5 A14A15 6 6

2 1

2 1

J654 J626

A12

J654J624

J625 J625

J624

J675 J728

11

10

14 14

1325 24 13

J729

22NOTE:CONTROL VOLTAGE SIGNAL 19

NOTE:ANALOG INPUTTO MAIN LOGICCPU

21

20

24

23

29 20

27 22

2821

26 23

30 19

1 10

M16

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

CN1

DEVELOPERDRIVEMOTOR

9

10

NOT CONNECTED 9 2

J341

28

12

9

J675J728J729

IC35

E2

TP2

ATS

AUTOTONERSENSOR

J632 J632

32

6

1

5

4

14

13

12 1111

9

10

9

10

12

28

DEVELOPERFAN MOTOR

M21

PP2

DEVELOPERHIGHVOLTAGEPOWERSUPPLY

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

+24VA

DEVF-0A

TFUSW-1AVDD

GND

GND DEVSW-0A

+24VA

DEVBK-0A

+24VA

DG

DG

DEVCK-1A

VDD

GND

DEVON-0A

HVDVR-1A

HVDAC-0A

HVDDC-0A

DG

+24VB

TNRMT-0A

+24VA

GND

HOPSW-1AGND

TEMP-0A

+24VB

ATSVR

ATS-1A

GND

ATSSW

GND

(YELLOW)

JUMPER

(ORANGE)(RED)

(BRO

Developer

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 12Electrical Diagrams Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 1 of 2)

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

J700

2

1LOWERDRAWERFEEDCLUTCHCL11

146 OHMS

J701

2

1MIDDLEDRAWERFEEDCLUTCHCL10

146 OHMS

J702

2

1UPPERDRAWERFEEDCLUTCHCL6

146 OHMS

J338

UPPERDRAWERTRAY LIFTMOTOR

M33

2

1

J686

MIDDLEDRAWERTRAY LIFTMOTOR2

1

J687

M28

LOWERDRAWERTRAY LIFTMOTOR2

1

J688

M29

A1

A3

A5

A7

A9

A11

A2

A4

A6

A8

A10

A12

J336

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

DRAWERPAPERDRIVEMOTOR

M31

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

1A1

2A2

6A3

4A4

5A5

3A6

J341 J706

J341

2

J712 J712

3

1

S13

PAPER STOP/REGISTRATIONSENSOR

1 3B7

3 1B9

2 B82

J705J705

2

4

2

4

2

4

2

4

A2

A4

1

3

1

3

1

3

1

3

A1

A3

J152 J152

2

3

LOWER DRAWERPAPER STARTSENSOR

S36

1 5 5 5 5 A56

7

6

7

6

7

6

7

A6

A7

J338

J155 J143 J143 J155J148J148

3 4

2

LOWER DRAWERTRAY UPSENSOR/LOWER DRAWEREMPTY SENSOR

S38/S37

1

J144J144

2

3 4

MIDDLE DRAWERTRAY UPSENSOR/MIDDLE DRAWEREMPTY SENSOR

S34/S33

1

J150 J150

2

3

MIDDLE DRAWERPAPER STARTSENSOR

S32

1

J148 J148

2

3

LOWER DRAWERPAPER STOPSENSOR

S35

1

2

4

1

3

1

3

2

4

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

A8

A10

A9

A11

6

7

6

7

6

7

6

7

A13

A14

8

10

8

10

8

10

8

10

A15

A17

5 5 5 5 A12

9 9 9 9 A16

J141J163 J163J141

2

3 4

J144 J144UPPER DRAWERTRAY UPSENSOR/UPPER DRAWEREMPTY SENSOR

S30/S29

1

2

3

J150 J150UPPER DRAWERPAPER STARTSENSOR

S28

1

2

3

J148 J148MIDDLE DRAWERPAPER STOPSENSOR

S31

1

2

4

1

3

1

3

2

4

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

B1

B3

B2

B4

6

7

6

7

6

7

6

7

B6

B7

8

10

8

10

8

10

8

10

B8

B10

5 5 5 5 B5

9 9 9 9 B9

J141J153 J153J141

M17

REGISTRATIONMOTOR

6

1

2

3

4

532

30

28

33

31

29

LOWERDRAWERREGISTRATIONCLUTCH2

1

J689

J691

CL9

146 OHMS

MIDDLEDRAWERREGISTRATIONCLUTCH2

1

J690

CL8

146 OHMS

UPPERDRAWERREGISTRATIONCLUTCH2

1

CL7

146 OHMS

A13

B13

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

NOTE:5480ONLY

+24VC

+24VC

+24VC

PLFDC-0A

PWFDC-0A

PUFDC-0A

PUTRM-1A

PMTRM-1A

PLTRM-1A

PURGC-0A

PWRGC-0A

PLRGC-0A

PUTRM-0A

PMTRM-0A

PLTRM-0A

+24VC

+24VC

+24VC

+36VA

+36VA

DG36

DG36

PFMCK-1A

VDD

GND

PFMOM-0A

GND

+24VA

+24VA

RGTA-0A

RGTC-0A

RGTB-0A

RGTD-0A

VDD

GND

PSTPS-1

VDD

GND

PLFED-1AVDD

GND

PLEMP-1A

PLTOP-1A

PMEMP-1A

PMTOP-1APMTOP-1A

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

PMFED-1A

PLRGT-1A

PUEMP-1A

PUTOP-1A

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

PUFED-1A

PWRGT-1A

Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 1 of 2)


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 13Electrical Diagrams Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 2 of 2)

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

3 2

J694 J694

1

UPPERDRAWERCLOSEDSENSOR

S20

3 2

J695 J695

1

MIDDLEDRAWERCLOSEDSENSOR

S47

3 2

J696 J696

1

LOWERDRAWERCLOSEDSENSOR

S48

21

3

54

6

87

9

J337J337LCC DOORSWITCH 1

SW241 1 A14A122A13 A2

J684 J684

3

1

2

LCCTRAYDOWNSENSOR

S40

5 A8A73A10 A5

4A9 A6

SW23

LCC POSITION SWITCH

1 1 A12A322A11 A4

J335J335

3

1 2

J685J685

S27

UPPERDRAWERPAPER STOPSENSOR

A7A8A6 A9

A5 A10

J682 J682J680 J680J731J731

J683 J683

1

2

3

J714 J714LCCPAPERSTARTSENSOR

S25

A12 A3 A1A14A14A1A3 A12

A13A2A2 A13

1

3

2

J715 J715LCCTRAY UPSENSOR

S39

A10 A5 15B14B1A11A4

A9A5

3

1

2

J716 J716LCCPAPEREMPTYSENSOR

S26

A7 A8 16B13B2A6A9

A8A7

J681 J681

1 2A10 A5B12 B3

3 1A12 A3B11 B4

2 3A11 A4

17

18

J717

SOL5

BYPASSPICKUPSOLENOID

39.8 OHMS1

2

A2

A1

A13

A14

B5

B6

B10

B9

19

20

J718

J719J719

2

3

1

BYPASSFEEDSENSOR

S22

B1

B3 B12

B14 B13 B2 B7 B8 21

1

5

4

2

3

J646

BYPASSPAPERWIDTHDETECTIONSWITCH

SW21

2 4

3 3

4 2

5 1

1 5

J720J681

LCC/BYPASSFEEDMOTORM32

15.4 OHMS2

1B10 B5B1 B14

B9 B6B2 B13

J721

22

23

B5 B10B7 B8

B6 B9B6 B9

B7 B8B5 B10

B8 B7B4 B11

B4 B11B3 B12

2

1

10

9

11

6

5

3

2

11

12

10

9

8

12

7

1

14

13

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

4 A4 A11

13 14

B11

B12

1

2

1

2

6

7

1

2

1 1 3 3

2 2

M30

LCC TRAYDRIVEMOTOR

4,6 OHMS

2

1

J693 J723 J723 J723 CJ680 J731

2 1SW49

LCC DOORSWITCH 2

4 41

2

33

TO CHASSIS

J336

2

5

6

4

9

10

12

13

28

+/- VOLTAGEDEPENDING ONCW OR CCWROTATION

27

24

25

26

11

1

7

3

8

14

INDICATES DOORCLOSED/TRAY UP

SWITCH MOVESTRAY DOWN FORPAPER LOADINGS1

LCC PWA

1

3

2

J1

STACKFEEDBYPASSFEED

3

2

1

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14

A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

B1

CONNECTOR J680 PIN ASSIGNMENTS

INTO COPIER

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

PCSTU-1AGND

VDD

PCSTM-1AGND

VDD

PCSTL-1AGND

VDD

LCKEY-1A

LCLED-1A

SFBSL-0A

+24VC

GND

VDD SFBSW-1A

SFBSO-1A

SFBS1-1A

SFBS2-1A

SFBS3-1A

LCFDM-1A

LCTRM-1A

GND

GND

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

LCDOR-1A

LCBTM-1A

LCSET-1A

PURGT-0A

LCFED-1A

LCTOP-1A

LCEMP-1A

VDD

LCTRM-1A

LCTRM-0A

Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 2 of 2)

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 14Electrical Diagrams Fuser/Copy Exit

A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

1

2

J325J509J509

2

3S10

FUSEREXITSENSOR

1

27 7

48 8

19 9

16 6

5

2

6

J326

4 4

17 17

55

J501

1

SOLIDSTATERELAY

SSR

-

+

2

SOLIDSTATERELAY

SSR

-

+

2

1

4

3

J726

A12

A13

FUSERDRIVEMOTOR

M18

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

CN1

J501

B2

A1

A3

A10

A11

A12

A13

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

B13

J326

3

FUSER ROLLERTHERMISTOR(UPPER CENTER)

TH1t

o

FUSER ROLLERTHERMISTOR(UPPER REAR)

TH2t

o

PRESSURE ROLLERTHERMISTOR(LOWER)

TH3

t

o

19

20

21

18

19

20

21

18

A4

A8

A6

J505 J505

REVERSINGSENSOR

3 2

J639 J639

S181

EXIT DOORCLOSEDSENSOR

3 2

J641J641

S191

EXITSENSOR

3 2

J640J640

S171

43

5

3

1

23

5

4

21

3

6

4

56

8

7

54

6

3

1

29

11

10

J332J332 J637 J637

J638 J638

J660

B3

A2

J507 J507

A5

A9

A7

DRUM/CLEANERCOOLINGFANMOTORM19

DETAILED ON 7.1 AC INPUT.

FUSER LAMP

L3 (SECONDARY LAMP)

600W 2,3 OHMS

FUSER LAMP

L2 (PRIMARY LAMP)700W 2,0 OHMS

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

+24VA2

EXITF-0A

THMU+-1A

STHU+-1A

THML+-1A

+5VSW

THMU--1A

STHU

THML

FUSSW-1A

VDD

GND

EXTSW-1A

(BLACK)GND

USSR+-1A (YELLOW)

GND

SSSR+-1A

(BLUE)

(WHITE)

+36VA

+36VA

DG36

DG36

HTRCK-1A

VDD

GND

HTRMT-0A

GND

HTRML-0A

GND

VDD

TRNSW-0A

GND

VDD

EXCSW-0A

GND

VDD

TRNES-0A

Fuser/Copy Exit


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 15Electrical Diagrams Duplexer

A B C D E F

4

3

2

11

2

3

4

FEDCBA

M24

DUPLEXERDRIVEMOTOR

CN1

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2

A6 A6

A7 A7

A8 A8

A9 A9

A10 A10

A11 A1

A12 A12

A13 A13

A14 A14

B14 B14

B13 B13

B12 B12

B11 B11

B10 B10

B9 B9 20

B8 B8 21

B7 B7 22

B6 B6 23

B5 B5 24

B4 B4 25

B3 B3 26

B2 B2 27

B1 B1 28

J419

J414

J329

J671

J328

3 3

FUSERFANMOTOR

M20

EXITFANMOTOR

M27

1

2

2

1

B5

B6

B7

B8

J661

J740

3 2

J607 J607

S8

DUPLEXERREGISTRATIONSENSOR

1

3 2

J606 J606

S6

DUPLEXERPAPERFEEDSENSOR

1

1

2

1

2

5

6

1

2

3

4

2

1

2

1

2

1

4

3

7

9

11

8

J413

J413

J415

J608

J605

J604

J609

J610

J612 J612

3

2

S4

DUPLEXERLENGTHGUIDE HOMEPOSITIONSENSOR

1

2

3

J615J615

S7

DUPLEXERSTACK TRAYEMPTYSENSOR

1

2

3

J616 J616

S9

DUPLEXERWIDTH GUIDEHOME POSITIONSENSOR

1

2

3

J617 J617

S5

DUPLEXERTRANSPORTSENSOR 1

1

2 21 11

3 33

4 44

5 55

6 66

7 77

8 88

9 99

10 1010

11 1111

12 1212

13 1313

14 1414

16 1616

2

15 1515

17 1717

19 1919

18 1818

20 2020

22 2222

21 2121

J416J416

1

2

1

2

J603

J713 J713

1

3

2

J618 J618

S3

DUPLEXERTRANSPORTSENSOR 2

23

1

J417J417

DUPLEXERTRANSPORTROLLERCLUTCH

CL1

145OHMS13

14

10

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

B1

B3

B4

J613

M8

DUPLEXERLENGTHGUIDEMOTOR

1

2

3

4

5

J614

M9

DUPLEXERWIDTHGUIDEMOTOR

1

2

3

4

5

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

B13

NOT CONNECTED B14

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

B13

B14

A1 A1

A2 A13

A3 A3

A4 A4

A5 A5

4NOT CONNECTED 4 NOT CONNECTED

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

15

16

17

18

19

DUPLEXERGATEROLLERSOLENOID

SOL1

170OHMS

CL2

145OHMS

DUPLEXERREVERSINGCLUTCH

CL5

149OHMS

DUPLEXERFEEDCLUTCH

CL3

145OHMS

DUPLEXERFORWARDROTATIONCLUTCH

148OHMS

DUPLEXERREGISTRATION CLUTCH

CL4

2

J639J639

1

3

REVERSINGSENSOR

S18

REVERSING/EXITSENSOR

2

J640J640

1

3

S17

4

5

2

2

4

10

3

4

3

3

3

9

5

6

1

1

5

11

J638

J637

151

242

J637

J638

J332

J332

2

1

J636

1

2

EXIT/DUPLEXGATESOLENOID

SOL4

75 OHMS

DUPLEXERPWA

DUPLEXERPWA

J516

DUPLEXERPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

+36VA

+36VA

DG36

DG36

ADUCK-1A

VDD

GND

ADMON-0A

GND

+24VC +24V

DG DG

STKCL-0A

ENDMD-0A

ENDMC-0A

ENDMB-0A

ENDMA-0A

SIDMD-0A

SIDMC-0A

SIDMB-0A

SIDMA-0A

ADCNT-1A

GND

GND

+5VSW

VDD

NOT USED

ADFED-1A

ADTR2-1A

ADTR1-1A

ADEND-1A

ADRGT-1A

ADSID-1A

ADEMP-1A

AFEDC-0AAFEDC-0A

AGIDS-0A

APIKS-0A

ARGTC-0A

ATRC-0A

REVCL-0B

+24VC

HTRF-0A

+24VC

RVSF-0A

+24V

ATRCOA

+24V

AGIDSOA

+24V

REVCLOB

ARGTCOA

+24V

AFEDCOA

+24V

VDD

GND

VDD

GND

ADRGT-1A

ADFED-1A

ADEND-1AVDD

GND

+24V

ENDMA0A

ENDMC0A

ENDMB0A

ENDMD0A

+24V

SIDMA0A

SIDMC0A

SIDMB0A

SIDMD0A

VDD

GND

ADEMP-1A

VDD

GND

ADSID1A

VDD

GND

ADTR1-1A

+24V

STKCLDA

ADTR2-1AGND

VDD

STKCL-0A

ENDMD-0A

ENDMC-0A

ENDMB-0A

ENDMA-0A

SIDMD-0A

SIDMC-0A

SIDMB-0A

SIDMA-0A

ADCNT-1A

GND

GND

+5VSW

VDD

NOT USED

ADFED-1A

ADTR2-1A

ADTR1-1A

ADEND-1A

ADRGT-1A

ADSID-1A

ADEMP-1A

AFEDC-0A

AGIDS-0A

APIKS-0A

ARGTC-0A

ATRC-0A

TRNSW-0A

TRNES-0A

GND

GND

VDD

VDD

STKSL-0A

+24VA

Duplexer

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 16Electrical Diagrams Control Panel

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

B2

B3

B4

J323

C

NOTE:CUT BLACK JUMPERWIRE WHEN INSTALLINGKEY COUNTER KIT

4

3

2

KEYCOUNTER(OPTION)

J655

1

2 220

1 119

5 518

3 317

29

30

31

32

J331 J675 J729

B1

J102

21

20

19

18

17

16

J330

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

J733 J733J105 J105

A14 A15

B14 A13

B9 A12

B4 A11

B2 A10

A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

B15

B13

B12

B11

B10

B8

B7

B6

B5

B3

B1

24

19

17

25

23

22

21

19

17

16

CN6

3

5

2

1 TOTALCOUNTER

29

30

31

32

30 EXPON-0 (NOT CONNECTED)

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

16

18

19

20

21

23

24

25

26

28

30

15

13

12

11

10

A1

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

B1

B3

B4

B5

B6

B8

B9

B10

B11

B13

B15

A2

B14

B9

B4

B2

14

29

24

19

17

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

30

28

27

26

29

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

CONTROLPANEL

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

COUNT PULSE

+24VA

ENABLE

GND

(ORANGE)

+24VB

CTRON-0A

CTRON-1A

GND

GND

GND

SYSRST-0

VDD

SERR-0A

SACK-0A

SBSY-0A

STS-0A

CERR-0A

CACK-0A

CBSY-0A

CMD-0A

DG

+24VA

VDD

VDD

GND

GND

VDD

INV5V (ORANGE)

SG5

LDON0-0A

LDON1-0A

LDLTH-1A

LDDAT-1A

LDCLK-1A

CPPOW-1A

BZON-0A

INVGND

YD-1A

WF-1A

LP-1A

XSCL-1A

LCDEN-1A

UD0-1A

UD1-1A

UD2-1A

UD3-1A

RXD0-1A

TXD0-1A

CTS0-0A

RTS0-0A

CPRST-0A

LED5V (BLUE)

Control Panel


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 17Electrical Diagrams Optional Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

A26

A27

A28

A29

A30

A31

A32

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

B13

B14

B15

B16

B17

B18

B19

B20

B21

B22

B23

B24

B25

B26

B27

B28

B29

B30

B31

B32

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

A26

A27

A28

A29

A30

A31

A32

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

B13

B14

B15

B16

B17

B18

B19

B20

B21

B22

B23

B24

B25

B26

B27

B28

B29

B30

B31

B32

CN1J1

A33

A34

A35

A36

A37

A38

A39

A40

A41

A42

A43

A44

A45

A46

A47

A48

A49

A50

A51

A52

A53

A54

A55

A56

A57

A58

A59

A60

A61

A62

B33

B34

B35

B36

B37

B38

B39

B40

B41

B42

B43

B44

B45

B46

B47

B48

B49

B50

B51

B52

B53

B54

B55

B56

B57

B58

B59

B60

B61

B62

A33

A34

A35

A36

A37

A38

A39

A40

A41

A42

A43

A44

A45

A46

A47

A48

A49

A50

A51

A52

A53

A54

A55

A56

A57

A58

A59

A60

A61

A62

B33

B34

B35

B36

B37

B38

B39

B40

B41

B42

B43

B44

B45

B46

B47

B48

B49

B50

B51

B52

B53

B54

B55

B56

B57

B58

B59

B60

B61

B62

CN1J1

CN1J1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

J405

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

J140

A1A1 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

5

1

8

4

6

7

2

3

J103 J120

MOTHERLOGICPWA

MOTHERLOGICPWA

MOTHERLOGICPWA

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

PERSONALCOMPUTER

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYPWA

FLASHROM(BOOT)

PRINTCONTROLLERPWA(OPTION)

NIC CARD(OPTION)

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

VDD

LANINT-0A

NOT CONNECTED

VDD

NOT CONNECTED

VDD

LANCNT-0

GND

GND

PWRON2-1

PRST-0

VDD

SCSCNT-0

GND

LANID-1

AD30-1

+3,3V

AD28-1

AD26-1

GND

AD24-1

SCSID-1

+3,3V

AD22-1

AD20-1

GND

AD18-1

AD16-1

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

GND

NOT CONNECTED

VDD

VDD

SCSINT-0A

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

LANREQ-0

NOT CONNECTED

GND

GND

PCICLK4

GND

PCICLK5

GND

SCSREQ-0

VDD

AD31-1

AD29-1

GND

AD27-1

AD25-1

+3,3V

CBE3-0

AD23-1

GND

AD21-1

AD19-1

+3,3V

AD17-1

+3,3V

FRAME-0

GND

TRDY-0

GND

STOP-0

+3,3V

SDONE-1

SBO-0

GND

PAR-1

AD15-1

+3,3V

AD13-1

AD11-1

GND

AD9-1

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

CBE0-0

+3,3V

AD6-1

AD4-1

GND

AD2-1

AD0-1

VDD

REQ64-0

VDD

VDD

CBE2-0

GND

IDRY-0

+3,3V

DVSL-0

GND

LOCK-0

PERR-0

+3,3V

SERR-0

+3,3V

CBE1-0

AD14-1

GND

AD12-1

AD10-1

GND

NOT CONNECTED

NOT CONNECTED

AD8-1

AD7-1

+3,3V

AD5-1

AD3-1

GND

AD1-1

VDD

ACK64-0

VDD

VDD

3VSYS

3VSYS

SG3SYS

SG3SYS

5VSYS

5VSYS

SG5SYS

SG5SYS

PWRDN-1

GND

PCCNT3-0A

CTS3-0A

DTR3-0A

DSR3-0A

RTS3-0A

RXD3-1A

TXD3-1A

Optional Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 18Electrical Diagrams Optional Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

CN1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

J1

4141

4242

4343

4444

45

46

47

48

M7

SYSTEMCOOLINGFANMOTOR

1

3

J110

GND 1 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

J327 J1

VDD 2

AD0 3

AD2 4

AD4 5

AD6 6

1/00 7

1/02 8

1/04 9

1/06 10

GND 11

WE 12

CSIP2-0A 13

VDD 14

IPCSW-0 15

GND 16

VDD 17

AD1 18

AD3 19

AD5 20

AD7 21

1/01 22

1/03 23

1/05 24

1/07 25

GND 26

OE 27

IPRRST-0A 28

VDD 29

GND 30

11

22

33

44

5

96

107

8

9

10

J2

GND

JS1

11

12

1

2

1

2

4

3

J409

FINISHER

SWITCHINGPOWERSUPPLYPWA

SYSTEMLOGICPWA

HARDDISKDRIVE(HDD)

CONNECTOR PINASSIGNMENTS

12

34567

89101112

VIEW INTO REAROF COPIER

TOP

BOTTOM

IPC-PWAFINISHERINTERFACEONMAINLOGICPWA

MAINLOGICPWA

IORST-0A

GND

DATA7-1A

DATA8-1A

DATA6-1A

DATA9-1A

DATA5-1A

DATA10-1A

DATA4-1A

DATA11-1A

DATA3-1A

DATA12-1A

DATA2-1A

DATA13-1A

DATA1-1A

DATA14-1A

DATA0-1A

DATA15-1A

GND

NOT CONNECTED

IDREQ-1A

GND

DIOWR-0A

GND

DIORD-0A

GND

IOCRDY-1A

NOT CONNECTED

IDACK-0A

GND

HIREQ-1A

NOT CONNECTED

ADR1-1A

NOT CONNECTED

ADR0-1A

ADR2-1A

CSA0-0A

CSA1-0A

DASP-0

GND

+24V

GND

GND

24V

Optional Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 19Electrical Diagrams F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 1 of 2)

F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 1 of 2)

12B

J9A

54

J9B109876

12

J9A

J9B+24VPDLSL

ESCPSL+24V

A

A

5

10

5 3

92

J208

J20

J20

J20

A

B

B

34 4

6 6

2

4

J208

ADELAY

J12B

6

8

2

J9A

J11

9

EXIT L

J12A

1011

910

78

9

43 2

J12B

J24

J11

J6

1

4

J177 78 8

11

1

J6

J17

9

SOL407BELT

DISENGAGESOLENOID

J12B J500 J501+24VDC

BELT DISENGAGE

7

8

2 1

1 2

2 1

1 2

2

1

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 20Electrical Diagrams F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 2 of 2)

F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 2 of 2)

A B C D E F

4

3

2

1 1

2

3

4

FEDCBA

NOT CONNECTED 1

4

5

2

3

NOT CONNECTED 6

7

NOT CONNECTED8

NOT CONNECTED9

1

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

11

12

J2

J1NOT CONNECTED10

NOT CONNECTED 7

FG1

M408

FEEDMOTOR2

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

J16

M407

ENTRANCEPAPER FEEDMOTOR

5

4

3

2

1

7

6

5

4

3

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

NOT CONNECTED1

J138

J300

PAPER TRAYHOMEPOSITIONSENSOR

S408

3

2

1

J130J130

46

5

J12J12

3 39

8

1

2

1

2

7

J117J117

FINISHERINTERLOCKSENSOR

22

33

S415

1 1

J202 J202

113 3

2 2

J7 J7J206J206

SHUTTER CLOSED SWITCH

SW404

TRAYDRIVEMOTOR

M405

2

1

4

5

J115

TRAY DRIVEMOTOR THERMALLIMIT SWITCH

TSW401

14113 2

J135 J135

3 93

2

1

2

7

8

1

J210 J210

1210

11

3

2

6

5

1

4

J400 J400

10

11

J15TRAY DRIVEMOTORENCODER PWA

TRAY DRIVEMOTOR TIMINGSENSOR

TRAY DRIVEMOTOR TIMINGSENSOR

S409

S419

12

J15

4 NOT USED

5 NOT USED

6 NOT USED

FRONT DOORINTERLOCKSENSOR

2

3

S416

J113J113

1

BUFFERPATH PAPERSENSOR

2

3

S414

J110J110

1 3 9

3

31

2

7

8

5

4

1

2

J203 J203

NOT CONNECTED13

NOT CONNECTED14

J101J101

S411

TRAY 1PAPERSENSOR

3

2

1

J102J102

S412

TRAY 2PAPERSENSOR

3

2

1

3

1

1

1

3

3

1

1

3

6

4

1

6

3

1

4

1

4

3

6

2

2

2

2

5

2

2

5

2

5

J14

J14 J201 J1010 J1010 J201

J1020 J1020

FG6 FG7

NOT CONNECTED 7

NOT CONNECTED 8

NOT CONNECTED 9

J306

STAPLERPOSITIONINGMOTOR

M404

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

STAPLERCAM DRIVEMOTOR

M406

4

3

2

1

5

6

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

STAPLEPWA3

J304J8

STPL MOVE MOTOR A 1

2STPL MOVE MOTOR B

3STPL MOVE MOTOR A-

4STPL MOVE MOTOR B-

5STPL MOVE MOTOR +24V

6READY

7CONNECT

8STAPLE H.P.

9NO CARTRIDGE

10HOOK SENSE

11STAPLE MOTOR +5V

12STAPLE MOTOR GND

13STAPLE MOTOR V

14STAPLE MOTOR W

15STAPLE MOTOR Y

STAPLEPWA4

J302J301

5

9

6

10

7

1

3

5

9

6

10

7

1

3

2

4

8

11

2

4

8

11

J305 J307

FG11

FG10

CB1125 VAC3,15A

J12J12

FG6 FG7

STAPLERHOMEPOSITIONSENSOR

22

3 3

J129J129

S407

1 1

RIBBONCABLE

CORE

FINISHERLOGICPWA

CORECORE

FINISHERLOGICPWA

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

FINISHERLOGICPWA STAPLE UNIT

TO COPIER

COPIER

WIREJACKET

WIREJACKET

FINISHER CABLECONNECTOR PINASSIGNMENTS

+24

GND

RXD

GND

TXD

GND

FG1

+24

+24

FEED 2 MOTOR B-

FEED 2 MOTOR A-

FEED 2 MOTOR B

FEED 2 MOTOR A

+24

PASS MOTOR B-

PASS MOTOR A-

PASS MOTOR B

PASS MOTOR A

TRAY H.P. SNS+5V

GND

+5V

GND

JOINT SNS

NO

NCC

NC

NOC

SHIFT MTR +

SHIFT MTR -

GND THERMOSW

STAPL MOVE H.P. SNS+5V

GND

+5V

GND

+5V

GND

SHIFT CLK 1

SHIFT CLK 2

BUFFER SNS+5V

GND

+5V DOOR SNS

GND

+5V

+5V

1ST TRAY SNS

2ND TRAY SNS

GND

GND


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 21Electrical Diagrams F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 1 of 2)

F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 1 of 2)

J18PAPERFOLDINGHOME POSITIONSENSOR

S443

J130 J130 J18

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 22Electrical Diagrams F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 2 of 2)

F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 2 of 2)

J3

COMMUNICATION

J10 J1

PICKUP

SHUTTER

SWITCH

SWITCH

SW

SW

NOT CONNECTED NOT CONNECTEDNOT CONNECTEDNOT CONNECTED

21

12

J500 J207

J400 J206


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 23Electrical Diagrams F580/F580S Punch Unit (Sheet 1 of 1)

F580/F580S Punch Unit (Sheet 1 of 1)

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 24Electrical Diagrams F580/F580S Punch Unit Signal Abbreviations & Names

F580/F580S Punch Unit Signal Abbreviations & Names

Puncher UnitAbbreviation Signal Name

DFULL DUST FULL DETECT Signal

FDROPN FRONT DOOR OPEN DETECT SWITCH Signal

LEDON LED ON Signal

LEDON1 LED1 ON Signal





PAEND PAPER END DETECT Signal

PUNCHHP PUNCH HOME POSITION DETECT Signal

PUNCHCLK PUNCH MOTOR CLOCK DETECT Signal

SREG1 SIDE REGISTRATION DETECT Signal 1




SREGHP SIDE REGISTRATION HOME POSITION DETECT Signal

UDROPN UPPER DOOR OPEN DETECT SWITCH Signal


8 - 1


Section 8Preventive Maintenance

< TRAINING MENU >

< SERVICE MENU >

< PARTS MENU >

< USER MENU >



Section 8: Preventive Maintenance

Copier .................................................................................... 8-3General Precautions ......................................................... 8-3Copy PM Inspection ......................................................... 8-8Copy Overhaul .................................................................. 8-9Periodic Inspection Check List Symbols ......................... 8-10Periodic Inspection Check List ....................................... 8-11Periodical Maintenance Parts List .................................. 8-29Periodical Maintenance Kits ........................................... 8-30

F580/F580S Finisher ............................................................ 8-32Finisher Assembly .......................................................... 8-32Saddle Stitcher Assembly ............................................... 8-32

Photoconductor Replacement............................................ 8-33


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 8 - 3Preventive Maintenance Copier

Copier

General Precautions1. Use the following precautions when storing copier supplies:

A. Toner and developer should be stored in a place where the ambient temperature is between 50 to 95°F (10 to 35° C) (no condensation), and should also be protected against direct sunlight during transportation.

B. OPC drums should be stored in a dark place where the ambient temperature is between 50 to 95°F (10 to 35° C) (no condensation).• Drums should not be stored where they can be subjected to high humidity,

chemicals and/or their fumes.C. Drum cleaning blades should be stored in a flat place where the ambient temperature

is between 50 to 95°F (10 to 35° C), and should also be protected against high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes.

D. Fuser and pressure rollers should not be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes.E. Cleaning rollers should not be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their

fumes. They should also be stored in a flat place.F. Copy paper should not be stored in places where it may be subjected to high

humidity. After a package is opened, be sure to store it in a storage bag.

2. Examine and clean the OPC Drum:A. Wear gloves to prevent fingerprints or oil from adhere to the drum surface, the

characteristics of the photosensitive drum may degrade, affecting the quality of the copy image.• DO NOT touch the drum surface with your bare hands!

B. The OPC drum surface is very sensitive, be sure to handle the drum carefully when installing and removing it to prevent surface damage.

C. Lubricating powder should be applied to the entire surface of the drum and separation fingers on the cleaner before installing the drum in the machine. • When the drum has been replaced with a new one, the drum life counter (Setting

mode/code 08-401) must be cleared to 0 (zero).


Note: The application of lubricating powder reduces friction between the drum, cleaning blade, and separation fingers. If the application of lubricating powder is neglected, the drum and cleaning blade may be damaged.

Note: When paper fibers adhere to the cleaning blade edge, they may reduce the cleaning efficiency and, in addition, may damage the blade and the drum. Be sure to remove any fibers found adhering to the blade.

D. Install the copier and store the drum where they are not subjected to high temperature, high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes.• DO NOT leave drums in a brightly lit area. Otherwise the drum will fatigue, and will not

produce sufficient image density immediately after being installed in the machine.• The degradation of the drum’s surface may decrease over a period of time.

E. Clean the drum at periodic maintenance calls. Remove your rings and wristwatch and wear gloves before starting cleaning work to prevent accidental damage to the drum. Wipe the entire surface of the drum clean using the designated cleaning cotton. Use sufficiently thick cleaning cotton (dry soft pad) to prevent scratching the drum surface.• Do not use alcohol, selenium refresher and other organic solvents or silicon oil as

they will have an adverse effect on the drum.F. If the OPC drum’s surface is scratched severely enough to expose the aluminum

substrate, no copy image will be produced on this area.• The cleaning blade will be damaged so replacement with a new drum will be necessary.

G. Follow local rules/regulations when collecting used OPC drums for disposal.



3. Examine and clean the drum cleaning blade and the transfer belt cleaning blade:A. The length of life for each cleaning blade is determined by the condition of its edge.

Refer to the following handling procedures:1). Do not allow hard objects to hit or rub against the blade’s edge. Do not rub the

edge with a cloth or soft pad.2). Avoid getting or leaving oil (or fingerprints, etc.) on the edge.3). Do not apply solvents such as paint thinner to contact the blade.4). Do not allow loose thread or dirt to contact the blade edge.5). Do not place the blade near a heat source.

B. Clean the blade edge with a cloth moistened with water and then squeezed lightly.

4. Examine, clean, and replace the fuser cleaning and oiler rollers:A. Never allow solvents such as paint thinner to contact or adhere to the cleaning rollers.B. The following conditions can cause poor removal of toner from the fuser roller:

1). The condition of the fuser roller’s cleaning roller 1 (dust roller) can be determined by the amount of toner deposited on the fuser roller.• If toner adheres to the fuser roller, replace cleaning roller 1.

2). When the cleaning roller has heavy toner deposits, the fuser roller’s surface may be stained with toner.• If this condition exists, replace the cleaning roller.

3). Due to being constantly subjected to heat from the fuser roller (over a long period of time) cleaning rollers will gradually be degraded.

4). Cleaning rollers should be replaced after approximately 400,000 (5565), 340,000 (5555), and 440,000 (5580) copies have been made.


5. Examine and clean the fuser roller and the pressure roller:A. Use the following precautions/procedures when checking and handling the fuser roller.

1). Do not leave oil (fingerprints, etc.) on the roller.2). Be extremely careful not to allow a sharp or pointed object to hit or rub against

the fuser roller because the thin Teflon ® layer coated on the aluminum substrate is easily damaged, and if damaged, will result in defective fusing.

3). Also check the condition of the cleaning rollers.B. Use the following precautions/procedures when checking, handling the pressure roller

1). Do not leave oil (fingerprints, etc.) on the pressure roller.2). Check for staining and damage on the roller.

• Clean or replace as necessary.3). Clean the stripper fingers and check for damaged fingers.4). Check the condition of the cleaning roller.5). Check the thermistors for proper contact with the fuser and pressure roller.6). Check the fused condition of the toner image.7). Check the pressure between the fuser roller and the pressure roller using a nip print.8). Check the fuser and pressure rollers for proper rotation.

C. When the fuser and pressure rollers becomes dirty, they may cause paper jams. Use the following procedures to clean the rollers:

1). Carefully wipe the roller surface clean with cotton moistened in alcohol.• For more effective cleaning, clean the roller while it is still warm.

Note: Be careful not to rub the Teflon ® coated surface of the fuser roller with yourfingernails or hard objects because it is easily damaged.



6. Examine, clean, and replace the transfer belt:A. DO NOT touch the belt surface with your bare hands.B. Be very careful that oil or other foreign matter does not come into contact with the

belt’s surface.C. DO NOT let alcohol or other organic solvents contact the belt.D. Be very careful when examining, handling, and/or replacing the belt that its surface

does not receive any scratches.E. Replace the belt when necessary and when its replacement cycle is due.

7. Examine, clean, and replace the transfer belt charge roller:A. DO NOT touch the charge roller surface with your bare hands.B. Be careful not to scratch or hit the charge surface.C. Replace the roller when necessary and when its replacement cycle is due.

8. Examine, clean, and replace the transfer belt cleaning brush:A. DO NOT touch the surface of the brush with your bare hands.B. Replace the brush when necessary and when its replacement cycle is due.

9. Examine, clean, and install the transfer belt cleaning blade:A. Do not touch the edge of the blade with bare hands.B. Replace the cleaning blade when necessary or when its replacement cycle is due.


Copy PM InspectionCopy PM Inspection 340,000 (5555), 400,000 (5565), and 440,000 (5580)1. Preparation

A. Consult the copier operator about present machine conditions and take notes.B. Before starting maintenance, make a few sample copies for comparison during

servicing.C. Turn the power switch OFF and disconnect the power cord plug.

2. Periodic inspection should be conducted in accordance with the Periodic Inspection Check list.• Perform the inspection by referring to the figures, as well as appropriate Service Manual

explanations.

3. After completing the inspection, plug the machine in and turn the power switch ON. Check the general operation by making a few copies and comparing them to those made previously.



Copy Overhaul Copy Overhaul 680,000 (5555), 800,000 (5565), and 880,000(5580)1. Replace all consumables.2. Replace any damaged components in the drive sections (gear, pulley, timing/drive belt, etc.).3. Replace damaged components affected by peeling of adhered parts (tape, Mylar sheet, etc.).4. Check and replace any switches and sensors that do not operate properly.5. Thoroughly clean the inside of the machine.

Note: 1. Before inspecting and overhauling the 3-drawer feed section, remove the drawer top aligning assembly and drawer feed assembly from the copier.

2. When lubricating components, do not allow oil to come into contact with the rollers, belts, or belt pulleys.

3. The consumable replacement cycle refers to the number of sheets fed through each system.

4. The first number value indicates the 5565, and the second number value (***) is for the 5555 with the 5580 number value appearing last without parentheses.

Example:

The service explanations for numbers preceded by an asterisk (example: *22) in the “Notes” column are found on following pages.

Specification5565 (5555) 5580value (value) value

value (value) value


Periodic Inspection Check List SymbolsClean Lubrication Replacement Operation Checks

A = Alcohol ZO = Zoom Oil

SO = Silicon Oil

WG = White grease (Krytox ® GPL 206)

R = Replace in event of deformation or other damage

100: Every 100,000 copies340: Every 340,000 copies400: Every 400,000 Copies440: Every 440,000 Copies

CH = Check for abnormalities after cleaning or replacement - with the copier ON.

C = Soft pad, cloth, or vacuum cleaner

Note: Refer to the symbols above when cleaning, lubricating, or replacing components.



Periodic Inspection Check ListNote: The 5565 digital copier should be cleaned 1 time between 200,000 and 400,000 copies.

Note: The 5555 digital copier should be cleaned 1 time between 170,000 and 340,000 copies.

Note: The 5580 digital copier should be cleaned 1 time between 220,000 and 440,000 copies.

Category Component(s)

Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Lubricate 5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH

Cleaner assembly

1. Overall assembly C

2. Drum cleaning blade 400 (340) 440 see note13. Used toner container 100

4. Recovery blade C R see note 25. Separation Fingers (Drum) 400 (340) 440 CH see note 3

6. Drum cleaning roller 400 (340) 440 see note17. Toner transport auger drive WG see note138. Cleaner Assembly lower guide C

8-1. Image density sensor C see note 228-2. Drum shaft bearing C see note 22

Drum 9. Discharge lamp (LED array) C

10. Drum shaft C

11. Drum 400 (340) 440 see note 4

12. Ozone filter (for exit fan) 400 (340) 440


Scanner 13. Exposure glass C or A

14. Exposure glass retainer C

15. Mirror 1 C

16. Mirror 2 C

17. Mirror 3 C

18. Reflector C

19. Lens C

20. Exposure lamp R CH

21. Copy area indicator CH

22. Automatic paper-size detector C CH

23. Carriage Slide sheet (front, rear) C or A

24. Intake Air filter C see note 524-1. White reference sheet C / A

Charge Corona 25. Case C see note 626. Charge corona wire R 400 (340) 440 CH see note 627. Rear terminal contact C

28. Charge corona wire cleaning pads 400 (340) 440

29. Grid 400 (340) 440

Slit Glass 30. Copier slit glass C see note 20


Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH



Developer 31. Complete developer assembly C

32. Developer material 400 (340) 440 see note 733. Front mylar shield C R

34. Oil seal (9 positions) WG 800 (680) 880 see note1635. Guide rollers C or A R

36. Intake duct filter C R see note 537. Toner filter 400 (340) 440

38. Toner hopper drive worm gear WG

Paper Feed System -

Main assembly

42. Registration roller A R

43. Paper guide C R

44. Paper dust brush C R

46. Surfaces of feed system drive gear teeth

47. Aligning assembly support brushing and pressure leaf spring

WG see note 11


Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH


Fuser assembly

69. Fuser roller (Teflon ® roller) 400 (340) 440 see note 8

70. Pressure roller (rubber roller) 400 (340) 440 see note 871. Upper separation finger 400 (340) 440 see note 972. Lower separation finger R see note 973. Cleaning roller 1 (dust) 400 (340) 440 see note1074. Cleaning roller 2 (oiler/cleaner) 400 (340) 440 see note1075. Cleaning roller 3 (main cleaning roller for

the pressure roller)400 (340) 440 see note10

75-1. Cleaning roller 4 (sub cleaning roller for the pressure roller)

400 (340) 440 see note10

76. Upper and lower thermistors A R

77. Fuser roller entrance guide A

78. Fuser roller exit guide A

79. Paper dust recovery bracket C

80. Exit roller A

81. Fuser roller/cleaning roller drive gear SO

82. Cleaning roller bushing SO


Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH



Transfer Belt 83. Transfer belt 400 (340) 440 see note 6

84. Transfer belt charge roller 400 (340) 440 see note 785. Transfer belt cleaning brush roller 400 (340) 440 see note 886. Transfer belt drive roller A R

87. Transfer belt follower roller A R

88. Transfer belt separation support roller A R

89-1. Transfer belt cleaning blade 400 (340) 440

89-2. Flicker plate

Note: When cleaning the flicker plate use a brush. Pressing down on it with a vacuum cleaner nozzle will deform it.

C

89-3. Brass and plastic bushings ZO

89-4. Transfer belt separation auxiliary roller bearing and brass bushing

A ZO


Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH


Duplexer (ADM)

90. Pickup roller A R

91. Feed roller A R

92. Separation belt A R

93. Transport rollers (1 through 4) A R

94. Registration roller A R

95. Brass and plastic bushings ZO

96. Drive gear tooth surfaces WG

97. Exit/duplexer gate and main assembly exit section/duplex entrance roller

A

Drawers(1, 2, and 3)

48. Pickup roller 100

49. Feed roller 100

50. Separation roller WG 100 see note1451. Registration roller A R

52. Paper guide C

53. Tray drive worm shaft and gear (tooth surfaces)

WG see note 12

54. Drive gear (tooth faces) WG



Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH



RADF 98. Pickup roller 400 (340) 440

99. Feed roller 400 (340) 440

100. Separation pad 400 (340) 440

101. Transport belt 400 (340) 440

102. Registration roller A

103. Reversing roller A

104. Empty sensor C

105. Registration sensor C

106. Size sensor C

107. Exist sensor C

108. Timing sensor C

109. Transport belt cleaning brush C


Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH


LCC 56. LCC pickup roller 400 (340) 440

57. LCC feed roller 400 (340) 440

58. LCC separation roller WG 400 (340) 440 see note 1459. Bypass pickup roller 100

60. Bypass feed roller 100

61. Bypass separation roller WG 100 see note 1462. Paper guide C

63. Paper feed system drive gears WG


65. Gear WG see note1566. Worm gear WG see note1567. Worm shaft WG see note1568. Wire pulley shaft WG see note15


Clean5565 at 400,000

copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies


copies,5555 at 340,000

copies,5580 at 440,000

copies

Replace Number of

copies x 1,0005565 (5555) 5580

Operation Check

CH



Note:

1. Drum cleaning blade and cleaning roller: If proper cleaning of paper dust, etc. does not take place, the edge of the blade might be worn or damaged. Replace the blade regardless of the number of the copies made. Also, replace the cleaning roller at the same time.

2. Recovery blade: If the edge of the blade is worn or damaged, replace the blade regardless of the number of copies made.

3. Drum separation finger: If the tip of the separation finger has been damaged (e.g. worn coating) or finger marks are apparent in the copied image, replace the finger. To clean a separation finger, lightly wipe it with a dry cloth to remove bits of lint or debris.

• Always apply drum powder (lubricant) to a separation finger after cleaning, when installing a new one, and when replacing a drum.

4. Drum: Refer to General Precautions number 2. “Examine and Clean the OPC Drum”.

5. Air and dust filter: Replace the filter if it is dirty.

6. Charge corona wire and case: Carefully clean with a cloth that has been moistened with water and then squeezed lightly.

7. Developer material: After replacing the developer material, be sure to perform the auto-toner sensor adjustment.

8. Fuser roller and pressure roller: Refer to General Precautions number 5. “Examine and Clean the fuser roller and pressure roller”.


9. Fuser roller stripper fingers: Replace stripper fingers if:

• The edge of the finger is chipped.• If toner is adhering to the finger’s edge (The edge may be damaged if toner is

forcibly scraped off).• If its edge is heavily coated with toner.

10. Fuser cleaning and oiler rollers: Refer to General Precautions number 4. Examine, clean, and replace the fuser cleaning and oiler rollers”.

11. Aligning assembly support bushing and pressure leaf spring:

Apply one drop ofwhite grease to thesurface of the pressure leaf spring

Apply one drop of white greaseto the inner surface of thebushings



12. Apply white grease (Krytox ® GPL 206) to the tray drive worm shaft and to the surfaces of the gear teeth.

K


13. Toner transport auger drive section: Apply white grease (Krytox ® GPL 206) to the toner transport auger drive section (shown by arrow).



14. Drawer/LCC/Bypass Separation Rollers: Apply white grease to the separation roller shoulder.

Apply one drop of white greaseto each of the metal shoulder’s 3 grooves.


15. LCC Drive assembly: Lubricate with the appropriate lubricantsoil

white grease

oil

white grease

oil



16. Oil Seal:

Replace the 9 oil seals on the developer shafts every 800,000 copies. During replacement, coat each oil seal with white grease (Krytox ® GPL 206).

1). Push in a new oil seal parallel to the mounting hole of the developer frame or outside of the mixer nozzle.• Pay attention to the direction in which the oil seal is installed (refer to the

illustration above).2). Apply an even coat of grease to the inside of the oil seal.

• Amount: About two small drops3). Wipe off any excess grease that oozes from the inside.

Item Qt’yMixer shaft 4

Paddle shaft 2

Developer magnet roller (U) 1

Developer magnet roller (L) 1

Transport roller 1

(mixer nozzle)


Mixer Shaft

Apply a coating of white grease to the entire surface of the mixer shaft before installing the bearing.

17. Transfer belt: Refer to General Precautions number 6. “Examine, Clean, and Replace the Transfer Belt”.

18. Transfer belt charge roller: Refer to General Precautions number 7. “Examine, Clean, and Replace the Transfer Belt Charge Roller”.

19. Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush: Refer to General Precautions number 8. “Examine, Clean, and Replace the Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush”.



20. Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade: Refer to General Precautions number 3. “Examine and Clean the Drum Cleaning Blade and the Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade”.

21. Copier Slit Glass (between the optics and drum): Remove the slit glass, and clean the front and back sides.


22. Cleaning Assembly: Before using a vacuum cleaner to clean the cleaner assembly, connect a ground lead to the aluminum die cast on the rear of the cleaner (exit side). Carefully wipe the image density sensor with a cotton cloth or tissue.

If the cleaner assembly is not grounded, static electricity may damage the image density sensor. If the sensor’s window is dirty, the sensor may not function properly.

Use a cloth to carefully wipe the drum’s shaft bearing. If toner adheres to and then cakes up on the bearing surface, the drum shaft may bind, causing difficulty in removing the drum.

Image density sensor

Bearing surface (for drum shaft)



Periodical Maintenance Parts ListThe following table provides a list of contents of the Periodical Maintenance parts.

Part Number Description Life5565/(5555)/5580

C480-0022 Developer, black 400/(340)/440

C480-0024 Drum 400/(340)/440

C2080-7814 Image Process Area Kit 400/(340)/440

c2080-7822 Fuser PM Kit 400/(340)/440

C2080-2450 Filter/Paper Feed Kit 400/(340)/440

C2080-2468 RADF PM Kit 400/(340)/440

C2032-1378 Drawer Pick Up Roller Assembly 100

C2090-4157 Drawer Separation Roller Assembly

100

C2031-2666 Drawer Feed Roller Assembly 100


Periodical Maintenance KitsThe following tables provide a list of the Periodical Maintenance Kits.

Image Process Area PM Kit (C2080-7814);

Fuser PM Kit (C2080-7822):

Part Number Description Q’tyC2090-8513 Drum Cleaning Blade 1

C2050-8974 Drum Stripper Fingers 2

C2090-8570 Drum Cleaning Brush 1

C2069-5011 Charge Corona Wire 1

C2089-9308 Charge Corona Cleaning Pad 1

C2074-6111 Grid, Charge Corona 1

C2090-8588 Transfer Belt 1

C2080-7756 Transfer Belt Charge Roller 1

C2090-8604 Transfer Belt Cleaning Roller Brush 1

C2090-8612 Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade 1

Part Number Description Q’tyC2090-8521 Fuser Roller 1

C2090-8539 Pressure Roller 1

C2083-7019 Stripper Finger, Fuser Roller 6

C2090-8547 Fuser Roller Oiler Cleaning Roller #1 1

C2090-8562 Fuser Dust Roller #3 1

C2090-8554 Pressure Roller Cleaning Roller #2 1

C2080-7764 Pressure Roller Sub Cleaning Roller #4 1



Filter/Paper Feed PM Kit (C2080-2450):

RADF PM Kit (C2080-2468):

Part Number Description Q’tyC2089-6619 Ozone Filter 1

C2090-6559 Toner Air Filter (developer) 1

C2031-2732 Pick Up Roller LCC 1

C2031-2724 Feed Roller, LCC 1

C2090-4165 Separation Roller, LCC 1

Part Number Description Q’tyC2090-5170 Pick Up Roller, RADF 1

C2090-5147 Feed Roller, RADF 1

C2090-5410 Separation Pad, RADF 1

C2090-5980 Transport Belt, RADF 1

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 8 - 32Preventive Maintenance F580/F580S Finisher

F580/F580S Finisher

Finisher AssemblyThe finisher assembly does not have components that have set periodic replacement intervals. It does have components that have estimated life spans and they should be checked after reaching the estimated number of operations/copies to see if replacement is required.

The components listed in the following table require periodic service.

Saddle Stitcher AssemblyThe saddle stitcher assembly does not have components that have set periodic replacement intervals. It does have components that have estimated life spans and they should be checked after reaching the estimated number of operations/copies to see if replacement is required.

Name Estimated LifeStapler 500,000 operations

Paddle Roller 1,000,000 copies

Name Interval Work RemarksKnurled feed belt Copier’s minimum

servicing intervalCleaning Use a moist cloth (alcohol)

Paddle roller

Name Estimated LifeStitcher 200,000 operations


5555/5565/5580 Service Information 8 - 33Preventive Maintenance Photoconductor Replacement

Photoconductor ReplacementNote: Failure to reset the drum counter to zero (0) will cause the automatic system

that compensates for drum life to be incorrect and result in copy quality that is not optimum.

1. Remove the developer assembly from the copier.2. Remove the charge corona.3. Remove the cleaner assembly (which contains the drum).4. Remove the drum thermistor.5. Rotate the service cam until it locks to move the cleaning blade away from the drum.6. Remove the drum shaft.7. Remove the drum from the cleaner assembly.8. Remove the 3 front flange screws from the drum assembly and remove the flange.9. Hold the drum in a vertical position by the rear flange and remove the drum.

10. Install the new drum into the flanges.

Note: Keep the drum covered.

The next three steps contain replacement parts found in the 5555 340K, 5565 400K, and 5580 440K PM kits.11. Replace the drum cleaning blade.12. Replace the drum cleaning brush.13. Replace the drum stripper fingers.14. Clean the ID sensor.15. Perform a 340K/400K/440K PM if necessary.16. Install the drum and drum shaft into the cleaner assembly.17. Rotate the service cam back to release the cleaning blade.

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 8 - 34Preventive Maintenance Photoconductor Replacement

18. Lubricate the drum using the lubrication powder.• Rotate the drum manually.• Lubricate the drum using the lubrication powder twice.• Do not get lubrication powder on the surface of the ID sensor.

19. Reassemble all assemblies and install them into the machine.20. Reset the drum counter to zero (0) using the 08 mode code 401.21. Perform the charge corona grid voltage adjustments (codes 05-210-0, 05-210-1, 05-210-2,

and 05-212).22. Perform the Auto-Toner sensor adjustment if the developer material was replaced.23. Perform the developer bias adjustments (codes 05-205-0, 05-205-1, 05-205-2, 05-203, 05-207, and 05-216).


9 - 1


Section 9 Audit Information

5555/5565/5580 Service Information 9 - 2Audit Information Change Record

Change RecordUpdate Number Date Chapter

affected Pages affected Comments (reason for update)

February, 2001 All All Initial issue


yo

rts Information

ur document management partner

Pa

5555/5565/5580

5555 Copier

Illus anual* PARTS MENU *

< TRAINING MENU >

< SERVICE MENU >

< PARTS MENU >

< USER MENU >

IPB - 1

/5565/5580 Digital

trated Parts M


CovCovCovConBasLowLowPFPPFPPFPPFPPFPLCFLCFFeeLCFLCFManManADDADDADDADDADDADDAlignTRUTranTranFuse

..................................................84

..................................................87

..................................................90

..................................................92

..................................................95

..................................................97

..................................................99

................................................103

................................................106

................................................109

................................................111

................................................113

................................................115

................................................117

................................................119

................................................121

................................................123

................................................126

................................................128

................................................130

................................................133

................................................135

................................................138

................................................140

................................................143

................................................146

................................................149

................................................152

................................................155

................................................157

................................................159

................................................161

................................................165

................................................167

Table of Contents

IPB - 2

5555/5565/5580 Digital CopierIllustrated Parts Manual

er Assembly 1 ................................................................... 4er Assembly 2 ................................................................... 7er Assembly 3 ................................................................... 9trol Panel ........................................................................ 11e Frame .......................................................................... 14er Frame 1 ...................................................................... 16er Frame 2 ...................................................................... 19 Drive 1 .......................................................................... 21 Drive 2 .......................................................................... 23 Drive 3 .......................................................................... 26 Feeder 1 ....................................................................... 28 Feeder 2 ....................................................................... 31 Frame ............................................................................ 34 Drive .............................................................................. 37d Guide ........................................................................... 40 Feeder ........................................................................... 42 Feeder Stay .................................................................. 45ual Feeder Drive ............................................................ 48ual Tray .......................................................................... 51 Frame ........................................................................... 54 Drive ............................................................................. 57 Open Guide .................................................................. 60 Stacking ....................................................................... 62 Feeder .......................................................................... 65 Aligning ........................................................................ 68ing Roller ....................................................................... 71 Drive ............................................................................. 73sport Belt 1 .................................................................... 76sport Belt 2 .................................................................... 79r/ADU Drive ................................................................... 82

Fuser 1 ................................Fuser 2 ................................Fuser 3 ................................Front Frame ........................Rear Frame 1 ......................Rear Frame 2 ......................Laser OPT ...........................Aligning Guide/DEV Stay ....Optical Frame ......................Optical Drive ........................CRG 1 .................................CRG 2 .................................Optical Electric ....................Size Indicator ......................Charger Drive ......................Main Charger ......................Drum/Drum Drive ................DEV Drive/Duct ...................Developer 1 .........................Developer 2 .........................Developer Cover .................Hopper ................................Auger ...................................Cleaner 1 .............................Cleaner 2 .............................Cleaner 3 .............................Used Toner .........................Copy Reverse .....................Paper Exit ............................Cassette ..............................Exit Fan/Fin CON ................Electric ................................Harness 1 ............................Harness 2 ............................

RADRADRADRADRADRADRADPWAPWAPWAPWAPWAPWAPWAPWAPWAPWAAcceRepDecDec

Table of Contents

IPB - 3

F Feed Paper .............................................................. 169F Feed Drive ............................................................... 173F Reverse .................................................................... 175F Belt ........................................................................... 178F Cover ....................................................................... 180F Tray .......................................................................... 183F Harness .................................................................... 185 LGC ........................................................................... 187 SYS 1 ........................................................................ 189 SYS 2 ........................................................................ 191 PLG ........................................................................... 193 MTB ........................................................................... 195 SDV ........................................................................... 197 SLG ........................................................................... 199 MOT ........................................................................... 201 LCF ............................................................................ 203 ADU ........................................................................... 205ssories ........................................................................ 207

lace Unit ....................................................................... 209als 1 .............................................................................. 211als 2 .............................................................................. 213


5355/5365/5480 Digital Copier

Section 1

Cover Assembly 1

IPB - 4

Section 1

Cover Assembly 1


Section 1

Cover Assembly 1

IPB - 5

Item Lanier # Description

1 D C2081-6567 DOOR, RIGHT FRONT - 55551 E C2081-6575 DOOR, RIGHT FRONT - 55651 F C2081-6583 DOOR, RIGHT FRONT - 5580

2 C2089-5868 K-HINGE-F-R3 C2089-5769 HOLDER-HINGE-FR4 C2089-5736 BKT-PUSHER-SW-R

5 C2089-5777 BRKT-CHTCH-F8 C2090-6632 K-COV-F-L-M9 C2089-5876 HINGE-COV-F-L

10 C2089-5744 PUSHER-SW-L11 C2090-6657 COVER-FRONT-L-L12 C2089-6031 K-COV-IN-L

13 C2089-5959 COVER-IN-CENTER14 C2089-6023 K-COV-IN-R15 C2089-5967 COVER-IN-LOW

16 C2041-4504 MG-CATCH-2217 C2090-6699 COV-TOP-LEFT-M18 C2089-7856 FILTER-SCAN-FAN

19 C2090-6798 COV-CONNECT-M20 C2090-6681 COVER-TOP-C-M21 C2090-6756 COVER-TOP-R-M

22 C2090-6764 K-COV-TNR-M23 C2089-5942 HINGE-COV-HOP-R24 C2089-5934 HINGE-COV-HOP-F

25 C2090-6988 F-FIX-GLASS-M26 C2089-6007 SCREW-SET-COV27 A C78-8034-9908-2 LBL-DRUM-M-2

27 B C78-8034-9857-1 LBL-DRUM-AH28 C2090-6996 GUID-FIX-GLS-M29 C2090-5022 LBL-CAU-LSR-300

30 C2090-6830 COVER-SCREW-M32 A C2053-0994 LBL-CLOSE-LID


AHP)


Section 1

Cover Assembly 1

IPB - 6


33 A C2032-2673 LABEL, LANIER TONER (AG,39 C2090-7069 LBL-TNR-INST-M40 C2089-5751 PUSHER-SW-DOOR

41 C2041-4827 SCREW-BKT-DEV101 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI102 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L

104 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A105 C2070-2858 TBIDS-40*08-CP106 C2005-0126 PTBR30*06MSZN3A

107 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI108 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L109 C78-8034-2962-6 TPPAN4008MSZN3A

manuals4you.com

01

101101

101

1

101

3

21


Section 2

Cover Assembly 2

IPB - 7

Section 2

Cover Assembly 2

12

12

102

102

9

8

101

101

101

101

101

1016

5

7

10

11

102

4B-1

101

101

22

14

15

16

17

20

101

10226

2425

24

23

101

4A-1


HP)/AHP)/AHP)T COVER


Section 2

Cover Assembly 2

IPB - 8


1 C2090-6731 COVER-RIGHT-U-M2 C2090-6665 COV-RIGHT-R-U-M3 C2090-6780 COVER-RIGHT-F-M

4 A C2080-4126 K-COV-REAR-M4 B C2080-4134 K-COV-REAR-M-B5 C2090-6749 COV-EXIT-REAR-M

6 C2090-6715 COVER-EXIT-U-M7 C2090-6822 COV-EXIT-REV-M8 C2090-6723 COV-EXIT-LOW-M

9 C2090-6707 COVER-EXIT-F-M10 C2090-8414 TRAY, COPY EXIT11 C2089-6403 K-COV-FRM-EX-L

12 C2089-6437 COV-SLOT-EXIT14 C2090-8448 LBL-LASER15 A C2050-0211 LBL-FCC

16 A C2090-8422 LBL-CDRH17 A C2032-9371 LABEL-CANADA (AG)20 C2005-5091 LABEL-SERVICE-G

22 C2090-6970 BOOK-HOLDER-M101 C2070-2858 TBIDS-40*08-CP102 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

21 C2027-8461 LABEL, ENERGY STAR23 C2079-9417 GASKET, 10-10-90 (AH/A24 C2079-9425 GASKET, 10-10-135 (AH25 C2079-9433 GASKET, 10-10-500 (AH26 C2094-5986 BRACKET, LOWER RIGH


Section 3

Cover Assembly 3

IPB - 9

Section 3

Cover Assembly 3



Section 3

Cover Assembly 3

IPB - 10


3 C2090-6673 COV-RIGHT-R-L-M6 C2089-5900 BRKT-HINGE-U7 C2058-1856 DOOR-LCF-M

8 C2051-3834 WINDOW-DOOR-LCF9 C2069-4477 K-HINGE-LCF12 C2090-6939 COVER-LCF-M

13 C2058-1872 LBL-LMT-LCF-C7M14 C2058-1112 CUSH-COVER-LCF15 C2090-7051 LBL-USED-TNR-M

16 C2050-5558 SCREW-COV-U-TNR17 A C78-8034-9603-9 LBL-WARNING20 C2089-6015 K-MG-U-TNR

21 C2058-1138 BASE-KNOB-LCF-122 C2058-1146 BASE-KNOB-LCF-223 C2058-1161 BRKT-HINGE-LCF

24 C2058-1187 SPE-DOOR-LCF25 C2058-1153 PIN-DOOR-LCF26 C2058-1179 BRKT-STOPPER

27 C2088-9440 KNOB-DOOR-LCF52 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A57 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

58 C2040-5031 PTBR40*08MSZN3A59 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L60 C78-8022-7205-0 TBID40*10MSCR3C


Section 4

Control Panel

IPB - 11

Section 4

Control Panel


NIT (AH, AHP)NIT (AG)

RKAVER


Section 4

Control Panel

IPB - 12


1 C2090-6533 COV-CONPANE-LNR2 C2089-6049 STAY-CONPANE3 C2089-6064 BRKT-COV-CONP-1

4 C2089-6072 BRKT-COV-CONP-25 C2089-6056 BRKT-STAY-CONP6 C2001-9907 CLP/W-LWS-1U

7 C2017-4959 CLP/W-LWS-3U8 C2047-3138 BD/W-EDH-18U9 C2083-7563 BD/W-EDH-11U

10 C2078-5531 WIRE/B-EHS-18U11 C2089-5983 COVER-IN-UPPER12 C2090-7911 WH-DCFRONT-300

13 A C2094-6422 COVER, CONTROL PANEL U13 B C2094-6414 COVER, CONTROL PANEL U14 C2047-3310 PLATE-MG-DF

15 C2090-6541 KEY, START16 C2090-6558 KEY, STOP17 C2090-6566 KEY, TEN

18 C2090-6574 KEY, FUNCTION CLEAR19 C2090-6582 KEY, COPY/PRINTER/NETWO20 C2090-6590 KEY, INTERRUPT/ENGERY S

21A C2090-6608 KEY, HELP (AG)21B C2081-1634 KEY, INFO (AH, AHP)22 C2089-6080 COVER, LED LEFT

23 C2089-6098 COVER-LED-RIGHT24 C2089-6106 MYLAR-SHIELD-R25 C2089-6114 MYLAR-SHIELD-L

26 C2089-6122 K-BRKT-CONP27 C2089-0836 K-LCD-TOUCH-23028 C2083-3935 CTR-E760B-213

29 C2089-6130 SPACER-PWA30 C2090-8174 WH-SYS-DSP-300


Section 4

Control Panel

IPB - 13


31 C2090-8133 WH-DSP-LCD-30032 C2090-7127 PWA, KEYS RIGHT33 C2090-7135 PWA, KEYS LEFT

34 C2080-2013 PWA, DISPLAY CONTROL35 C2009-4918 CLP/W-LS-1036 C2069-6217 LCD TOUCH SCREEN

37 C2089-0844 CFL-LCD-23038 C2090-6830 COVER-SCREW-M101 C2040-5031 PTBR40*08MSZN3A

102 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L103 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L104 C2027-6911 FLT40*10MSCR3C

105 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A106 C2009-5774 PTBR30*12MSZN3A107 C2089-6148 SCREW-20*06


10

2

101

101

105

154


Section 5

Base Frame

IPB - 14

Section 5

Base Frame

1219

13

1

101

10

10

2-1

3

1012

8

10118

10116

14

119101

3

102

1016

104

7

101

6

104

7

101

103

103

104101

6

7

101

102

5103

5 5

103

5

4

4

105

17

105

105

1

104101

6

7

HP


Section 5

Base Frame

IPB - 15


1 C2089-6155 FRAME-BASE2 C2080-3201 STAY-BASE-FR3 C2089-6171 STAY-BASE-RL

4 C2089-6189 STAY-CASTER5 C2089-6197 CASTER-3006 C2089-6205 K-BRKT-ADJ-300

7 C2042-0667 FOOT-PD8 C2051-5029 BKT-PUSH-LEV9 C2089-5918 BRKT-HINGE-L

10 C2089-6213 HANDLE-BASE11 C2045-6521 CLP/W-WS-3U12 C2051-7827 CLP/W-WS-4U

13 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U14 C2051-3651 RAIL-LCF15 C2090-4215 BRKT-RAIL-LCF-F

16 C2090-4223 BRKT-RAIL-LCF-R17 C2090-4207 BASE-LCF18 C2042-1566 PUSHER-LEV-ELV

101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L102 C78-8010-8542-0 TPAN40*10MSZN3L103 C78-8023-6823-9 ZPAN50*12MSZN3A

104 C2042-4115 7/0NUT10MSZN3A105 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L106 C78-8010-854200 TPAN40*10MSZN3L19 C2094-5952 GASKET, 2-10-300 AH/A


12

13-1

104

20

105

10521

0217

21

10219

15

6

2101

2101

2

3102

101

101

101

101

102

1035

28

10

101

101

101

101

31


Section 6

Lower Frame 1

IPB - 16

Section 6

Lower Frame 1

105

105

2120

21

101

29 101 1

102

16102

14

18

102

102

102

22

25

23

24

102

3

1

4

30

102

103

1

1

101

2633

27

28

8

9

9

7

11

101

101101

101


Section 6

Lower Frame 1

IPB - 17


1 C2089-6445 BEAM-F-CST-3002 C2051-5128 HOLDER-CST-F1503 C2090-2847 SPL-GUIDE-OPEN

4 C2090-2854 BKT-HOLDER-ROLL5 C2090-2862 SHAFT-GUIDE-OP6 C2089-6411 FRAME-AGL-F-C

7 C2089-6304 FRAME-EXIT-L8 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U9 C2001-3488 CLP/W-LWS-2U

10 C2089-6551 STY-RAIL-ADU-EN11 C2090-2748 RAIL-BEAM-R12 C2089-6452 TRAY-TNR-TRU

13 C2080-3169 HOLDER-ADU-2-1714 C2089-6536 STY-RAIL-TRU-EN15 C2090-4488 K-BRKT-HOLD

16 C2090-4496 BRKT-SLIDE17 C2090-4512 SLIDER-F18 C2090-4520 SLIDER-R

19 C2090-4504 SPE106-080-035620 C2090-0668 RAIL-ACCURD-TRU21 C2090-0676 STUD-RAIL-TRU

22 C2089-6494 STAY-FR-U-H/R23 C2089-6502 STAY-H/R-FR24 C2089-6510 SHIELD-STAY-H/R

25 C2089-6528 PLT-GUARD-H/R26 C2089-6569 STY-RAIL-ADU-EX27 C2090-2730 RAIL-BEAM-L

28 C2032-8779 ROLL-CST-19S29 C2089-6544 STY-RAIL-TRU-EX30 C2090-2870 ROLL-GUIDE-OPEN

31 C2042-1566 PUSHER-LEV-ELV33 C2089-6577 GASKET-1-10-35



Section 6

Lower Frame 1

IPB - 18


101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L102 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L103 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

104 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L105 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI106 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L


Section 7

Lower Frame 2

IPB - 19

Section 7

Lower Frame 2


20)S47)S48)


Section 7

Lower Frame 2

IPB - 20


1 C2090-4678 K-RAIL-CST-L2 C2042-4495 SHEET-CST-L3 C2090-4694 SHEET-CST-L-90

4 C2042-4412 MYLAR-RAIL-U7 C2090-4686 K-RAIL-CST-R9 C2090-8471 SENSOR

UPPER DRAWER CLOSED (SMIDDLE DRAWER CLOSED (LOWER DRAWER CLOSED (

10 C2090-4603 ACTR-SW-CST11 C2042-0725 HLDR-ACTR-CST12 C2051-5003 STAY-CNCT-CST

13 C2051-5011 BKT-CNCT-CST14 C2090-4819 K-RAIL-CST-L-S15 C2090-4827 K-RAIL-CST-R-S

16 C2051-6894 WH-PFP-DRW-15017 C2029-0391 SCREW-SOCKET18 C2051-6886 WH-PFP-DRWL-150

40 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L42 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L43 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L


Section 8

PFP Drive 1

IPB - 21

Section 8

PFP Drive 1


IVE (M31)

D (CL6)TION (CL7)ED (CL10)TION (CL8)ED (CL11)TION (CL9)


Section 8

PFP Drive 1

IPB - 22


1 C2090-4538 K-FRAME-DRV-PFP2 C2090-4736 BRKT-MOT-PFP3 C2090-7317 MOTOR, PAPER DRAWER DR

6 C2051-4428 GEAR-05-64H-CRO7 C2051-4436 GEAR-1.0-Z288 C2051-4451 PLY-Z29-Z25-3M

9 C2051-4444 PLY-Z25-3M-DBL10 C2051-4584 BELT-3M-Z10311 C2051-4592 BELT-3M-Z82

12 C78-8034-1696-1 GEAR-2513 C78-8008-7056-6 BUSHING14 C78-8034-8890-3 GEAR-0.8-25

15 C2029-2553 CLUTCH ASSEMBLYUPPER DRAWER PAPER FEEUPPER DRAWER REGISTRAMIDDLE DRAWER PAPER FEMIDDLE DRAWER REGISTRALOWER DRAWER PAPER FELOWER DRAWER REGISTRA

16 C2051-4568 SFT-CLT-FEED17 C78-8034-8783-0 BRG-608ZZNR18 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN

21 C2045-6521 CLP/W-WS-3U51 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L52 C78-8010-8542-0 TPAN40*10MSZN3L

53 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A54 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A55 C78-8035-6142-8 9HSS30/03MSFB


Section 9

PFP Drive 2

IPB - 23

Section 9

PFP Drive 2



Section 9

PFP Drive 2

IPB - 24


1 C2090-4629 FRAME-STY-UNT-F2 C2090-4637 FRAME-STY-UNT-R3 C2090-4850 STAY-ELV-CST

4 C2051-3958 ARM-STY-ELV-F5 C2051-3966 ARM-STY-ELV-R6 C2045-2843 SHAFT-ELV-PD

7 C2051-4022 LEVER-ELV-CST8 C78-8008-7056-6 BUSHING9 C2042-1517 GEAR-1.0-144

10 C2042-1509 PIN-4-4311 C78-8008-7072-3 SPRING-MG12 C2032-1709 LVR-ELV-124S

13 C2042-1418 SPE-6.3-0.414 C2058-1310 GUIDE-PAPER-C415 C2051-3974 K-GUIDE-F/S-F

16 C2051-3982 K-GUIDE-F/S-R17 C2090-4595 STY-UNIT-ALIN18 C2090-4553 K-GUIDE-P-3

19 C2051-2232 SUPPORT-GUIDE-P20 C2090-4645 STD-U-AL-UNIT-F21 C2090-4777 SPL-GUIDE-P1-P3

22 C2090-4546 HOLDER-LOCK-LCF23 C2051-3891 BKT-POST-LCF25 C2090-4769 GROMET-KG016-95

26 C2090-4710 K-BRKT-MOT-TRAY27 C2051-4576 K-MOT-ELV-150

UPPER DRAWER LIFT (M33)MIDDLE DRAWER LIFT (M28)LOWER DRAWER LIFT (29)

28 C2032-1543 WHEEL-28/G-1429 C2042-1541 SL-GEAR-2030 C2032-1550 GEAR-35-ARBOR


Section 9

PFP Drive 2

IPB - 25


31 C2032-4125 SPR-13.6R-13.5A32 C2042-1533 GEAR-15-ARBOR33 C2042-1590 GEAR-1.0-25-PD

34 C2051-4519 STUD-WORM-TRAY35 C2051-4402 STD-BKT-MOT-TRY36 C78-8034-7614-8 Z-MA-LS-10

38 C2090-4660 BRKT-CONECT-PFP39 C2090-4652 SCREW-SOCKET-LR40 C2090-7788 WH-LGC-LCF-300

41 C2089-6221 COV-WH-BASE-C61 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L62 C78-8013-8428-6 PAN40*06MSZN3AI

63 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A65 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L66 C78-8037-0086-9 PAN26*04MSZN3AI

67 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A68 C78-8034-2962-6 TPPAN4008MSZN3A69 C2058-2847 THPAN3008MSZN3L

70 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L71 C78-8010-8864-8 BID30*06MSCR1AI



Section 10

PFP Drive 3

IPB - 26

Section 10

PFP Drive 3

ETAL

UBBER


Section 10

PFP Drive 3

IPB - 27


1 C2051-4378 K-BKT-JOINT-FED2 C2051-4352 K-ARM-JOINT-FED3 C2051-4410 GEAR-08-20-L27

4 C78-8036-8836-1 GEAR-0.8-255 C2019-4742 GEAR-08-25-0706 C2051-4485 SPE-JOINT

7 C2051-4469 GUIDE-FS-UNIT8 C2032-3713 K-BRKT-JNT-RGT9 C2032-3721 K-ARM-JNT-RGT

10 C2051-4477 ROL-GUIDE-RGT11 C78-8036-0148-9 GEAR-08-3013 C2090-4728 K-BRKT-JN-RGT-U

14 C2090-4611 K-BRKT-ALIN-GID15 C2090-4868 K-GUIDE-AL16 C2090-4744 SPE055-060-0205

17 C2090-4751 SPD088-120-R18 C2090-4561 FRAME-U-AL-F19 C2090-4579 FRAME-U-AL-R

20 C2090-4587 GUIDE-U-AL-UNIT21 C2032-1717 ROLLER, UPPER DRAWER M

REGISTRATION

22 C2051-4261 ROLLER UPPER DRAWER RREGISTRATION

23 C2017-0536 GEAR-08-20-LA5

24 C78-8035-5130-4 GEAR-20-0.8-D625 C2042-1715 COLLER-GAP-GEAR26 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB

27 C78-8058-3252-0 BUSH-D6-GCB28 C2042-1244 SPRING-55029 C78-8029-4783-4 NPIN2-8

30 C2042-1236 SPRING-81551 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L52 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

53 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L



Section 11

PFP Feeder 1

IPB - 28

Section 11

PFP Feeder 1

LL DRAWERS)


Section 11

PFP Feeder 1

IPB - 29


1 C2051-4238 K-FRAME-F/S-UNT2 C2051-4121 BKT-WH-F/S3 C2040-5122 BD/W-EDS-1

4 C2051-4139 COV-SW-F/S5 C2051-4253 STAY-FEED-F/S6 C2051-4337 BKT-FEED-ROL

7 C2058-1336 GUIDE-PA-2-F/S8 C2041-4033 PIN-BKT-CON-H15 C2080-2005 SFT-FED-F/S-300

16 C2011-0417 K-PLY/T-2M17 C78-8029-4783-4 NPIN2-818 C2051-4311 BELT-214-2M

19 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB20 C2029-2140 CLUTCH-6-L21 C2031-2666 FEED ROLLER ASSEMBLY (A

22 C78-8036-0234-7 STOP-RING-623 C2051-4410 GEAR-08-20-L2724 C2051-4220 BKT-SPT-SFT-FED

25 C2090-8703 BRG-696ZZ1NR26 C2058-1260 SFT-PICK-F/S27 C2042-1053 LVR-ARM-PICK-UP

28 C2042-1186 SPR-PICK-UP29 C78-8035-1347-8 BUSH-630 C2042-1020 ARM-PICK-550

31 C2042-1046 PLY-20-2M32 C78-8036-0927-6 BLT/T-Z7133 C2032-1725 ACTR-PICK-150

34 C2042-3943 SNAP-PIN35 C2051-4170 JOINT-PULLY-F/S36 C2051-4071 K-GEAR-22-08-OW

37 C2051-4154 HLDR-F/S-UNT-F38 C2051-4162 HLDR-F/S-UNT-R


ERS)

PTY (S2930)PTY (S33)

S34)PTY (S37)38)


Section 11

PFP Feeder 1

IPB - 30


39 C2051-4212 BKT-FRM-F/S40 C2058-1344 GUIDE-PA-3-F/S41 C2080-9232 GUIDE-PA-1-F/S

42 C2051-4113 CUSH-GUIDE-PA-143 C2032-1378 ROLLER, PICKUP (ALL DRAW44 C2051-4329 SPL-PUSH-GUIDE

45 C2041-4355 SENSOR0UPPER DRAWER PAPER EMUPPER DRAWER TRAYUP (SMIDDLE DRAWER PAPER EMMIDDLE DRAWER TRAYUP (LOWER DRAWER PAPER EMLOWER DRAWER TRAYUP (S

46 C78-8034-7614-8 Z-MA-LS-1047 A C2051-6910 WH-FS-UNIT-15047 B C2051-6902 WH-FS-UNITL-150

48 C2051-4055 ARM-PICK-15049 C2031-2740 ROL-FEED-181 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L

82 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L83 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A84 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


Section 12

PFP Feeder 2

IPB - 31

Section 12

PFP Feeder 2


RT (S28ART (S32)ART (S35)

DRAWERS RUBBER

ATION

MBLY


Section 12

PFP Feeder 2

IPB - 32


1 C2051-4246 K-STAY-SEP-F/S2 C2051-4766 LEV-ROL-SEP-U/D3 C2051-2026 SPE-SEP-907

4 C2051-4204 BKT-FEED-SW-F/S5 C2041-9826 SENSOR

UPPER DRAWER PAPER STAMIDDLE DRAWER PAPER STLOWER DRAWER PAPER ST

6 C2050-5277 SPE063-080-04277 C78-8029-4783-4 NPIN2-88 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB

9 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-510 C78-8036-0148-9 GEAR-08-3011 C2090-4702 GUIDE-PAPER-ENT

12 C2051-4261 ROLLER, MIDDLE & LOWER REGISTRATION

13 C78-8035-5130-4 GEAR-20-0.8-D6

14 C78-8058-3252-0 BUSH-D6-GCB15 C2042-1244 SPRING-55016 C2042-1236 SPRING-815

17 C2032-1717 ROLLER, MIDDLE & LOWERDRAWERS METAL REGISTR

18 C2017-0536 GEAR-08-20-LA5

19 C2042-1715 COLLER-GAP-GEAR20 C2051-4097 K-SFT-SPT-F/S21 C2090-4173 K-ROL-SPT-CCW-S

22 C2010-2828 ARBOR-16-POM-S23 C2051-4790 SPR-1.0-1560RF24 C2005-8335 SLEEVE-FEED CLUTCH

25 C2090-4157 SEPARATION ROLLER ASSE(UPPER, MIDDLE, & LOWER)

30 C2051-4758 ASM-ARM-SET-ROL

OP (S301)OP (S35)


Section 12

PFP Feeder 2

IPB - 33


32 C2042-0055 SENSORMIDDLE DRAWER PAPER STLOWER DRAWER PAPER ST

33 C2051-4147 BKT-BLIND-F/S-L34 C2051-4774 RUBBER-ARM-SET235 C2032-1402 ROLLER, SEPARATION

(UPPER, MIDDLE, & LOWER)

71 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L73 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A74 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

36 C2005-3773 CLIP



Section 13

LCF Frame

IPB - 34

Section 13

LCF Frame

4)

9)

(S40)


Section 13

LCF Frame

IPB - 35


1 C2090-3761 FRAME-M-LCF2 C2090-3746 FRAME-F-LCF3 C2090-3753 FRAME-R-LCF

4 C2090-3779 STAY-LOW-LCF6 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-27 C2090-7937 WH-LCF2-300

8 C2011-0839 GMT-OBC-6259 C2058-1070 COVER-BASE-LCF10 C2090-3969 BRKT-CNT-LCF-R

11 C2090-3944 COVER-IN-F12 C2090-3928 GUIDE-PAPER-LCF13 C2058-0726 GUIDE-SIDE-F

14 C2058-0734 GUIDE-SIDE-R15 C2089-5892 KNOB-LCF16 C2090-3951 COVER-WH-LCF-R

19 C2058-0775 BRKT-POSITION21 C2090-3936 BRKT-SCREW-LCF22 C2047-4797 SCREW-FRAME

23 C2090-9883 WIRE/B-LT-11U24 C78-8036-8929-4 HOLDER-WH28 C2058-1088 K-BRKT-SW-LCF

29 C2058-1104 COV-SW-DOOR30 C2026-5468 SPL-SW-LCP31 C2032-1964 SWITCH 1, LCC DOOR (SW2

32 C2058-2912 SWITCH 2, LCC DOOR (SW433 C2058-2409 WH-LCF-DOOR-15234 C2057-9074 SENSOR, LCC TRAY DOWN

35 C2032-4091 LBL-LCF-CAUTION36 C2058-0957 BRKT-HOLD-BTM37 C2058-0965 BRKT-SW-BTM

38 C2058-0973 ACT-BTM-SW39 C2058-1021 SPRING-040-40



Section 13

LCF Frame

IPB - 36


40 C2090-3894 BRKT-CONECT-LCF41 C2090-7796 WH-LCF1-300101 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L

102 C2070-2858 TBIDS-40*08-CP103 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L104 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

106 C2005-5257 THPAN3006MSZN3L107 C78-8036-9048-2 TPAN3014MSZN3L108 C78-8035-1478-1 PAN20*10MSZN3AI

109 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A110 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

5 C2005-3773 CLIP


Section 14

LCF Drive

IPB - 37

Section 14LCF Drive


)

30)


Section 14

LCF Drive

IPB - 38


1 C2058-0908 BRKT-DRIVE-12 C2058-0981 SHAFT-WORM3 C2026-8694 WORM-1.0-16

4 C2047-3039 BRG-688ZZNR5 C2019-3975 STOPPER-WORM6 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN

7 C2058-0940 PLY/T-3GT-228 C2069-4469 FLANGE-ROL-GEAR9 C2069-4451 GEAR-1.0-70-ROL

10 C2058-1039 CABLE, TRAY DRIVE (LONG)11 C2058-1047 CABLE, TRAY DRIVE (SHORT12 C2058-0999 BRKT-DRIVE-2

13 C2058-1013 STUD-DRIVE-114 C2058-1005 WORM-WHEEL-7416 C2058-0874 STUD-PLY-2

17 C2058-0833 PULLEY-LCF18 C2090-3977 MOTOR, LCC TRAY DRIVE (M19 C2058-0916 BLT/T-3GT123-60

20 C2090-3910 BRKT-PLY-LCF21 C2058-0841 STUD-PLY-122 C2058-0882 GUIDE-ROPE-ELV

23 C2058-0825 GUIDE-TARY-LCF24 C2058-0767 STAY-TRAY-LCF25 C2058-0759 GUIDE-TRAY

26 C2058-0742 TRAY-LCF28 C2026-4909 EDGING-E012-04429 C2028-0152 K-BASE-TRAY-LCF

49 C78-8040-3205-6 TPPAN4006MSZN3A51 C78-8014-5325-5 9HSS30/04MSFB52 C78-8010-8547-9 9HSS40/04MSFB

53 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L54 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L


Section 14

LCF Drive

IPB - 39


55 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A56 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L

27 C78-8036-0210-7 BRAKE PAD



Section 15

Feed Guide

IPB - 40

Section 15

Feed Guide

APER

23)


Section 15

Feed Guide

IPB - 41


2 C2058-0791 GUIDE-PA-OPEN-13 C2051-4741 SCREW-LINK-M35 C2058-0809 GUIDE-PA-OPEN-2

6 C2051-4642 LINK-GUIDE-OP7 C2041-4033 PIN-BKT-CON-H8 C2051-4667 BKT-SPE-LOCK

9 C2090-4066 SHAFT-LOCK-LCF10 C2051-4675 LEV-GUIDE-OP-F11 C2042-0055 SENSOR, UPPER DRAWER P

STOP (S27)12 C2051-4691 SPE-LOCK-LCF13 C2090-4140 HOOK-LOCK-LCF-R

14 C2051-4824 K-BRKT-SW-LCF15 C2090-3670 SWITCH, LCC POSITION (SW16 C2051-4832 SPL-SW-LCF

17 C2090-4116 BRKT-HOOK-LVR18 C2090-4108 BRKT-SW-RGT-PFP19 C2090-4959 LABEL-E

20 C2058-0817 GUIDE-PA-OPEN-321 C2090-3985 GUIDE-PA-OP-UP22 C2090-4132 HOOK-LOCK-LCF-F

23 C2090-4058 LEVER-AL-SW24 C2051-4634 SPE-GUIDE-OPEN101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

102 C78-8035-1478-1 PAN20*10MSZN3AI103 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI104 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

105 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A



Section 16

LCF Feeder

IPB - 42

Section 16

LCF Feeder

ON

(M32)

ER ASSEMBLY


Section 16

LCF Feeder

IPB - 43


4 C2090-3803 FRAME-DRV-F-LCF5 C2090-3795 K-FRM-DRV-R-LCF6 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-2

7 C2090-3738 K-SHAFT-SEP-LCF8 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB9 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS070

10 C78-8036-0234-7 STOP-RING-611 C2051-2455 GEAR-22-08-D612 C78-8036-0148-9 GEAR-08-30

13 C78-8035-5130-4 GEAR-20-0.8-D614 C78-8029-4783-4 NPIN2-815 C2047-2932 CLUTCH-6-R

16 C2051-2463 PLY-Z30-3M-D617 C2051-3602 K-GEAR-20-08-OW18 C2088-9416 ROLLER, BYPASS SEPARATI

19 C2080-3417 WH-SFB-30022 C2090-3902 GUIDE-P-MNAL-L23 C2051-2232 SUPPORT-GUIDE-P

24 C2090-8265 VARISTOR25 C2090-3696 BRKT-MOT-FEED26 C2051-2521 MOTOR, LCC/BYPASS FEED

27 C2090-3704 K-BRKT-PLY-FEED28 C2051-2513 PLY27-3M-D629 C2051-2489 K-G18-P78

30 C2051-2471 BELT-73078-3.531 C2051-2505 BELT-106110-332 C2090-4181 SEPARATION/BYPASS ROLL

34 C2010-2828 ARBOR-16-POM-S35 C2001-4411 COVER-SP-CL101 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L

102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A103 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L



Section 16

LCF Feeder

IPB - 44


104 C78-8036-9050-8 TBID3008MSZN3A105 C78-8010-8874-7 PAN30*04MSZN3A106 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L


Section 17

LCF Feeder Stay

IPB - 45

Section 17

LCF Feeder Stay


LY

(S25)


Section 17

LCF Feeder Stay

IPB - 46


1 C2090-3787 K-STAY-FEED-LCF2 C2090-3837 STUD-TRAY-SFB3 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U

4 C2090-3712 SHAFT-FEED-LCF5 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB6 C78-8029-4783-4 NPIN2-8

7 C2040-6468 PLY-20-ROL8 C2047-2932 CLUTCH-6-R9 C2031-2724 LCC FEED ROLLER ASSEMB

10 C2090-3811 SFT-PICK-UP11 C2041-6780 ACT-EMP-L12 C2041-6772 LEV-ACT-EMP-L

13 C2051-2117 BELT-106096-2.514 C2051-2125 JOINT-D6-L2015 C2041-6764 ARM-PICK-L

16 C2051-2133 K-SFT-ROL-PICK17 C2051-2141 WEIGHT-PICK-UP18 C2041-6855 BELT-106057-2.5

19 C2031-2732 ROLLER, LCC PICKUP20 C78-8036-0234-7 STOP-RING-621 C2090-3829 BRKT-SFT-PICK

22 C2090-3878 BRKT-SW-PRE-FED23 C2051-7280 SENSOR, LCC PAPER START24 C2090-3886 BRKT-SW-EMP

25 C2051-2018 LEV-ROL-SEP26 C2032-1493 SPE-SEP-78427 C2090-8471 SENSOR

LCC TRAY UP (S39)LCC PAPER EMPTY (S26)

28 C2090-4017 K-STY-FEED-L29 C2090-4025 K-BRKT-SEP-RO-L30 C2051-2026 SPE-SEP-907

SSEMBLY


Section 17

LCF Feeder Stay

IPB - 47


31 C2090-4009 LEV-OPEN-SEP-F32 C2090-4033 LEV-OPEN-SEP-R33 C2090-4041 LINK-OPEN-SEP

34 C2090-3993 SPE080-100-076735 C2090-3738 K-SHAFT-SEP-LCF36 C2090-4082 BUSH-GUIDE-P-4

37 C2090-4074 K-GUIDE-P-438 C2090-4124 SPC080-045-015539 C2090-4090 STOP-RING-4

40 C2090-4165 LCC SEPARATION ROLLER A41 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS07042 C2032-1402 ROLLER, LCC SEPARATIO

44 C2010-2828 ARBOR-16-POM-S45 C2001-4411 COVER-SP-CL46 C2031-2740 ROLLER, LCC FEED

101 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A102 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L103 C78-8010-8864-8 BID30*06MSCR1AI

104 C2005-0126 PTBR30*06MSZN3A105 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3L



Section 18

Manual Feeder Drive

IPB - 48

Section 18

Manual Feeder Drive

(SOL5)

2)


Section 18

Manual Feeder Drive

IPB - 49


1 C2090-3860 K-STAY-DRV-SFB2 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U3 C2048-0414 ACT-BYPASS

4 C2090-3688 SOLENOID, BYPASS PICKUP5 C2032-2228 SPE-SND-BYPASS6 C2051-2653 BKT-BYPASS-US

7 C2051-2786 CUSH-BYPASS-US8 C2028-8965 SPACER-BYPASS9 C2090-3720 SHAFT-FEED-SFB

10 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB11 C2032-8563 ARM-PICK-UP12 C2040-6468 PLY-20-ROL

13 C78-8029-4783-4 NPIN2-814 C2051-2760 BELT-106105-3SZ15 C2032-1436 ROLLER, BYPASS FEED

16 C78-8036-0234-7 STOP-RING-617 C2051-2679 SFT-ROLL-PICK-U18 C2047-1652 PLY-20

19 C2032-1444 ROLLER, BYPASS PICKUP20 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-521 C2032-2210 WEIGHT-M-PICK

22 C2051-2596 K-BKT-STOPPER23 C2051-2604 ARM-STOPPER24 C2032-9744 ARM-STOPPER-SUB

25 C2011-0136 PAD-8*226 C2051-2612 K-BKT-PAPER-SW27 C2051-2620 LEVER-PAPER-SW

28 C2090-8471 SENSOR, BYPASS FEED (S229 C2090-3845 GUIDE-P-SFB-U-F30 C2090-3852 GUIDE-P-SFB-U-R

101 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A102 C78-8010-8864-8 BID30*06MSCR1AI



Section 18

Manual Feeder Drive

IPB - 50


103 C78-8036-9050-8 TBID3008MSZN3A104 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A105 C78-8018-2899-3 PAN30*08MSZN3AI



Section 19

Manual Tray

IPB - 51

Section 19

Manual Tray


DTH

CH PWA


Section 19

Manual Tray

IPB - 52


1 C2090-6848 TRAY-SFB-M2 C2015-0686 PAD-BRAKE3 C2051-2778 CUSH-TRAY-SFB

4 C2090-6855 GUIDE-F-SFB-M5 C2090-6863 GUIDE-F-EX-M6 C2090-4876 K-RACK-BYPASS

7 C2090-6871 GUIDE-R-SFB-M8 C2090-6889 GUIDE-R-EX-M9 C2058-1849 LBL-STK-SFB-C7M

10 C2090-4884 RACK-BYPASS11 C78-8035-1182-9 PINION-18-39512 C2090-4892 K-PLATE-PINION

13 C2090-8455 SWITCH, BYPASS PAPER WIDETECTION (SW21)

14 C2090-4900 K-HINGE-TRAY-F

15 C2090-6897 TRAY, STACK FEED BYPASS16 C2047-1751 PIN-TRAY-M-FE17 C2048-3152 SPC-PIN-TRAY-N

18 C2090-6905 COV-OPEN-SFB-M19 C2090-6913 TRAY-SFB-M-M20 C2070-0787 BUSH-IDLER

21 C2090-4918 K-HINGE-TRAY-R22 C2090-6921 COV-RIGHT-SFB-M23 C2051-3859 K-KEY-LCF

24 C2090-4926 MYLAR-SHIELD-TD25 C2090-7101 LCC/LCC TRAY DOWN SWIT26 C2090-7846 WH-SFB-SIZE-300

27 A C2051-1382 LBL-SIZE-SFB-AH27 B C2051-1374 LBL-SIZE-SFB-AG28 C2090-7077 LBL-PUSH-CAU-M

101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A


Section 19

Manual Tray

IPB - 53


103 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L104 C78-8035-5219-5 TZPAN3006MSZN3A105 C2058-2847 THPAN3008MSZN3L



Section 20

ADD Frame

IPB - 54

Section 20

ADD Frame


Section 20

ADD Frame

IPB - 55


1 C2090-1583 K-FRAME-ADU-F2 C2090-2938 BRKT-SHAFT-ADU3 C2090-2946 SHAFT-LEVER

4 C2090-2953 HANDLE-ADU5 C2090-2540 GEAR-10S020-066 C2090-2417 LEVER-D-IN

7 C2090-1864 GEAR-10S020-069 C2090-2425 STUD-LEVER-D-IN10 C2090-2474 GP10S020-2GT040

11 C2090-3142 BLT/T-180-2GT-512 C2080-5578 BRKT-DRIVE-IN13 C2090-2466 SHAFT-DRIVE-IN

14 C2051-4485 SPE-JOINT15 C2078-1423 PWZ-SPLSN-6U16 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U

17 C2080-4852 LATCH-ADU-PC18 C2051-4923 SPE-LATCH-CST19 C2090-1591 K-FRAME-ADU-R

20 C2090-1641 K-BRKT-FRM-L21 C2090-1617 BRKT-SPL-RGT22 C2090-1625 SPL-RGT-ROL

23 C2090-1633 BRKT-FRM-END24 C2090-1609 K-BRKT-FRM-R25 C2090-2052 GUIDE-PASS-TR

26 C2090-1658 GUIDE-WH-ADU27 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U28 C2090-2714 RAIL-ADU-L

29 C2090-2722 RAIL-ADU-R30 C2090-1682 K-COV-FEED-ADU31 C2090-2920 K-COV-IN-ADU

32 C2032-8779 ROLL-CST-19S33 C2090-2979 HANDLE-FEED-ADU


TRATION (S8)


Section 20

ADD Frame

IPB - 56


34 C2090-3209 SENSOR, DUPLEXER REGIS35 C2090-5006 LBL-CAU-ADU-JAM36 C2090-4967 LABEL-F

37 C2090-4975 LABEL-G38 C2090-4991 LABEL-I39 C2090-5014 LBL-ADU-JAM

40 C2090-3654 BRKT-SPRING41 C2090-1955 SHAFT-FEED-U42 C2090-2995 SPC090-100-0350

43 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS07044 C78-8040-2933-4 GMT-OBC-37545 C78-8034-2234-0 GMT-OCB-875

46 C2090-7143 DUPLEXER PWA47 C2017-4959 CLP/W-LWS-3U101 C78-8010-8855-6 ZPAN30*08MSZN3A

102 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L103 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A104 C78-8034-2961-8 TPPAN3006MSZN3A

105 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L106 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L107 C78-8022-7227-4 ZPAN30*12MSZN3A


Section 21

ADD Drive

IPB - 57

Section 21

ADD Drive


PORT

TRATION

PORT 2 & 3

PORT 1 & 4


Section 21

ADD Drive

IPB - 58


1 C2090-2557 BRKT-CLT-TR2 C2070-1322 CLUTCH, DUPLEXER TRANS

ROLLER DRIVE (CL1

3 C2070-1314 CLUTCH, DUPLEXER REGISDUPLEXER FEED (CL5)

4 C2090-1666 BRKT-CNT-ADU

5 C2090-7721 WH-ADU-LGC-3006 C2090-2334 PLATE-DRIVE-ADU7 C2080-7277 MYLAR-DRV-ADV

8 C78-8040-2933-4 GMT-OBC-3759 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U10 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U

11 C2090-1872 GEAR-10S028-0613 C2090-2532 SHAFT-DRIVE-A14 C2090-2235 ROLLER, DUPLEXER TRANS

15 C2090-2219 ROLLER, DUPLEXER TRANS16 C2090-2268 SHAFT-DRIVE-ADU17 C2090-2300 SHAFT-DRIVE-R

18 C2090-2292 SHAFT-H-ROL19 C2090-2326 GEAR-10S032-0620 C2090-3159 PLY/T-2GT040-08

21 C2090-2227 PYT/T-2GT040-0622 C2051-2901 BELT-106159-3Z23 C2090-3142 BLT/T-180-2GT-5

24 C2090-2318 GEAR-10S022-0625 C2090-2342 GEAR-10S028-0626 C2090-2243 K-BKT-DRIVE-ADU

27 C2090-2250 BRKT-STUD-SUB28 C2090-2987 HOLDER-CLU-UP29 C2090-2342 GEAR-10S028-06

30 C2090-2284 SPC200-100-35031 C2090-2276 WHEEL-DRIVE-ADU33 C2090-2359 BLT/T-264-2GT-3


Section 21

ADD Drive

IPB - 59


35 C2090-7739 WH-ADU-RGT-30036 C2090-7754 WH-ADU-TR2-30037 C2045-6521 CLP/W-WS-3U

38 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS07050 C2004-4673 BUSH-6L55 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB

60 C78-8036-9789-1 BRG-696ZZNR70 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A71 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

72 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L73 C78-8014-5325-5 9HSS30/04MSFB75 C2048-3285 HPIN20/12SUSH7



Section 22

ADD Open Guide

IPB - 60

Section 22

ADD Open Guide


TRANSPORT

PORT (S3)


Section 22

ADD Open Guide

IPB - 61


1 C2090-2482 K-GUIDE-OPEN2 C2090-2896 HOLDER-OPEN-L3 C2090-2904 HOLDER-OPEN-R

4 C2090-2888 BRKT-GUIDE-OPEN5 C2090-2508 SHAFT-LEVER-L6 C2090-2524 WIRE-GUIDE-OPEN

7 C2090-2516 SPA057-080-R8 C2090-2490 LEVER-LOCK9 C2090-2912 HOLDER-STAY

10 C2070-4235 ROLLER, DUPLEXER IDLER 11 C2070-4243 SPE-052-070-62012 C2090-3217 SENSOR, DUPLEXER TRANS

13 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS07014 C2041-4033 PIN-BKT-CON-H101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

102 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A103 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A


7

6

4

3

1 03

29

1 02

2 1


Section 23

ADD Stacking

IPB - 62

Section 23

ADD Stacking

283 7

38

38

38

38

3 7230

32

31

3

C

1

1 01

22

8

10 2

10

1 02

1 03

102

1 0

5

4

7

1 4

2 2

61613

1 5

4

1 7

2420

1 022 6

11

23

35

10 29

1 01

10 2

2 3

102

23

18

33

3 3

33 3 6

3 7

10 4 19

1 2102

10 3

1 02

10 310 2

C

AB

A

B

2 5

27

104

1 04

39

393 3

1 053 4

1 05

10 5

K WIDTH

(M8)9)

HOME POSITION (S4)PTY (S7)OME POSITION (S9)

SPORT (S5)


Section 23

ADD Stacking

IPB - 63


1 C2080-7269 K-GUIDE-STK-ADV2 C2090-2599 GUIDE, FRONT PAPER STAC3 C2090-2607 GUIDE, PAPER LENGTH

4 C2004-7486 PULLEY-Z235 C2069-8924 BLT/T-2GT810X306 C2017-0122 PLY-48-2M

7 C78-8036-9959-0 BELT-HTD-76-2M8 C2090-2680 K-BRKT-MOT-P-E9 C2090-2706 BRKT-CNT-MOT

10 C2080-3151 BRKT-SW-E-G11 C2090-2664 BRKT-END-SW12 C2090-2698 BRKT-WH-STK

13 C2051-3123 BELT-106348-3SZ14 C2090-2631 K-BRKT-MOT-P-S15 C2080-3136 BRKT-ACT-SW-S

16 C2080-3144 BRKT-SW-E17 C2090-2672 BRKT-EMP-SW18 C2090-2656 STAY-SW-STACK

19 C2057-9041 CAM-ADJ-LENS20 C2090-2078 BRKT-SW-TR121 C2080-1965 GUIDE-P-END

22 C2069-5433 MOTORDUPLEXER LENGTH GUIDE DUPLEXER WIDTH GUIDE (M

23 C2090-8471 SENSORDUPLEXER LENGTH GUIDE DUPLEXER STACK TRAY EMDUPLEXER WIDTH GUIDE H

24 C2070-1934 SENSOR 1, DUPLEXER TRAN25 C2090-7747 WH-ADU-END1-30026 C2090-9842 PWZ-WLS-14-0

27 C2001-3488 CLP/W-LWS-2U


H - REAR


Section 23

ADD Stacking

IPB - 64


28 C2090-2755 WALL-STACK-R29 C2080-1973 GUIDE, PAPER STACK WIDT30 C2090-3050 GUIDE-STACK-U

31 C2090-3068 LEVER-STACK-ADU32 C2090-3076 SHAFT-STACK-ADU37 C2080-2146 MYLAR-ADU-E-G

38 C2080-9067 MYLAR-STK-SIDE39 C2081-0750 MYLAR-GUIDE-STK40 C2080-9075 MYLAR-STK-UP

101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A103 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

104 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L

33 C2041-4033 SHOULDER SRCEW36 C2094-6265 MYLAR, STK-C105 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

24

27

60

27

101

102

42

4443

101101

101

106

104

1616

6

25

26

106

105

105

102105

5102

102105

12

28

42

57

48

10257

102

57

5252

10221

49

101

8

46

105102

46

5354

51

101

50


Section 24

ADD Feeder

IPB - 65

Section 24

ADD Feeder

1

3

23

20

38

6

418

101101

101

101

58

17

15

102

102

103103

103

103

102

102

102

102

102

102

103

103103

102

102

102 101

101

101

29

4736 105

106

106

32

31

33

57

19

45

41

35

49

104

21

39

40

13

101

101

101

37

37

1

16

16

16

12

10

48

102 57102

102

50

48

105

105

34

52

101

101

101

101

103

57

57

103

11

5

56

102

30

10

7

37

103

10337

103103

37

55

102

10247

102

10247

54

54

259

101

22

52

9


SING (CL2)RD ROTATION (CL3)

FEED

NCEENTRANCE


Section 24

ADD Feeder

IPB - 66


1 C2090-1724 GUIDE-IN-U2 C2032-1360 BRUSH-SUS-E2 C2032-1360 BRUSH-SUS-E

3 C2090-1732 GUIDE-IN-L4 C2090-1948 LEVER-FEED-U5 C2090-1930 SHAFT-LOCK-F

6 C2090-1963 LEVER-OPEN-F7 A C2080-9026 GUIDE-SUB-FEED8 C2090-4983 LABEL-H

9 C2080-9000 ROLLER, DUPLEXER GATE10 C2090-2185 ARBOR-SEP11 C2029-2140 CLUTCH-6-L

12 C2070-1322 CLUTCH, DUPLEXER REVERCLUTCH, DUPLEXER FORWA

13 C2080-2120 SZ-FED-ADU-F300

14 A C2081-3432 SENSOR, DUPLEXER PAPER15 C2090-1799 ARM-GATE-F16 C2090-1807 GEAR-10S024-06

17 C2090-1815 ARM-GATE-R18 C2090-1740 ROLLER, DUPLEXER ENTRA19 C2080-9034 ROLLER, DUPLEXER IDLER

20 C2090-1690 FRAME-FEED-R21 C78-8035-9897-4 SPRING-85022 C2080-2302 K-GUIDE-FEED-U

23 C2090-1708 FRAME-FEED-F24 C2090-1773 K-BRKT-FEED-F26 C2090-1757 GEAR-10S020-08

27 C2090-1849 SHAFT-DRIVE-IN28 C2080-6592 CLR-GEAR-24-629 C2090-1831 BRKT-FEED-CLT

30 C2090-1856 BRKT-SPT-SFT31 C2090-1880 SHAFT-PLY-SPT

ION

D GATE (SOL1)


Section 24

ADD Feeder

IPB - 67


32 C2090-1898 BRKT-SPT-BLT33 C2048-2402 PLY-SEPARATE34 C2090-2177 BELTS, DUPLEXER SEPARAT

35 C2090-1906 SHAFT-SEP-IDLE36 C2090-2433 CLR-GEAR-20-IN37 C2090-1914 CLR-SEP-LOC

38 C2090-1716 K-GUIDE-SPT-U39 C2090-1922 SPL-PRESS-SEP40 C2090-2060 BRKT-SZ-FED

41 C2080-9042 SHAFT-DRV-GATE43 C78803690730 SPRING-CLUTCH-L44 C2080-9018 SLEEVE-P/U-80

45 C2090-3167 SPRING-100-1046 C2090-1872 GEAR-10S028-0648 C2004-4673 BUSH-6L

49 C78-8058-3252-0 BUSH-D6-GCB50 C78-8008-7056-6 BUSHING51 C2080-9224 SOLENOID, DUPLEXER FEE

52 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS07053 C78-8034-2233-2 GMT-OBC-50054 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U

55 C2090-3092 SHAFT-SPT-BLT56 C2080-1981 ARM-P-EMP-ADU57 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB

59 C2080-8994 K-BKT-SHEET-X1B60 C2080-9059 CLR-GEAR-FEED101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A103 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A104 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

105 C2048-3285 HPIN20/12SUSH7106 C78-8014-5325-5 9HSS30/04MSFB42 C2081-4612 ARBOR-P/Umanuals4you.commanuals4you.com

401 06

1179

106


Section 25

ADD Aligning

IPB - 68

Section 25

ADD Aligning

103

103

103

41

1036

102

102

25

29 34106

23

2 9

12

14

1 3

32106

10610131

104

2819

15

16105

105

105105

103

10632

16

16

17

18

101

106

40

40

21

2 422102

102

20

106 30101

106107

3 5

2627

3101

2

1

37

102

7

8

8

99

39

106

14

103

13104

103

103

103

103

103

41

10

38

UP

REGISTRATION

TRATION


Section 25

ADD Aligning

IPB - 69


1 C2090-1989 GUIDE-FEED2 C2090-2102 SHAFT-P/U3 C2080-3631 GEAR-10S020-06C

5 C78803690730 SPRING-CLUTCH-L7 C2090-2409 ROLLERS, DUPLEXER PICK-8 C2029-2140 CLUTCH-6-L

9 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-510 C2090-3175 BRKT-CUSHION11 C2004-4673 BUSH-6L

12 C2090-1997 GUIDE-RGT-L13 C2090-2003 ROLL-D10*L2214 C2090-2011 SFT-ROL-10*13.8

15 C2090-2029 K-GUIDE-RGT-O16 C2090-2037 ROL-D14*L2217 C2090-2045 ROLLER, DUPLEXER IDLER

18 C2090-3001 MYLAR-ALGN-IN-F19 C2090-3019 MYLAR-ALGN-IN-R20 C2090-3126 ROLLER, DUPLEXER FEED

21 C2090-2136 K-LEVER-P/U22 C2090-1872 GEAR-10S028-0623 C2090-2094 GEAR-0S020-08

24 C2080-3649 CLR-GEAR-3125 C2090-2367 K-LEVER-D-B26 C2090-2375 CLR-GEAR-20-B

27 C2090-1864 GEAR-10S020-0628 C2090-2193 ROLLER, DUPLEXER REGIS29 C2051-4485 SPE-JOINT

30 C2090-2086 GEAR-10S024-0831 C2090-2201 GEAR-10S022-0832 C78-8034-8783-0 BRG-608ZZNR

33 C2004-4673 BUSH-6L34 C2080-4183 BUSH-8-15



Section 25

ADD Aligning

IPB - 70


35 C2090-2391 SPC140-080-20036 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB37 C2090-3118 MYLAR-G-P/U

38 C2080-1999 MYLAR-ALGN-IN-C39 C2090-3134 SHAFT-FEED40 C2004-4863 BUSH-8

41 C2090-3183 CUSHION-ADU101 C2048-3285 HPIN20/12SUSH7102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

103 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L104 C78-8008-7076-4 ERR020SKZN3A105 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A

106 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A107 C78-8008-7056-6 BUSHING


Section 26

Aligning Roller

IPB - 71

Section 26

Aligning Roller


BBER

)


Section 26

Aligning Roller

IPB - 72


1 C2090-4280 FRAME-RGST-UNIT2 C2051-2356 ACTUATOR-RGST3 C2051-2364 SPL-ACT-RGT

4 C2090-4363 BRKT-SW-RGST5 C2090-4298 ROLLER, REGISTRATION RU6 C78-8034-8890-3 GEAR-0.8-25

7 C2048-3286 PIN8 C78-8036-8615-9 BRG-1680ZZ-S9 C2090-4306 BUSH-RGST-D

10 C2090-4322 CLIP-RGST11 C2090-4314 SPRING-115012 C2090-4389 K-GUIDE-P-1

13 C2090-4348 GUIDE-TR14 C2090-4330 SPL-PUSH-RGST15 C2090-4371 BUSH-RGST-UNIT

16 C2090-4397 SPL-ROL-RGST17 C2090-4355 K-BKT-BRS-RGT-L18 C2090-8471 SENSOR, PAPER STOP (S13

19 C2090-7770 WH-RGT-SW-30020 C2090-4405 K-JOINT-RGT101 C78-8008-7076-4 ERR020SKZN3A



Section 27

TRU Drive

IPB - 73

Section 27

TRU Drive


E

RIVE (M25)

(S44)3)

26)


Section 27

TRU Drive

IPB - 74


1 C2090-1435 K-BRKT-DRV-U2 C2090-1443 BRKT-DRV-D3 C2090-1450 IDLER-DRV-TRU

4 C2090-1468 CAP-IDLE-DRV5 C2090-1534 BRKT-MOT-U6 C2090-1476 SPE100-100-0335

7 C2090-1484 BRKT-STUD-DRV8 C2090-1492 K-BASE-DRV-TRU9 C2090-1500 K-GR-10H024-08B

10 C2090-1518 K-GP10H24/3GT2111 C2058-0536 BELT, TRANSFER UNIT DRIV12 C2026-8447 DAMPER, MOTOR

13 C2009-0742 BRKT-MOTOR14 C2001-5442 BUSH-BRKT-SCAN15 C2090-1526 MOTOR, TRANSFER BELT D

16 C2090-1369 BRKT-CAM-MAIN17 C2090-1377 CAM-LEVER-R18 C2090-1385 SHAFT-CAM

19 C2090-1393 GEAR-08S035-0620 C2090-1401 ACTR-CAM21 C2090-1419 STUD-CAM

22 C2090-1427 GG08H028/08S01423 C2004-4673 BUSH-6L24 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB

25 C2070-2874 HPIN20/08SUSH726 C78-8034-2233-2 GMT-OBC-50027 C2090-7614 WH-TR-CAM-300

28 C2090-8471 SENSOR, TRANSFER DOWN29 C2057-9074 SENSOR, TRANSFER UP (S430 C2051-0004 MOTOR, TRANSFERBELT

CONTACT/RELEASE CAM (M

31 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-5


Section 27

TRU Drive

IPB - 75


101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L102 C78-8010-8542-0 TPAN40*10MSZN3L103 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L

104 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L105 C78-8034-2961-8 TPPAN3006MSZN3A106 C78-8037-0086-9 PAN26*04MSZN3AI

107 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A108 C78-8010-8864-8 BID30*06MSCR1AI109 C78-8022-7023-7 TPAN4012MSZN3L



Section 28

Transport Belt 1

IPB - 76

Section 28

Transport Belt 1

LT


Section 28

Transport Belt 1

IPB - 77


1 C2090-0619 K-FRAME-F-TRU2 C2090-0627 K-FRAME-R-TRU3 C2090-0700 SHAFT-LOCK-HDL

4 C2090-0718 SPC089-070-02005 C2090-0940 BRKT-STOP-SFT6 C2090-0932 ACTR-STOP-SFT

7 C2090-0692 SCREW-ACTR-TRU8 C2090-0643 STAY-RAIL-R9 C2090-0650 STAY-RAIL-L

10 C2090-0684 SHAFT-STAY11 C2090-0726 TERMINAL-TRU12 C2090-0775 KNOB-STAY-L-TRU

13 C2090-0809 SFT-HANDLE-TRU14 C2004-4863 BUSH-815 C2069-6381 STOP-RING-8

16 C2080-3110 GEAR-10S019-0617 C2090-0841 CAM, FRONT TRANSFER BE18 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-5

19 C2090-0924 BRKT-LINK-STOP20 C2090-0890 K-BRKT-LINK-F21 C2090-0791 HANDLE-TRU

22 C2090-0882 SPE080-100-053023 C2090-0635 FRAME-BASE-TRU24 C2090-0742 STUD-CNT-TRU

25 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-226 C2001-9907 CLP/W-LWS-1U27 C78-8040-2050-7 SKB-BAND-1

28 C2090-7622 WH-TR-TERM-30029 C2090-8026 WH-TR-BRUSH-30030 C2090-0817 SCREW-STOP-H

31 C2090-0734 PLATE-TERM-TRU132 C2090-0759 PLATE-TERM-TRU2


DAMP (DH3) (AG)3) (AH/AHP)

AG)

R (T1)


Section 28

Transport Belt 1

IPB - 78


33 C2090-1294 COLLAR-STP-HDL34 C2090-1302 SCREW-HANDLE35 C2090-0825 GEAR-10S022-08

36 C2048-3285 HPIN20/12SUSH737 C2090-0908 K-BRKT-LINK-H38 C2090-0916 PLATE-LINK-H

39 C2090-0783 BRKT-D-HEATER-L40 A C2090-8281 HEATER, OPTIONAL LOWER40 B C2090-8299 HEATER, LOWER DAMP (DH

41 A C78-8036-9984-8 OPTIONAL FUSE PWA (DH) (41 B C78-8036-9985-5 FUSE PWA (DH) (AH/AHP)42 C2028-9757 THERMOSTAT, DAMP HEATE

43 C2078-1423 PWZ-SPLSN-6U44 C2018-9338 BAND-PS10045 C2090-0767 COVER-DH-L

46 C2090-0866 STAY-GUIDE-TRU47 C2090-0874 GUIDE-P-TRU48 C2089-8425 K-COV-FUS-LOW-B

49 C2090-0858 K-COV-IN-TRU50 C2090-4934 LABEL-A51 C2090-4942 LABEL-B

101 C78-8034-2962-6 TPPAN4008MSZN3A102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A103 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

104 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI105 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L106 C78-8010-8723-6 PAN40*16MSZN3A

107 C2070-2866 SCREW-M4-7-R108 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A109 C78-8023-6805-6 TZPAN4006MSZN3L

110 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L111 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A


Section 29

Transport Belt 2

IPB - 79

Section 29Transport Belt 2


EANING

NER RECOVERY

R BELT

OLLOWER

EPARATION


Section 29

Transport Belt 2

IPB - 80


1 C2090-1153 K-CASE-TRU2 C2090-1278 K-LEVER-CAM3 C2090-1260 K-LEVER-HANDLE

4 C2090-1252 ARM-BELT-TRU5 C2090-1245 HOLDER-ARM-TRU6 C2090-1286 SPC075-080-0315

7 C2090-1351 SCRPR-BRUSH-TRU8 C2090-8604 BRUSH, TRANSFER BELT CL9 C2090-1112 BUSH-BRS-F-TRU

10 C2090-1120 GEAR-08H025-0611 C2069-6381 STOP-RING-812 C78-8037-1612-1 BUSH-6-MU

13 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-514 C2090-1229 GG08H021/08H03115 C2090-1138 PLATE-BRS-TRU

16 C2090-1146 K-GUIDE-C-TRU17 C2090-1161 AUGER, TRANSFER BELT TO18 C78-8035-9760-4 BUSH-4

19 C2090-1211 GEAR-08H028-0420 C2090-1179 NOZZLE-TRU-IN21 C2090-1203 SPC284-090-1220

22 C2090-1310 SHTR-NZL-TRU23 C2090-1328 SEAL-SHTR-TRU24 C2090-1187 NOZZLE-TRU-OUT

25 C2090-1336 HLDR-S-NZL-TRU26 C2090-1195 SEAL-NOZZLE-TRU27 C2090-8612 CLEANING BLADE, TRANSFE

28 C2090-1237 SEAL-R-TRU29 C2090-0957 K-HSG-ROL-TRU30 C2081-1600 ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT F

31 C2090-1021 CAP-ROL-IDL-TRU32 C2090-0981 ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT S

HARGE

RIVE


Section 29

Transport Belt 2

IPB - 81


33 C2009-4165 BUSH-4-8-10-5.534 C2070-5612 STOPPER-REAR35 C2090-1054 PL-TR-BIAS-F

36 C2090-1047 SPC060-050-012037 C2090-1039 HOLDER-ROL-CH38 A C2080-7756 ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT C

39 C2081-1618 ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT D40 C78-8008-7056-6 BUSHING41 C2090-0999 PLATE-RLR-DRIVE

42 C2090-8588 ASM-M5365-BT-TR43 C2090-1005 GEAR-08-H021-0844 C78-8034-8783-0 BRG-608ZZNR

45 C2090-1013 RLR-GUIDE-JOINT46 C2090-1088 GEAR-10H024-0847 C2090-7630 WH-TR-GND-F-300

48 C2048-3285 HPIN20/12SUSH749 C2090-1062 BRKT-BRG-R-TRU50 C2090-1070 CLIP-RING-8

51 C2090-1104 PL-ROL-S-EARTH52 C2081-1626 BUSH-ROL-D-TRU53 C2090-8349 WH-TR-GND-SCRPR

54 C2090-8166 WH-TR-GND-GUIDE55 C2090-1344 SEAL-BLADE-TRU57 C2080-1932 PLATE-BLADE-TRU

101 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI102 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A103 C2047-3054 PTBR40*10MSZN3A

104 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A105 C78-8034-2961-8 TPPAN3006MSZN3A106 C78-8013-8428-6 PAN40*06MSZN3AI

107 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A


12

4

S


Section 30

Fuser/ADU Drive

IPB - 82

Section 30

Fuser/ADU Drive

10 5

10520

21

23

22

19

103104

18

15

1716

13

14

105 2

105

105

105

105

105

5

102

4

6

1

3

2

101

89

11 7

10

S /

)

(SW46)

M24)


Section 30

Fuser/ADU Drive

IPB - 83


1 C2089-8433 K-BRKT-FUS-MOT2 C2089-8441 K-GR10S/05H503 C2080-4902 SPC-075-055-200

4 C2089-8458 COV-FUS-GEAR5 C2090-7309 MOTOR, FUSER DRIVE (M186 C2017-4959 CLP/W-LWS-3U

7 C2089-8466 BRKT-FRM-R-DR8 C2089-8474 SCREW-D4-18-M39 C2089-8482 SPC067-070-140

10 C2069-6530 SWITCH, FUSER INTERLOCK11 A C2090-7929 WH-LGC-HTR-30011 B C2081-3838 WH-LGC-HTR-300B

12 C2089-9514 BRKT-DRV-BOARD13 C2078-1423 PWZ-SPLSN-6U14 C2001-9907 CLP/W-LWS-1U

15 C2080-4175 BRKT-MOT-ADU16 C2090-2821 STUD-MOT-ADU17 C2080-3128 WHEEL-252-ADU

18 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U19 C2090-7317 MOTOR, DUPLEXER DRIVE (20 C2090-2789 BRKT-CNT-REAR

21 C2090-7945 WH-LGC-ADD-30022 C2090-2797 SCREW-SOCKET23 C2090-2805 SPC074-070-0145

24 C2090-7085 MOTOR CONTROL PWA101 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A102 C78-8010-8542-0 TPAN40*10MSZN3L

103 C78-8010-8864-8 BID30*06MSCR1AI104 C78-8022-7023-7 TPAN4012MSZN3L105 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L



Section 31

Fuser 1

IPB - 84

Section 31

Fuser 1


Section 31

Fuser 1

IPB - 85


1 C2089-7898 FRM-FUSER2 C2089-7906 BRKT-FUS-EXIT-U3 C2089-7914 GUIDE-FUS-ENT-U

4 C2089-7922 BRKT-REF-F5 C2089-7930 BRKT-REF-R6 C2089-7948 K-BKT-FRM-FUS-U

7 C2089-7955 BRKT-FUS-R-GEAR8 C2089-7963 BRKT-FUS-R-DR9 C2089-7989 BRKT-FUS-FR-HND

10 C2089-7971 K-BKT-FUS-SHEET11 C2090-8711 BRG-6907ZZNRC412 C2089-7997 COLLER-BRG-HR35

13 C2089-8011 BLT/T-276-3GT-714 C2089-8029 RING-STOP-HR-215 C2089-8037 PULLY-72-HR55

16 C2089-8045 GEAR-10S060-30517 C2090-8521 ROLLER, FUSER HEAT18 C2090-8729 BRG-6905ZZC4

19 C2090-8539 ROLLER, FUSER PRESSURE20 C2089-8060 K-ARM-PRESS-F21 C2089-8052 K-ARM-PRESS-R

22 C2089-8342 BRKT-THERMO-H/R23 C2057-9504 COLLER-BRG-HR24 C2057-9553 SPC-PRESS-100

25 C2050-7901 WAS-15-45-FUS26 C2029-8162 K-PLY/GEAR-2927 C2089-8300 STUD-REAR-GEAR

28 C2089-8250 STUD-FUS-REAR29 C2089-8268 STUD-ARM-PRESS30 C2026-4750 BKT-THMS-U

31 C2050-7372 HLDR-PRESS32 C2058-2664 THERMOFUSE, 181oC (TF1)


ER (L2) (AG)

ER (L2) (AH)ER (L2) (AHP)R (L3) (AG)

R (L3) (AH)R (L3) (AHP)


Section 31

Fuser 1

IPB - 86


33 C2090-7424 THERMISTORUPPER CENTER (TH1)UPPER REAR (TH2)

34 C2090-7648 WH-FUSER-R-30035 C2090-7655 WH-FUSER-F-30036 C2090-8471 SENSOR, FUSER EXIT (S10)

37 C2090-9883 WIRE/B-LT-11U38 C2026-6227 CLP/W-PLWSI-46B39 A C2090-7549 LAMP, 115V 700W MAIN FUS

39 B C2090-7564 LAMP, 230V 700W MAIN FUS39C C2080-6162 LAMP, 240V 700W MAIN FUS40 A C2090-7531 LAMP, 115V 600W SUB FUSE

40 B C2090-7556 LAMP, 230V 600W SUB FUSE40C C2080-6170 LAMP, 240V 600W SUB FUSE41 C2089-8003 BKT-LAMP-U

43 C2089-8417 COVER-FUS-REAR44 C2089-8391 K-COV-FUS-F-5L45 C2032-2061 SCREW-FUSER-M4

46 C2089-8409 LBL-HOT-5L-PET47 C2058-2979 CLP/W-UAMS05L46101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

102 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L103 C78-8033-9177-6 BID30*06MSZN3AI104 C2058-2995 PAN40*04MSZN3AI

105 C78-8018-2627-8 PAN40*25MSZN3AI106 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI107 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

108 C78-8010-8542-0 TPAN40*10MSZN3L109 C78-8040-3205-6 TPPAN4006MSZN3A110 C78-8010-8944-8 PAN 30*10 MSZN 3A

111 C78-8034-2962-6 TPPAN4008MSZN3A112 C2005-0126 PTBR30*06MSZN3A113 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L

114 C2070-2858 TBIDS-40*08-CP

5555/5565/5580Digital Copier

Section 32

Fuser 2

IPB - 87

Section 32

Fuser 2


ER SEPARATION

ON

IT


Section 32

Fuser 2

IPB - 88


1 C2089-8169 BRKT-SCRAPER-L2 C2089-8177 ACT-EXIT-FUS3 C2089-8185 ROLLER, LOWE FUSER EXIT

4 C2069-8189 CLUTCH-HDL-FUS5 C78-8060-0299-0 PIN-2-106 C2069-8197 SPC-090-100-150

7 C2069-8171 HANDLE-FUS-2108 C2053-0937 GUIDE-PAPER-FU9 C2050-7562 SPE-SCRAPER-L

10 C2050-7554 FINGERS, PRESSURE ROLL11 C2047-5349 GEAR-25-1.012 C2050-7596 SPE-SW-EXIT

13 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-514 C2050-7752 BUSH-615 C2089-8193 GUARD-FUS-LEVER

16 C2089-8201 BRKT-EX-ROL-UP17 C2089-8219 BRKT-SCRAPER-U218 C2089-8235 BRKT-LEV-HND-C

19 C2089-8243 COV-FUS-HND-C20 C2083-7019 FINGERS, UPPER SEPARATI21 C2050-7562 SPE-SCRAPER-L

22 C2080-4910 SPE-050-050-21623 C2089-8276 STUD-LEV-CRANK24 C2089-8292 STUD-CL-ROL-U-R

25 C2089-8284 SFT-LEV-HND-C26 C2029-8998 SPC-050-300-FLT27 C2032-2061 SCREW-FUSER-M4

28 C2089-8490 SHEET-FUS-LEV30 C2089-8508 SPL-FUS-EX-BKT31 C2057-9561 ROLLERS, UPPER FUSER EX

32 C2041-4827 SCREW-BKT-DEV33 C2070-2924 SCREW-CON-DEV-V

R CLEANING METAL


Section 32

Fuser 2

IPB - 89


34 C2089-8227 K-BRKT-LEV-R35 C2089-8326 SCREW-M4-D6-6.536 C2089-8334 SCREW-M4-D6-12

37 A C2080-7764 ROLLER, PRESSURE ROLLE38 C2089-8128 SPE-P/R-CL-H40039 C2057-9470 BUSH-6-11

101 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI102 C78-8010-8918-2 ZPAN40*08MSZN3A103 C78-8010-8700-4 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A

104 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L105 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A106 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

107 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI



Section 33

Fuser 3

IPB - 90

Section 33

Fuser 3

(OILING/CLEANING)

(DUST) CLEANING

R SILCONE CLEANING

OLLER (TH3)


Section 33

Fuser 3

IPB - 91


1 C2089-8078 GR10S17/25/172 C2089-8086 GEAR-10S22-6-P3 C2050-7752 BUSH-6

4 C2032-8217 GEAR-27-CL-FUS5 C2090-8547 ROLLER-2, FUSER CLEANER6 C2089-8110 K-BRKT-LEV-CL-U

7 C2090-8562 ROLLER-1, FUSER ROLLER 8 C2089-8136 BRKT-ROL-UP-FED9 C2089-8144 BRKT-ROL-UP-EX

10 C2089-8151 GUARD-FUS-CLN-U11 A C2080-9091 SPC-055-400-OIL11 B C2080-9091 SPC-050-400-OIL

12 C2089-8318 STUD-FUS-CLN-U13 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN14 C2089-8359 GUIDE-FUS-ENT-L

15 C2089-8367 BRKT-FUS-ENT-L16 C2090-8554 ROLLER, PRESSURE ROLLE17 C2057-9470 BUSH-6-11

18 C2089-8383 SPE-P/R-CL-80019 C2057-9660 BRUSH-SUS-HR20 C2090-7432 THERMISTER, PRESSURE R

21 C2089-8375 COV-THMS-HT-FUS25 C2032-2061 SCREW-FUSER-M426 C2029-8998 SPC-050-300-FLT

27 C2029-8998 SPC-050-300-FLT101 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

103 C78-8010-8700-4 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A104 C78-8010-8944-8 PAN 30*10 MSZN 3A105 C78-8033-9177-6 BID30*06MSZN3AI

106 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


5555/5565/5580 Digital CopierSection 34

Front Frame

IPB - 92

Section 34Front Frame

2)

IVE (M10)

4)

RLOCK (SW41)


Section 34

Front Frame

IPB - 93


1 C2089-6296 FRAME-FRONT2 C2089-6759 BRKT-FRM-SCN-F3 C2089-7260 DAMPER, SCANNER FOOT

4 C2089-7278 SCREW-DAMPER7 C2090-0130 BUSH-DEV8 C2015-1825 SCREW-LOCK-ARM

9 C2089-5884 K-HINGE-F-L10 C2090-3530 STUD-HOOK-STOP11 C2090-3555 STUD-REV-OPEN

12 C2079-8948 SWITCH, MAIN POWER (SW413 C2090-7887 WH-MAIN-SW-30014 C2089-5975 COVER-IN-F-HNS

15 C2089-6429 BKT-SLOT-SUB16 C2089-5991 BRKT-COV-IN17 C2047-3138 BD/W-EDH-18U

18 C2089-9092 K-BRKT-BRSH-MOT19 C2089-9118 K-GEAR15-PLY5320 C2089-9126 GEAR15-55

21 C2032-4000 GEAR-25-F22 C2089-9134 BELT, CLEANING ROLLER DR23 C2089-9100 MOTOR, CLEANING ROLLER

24 C2018-9338 BAND-PS10025 C2090-0320 BRKT-SW-DEV26 C78-8037-0048-9 SWITCH, DEVELOPER (SW1

27 C2090-8059 WH-DEVSW-30028 C2089-5850 K-BRKT-SW-DOOR29 C2089-5827 K-PLT-SW-DOOR

30 C2069-6530 SWITCH, FRONT DOOR INTE31 C2090-7879 WH-DOOR-SW-30032 C2089-5819 K-BKT-SHUT-DOOR

33 C2089-5801 ACTR-SHUT-DOOR34 C2089-5835 SPL-SW-DOOR



Section 34

Front Frame

IPB - 94


35 C2041-4504 MG-CATCH-2237 C2089-5843 BRKT-MG-F-L38 C2089-9142 REINF-BRSH-MOT

101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L103 C78-8040-3205-6 TPPAN4006MSZN3A

104 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A105 C78-8010-8874-7 PAN30*04MSZN3A106 C78-8035-1478-1 PAN20*10MSZN3AI

107 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A108 C78-8022-7206-8 TPAN40*06MSZN3639 C2094-5994 SPL-SHLD-FRONT40 C2094-5945 SHIELD, WIN109 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZNBA110 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L


Section 35

Rear Frame 1

IPB - 95

Digital CopierRear Frame 1Section 35



Section 35

Rear Frame 1

IPB - 96

Item Lanier # Description1 C2089-6262 FRAME-REAR2 C2089-6601 STAY-REAR-HOR3 C2090-7952 WH-LGC-RVS-3006 C2089-6742 BRKT-FRM-R-EN7 C2089-6270 BKT-BASE-COV-LR8 C2090-3530 STUD-HOOK-STOP9 C2090-4405 K-JOINT-RGT10 C2090-4470 K-JOINT-GUIDE-U11 C2051-2232 SUPPORT-GUIDE-P12 C2017-4959 CLP/W-LWS-3U13 C2017-5006 PWZ-SPLS-22U14 C2009-4918 CLP/W-LS-1015 C2090-4769 GROMET-KG016-9516 C2089-5793 BRKT-COV-R-EXIT17 C2089-5785 BRKT-COV-R-ENT18 C2042-0733 SPC-CONE-1.619 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U20 C2051-7843 BD/W-EDS-1717U21 C2090-9875 WIRE/B-EDS-25L22 C2089-6288 GUIDE-WH-I/F24 C2040-5148 BD/W-EDS-325 C2089-7260 DAMPER, SCANNER26 C2089-7278 SCREW-DAMPER27 C2089-5926 BRKT-COV-SCREW28 C2090-0130 BUSH-DEV29 C2001-3488 CLP/W-LWS-2U32 C2094-5937 CLP/W-EMT-6N35 C2081-3812 BRKT-TRNS (AH,AHP)36 C2081-3820 COIL-S41-K784R (AH, AHP)37 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-2 AH, AHP)38 C2001-9907 CLP/W-LWS-1U (AH, AHP)101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L102 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L103 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L104 C78-8040-3205-6 TPPAN4006MSZN3A105 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L


Section 36

Rear Frame 2

IPB - 97

Section 36

Rear Frame 2


ERMINAL

ION FINGER (SOL3)


Section 36

Rear Frame 2

IPB - 98


1 C2090-0296 BRKT-DRV-SUB2 C2090-0304 TERM-BIAS-SUB3 C2069-5334 PLT-TERMINAL-R1

4 C2069-5318 SPC055-050-02005 C2090-0312 SPE060-050-1846 C2026-4305 SCREW-CH-M

7 C2090-1575 TERM-FRAME-TRU8 C2069-5326 PLT-TERMINAL-R29 C2089-9423 FRAME, CHARGE CORONA T

10 C2089-9159 K-BRKT-FINGER-SND11 C2090-7341 SOLENOID, DRUM SEPARAT12 C2050-8107 LEVER-FINGER-1

13 C2017-6509 LINK-SND-CLN14 C2018-9338 BAND-PS10015 C2052-5465 J-D-175694-2

16 C2090-1542 K-BRKT-CNT-TRU17 C2090-1559 LEVER-CNT-TRU18 C2090-1567 SPE090-100-0360

19 C2089-6239 BRKT-REV-SW-SPL20 C2089-6247 SFT-REV-SW-SPL21 C2089-6254 SPL-REV-SW22 C2090-3605 BRKT-FRM-PIECE

23 C2090-3555 STUD-REV-OPEN24 C2090-1575 TERMINAL, TRANSFER UNIT101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

102 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L103 C78-8034-2962-6 TPPAN4008MSZN3A106 C2052-0441 TBID4008MSZN3L

107 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A108 C2040-5031 PTBR40*08MSZN3A109 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

110 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A111 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L

7

67

15

12

109

C


Section 37

Laser OPT

IPB - 99

Section 37

Laser OPT

1 01 3130

101

101

29

101

101101

1 01

101

101

101

101

101

101

101

101

2 2

10 1 101

2550

41

25

27

10 1

101

101

101

1011 01

101

101

101

101

101

42

18

28

4051

64

101

101

101

101

101

23

26

24

33

3 4

20

17

38

37

39

10 102

3

16

9

8

36

32

111

11156

54

55

35

52 5

11

15

14

14

13

1

3

4

1 09

109

109

109

109

109

109

103

1 03

59

109102

102

2

55

5

7

43

44

7

110 11 0

109

111

111112

45 66

47

58

46

48

62

626 3

63

6363

60

49

103

10 3

103103

1 03

65

6 1

1 03

60

C

A

A

B

D

D

B

6


LING FAN (M22)

FAN (M7)

G

PWA (AG) PWA (AHP) PWA (AH)

MEMORY (AG)


Section 37

Laser OPT

IPB - 100


1 C2089-6353 STAY-TOP-L2 C2089-6718 BRACKET3 C2069-6001 MOTOR, FUSER FAN (M20)

4 C2089-6726 MOTOR, DUCT INTAKE COO5 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U6 C2089-6734 PLT-TOP-L

7 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U8 C2089-6908 SHAFT-LD-OPT9 C2089-7013 LASER COOLING FAN (M6)

10 C2090-7697 WH-PLG-FAN-30011 C2089-6866 ASM-OPT-30012 C2089-6940 K-BRKT-LD-OPT

13 C2040-5148 BD/W-EDS-314 C2042-4040 CLP/W-WS-2U15 C2089-6965 SCREW-HOUSING

16 C2089-6973 SPC066-080-010017 C2089-7047 BASE-SYS-F30018 C2089-7088 BASE-SYS-SUB

19 C2089-7021 BRKT-GUIDE-SCSI20 C2089-7070 BRKT-SYS-BOARD22 C2089-7062 SPL-SHIELD-HDD

23 C2089-6999 BRKT-SET-L-PNT24 C2090-7366 MOTOR, SYSTEM COOLING 25 C2089-6981 K-SPL-SLD-300

26 C2070-6099 GROMET-EHP-627 C2089-7054 BRKT-HDD-SYS-D28 C2081-7136 HARD DISK DRIVE (HDD) 3.2

29 G C2081-6591 FLASH ROM SYSTEM LOGIC29 H C2081-6609 FLASH ROM SYSTEM LOGIC29I C2081-6617 FLASH ROM SYSTEM LOGIC

30 C2081-4232 EPROM, LASER LOGIC PWA31 A C2081-1527 SRAM, SYSTEM LOGIC PWA

Al Stiller

Item 11: Original part number: C2089-6866 R/B C2080-6782 R/B C2081-4638 R/B C2081-5809 R/B C2081-4638 (good number)

MEMORY (AH, AHP)

A)

)555, 5565

580

PWA (POL)


Section 37

Laser OPT

IPB - 101


31 B C2081-1535 SRAM, SYSTEM LOGIC PWA32 C2089-6395 K-STAY-TOP-U33 C2089-6890 COV-GLASS-DUCT

34 C2089-6882 GLASS-SLIT-DUCT35 C2090-7168 LASER LOGIC PWA (PLG PW36 C2089-7039 LOUVER-FAN-L-OP

37 C2089-6932 RAIL-DUCT-OPT-338 C2089-6916 RAIL-DUCT-OPT-139 C2089-6924 PAIL-DUCT-OPT-2

40 C2090-8000 WH-SYS-HDD-30041 C2090-7176 MOTHER (LOGIC) PWA (MTB42 A C2081-5528 SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (SYS) 5

42 B C2081-5528 SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (SYS) 543 C78-8036-8929-4 HOLDER-WH44 C2089-6361 BRKT-FAN-EXIT-L

45 C2090-7374 MOTOR, EXIT FAN (M27)46 C2089-6387 SPL-FUS-EX-GRD47 C2089-6478 ROL-12*10

48 C2052-5465 J-D-175694-249 A C2090-8182 WH-PWR-MTBZ-30049 B C2090-8398 WH-PWR-MB2-300B

50 C2015-3565 EDS-1717U51 C2089-7005 DAMPER-HDD-30052 C2090-7481 POLGONAL MIRROR MOTOR

53 C2090-7192 PWA-F-PLG-30054 C2090-7705 WH-PLG-SYS-30055 C2090-7689 WH-PLG-POL-300

56 C2090-7960 WH-PLG-30057 C2081-5791 WH-PLG-SNS1-30058 C2089-6486 SHAFT-4*22

59 C2089-6379 GASKET-5-5-42560 C2089-6874 SPL-FG-PLG


ircuit boards)

anuals4you.com


Section 37

Laser OPT

IPB - 102


61 C2089-6700 K-DUCT-SLT62 C2089-6957 CUSHION-60HZ

63 C2041-4827 SCREW-BKT-DEV67 C2081-5809 LASER ASSEMBLY (without c101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

102 C78-8037-0079-4 TPAN4030MSZN-3L103 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L104 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L

105 C2090-8679 NUT060MSZN3A106 C78-8010-8874-7 PAN30*04MSZN3A107 CDY-1142-0041-2 OSWAS060MSZN3A

108 C78-8010-8918-2 ZPAN40*08MSZN3A109 C2070-6065 SCREW-MR-M3-6110 C78-8034-9338-2 PAN40*18MSZN3AI

111 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

64 C2079-9508 SHEET, DAMP - HDD112 C78-8040-3204-9 TZPAN4012MSZN3L

65 C2079-9482 SCREW-SET-HDD

m


Section 38

Aligning Guide/DEV Stay

IPB - 103

Section 38



METAL

7)


Section 38


IPB - 104


1 C2090-4439 GUIDE-PAPER-U2 C2090-4371 BUSH-RGST-UNIT3 C2051-2562 SPL-GUIDE-P-2

4 C2090-4462 SPL-GUIDE-P-U5 C2090-4447 GUIDE-P-MNAL-U6 C2041-4033 PIN-BKT-CON-H

7 C2090-4249 ROLLER, UPPER ALIGNING 8 C2090-4272 GEAR-08S020-089 C2090-4231 BUSH-RGST-U

10 C2090-8695 BRG-696T12ZZ111 C2090-4256 PLY/T-3GT016-0612 C2090-4264 FLANGE-18

13 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN14 C2090-0346 STAY-DEV-30015 C2090-0379 BKT-SET-DEV-300

16 C2041-4819 HOLDER-PUSHER17 C2041-4801 PUSHER-DEV18 C2090-0353 SPC057-090-0210

19 C2069-5409 HANDLE-SET-DEV20 C2051-1127 SPL-SET-DEV21 C2051-1135 INS-ENT-DRUM

22 C2090-4454 K-BKT-BRS-RGT-U23 C2090-0361 PUSHER-GUIDE24 C2051-2232 SUPPORT-GUIDE-P

26 C2090-4470 K-JOINT-GUIDE-U27 C2090-0387 MYLAR-STAY-DEV28 C2058-2441 MOTOR, REGISTRATION (M1

29 C2051-2414 PULLEY22-3M30 C2051-2422 FLANGE-2331 C2090-4413 BRKT-MOT-RGST

32 C78-8036-0073-9 DAMPER-MOTOR33 C2045-3809 BRKT-MOTOR-547


Section 38


IPB - 105


34 C2090-4421 BLT/T-174-3GT-4101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

103 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A104 C78-8034-9326-7 9HSS40/06MSFB105 C78-8036-9048-2 TPAN3014MSZN3L

106 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L107 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI108 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

109 C78-8034-5717-1 TZPAN3008MSZN3L110 C78-8035-3533-1 9HSS30/08MSFB



Section 39

Optical Frame

IPB - 106

Section 39

Optical Frame

OLING (M3A, M3B)

COOLING (M4)

3, S4)


Section 39

Optical Frame

IPB - 107

2Item Lanier # Description

1 C2089-7179 K-BASE-SCAN2 C2089-7237 FRAME-L-SCAN3 C2089-7229 K-BRKT-BRG-WR

4 C2070-1827 FAN, SCANNER OPTICAL CO5 C2090-8034 WH-SCN-FAN-3006 C2090-8018 WH-SYS-MMF-300

7 C2089-7203 FRAME-R-SCAN8 C2089-7211 GUIDE-WIRE9 C2089-7104 BRKT-ADJ-WIRE

10 C2089-7187 K-RAIL-SCAN-F11 C2089-7286 BRKT-WIRE-F12 C2089-7195 K-RAIL-SCAN-R

13 C2089-7294 BRKT-WIRE-R14 C2070-2882 CLP/W-LWS-0515 C2089-7716 STAY-GLASS-F

16 C2001-9063 CUSH-GLASS17 C2089-7724 MAGNET-DF-SNSR18 C2089-7732 STAY-GLASS-R

19 C2081-0826 CCD/LENS ASSEMBLY20 A C2080-4613 COV-LENS-UN-LT (AG)20 B C2080-4837 COV-LENS-UN-A (AH, AHP)

21 C2088-9382 FAN, SCANNER LOGIC PWA 22 C2089-7138 COVER-APS23 C2090-7507 SENSOR, APS 1-4 (S1, S2, S

24 A C2090-8331 WH-APSFAN-L-30024 B C2090-8323 WH-APSFAN-A-30025 C2047-5984 CLP/W-UAMS05S

26 C2080-4142 COV-STAY-INDI28 C2080-4845 PLATE-WH-SCAN29 C2089-7252 BRKT-FOOT-SCAN

30 C2090-8752 RRUD-SD-42-HR31 C2090-9818 Z-MA-TB-2533



Section 39

Optical Frame

IPB - 108


32 C2047-5984 CLP/W-UAMS05S33 C2041-8422 GLASS-477-360-434 A C2090-7036 LBL-SCALE-X-M (AG)

34 B C2090-7044 LBL-SCALE-X-M-E (AH, AHP)35 C2089-7161 CLP-WIRE-PRESS37 A C2032-2699 LABEL, LANIER (AG)

45 C2080-1916 FILM-HOLE-COVER101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L102 C78-8037-0079-4 TPAN4030MSZN-3L

103 C2080-2088 JA-JFS-4S-CIN104 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L105 C78-8018-2808-4 FLT30*08MSZN3AI

107 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L108 C2005-0126 PTBR30*06MSZN3A


Section 40

Optical Drive

IPB - 109

Section 40

Optical Drive


ONTAR

ER


Section 40

Optical Drive

IPB - 110


1 C2089-7369 BRKT-MOT-SCAN2 C2061-9029 DAMPER3 C2089-7377 HLDR-MOT-SCAN

4 C2089-7385 MOTOR, SCAN DRIVE (M1)5 C2089-7328 SHAFT-DRV-SCAN6 C2089-7336 PLY-WIRE-SCAN

7 C2089-7302 CABLE, SCANNER DRIVE FR8 C2089-7310 CABLE, SCANNER DRIVE RE9 C78-8034-8783-0 BRG-608ZZNR

10 C2081-1162 PULLEY, SCANNER FOLLOW11 C2089-7096 BELT, SCANNER DRIVE12 C2069-6381 STOP-RING-8

13 C2089-7146 BRKT-DF-R14 C2089-7153 BRKT-DF-L15 C2089-7393 SCREW-PIVOT-MOT

16 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-217 C2047-3138 BD/W-EDH-18U101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

102 C78-8034-9326-7 9HSS40/06MSFB103 C78-8018-2636-9 ERR060SKZN3A104 C78-8034-9343-2 BID40*10MSCR1AI

106 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L107 C2090-8653 SWAS040MSZN3A


Section 41

CRG 1

IPB - 111

Section 41

CRG 1


ESETABLE


Section 41

CRG 1

IPB - 112


1 C2089-7542 BASE-CRG12 C2089-7674 GUIDE-CRG1-F3 C2089-7682 GUIDE-CRG1-R

5 C2089-7559 SHAFT-CRG16 C2050-6457 FOOT-CRG-17 C2089-7567 HLDR-MIR-CRG1-F

8 C2089-7575 HLDR-MIR-CRG1-R9 C2089-7591 REFLECTOR, LOWER10 C2089-7583 REFLECTOR, UPPER

11 C2089-7609 K-HLDR-BLADE-F12 C2089-7625 BLADE-LAMP-EXPF13 C2089-7617 K-HLDR-BLADE-R

14 C2089-7633 BLADE-LAMP-EXPR15 C2090-7580 WH-EXPO-30016 C2090-8430 HLDR-THERMO-C1

17 C2090-8489 THERMOFUSE, 85oC NON-R18 C2089-7641 MIRROR-1-30019 C2090-7713 WH-LMP-300

20 C2089-7658 SPL-MIRROR1-F21 C2089-7666 SPL-MIRROR1-R22 C2090-8463 LAMP, EXPOSURE (L1)

23 C2089-7534 SCREW-MIR-M3-1624 C2053-7973 SCREW-M3-TENS101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

102 C2090-8638 NUT-WN-5*0.8-D103 C78-8018-2619-5 PAN30*06BSDG104 C2005-0126 PTBR30*06MSZN3A

5 21 2

2

5 1

5


Section 42

CRG 2

IPB - 113

Section 42

CRG 2

5 1

5 1

5 3

5 1

5 1

1 3

3

1 0

11 0

5

6

7

4

9

5 1

8

1 4

1 1



Section 42

CRG 2

IPB - 114


1 C2089-7401 HLDR-MIR-CRG22 C2089-7419 BRKT-SLIDE-F3 C2080-3078 BRKT-SLIDE-R

4 C2080-3060 STAY-CRGZ5 C2089-7526 FOOT-CRG26 C2089-7476 MIRROR-2

7 C2089-7484 MIRROR-38 C2089-7492 SPL-MIRROR2-F9 C2089-7500 SPL-MIRROR3-F

10 C2089-7518 SPL-MIRROR2/3-R11 C2080-3086 GUIDE-CABLE-CZ12 C2089-7443 K-BKT-PLY-F-C2

13 C2089-7450 K-BKT-PLY-R-C214 C2089-7534 SCREW-MIR-M3-1651 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

52 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI53 C2080-3219 FLT30*06MSZN3L


Section 43

Optical Electric

IPB - 115

Section 43

Optical Electric


EFI User

Mislabeled. This should be item 1, Scanner Logic pwa. Item 12 is the EPROM (not shown).

PWA

A (AG)

A (AH, AHP)2, S3, S4)

(S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6)

WA

WA

S)


Section 43

Optical Electric

IPB - 116


1 C2090-7234 SCANNER LOGIC (SLG) PWA2 C2090-7275 SCAN DRIVE MOTOR (SDV) 3 A C2090-7408 LAMP REGULATOR (LRG) PW

3 B C2090-7416 LAMP REGULATOR (LRG) PW5 A C2090-7499 SENSOR, APS 1-4 (AG) (S1, S5 B C2090-7499 SENSOR, APS 1-6 (AH, AHP)

6 C2090-8356 WH-LRG-EXP-300A7 C2090-8364 WH-PWR-SLG-300A8 C2090-7606 WH-SLG-DF-300

9 B C2080-3441 WH-SLG-SDV-300B9 C2090-8372 WH-SLG-SDV-300A10 A C2090-8307 WH-APS-AB-300

10 B C2090-8315 WH-APS-LT-30011 C2090-8042 WH-SCN-GND-30012 C2081-7110 EPROM, SCANNER LOGIC P

13 C2090-8471 EPROM, SCANNER LOGIC P14 C2089-6338 BRKT-KEY-CTR15 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-2

16 B C2022-1859 BLIND-KEY-CTR (200V SERIE17 B C2089-6346 BRKT-K-CTR-LID18 C2045-6521 CLP/W-WS-3U

101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L102A C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102B C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

103B C78-8034-2961-8 TPPAN3006MSZN3A

111 Not Available


Section 44

Size Indicator

IPB - 117

Section 44

Size Indicator


)


Section 44

Size Indicator

IPB - 118


1 C2089-7740 K-STAY-INDI2 C2058-0213 MOTOR, ORIGINAL SIZE (M23 C78-8036-9536-6 COLLAR-IND

4 C2089-7757 BLT/T-900-2GT-25 C2089-7765 INDICATOR, FRONT6 C2089-7773 INDICATOR, FRONT

7 C2089-7799 GLASS-SHD8 C2089-7807 SHEET, WHITE9 C2089-7815 COVER-INDICATOR

10 C2089-7823 SPL-GLASS-SHD12 C2001-3488 CLP/W-LWS-2U13 C2089-7781 SHEET-COVER-IND

14 A C2080-7335 LBL-SCALE-AG (AG)14 B C2080-7343 LBL-SCALE-E-M (AH, AHP)101 C78-8037-0085-1 PAN20*04MSZN3AI

102 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L103 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI


Section 45

Charger Drive

IPB - 119

Section 45

Charger Drive


CLEANER (M11)

CLEANING


Section 45

Charger Drive

IPB - 120


1 C2089-9183 K-BRKT-GUIDE-CH2 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U3 C2089-9258 RAIL-CH-M-L

4 C2089-9266 RAIL-CH-M-R5 C2089-9340 SPL-PRESS-CH-R6 C2089-9365 LEVER-SW

7 C2089-9191 GEAR-20H8 C2051-0004 MOTOR, CHARGE CORONA 9 C2089-9209 STAY-MOT-CLN

10 C2089-9381 HOLDER-LAMP-ERS11 C2090-7473 ARRAY, DISCHARGE LED12 C2089-9399 STOPPER-PWA-PCL

13 C2007-6824 SWITCH, CHARGE CORONA(SW16)

14 C2090-7895 WH-CLN-300

15 C78-8040-2050-7 SKB-BAND-116 C2018-9338 BAND-PS10017 C2089-9167 BRKT-RAIL-CLN3

18 C2089-9175 RAIL-CLN3101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102 C2005-0126 PTBR30*06MSZN3A

103 C78-8008-7076-4 ERR020SKZN3A104 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A105 C78-8037-0086-9 PAN26*04MSZN3AI

106 C78-8010-8700-4 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A107 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A108 C78-8035-1478-1 PAN20*10MSZN3AI

109 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L110 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


Section 46

Main Charger

IPB - 121

Section 46

Main Charger


LY

ING


Section 46

Main Charger

IPB - 122


500 C2089-9217 CHARGE CORONA ASSEMB1 C2089-9290 CASE, CHARGE CORONA2 C2089-9225 K-GUIDE-CH-L

3 C2089-9274 TERMINAL, FRONT4 C2089-9282 TERMINAL, REAR5 C2089-9332 SPL-PRESS-CH-F

6 C2001-4809 FLANGE-10-3-1.57 C2089-9233 GEAR-PLY-24-128 C2050-9519 BASE-CLN-CH-M

9 C2089-9308 PAD, CHARGE WIRE CLEAN10 C2050-9543 HOLDER-BASE-PAD11 C2089-9316 BASE-CLN-CH

12 C2050-9600 BELT-2M-800-213 C2089-9357 PUSHER-SW-M14 C2089-9241 K-BRKT-PLY-I-M

15 C2089-9324 BRKT-PLUG16 C2069-5011 WIRE, CHARGE CORONA17 C78-8029-4724-8 SPRING-TENS-CH

18 C2069-5110 HANGER-WIRE-CH19 C78-8035-1150-6 SPC-7.8-0.8-2220 C2041-7960 TENSIONER-GRID

21 C2089-9407 LID-CH-M-F22 C2089-9415 LID-CH-M-R23 C2089-9373 STOPPER-CH-M

24 C2069-5003 GRID, CHARGE CORONA25 C2069-5094 COVER-GRID-F26 C2089-9084 SCREW-SET-CLN101 C78-8010-8874-7 PAN30*04MSZN3A

102 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A103 C2005-6628 PAN30*06PL-T-PA104 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A

105 C2069-6340 PAN40*08SSDG106 C78-8008-7076-4 ERR020SKZN3A107 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A


Section 47

Drum/Drum Drive

IPB - 123

Section 47

Drum/Drum Drive



Section 47

Drum/Drum Drive

IPB - 124


1 C2091-0907 DRUM, M53652 C2089-9522 END CAP, FRONT DRUM3 C2089-9530 END CAP, REAR DRUM

4 C2089-9548 BRKT-JOINT-FLG5 C2089-9555 SPL030-S304-DRV6 C2089-9571 FLANGE-DRM-RC

11 C2089-9431 BRKT-DRV-DRUM12 C2089-9449 K-HSG-SFT-BRG13 C2089-9563 SHAFT-DRUM-20-C

14 C78-8040-3009-2 CRR/S200SKFB15 C2090-8687 BRG-6004ZZ-OUT16 C2089-9621 CLR-COUP-SUB-C

17 C2089-9639 SPC-235-180-30018 C2089-9589 CPG-DRUM-30019 C78-8035-1977-2 CRR/S170SKFB

20 C2089-9456 GEAR, DRUM DRIVE21 C2089-9464 FLANGE-FLYWHL22 C2089-9480 MOTOR, DRUM DRIVE (M11)

23 C2089-9506 BLT/T-3GT276-6024 C2001-3488 CLP/W-LWS-2U25 C2026-8447 DAMPER-MOTOR

26 C2009-0742 BRKT-MOTOR27 C2089-9498 BRKT-MOT-DRUM28 C2040-5148 BD/W-EDS-3

29 C2089-9472 FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY101 C78-8040-3227-0 ZPAN40*08MSZN3A102 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

103 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI104 C78-8010-8918-2 ZPAN40*08MSZN3A105 C2090-8745 HPIN40/30SUSH7

106 C78-8034-9326-7 9HSS40/06MSFB107 C78-8010-8612-1 ZPAN40*12MSZN3A


Section 47

Drum/Drum Drive

IPB - 125


108 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L109 C2090-8661 ZPAN40*12MSZN3A

110 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


104

14

4


Section 48

DEV Drive/Duct

IPB - 126

Section 48

DEV Drive/Duct

8

6

103

103

7

101

5

104

104

20

104

1 102

3 102

4

102

10319

18

103

17

16

15

105

105

12

101

101

11

9

104

104

103

103

13

2110

1022

101

104

104

10

106

(M16)

21)

6)

TAGE POWER SUPPLY


Section 48

DEV Drive/Duct

IPB - 127


1 C2090-0254 K-BRKT-DRV-DEV2 C2090-0270 K-GP48-3GT253 C2090-0288 K-GP25-3GT25

4 C2090-0262 BLT/T-195-3GT-95 C2090-7325 MOTOR, DEVELOPER DRIVE6 C2090-0411 DUCT-DEV-F300

7 C2090-0429 SEAL-DCT-DEV-F38 C2090-9826 CLP/W-LWS-1.5S9 C2090-0437 K-BRKT-FAN-DEV

10 C2080-7111 K-CASE-FIL-F30011 C2090-7333 MOTOR, DEVELOPER FAN (M12 C2081-6659 FILTER, DEVELOPER

13 C2090-0403 K-COV-CASE-FIL14 C2050-7802 SCREW-CLN-U15 C2089-6585 DUCT-LASER

16 C2070-1827 MOTOR, LASER UNIT FAN (M17 C2089-6593 BRKT-DUCT-LASER18 C2090-0338 HLDR-HVT-DB

19 C2090-7457 DEVELOPER BIAS HIGH VOLASSEMBLY

20 C2090-8067 WH-MT-DEV-300

21 C2081-0743 FIL-DUCT-G100101 C78-8010-8542-0 TPAN40*10MSZN3L102 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

103 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L104 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L105 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L

106 C78-8035-0497-2 THPAN4008MSZN3L



Section 49

Developer 1

IPB - 128

Section 49

Developer 1

Y

)


Section 49

Developer 1

IPB - 129


1 C2089-9654 K-CASING-DEV3002 C2089-9845 WALL-MIXER-3003 C2089-9696 PADDLE, SUPPLY/RECOVER

4 C2089-9852 K-BUSH-PDL-F5 C2089-9860 K-BUSH-PDL-R6 C2089-9704 MIXER-1-300

7 C2089-9712 K-MIXER-2-3008 C78-8029-4952-5 BRG-626DDLY-839 C2089-9779 GEAR-08S045-06

10 C2089-9787 GG10H024/08S04511 C2089-9969 K-NOZZLE-MIXER12 C78-8035-1224-9 BUSH-6-GCB

13 C2089-9753 GEAR-10H018-PDF14 C2089-9803 GEAR-10H031-PDR15 C78-8060-0299-0 PIN-2-10

16 C2089-9985 K-PLATE-DEV-R17 C2089-9795 K-GEAR-10H024-I18 C78-8035-4230-3 BRG-626-DD-NXR

19 C2090-0015 TERM-BIAS-DEV20 C2090-0023 CONTACT, BIAS21 C2090-7663 WH-BIAS-MG-300

22 C2089-9811 GEAR-10H027-PDR23 C2090-0098 BLADE, DOCTOR24 C2090-7465 SENSOR, AUTO TONER (ATS

25 C2079-9649 SEAL-VC8-12-2.526 C2027-6051 SEAL-VC6-10-2.5101 C2091-0220 BID30*04BSCR3CI

102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A103 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A104 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A

105 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A107 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L108 C78-8037-0088-5 BID30*06BSCR3CI


13 102

0 4

2 4

30

1 07


Section 50

Developer 2

IPB - 130

Section 50

Developer 2

C

C

F

E

831

31

F

E

7

14

35

3 6

36

1041 510 5

1 722

105

23

32

171 05

105

15

2726

9

3

2 5

35

2 7

10 53 3

3 710 3

10 4

1 0512

34103

61 0

11

2 0

1

2 9

5

10 619

10 221

2 8

104

4

2

1


Al Stiller

Updated graphic: Item 16, gear, has been added.

SPORT


Section 50

Developer 2

IPB - 131


1 C2089-9688 ROLLER, DEVELOPER TRAN2 C2089-9662 ROLLER, UPPER MAGNETIC3 C2089-9670 ROLLER, LOWER MAGNETIC

4 C2089-9878 BUSH-MGHI-TR-R5 C2090-8737 BRG-688ADD1MC36 C2089-9886 SHIELD-MG-U-F

7 C2089-9894 K-SHIELD-MG-U-R8 C2089-9902 SHIELD-MG-L-F9 C2089-9910 K-SHIELD-MG-L-R

10 C2089-9928 SCRAPER-MG-L11 C2089-9720 K-HLDR-MG-F12 C2089-9951 HLDR-MG-HIGHT-U

13 C2090-0031 SPA-PSH-MG-10014 C2089-9738 K-HLDR-MG-R15 C2089-9829 GEAR-10H017-MG

16 C2090-0049 K-GEAR-10H020-R17 C2089-9837 HLDR-PUSH-MG-R19 C2089-9746 GEAR-10H023-TR

20 C2089-9977 K-PLATE-DEV-F21 C2089-9761 K-GEAR-10H019-F22 C2089-9936 ROLLER-GUIDE

23 C2089-9993 PLATE-BIAS-MG24 C2090-0056 HANDLE-DEV-F25 C2080-3094 SEAL-SIDE-DR-F

26 C2080-3102 SEAL-SIDE-DR-R27 C2090-0064 SEAL-SIDE-D-FLT28 C2069-5375 K-SEAL-CORNER

29 C2090-0007 K-DUCT-BTM-DEV330 C2051-7835 BD/W-T18S31 C2090-0106 SEAL-MG-SIDE2

32 C2090-0114 ROLLER-GUIDE-RL33 C2089-9944 HLDR-PUSH-MG-L


Section 50

Developer 2

IPB - 132


34 C2090-0122 ROLLER-GUIDE-RU35 C2080-2153 SEAL-HLDR-MG-L36 C2079-9649 SEAL-VC8-12-2.5

37 C2080-2179 ROLLER-GUIDE-FL102 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A103 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

104 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A105 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A106 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

107 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L



Section 51

Developer Cover

IPB - 133

Section 51

Developer Cover


Section 51

Developer Cover

IPB - 134


1 C2090-0155 COVER-DEV-3002 C2090-0163 HANDLE-DEV-U3 C2051-0632 SEAL-COV-1

4 C2090-0197 SEAL-COV-25 C2090-0205 SEAL-DOCTOR-16 C2090-0189 SEAL-SLEEVE-300

7 C2090-0247 SEAL-DRUM-F3008 C2090-0171 SEAL-MG-TR9 C2090-0213 SEAL-SIDE-SPACE

10 C2090-0221 CAP-COV-DEV11 C2090-0239 SEAL-DOC-SIDE101 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A

102 C78-8033-9056-2 BID30*08MSCR1AI



Section 52

Hopper

IPB - 135

Section 52

Hopper

PTY DETECTION

)

MPTY


Section 52

Hopper

IPB - 136


1 C2090-0452 K-HOPPER2 C2090-0460 AUGER-HOP-13 C2090-0478 SHAFT-PDL

4 C78-8034-8665-9 BUSHING-65 C78-8034-8663-4 BUSH-HOPPER6 C78-8058-3056-5 WASHER

7 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN8 C78-8035-8508-8 GEAR-33-M9 C2090-0551 GEAR-35-V

10 C2090-0502 GEAR-10011 C2090-0486 STIRRER, TONER12 C2051-0756 PIN-ARM-T-EMP

13 C2090-0494 LEVER, TONER HOPPER EM14 C2090-0510 K-BRKT-HOP-DRV15 C2051-0699 MOTOR, TONER DRIVE (M14

16 C2051-0780 GEAR-25-2017 C2051-0798 GEAR-55-2018 C2090-0593 SEAL-HLDR-AUG-1

19 C2051-0806 COV-HOP-SLIDE20 C2051-0814 PLATE-COV-HOP21 C2050-5301 SPG-BKT-CON

22 C78-8034-9831-6 SWITCH, TONER HOPPER E(REED) (SW12)

23 C2090-7598 WH-HOPPER-300

24 C2090-0536 COVER, HOPPER25 C2090-0544 LID-HOP-30026 C2051-0889 COVER, TONER SUPPLY

27 C2090-0528 COVER-STOPPER28 C78-8040-2050-7 SKB-BAND-129 C2090-7002 STPR-CART-65L

30 B C2090-0601 STOPPER-LID-331 C2051-0871 CUSHION-STP


LING (M13)

N


Section 52

Hopper

IPB - 137


32 C2089-6312 STAY-ENT-U33 C2089-6460 BRKT-ENT-FAN34 C2058-2797 FAN, CHARGE CORONA COO

35 C2090-7762 WH-SFB-FAN-30036 C2089-6320 DUCT, CHARGE CORONA FA101 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

102 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A103 C78-8010-8874-7 PAN30*04MSZN3A104 C2040-5031 PTBR40*08MSZN3A

105 C78-8010-8864-8 BID30*06MSCR1AI106 C78-8023-6806-4 TZPAN4008MSZN3L107 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A

108 C78-8037-0079-4 TPAN4030MSZN-3L109 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L110 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


Section 53

Auger

IPB - 138

Section 53

Auger


T


Section 53

Auger

IPB - 139


1 C2090-0569 STAY-AUGER2 C2051-0947 HOLDER-AUG-R3 C2051-0954 HOLDER-AUG-L

4 C2090-0585 PIPE-16-18-1295 C2051-0640 SEAL-COV-26 C2090-0577 AUGER, TONER TRANSPOR

7 C78-8034-8665-9 BUSHING-68 C2051-1002 LID-AUGER9 C2051-1028 SEAL-HLDR-AUG-2

10 C2051-1010 SPE-45-04-1911 C2051-0970 SHAFT-HOLDER12 C2019-1052 GEAR-13-HL

13 C78-8037-2118-8 GEAR-23-B14 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN15 C78-8035-1347-8 BUSH-6

16 C2042-4206 SPC-DEV-PUSH-0540 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L41 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L

42 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A43 C78-8010-8739-2 1HWAS040MSZN3A44 C2091-0238 ERR030SKZN3A


Section 54

Cleaner 1

IPB - 140

Section 54

Cleaner 1



Section 54

Cleaner 1

IPB - 141


1 C2089-9001 K-CASING-CLN-302 C2057-9850 SFT-SCRPR-BRSH3 C2089-8698 K-FRAME-CLN-F

4 C2089-8706 SEAL-SIDE-CLN-F5 C2057-9751 SEAL-SIDE-BLD-F6 C2089-8730 SEAL-SIDE-DRM-F

7 C2089-8714 K-FRAME-CLN-R8 C2089-8722 SEAL-SIDE-CLN-R9 C2057-9769 SEAL-SIDE-BLD-R

10 C2089-8748 SEAL-SIDE-DRM-R11 C2050-8982 SHUTTER-NOZZLE12 C2050-9014 SEAL-BASE-NOZ

13 C2022-2444 COV-BASE-NOZZLE14 C2050-8990 HOLDER-SEAL-NOZ15 C2050-9006 SEAL-SHTR-NOZ

16 C2050-9022 SPC-NOZZLE17 C2022-2469 BASE-NOZZLE-CLN18 C78-8034-8665-9 BUSHING-6

19 C78-8060-0299-0 PIN-2-1020 C2057-9892 GEAR-1521 C2089-8847 K-SEAL-S-REC-F

22 C2089-8854 K-SEAL-S-REC-R23 C2089-8789 BLADE, RECOVERY24 C2090-8513 BLADE, DRUM CLEANING

25 C2050-8396 BUSH-BLADE-OUT26 C2050-8388 CAP-BUSH-BLADE27 C78-8040-2376-6 WASHER

28 C2089-8995 SPC-BRSH-CLN-F329 C2057-9918 HOLDER-BRUSH30 C2058-0007 KNOB-SFT-BRUSH

31 C2089-8904 LEVER-BLADE-30032 C2090-7903 WH-CLN-UNIT-300


Section 54

Cleaner 1

IPB - 142


33 C78-8040-2050-7 SKB-BAND-134 C2089-8813 SEAL-CASING35 C2089-8755 SEAL-FRM-CLN-F

36 C2089-8763 SEAL-FRM-CLN-R37 C2015-1833 SCREW-ARM-CLN38 C2040-5148 BD/W-EDS-3

39 C2089-9027 MYLAR-AUGER-CLN40 C2070-2882 CLP/W-LWS-05101 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

102 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A104 C2047-3054 PTBR40*10MSZN3A105 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

109 C78-8014-5336-2 PAN30*10MSZN3A110 C78-8008-6993-1 ZPAN30*08MS



Section 55

Cleaner 2

IPB - 143

Section 55

Cleaner 2

VERY


Section 55

Cleaner 2

IPB - 144


1 C2026-4842 SEAL-ROOF-L2 C2089-9043 PLATE-DRM-GAP3 C2089-9050 SCREW-DRM-GAP

4 C2089-9068 K-COV-GAP-F5 C2089-9035 K-PLATE-DRM-GAP6 C2089-9076 K-COV-GAP-R

7 C2089-9019 AUGUR, USED TONER RECO8 C2090-7994 WH-DRM-GND-3009 C2050-8784 GEAR-25

10 C2050-8792 GEAR-17-3012 C2089-8805 K-PLATE-CLN-30013 C2089-8771 K-ROOF-CLN-300

14 C2050-8966 CLT-CAM-FINGER15 C2050-8958 COLLAR-CLT-FINGER16 C2050-8941 SPC-FINGER-SLIDE

17 C2089-8953 COV-CLT-FINGER-F18 C2089-8946 LEVER-FINGER-F30019 C2050-8867 SPE-finger-ON-OFF

20 C2058-0049 CAM-BLADE21 C2089-8821 HANDLE-CLN-F22 C2089-8839 BRKT-AT-SENSER

23 C2090-8570 BRUSH, DRUM CLEANING24 C2080-4928 SPE-050-040-15825 C2089-8896 SFT-HLDR-BLADE

26 C2089-9084 SCREW-SET-CLN102 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L103 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A

105 C78-8037-0079-4 TPAN4030MSZN-3L111 C78-8022-7225-8 OTWAS040SKZN3A113 C78-8010-8549-5 ERR030SKZN3A

114 C78-8040-3203-1 TPAN3010MSZN3L115 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A



Section 55

Cleaner 2

IPB - 145


116 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A117 C78-8018-2636-9 ERR060SKZN3A

1 1 5

5

6

1 1 2

1 1 2

7

8

1 0

0 2

3 1

E


Section 56

Cleaner 3

IPB - 146

Section 56

Cleaner 3

2 1

2 1

2 0

1 9

2 5

1 1 9

2 4

2 3

1

23

4

1 1 2

2 7

2 6

2 8 3 2

1 1 6

1 1 2 2 2

1 1 2

2 2

1 8

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 1 2

1 7

1 1 2

1 5

1 4

1 6

1 1 3

P .5 5 - F

1

1 1 2

71 1 9

1 0 2

8

9

91 1

1 2

3 3

1 3

1 1 7

1 1 2

2 9

3 0

E

D

D

3 43 5

3 43 5


DS)


Section 56

Cleaner 3

IPB - 147


1 C2089-8979 K-SFT-BRUSH-F32 C78-8034-8698-0 BUSH3 C2089-8987 PLT-BIAS-BRSH-3

4 C78-8040-2376-6 WASHER5 C2057-9876 GEAR-166 C78-8060-0299-0 PIN-2-10

7 C2032-1915 SPACER-BLADE8 C2057-9694 SEAL-BLD-U19 C2080-4936 SEAL-BLD-U2-148

10 C2058-0023 K-BRKT-BLADE11 C2058-0064 SEAL-BRKT-BLADE12 C2010-3859 WEIGHT-BLADE-1

13 C2010-4188 WEIGHT-BLADE-214 C2089-8862 K-STAY-CLN-F30015 C2089-8870 GUIDE-STAY-CLN

16 C2089-8888 SEAL-STAY-CLN17 C2089-8912 SFT-FINGER-F30018 C2089-8920 LEVER-SFT-FINGER

19 C2026-6144 GUIDE-PAPER-CLN20 C2069-4428 GUIDE-PAPER-C-R21 C2050-8974 FINGER, SEPARATION

22 C2089-8938 HANGER-FINGER-30023 C2089-8961 BRKT-THMS-DRM24 C2051-7355 THERMISTOR, DRUM (TH4)

25 C78-8040-2050-7 SKB-BAND-126 C2089-8797 BRKT-TNR-SENS27 C2090-7515 SENSOR, IMAGE DENSITY (I

28 C2090-7986 WH-TNR-SENS-30029 C2089-9597 SHAFT-DRUM-F-C30 C2089-9605 BAR-SFT-DRM-F-C

31 C2089-9613 SCREW-DRUM-F32 C2018-9338 BAND-PS100


Section 56

Cleaner 3

IPB - 148


33 C2090-8406 WEIGHT-BLADE-3102 C78-8010-8874-7 PAN30*04MSZN3A112 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A

113 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L115 C78-8018-2636-9 ERR060SKZN3A116 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L

117 C78-8010-8612-1 ZPAN40*12MSZN3A118 C2040-7318 PTPAN3006MSZN3A119 C78-8018-2899-3 PAN30*08MSZN3AI

35 C2026-6177 SCREW-STAR-WH34 C2026-6201 WHEEL-STAR-CLN



Section 57

Used Toner

IPB - 149

Section 57

Used Toner

SPORT (M15)

5)


Section 57

Used Toner

IPB - 150


1 C2089-8516 K-STAY-UTNR-3002 C2089-8532 MOTOR, USED TONER TRAN3 C2032-3960 K-GEAR17-PLY72

4 C2019-1060 BLT-190-2M-35 C2089-8623 BASE-U-TNR-L6 C2089-8581 K-AUGER-U-TNR

7 C2089-8565 TERMINAL-AUG-L8 C78-8034-8665-9 BUSHING-69 C2048-3285 HPIN20/12SUSH7

10 C2050-9287 GEAR-3011 C2089-8573 PIPE-20-22-30412 C2050-9345 SEAL-PIPE

13 C2089-8557 TERMINAL-AUG-RL14 C2089-8656 SEAL-TERM-AUG-L15 C2089-8607 STAY-AUG-U-TNR

16 C2089-8599 BRKT-AUG-U-30017 C2089-8540 TERMINAL-AUG-RU18 C2089-8672 SEAL-TERM-AUG-U

19 C2089-8631 BRKT-SW-U-TNR20 C2051-7462 SWITCH, TONER FULL (SW121 C2089-8615 HANGER-BAG-UTNR

22 C2050-9378 RAIL-BAG-U-TNR23 C2089-8524 SET-BAG-U-TNR24 A C2080-4944 SPE-U-TNR-800

24 B C2089-8649 SPE-U-TNR-88325 C2015-1825 SCREW-LOCK-ARM26 C2089-8664 BRKT-WALL-TNR

27 C2070-2882 CLP/W-LWS-0528 C2062-3773 CLP/W-LWS-1S29 C117-0185 CONTAINER, USED TONER

30 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U31 C2089-8680 SEAL-TERM-AUG-U



Section 57

Used Toner

IPB - 151


101 C78-8037-0086-9 PAN26*04MSZN3AI102 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A103 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L

104 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A105 C2040-5031 PTBR40*08MSZN3A106 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

107 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L


Section 58

Copy Reverse

IPB - 152

Section 58

Copy Reverse


GATE (SOL 4)

SING TRANSPORT

G SELECTOR


Section 58

Copy Reverse

IPB - 153


1 C2090-3225 K-FRM-R-REV2 C2090-7358 SOLENOID, EXIT/DUPLEXER3 C2090-3241 FRAME-F-REV

4 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U5 C2090-3258 SHAFT-PASS-REV6 C2090-3266 STAY-354N

7 C2058-2946 CLP/W-UAMS05W8 C2090-3613 SFT-HINGE-REV9 C2090-3498 SHAFT-TRAY

10 C2090-3274 ROLLER, LOWER EXIT11 C2047-3039 BRG-688ZZNR12 C78-8010-8552-9 PIN

13 C2090-3399 GEAR-10S025-0814 C2090-3282 GUIDE-REV-OUT15 C2090-3290 BRKT-REV-OUT

16 C2090-3571 ASM-SPL-ROL-REV17 C2090-3308 GUIDE-REV-MID18 C2090-3381 ROLLER, DUPLEXER REVER

19 C78-8008-7056-6 BUSHING20 C2090-3407 GATE, DUPLEXER REVERSIN21 C2090-3472 SPA-LVR-REV

22 C2090-3480 LVR-GATE23 C2090-3415 GATE, EXIT/DUPLEXER24 C78-8035-1378-3 BUSH-6-GCB

25 C2090-3456 ARM-GATE-F30026 C2041-5832 CUSH-ARM-GATE27 C78-8060-0299-0 PIN-2-10

28 C78-8058-3093-8 STOP-RING-6-529 C2088-9341 SPE040-026-18230 C2090-3464 LINK-SOL-ADD

31 C2080-2187 GEAR-24-IDL32 C2090-3647 GEAR-10S026-06


Section 58

Copy Reverse

IPB - 154


33 C2090-3548 BRKT-ARM-REV234 C2090-3522 GEAR-10S025-0635 C2090-3514 STUD-ARM-REV-1

36 C2090-3423 SHAFT-LOCK-REV37 C2090-3431 HOOK-LOCK-REV38 C2090-3449 SPA-HOOK-LOCK-F

39 C2090-3506 SPA-HOOK-LOCK-R40 C2090-6814 HNDL-LOCK-REV-M41 C2090-3563 LINK-REV-OPEN

42 C2090-3233 PUSHER-REV-SW43 C2090-3316 GUIDE-REV-MID-2101 C78-8018-2803-5 PAN30*06MSZN3A

102 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L103 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A104 C78-8010-8795-4 PAN40*08MSZN3AI

105 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L106 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A107 C78-8036-1132-2 12ZPAN3006MSZ3L

108 C78-8010-8855-6 ZPAN30*08MSZN3A109 C78-8035-0498-0 TPPAN3008MSZN3A110 C78-8018-2636-9 ERR060SKZN3A



Section 59

Paper Exit

IPB - 155

Section 59

Paper Exit

(S17), REVERSING (S18)

D (S19)


Section 59

Paper Exit

IPB - 156


1 C2090-3357 K-BRKT-EXIT-U2 C2090-3340 COVER-EXIT-U3 C2090-3365 ROLLER, UPPER EXIT

4 C2090-3332 GUIDE-EX-UP-3005 C2032-1360 BRUSH-SUS-E6 C2090-7523 SENSOR, EXIT/REVERSING

7 C2090-7861 WH-EXIT-SW-3008 C2090-9859 CLP/W-UAMS0709 C2058-2862 GROMET-EHP-6U

10 C2090-3589 K-GUIDE-REV-IN11 C2090-3571 ASM-SPL-ROL-REV12 C2090-3597 SPL-UNIT-PUSH

13 C2090-7853 WH-RVS-SW-30014 C2090-8471 SENSOR, EXIT DOOR CLOSE15 C78-8034-2233-2 GMT-OBC-500

16 C2090-3373 GUID-EX-UP-LD17 C2090-3324 GUIDE-EX-UP-218 C2090-3621 MYLAR-EXIT-F

19 C2090-3639 MYLAR-EXIT-R101 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L102 C78-8034-2231-6 TZPAN3006MSZN3L

103 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


anuals4you.com

anuals4you.com


Section 60

Cassette

IPB - 157

Section 60

Cassette

mm


Section 60

Cassette

IPB - 158


1 C2090-6947 CASSETTE-M2 C2079-9060 BASE-CST-ADJUST3 C2079-9078 TRAY-CST

4 C2041-4330 SIDE-WALL-F-1.65 C2041-4348 SIDE-WALL-R-1.66 C2022-5454 GUIDE-SIDE-BACK

7 C2090-6954 COVER-CST-M8 C2090-6962 LATCH-CST-M9 C2090-4785 LEVER-PUSH-P/U

10 C2090-4793 SPE050-060-040011 C2074-6020 SPE075-080-026412 C2041-4124 SPACER-CST

13 C2041-4231 CUSHION-CST14 C2015-0686 PAD-BRAKE15 C2042-1939 SHEET-CST-S

16 C2041-4249 HOOK-CST-55017 C2041-4173 MYLAR-CST18 C2041-4132 SCREW-ADJ

19 C2041-4298 LABEL-LIMIT20 A C2090-4835 SIZE-CST-UC20 B C2090-4801 SIZE-CST

22 A C2042-4479 SIZE-CST-UC (LT SERIES)22 B C2042-4479 HOLDER-CST-P (A3, A4)23 C2090-4843 MYLAR-SIZE-CST

24 C2051-1937 ASM-PACK-SCREW25 C2051-1903 BASE-BACK-BOARD26 C2051-1911 GUIDE-BACK-BORD

101 C78-8010-8918-2 ZPAN40*08MSZN3A102 C78-8010-8918-2 ZPAN40*08MSZN3A103 C2040-5031 PTBR40*08MSZN3A



Section 61

Exit Fan/Fin CON

IPB - 159

Section 61

Exit Fan/Fin CON

1 03 1 2 1 1

8

1 0

9

1 0

9

1 0 4

1 5

1 05

18

14

10 61 07

2

6

2 17

1 3

1 02

1 02

1 02

107

10 7

10 7

19

2 1

2 2

20

7

1

1 0 1

4

3

1 01

5

16

OLING FAN (M19)

23)

OCK (SW45)


Section 61

Exit Fan/Fin CON

IPB - 160


1 C2089-6627 BRKT-FAN-EXIT2 C2040-5122 BD/W-EDS-13 C2070-1827 MOTOR, DRUM CLEANER CO

4 C2058-2425 MOTOR, DUCT EXHAUST (M5 C2089-6668 DUCT-FAN-EX-S6 C2089-6643 DUCT-FAN-EX-P

7 C2089-6635 DUCT-FAN-EX-R8 C2089-6676 DUCT-FLR-EX-R9 C2089-6684 SEAL-FLR-EX-R-L

10 C2089-6692 SEAL-FLR-EX-R-S11 C2089-6619 FILTER, OZONE12 C2089-6650 BRKT-FLR-HOLD

13 C2017-4959 CLP/W-LWS-3U14 C2080-4159 BRKT-FINS-CON15 C2080-4167 BRKT-FINS-LID-A

16 C2090-7978 WH-LGC-FIN-30017 C78-8036-8929-4 HOLDER-WH18 C2050-6192 COVER-SORT-CNTR

19 C2094-5978 BRKT-REV-SW-AC20 C2069-6530 SWITCH, EXIT DOOR INTERL101 C78-8037-0079-4 TPAN4030MSZN-3L

102 C78-8037-0598-3 TBID3006MSZN3L103 C2009-4157 PTBR30*08MSZN3A104 C2070-2858 TBIDS-40*08-CP

105 C78-8023-6803-1 TBID3006MSCR3C106 C78-8035-0497-2 THPAN4008MSZN3L107 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L



Section 62

Electric

IPB - 161

Section 62

Electric

29

39

3 7

33

29

31

30

31

29

3443

32

28

35110

36

29

107110

110

103

C

C

A

E

E

B

B

D

D

103

19

42 1

104

11

45

20 40

107 10 7

107

27

12

8

17

10410

110

3A

3C

15

16

41

102101

AH,AHP

6A

6B

8

8

14

18A

105

7

102101

9

8

1

11

12

8

33

33

17

17

17

1619

20

20

19

16

16 17 A

13

2

106

AG

106

9

19

38

00V SERIES)

00V SERIES)S)S)

RIES)


Section 62

Electric

IPB - 162


1 C2090-8141 WH-ACMAIN-3002 C2089-6783 BRKT-ELEC-AC3 A C2089-6791 CORD, 115V MAIN POWER (1

3 B C2070-1728 CORD, 230V MAIN POWER (24 A C2091-0204 FUSE, HOLDER (100V SERIE4 B C2091-0196 FUSE, HOLDER (200V SERIE

5 A C2081-1295 FUSE-1A-ULCSA5 B C78-8034-9055-2 FUSE-1A-EUR6 A C2058-2920 B-NK1D-110-20A

6 B C2042-4784 B-NRW10-10A-Y7 A C2058-2987 FILTER, NOISE (AG)7 B C2040-4430 FILTER, NOISE (AH, AHP)

8 C2090-7812 WH-BREAKER-3009 C78-8034-3528-4 MARK-EARTH-VDE10 C2042-5377 TSS16J48SR

11 C2050-5251 TY-TSS8J48SR12 A C2090-8158 WH-1/PK -30012 B C2090-8158 WH-1/PK -300

13 C2090-9891 CLP/W-FLC-10S14 C2051-7843 BD/W-EDS-1717U15 C2090-9446 OUTLET, OPTIONAL PM365

16 A C2090-8125 WH-TB-NF-30016 B C2090-8075 WH-INLET-L-30017 A C2090-8117 WH-TB-BRK-300

17 B C2090-7820 WH-INLET-G-300E18 A C2090-9800 BLOCK, TERMINAL (100V SE19 C2090-8109 WH-OUTLET-G-300

20 C2090-8091 WH-OUTLET-L-30021 B C2090-8083 WH-INLET-N-300E22 B C2090-8083 WH-INLET-N-300E

26 C78-8034-6009-2 GMT-OBC-75027 B C2042-8116 CBL/P-INLET-EUR


HP)

AHP) AHP)

55/5565)

55/5565 AG) 555/65) AH, AHP)80 AG)580) AH, AHP)

R BELT HIGH VOLTAGE

PWA (AG)

PWA (AH, AHP)

ED (MAIN LOGIC)

A (5580)


Section 62

Electric

IPB - 163


27D C2028-9476 CBL/P-INLET-UK28 C2089-6858 BRKT-LGC-BASE29 C2017-4959 CLP/W-LWS-3U

30 C2078-1423 PWZ-SPLSN-6U31 C2090-9867 PWZ-SPSN-6U32 A C2079-9920 MAIN LOGIC PWA (5565 AG)

32 B C2079-9946 MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555 AG)32C C2080-9109 MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580 AG)32 D C2081-3770 MAIN LOGIC PWA (5565 AH/A

32E C2081-3788 MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555 AH/32F C2081-0000 MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580 AH/

33 F C2081-6633 EPROM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (55

34A C2090-8216 SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5534B C2090-8224 SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (534C C2080-9158 SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5534D C2080-9166 SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (535 C2089-6809 BRKT-LGC-HNS

36 C2005-6040 CLP/W-LWS-4U37 C2090-7440 CHARGE CORONA/TRANSFE

POWER SUPPLY PWA38 A C2080-4886 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY

38 B C2080-4894 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY39 C2089-6817 BRKT-HVT-COVER40 A C2089-6825 LBL-OUTLET-120

40 B C2089-6841 LBL-OUTLET-24041 C2089-6833 LBL-OUTLET-FUSE42 C2090-9909 CLP/W-FLC-20S

43 C2081-1668 CPU / WITH ROM, PAPER FE101 C78-8018-2624-5 PAN40*06BSDG102 C78-8022-7225-8 OTWAS040SKZN3A

103 C78-8035-0497-2 THPAN4008MSZN3L104 C2058-2847 THPAN3008MSZN3L

33E C2081-6625 EPROM, MAIN LOGIC PW


Section 62

Electric

IPB - 164


105A C78-8023-6804-9 TZPAN3012MSZN3L107A C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L107B C78-8033-9275-8 TPAN3008MSZN3L

106 Not Available110 Not Available


G)O NT)


Section 63

Harness 1

IPB - 165

Section 63

Harness 1

J325

J336 J335

J3

23

J3

41

J 326 J327J324

J3

40

J34

0J3

37

J33

8

J3

34

J3

33

J3

32

J33

1J

33

0

J 328 J329

(PS-HVT-TM) (PWA-F-M O T) (ADU)

(ACC)

(FAN)

(FAN), (SND)

(HO PPER)

(P S-HVT-DB)

(PEP-FEED-CLT)

(PEP-CST-SW )

(LCF-TRAY-M OT )

(PEP -TRAY-M O T)

PWA-F-LGC-300

(PEP-RG T-CLT )

J404 J403 J402

J401

J405J408J407J406 J4

09

(SLG ) (SYS)(PWA-F-PLG) (PWA-F-LG C)

(DEV), (CO UNTER)

(TR-CAM)

(A UG-M OT), (SNS) (RGT-M OT), (SW)

2 5

10

1

12 11 10

4

3

7

6

8

13

PS-ACC-300

(PWA-F-SYS)

(PL(DCFR

14

5

)

P)

P)

)


Section 63

Harness 1

IPB - 166


1 A C2094-6471 WH-LGC-PFP-300 - 5555/5561 B C2080-6188 WH-LGC-PFP-301 - 55802 C2094-6539 WH-LGC-HVT-300

3 C2094-6489 WH-LGC-FS-3004 C2094-6497 WH-LGC-PCST-3005 C2094-6596 WH-LGC-ADMT-300

6 C2080-3425 WH-LGC-HOP-3007 C2094-6513 WH-LGC-MID-3008A C2094-6547 WH-LGC-MOT-300 (AG)

8B C2094-6760 WH-LGC-MOT-300B (AH, AHP10 C2094-6505 WH-PWR-LGC-30011 C2094-6711 WH-PWR-PLG-300A

12 A C2094-6778 WHA-PWR-SC-300A (AG)12 B C2094-6786 WHA-PWR-SC-300B (AH, AH13 A C2094-6604 WH-PWR-MTB1-300 (AG)

13 B C2094-6745 WH-PWR-MB1-300B (AH, AH14 A C2080-3409 WH-SLG-SDV-300A14 B C2094-6794 WHA-SYS-LG-300B (AH, AHP



Section 64

Harness 2

IPB - 167

Section 64

Harness 2


Section 64

Harness 2

IPB - 168


1 A C2080-3433 WH-SLG-SDV-300A1 B C2080-3441 WH-SLG-SDV-300B


8 39

115

10 8108

37

30

16

36

34

58

122

112113

5

4

106

6109

120

1 FEED ASM

61


Section 81

RADF Feed Paper

IPB - 169

Section 81

RADF Feed Paper

24

4

108

108

115

10812 1

119

57

1 00

3

102

102

1

117

121

32

31

29

35

33

120120

120120

1 20

115108

120

25119

1 06

26

24

11

10712

1 00

2

118

58

56

54

55108

115

115

51

52

53115

115

11 5

49

4 7

45

45

46

46

43

21

22

60

22

115

115

115

50

4842

41

44

20 113119

11 4

3

1101

108 119

1 20

13

109

15

1 4

17

1918

2

111

10011 8

20

114

113

1

115

23

24

10712

8

8108

108

6

9

10108

59

7

7

7

106

26

11 5

100

4 0

6570 P8

108

108

108

108

123

61

1 0828

27

108

SW202)SW201)

201)204)202)


Section 81

RADF Feed Paper

IPB - 170


1 C2090-5030 FRM-FEED-794-R2 C2070-7410 SPL-LOCK-JAM3 C2090-5105 FRM-FEED-794-F

4 C2090-6376 SWITCH, REED4A = PAPER FEED COVER (4B = RADF OPEN/CLOSED (

5 C2070-6750 COV-SW-OPEN6 C2090-5113 GUIDE-ALGN-IN-L7 C2070-6495 MYLR-ALGN-NIP

8 C2070-6180 ROL-ALGN-8*99 C2070-7311 SPE-SENS-SIZE10 C2070-6503 LEVER-SENS-SIZE

11 C2090-5121 ROLLER, UPPER ALIGNING12 C2090-5626 BRG-1680HH-F13 C2090-5139 SFT-ROL-FED-794

14 C2090-5147 ROL-FEED-79415 C2090-5600 CLIP-SFT-816 C2070-7733 SPC-ROL-FEED

17 C2090-5162 SFT-ORG-IN-79418 C2090-5170 ROL-ORG-IN-79419 C2090-5618 CLIP-SFT-5

20 C2070-6743 SPE-ALGN21 C2070-6727 ROLLER, LOWER ALIGNING22 C2027-6887 CAM-ALGN-OFF

23 C2090-5261 BRKT-SENS-SIZE24 C2080-2112 SENSOR

24A = ORIGINAL PRESENT (S24B = ORIGINAL WIDTH 1 (S24C = ORIGINAL WIDTH 2 (S

25 C2090-5279 BRKT-SENS-ALGN


NGTH (S202)

Y


Section 81

RADF Feed Paper

IPB - 171


26A C2090-6350 REGISTRATION/PAPER LE26B C2090-6350 TIMING (S203)27 C2090-5295 GUID-FEED-LOW-L

28 C2090-5303 MYLR-FEED-79429 C2090-5311 GUIDE-WEIT-79430 C2090-5329 MYLR-WEIT-GUIDE

31 C2090-5337 LEVER-SENS-EMP32 C2090-5345 SPR-SENS-EMP33 C2090-5352 PLATE-WEIT-79434 C2090-5360 MYLR-WEIT-794

35 C2090-5378 LEVER-WEIT-79436 C2070-6578 SPA-WEIT37 C2080-5685 STAY-FEED-U-794

38 C2090-5410 SEPARATION PAD ASSEMBL39 C2070-6602 SPE-SPT-PRE40 C2090-5394 BRKT-SENS-EMP

41 C2090-5402 COV-FEED-JAM-L42 C2051-7645 MG-JAM-SW43 C2090-5436 CUSH-COV-FEED-1

44 C2090-5444 CUSH-COV-FEED-245 C2090-5451 CUSH-COV-FEED-446 C2090-5469 CUSH-COV-FEED-5

47 C2070-6677 MIRROR-SEAL-77048 C2070-7725 MYLAR-COV-FEED49 C2090-5477 GUIDE-FEED-COVF

50 C2090-5485 GUIDE-FEED-COVR51 C2090-5493 BKT-PAD-SPT-79452 C2090-5501 SPC-PAD-SPT-794

53 C2090-5519 K-PAD-SPT-79454 C2090-5527 GUIDE-ALGN-LO-L55 C2090-5535 MIRROR-SEAL-794

56 C2090-5543 MYLR-MIRROR-794


Section 81

RADF Feed Paper

IPB - 172


57 C2090-5428 SPL-GND-FEED58 C2070-6669 MYLR-ALGN-LOW61 C2080-5701 BKT-SPT

100 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L102 C2048-3376 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A106 C2070-6438 SCREW-M3-10WAVE

107 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A108 C2051-7868 BID30*06MSNI3CI109 C78-8010-8910-9 ERR 080 SKZN 3A

110 C2090-5634 BUSH-1014*07F-K111 C2051-7900 HPIN20/14MSZN3A112 C2090-5642 BUSH-0610*06F-K

113 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A114 C2090-5659 BUSH-0609*09O-K115 C2070-7402 SCREW-M3-10W-P

116 C2042-2549 PAN-D4*M3*3117 C2070-6263 SCREW-M4*3-1.6118 C78-8022-7211-8 PAN40*10MSZN3AI

119 C2048-3293 BD/W-EDS-0607M120 C2070-7675 CLP/W-UAMS050121 C2090-9834 CLP/W-UAMS-02-0

123 C2027-7737 SCREW-M4-8-TRAY

560 C2094-6331 CUSH-PAD-SPT62 C0281-5502 SPL-SPT-794122 C2042-2739 PAN-STD-M3*2.2

C2079-9813 BRUSH-G-ORG



Section 82

RADF Feed Drive

IPB - 173

Section 82

RADF Feed Drive


Section 82

RADF Feed Drive

IPB - 174


1 C2090-5550 BLT-120-S2M-102 C2090-5568 BLT-350-S2M-63 C2090-5576 PLY/T-S2M024-06

4 C2090-5048 SFT-FED-IDOL-B5 C2090-5055 K-BRKT-FED-TENS6 C2090-5063 SPR-FED-MOT-TEN

7 C2090-5071 K-FED-TENS-BELT8 C2090-5089 ROL-FED-TENS-B9 C2090-5097 SPE-FEED-TENS

10 C2080-2260 DAMPER-M/P-10-6011 C2090-6319 MOTOR, FEED (M201)12 C2090-5154 GEAR-7.5H030-10

13 C2090-5188 GEAR-7.5H033-0614 C2090-5196 ARBOR-FEED-ALGN15 C2090-5204 PLY/T-S2M024-08

16 C2090-5592 BLT-266-S2M-617 C2090-5212 SFT-FEED-79418 C2090-5220 GEAR-7.5H026-06

19 C2090-5238 GP08S035/P2M05020 C2090-5246 ASM-CLU-OW-WEIT21 C2090-5253 BRKT-FEED-794

22 C2090-5287 GUIDE-FEED-WH100 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L101 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A

102 C2048-3376 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A103 C2042-2978 PAN-STUD-M3*3104 C78-8037-1577-6 TBID4006MSCR3C

105 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L107 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A110 C2090-5634 BUSH-1014*07F-K

111 C2051-7900 HPIN20/14MSZN3A112 C2090-5642 BUSH-0610*06F-K113 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

121 C2090-9834 CLP/W-UAMS-02-0



Section 83

RADF Reverse

IPB - 175

Section 83

RADF Reverse

01)

(SW203)


Section 83

RADF Reverse

IPB - 176


1 C2090-5675 FRAME-RVS-F2 C2042-3539 SPL-LOCK-JAM3 C2090-5683 FRAME-RVS-R

4 C2090-5832 CUSH-GATE-RVS5 C2070-7022 GATE-REVERSE6 C2090-5691 GUIDE-RVS-U

7 C2090-5840 CUSH-SPT-RVS8 C2090-5709 GUIDE-RVS-M9 C2080-4191 MIRROR-SEAL-200

10 C2090-5717 LEV-GATE-RVS-U11 C2090-5725 LEV-GATE-RVS-L12 C2090-5733 SPE-GATE-RVS

13 C2090-5873 ROLLER, REVERSING14 C2090-5741 PPS2M043/P2M04115 C2090-5618 CLIP-SFT-5

16 C2090-5758 ROLLER, EXIT17 C2090-5766 PLY/T-S2M021-0618 C2090-5857 BLT-166-S2M-6

19 C2090-5774 BRKT-SOL-RVS20 C2090-6343 SOLENOID, REVERSE (SOL221 C2070-7055 GUIDE-RVS-L

22 C2070-6990 SPR-ROL-RVS-LOW23 C2070-6982 ROL-RVS-IDLE24 C2090-6368 SENSOR, EXIT (S206)

25 C2070-7006 PLATE-EARTH26 C2090-5782 STAY-GUID-RVS-L27 C2090-5790 BRKT-MOT-RVS

28 C2090-5584 DAMPER-M/P-79429 C2090-6327 MOTOR, REVERSING (M203)30 C2090-6376 SWITCH, EXIT COVER REED

31 C2090-5808 COV-EXIT-794-L32 C2051-7645 MG-JAM-SW



Section 83

RADF Reverse

IPB - 177


33 C2070-7048 SPR-ROL-RVS-U34 C2090-5816 CUSH-ROL-RVS35 C2090-5824 MYLR-ROL-RVS

36 C2090-6483 GSKT-EXIT-79450 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L51 C78-8010-8551-1 ERR050SKZN3A

52 C2070-7402 SCREW-M3-10W-P53 C2002-0491 HPIN20/10MSZN3A54 C2090-5865 SCREW-M4-5*D2

55 C2090-5667 BUSH-0812*07F-K56 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A57 C2090-5642 BUSH-0610*06F-K

58 C2088-9325 ZPAN26*04MSZN3A59 C2048-3376 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A60 C78-8037-1577-6 TBID4006MSCR3C

61 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L62 C2051-7868 BID30*06MSNI3CI63 C78-8022-7211-8 PAN40*10MSZN3AI

64 C2048-3293 BD/W-EDS-0607M65 C2040-5130 BD/W-EDS-266 C2070-7675 CLP/W-UAMS050

37 C2094-6349 MYLAR-RVS-M

39 C2094-6364 MYLAR-RVS-R 40 C2094-6372 MYLAR -RVS-F

C2094-6356 SHEET-RVS-M38


Section 84

RADF Belt

IPB - 178

Section 84

RADF Belt



Section 84

RADF Belt

IPB - 179


1 C2090-5881 FRAME-BELT-F2 C2070-7246 MG/CATCH-7703 C2090-5899 HLDR-PRSS-ROL-F

4 C2090-5998 SPC-ROL-P-BELT5 C2070-6305 SPCR-PRES-ROL-16 C2070-7162 HLDR-ROL-PRES-B

7 C2070-6321 SPCR-PRES-ROL-28 C2070-6339 SPL-PRES-ROL-29 C2080-3193 PLATE-TENS-F

10 C2090-5915 K-FRAME-BELT-R11 C2090-5923 HLDR-PRSS-ROL-R12 C2090-5931 PLATE-TENS-R

13 C2090-5949 ROL-BELT-L14 C2070-6362 STAY-PRESS-ROL15 C2090-6004 ROL-BLT-PRSS-CR

16 C2070-6370 SPL-ROL-PRESS17 C2090-6012 PLY/T-S2M030-0518 C2090-5956 ROL-BELT-R

19 C2090-5964 ROL-PRESS-79420 C2070-7238 ROL-BELT-PRESS21 C2090-5972 ROL-BELT-PRS-E

22 C2090-5980 BELT-DF-79423 C2070-6404 STPR-RING-BELT24 C2090-6020 SPL-ROL-PRSS-10

50 C2048-3376 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A51 C2090-5626 BRG-1680HH-F52 C78-8023-6799-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L

53 C2042-2549 PAN-D4*M3*354 C78-8058-3585-3 ZPAN30*08MSZN3A55 C78-8008-7079-8 ERR070SKZN3A

56 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L


Section 85

RADF Cover

IPB - 180

Section 85

RADF Cover


)


Section 85

RADF Cover

IPB - 181


1 C2090-6038 COV-DF-794-L2 C2090-6046 BRUSH-EXIT3 C2090-6053 CUSH-COV-DF-1

4 C2090-6061 CUSH-COV-DF-25 C2090-6079 CUSH-COV-DF-46 C2090-6087 CUSH-COV-DF-5

7 C2090-6095 CUSH-COV-DF-68 C2090-6103 CUSH-COV-DF-89 C2070-2965 K-BKT-TENS-DF

10 C2088-9408 BKT-BRUSH-BELT11 C2088-9390 BRUSH-BELT12 C2090-6111 SPR-ROL-EX-IDOL

13 C2090-6202 ROL-EXIT-IDOL14 C2090-6129 SPL-GND-EXIT15 C2090-6491 RADF LOGIC PWA

16 C2090-6137 HOLDER-WH-79417 C2090-6145 ASM-HINGE-794-L18 C2090-6194 ASN-HINGE-794RS

19 C2090-6152 GUID-WH-HINGE-L20 C2090-6160 GUID-WH-HINGE-R25 C2090-6178 BRKT-BELT-MOT

26 C2070-6784 BRKT-RUBBER-M/P27 C2090-5071 K-FED-TENS-BELT28 C2090-5089 ROL-FED-TENS-B

29 C2090-5097 SPE-FEED-TENS30 C2090-6335 MOTOR, TRANSPORT (M20231 C2090-6186 COV-BTM-794-L

32 C2070-5646 K-BRKT-BRUSH33 C2090-6384 MOTOR, RADF (M204)34 C2090-6210 BRKT-FAN-MOT

35 C2090-6228 COV-DF-HANDLE-L37 C2080-5693 EPROM, RADF


Section 85

RADF Cover

IPB - 182


50 C2070-2981 SCREW-M4-12WAVE51 C2070-2999 SCREW-M3-8-WAVE52 C2051-7868 BID30*06MSNI3CI

53 C2042-2739 PAN-STUD-M3*2.254 C78-8037-1577-6 TBID4006MSCR3C55 C78-8008-7096-2 ERR040SKZN3A

56 C2042-2978 PAN-STUD-M3*357 C2048-3376 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A58 C78-8023-6797-5 TPAN40*08MSZN3L

59 C78-8010-8725-1 BID40*08MSCR1AI60 CDY-1106-0901-2 ZPAN 40X30 MS



Section 86

RADF Tray

IPB - 183

Section 86

RADF Tray


Section 86

RADF Tray

IPB - 184


1 C2090-6236 TRAY-ORG-794-L2 C2090-6244 WALL-TRAY-R-L3 C2090-6251 SHEET-GUID-TRAY

4 C2090-6269 WALL-TRAY-F-L5 C2090-6277 TRAY-SAB-794-L6 C2027-9253 RACK-BYPASS-166

7 C2070-5687 GEAR-10S014-098 C2042-3273 SPL-COV-TRAY9 C2090-6285 STACKER-EXIT794

10 C2090-8497 WEIT-STACKER-EX11 C2051-5169 LBL/W-ORG-AH-D12 C2051-5177 LBL-STACK-ORG-L

13 C2070-5828 LBL-SIZE-770-L14 C2090-6293 K-STACKER-EX79415 C2090-6301 GUIDE-TRAY-BRKT

50 C2070-2999 SCREW-M3-8-WAVE51 C78-8058-3585-3 ZPAN30*08MSZN3A



Section 87

RADF Harness

IPB - 185

Section 87

RADF Harness


Section 87

RADF Harness

IPB - 186


1 C2090-6392 WH-I/F-794-L2 C2090-6400 WH-SNS-7943 C2090-6418 WH-EMP-794

4 C2090-6426 WH-EXIT-7945 C2090-6434 WH-FEED-G-7946 C2090-6442 WH-EXIT-G-794

7 C2090-6459 WH-APS-7948 C2090-6467 WH-OPEN-7949 C2090-6475 WH-FAN-794

10 C2080-6121 FLD-SFC-411 C2079-9896 FLD-SFC-3



Section 101

PWA LGC

IPB - 187

Section 101

PWA LGC

IC PWA IC PWAIC PWA


Section 101

PWA LGC

IPB - 188


0 A C2079-9920 5565 AG MAIN LOGIC PWA 0 B C2079-9946 5555 AG MAIN LOGIC PWA 0 C C2080-9109 5580 AG MAIN LOGIC PWA

0 D C2081-3770 5565 AH.AHP MAIN LOG0 E C2081-3788 5555 AH/AHP MAIN LOG0 F C2081-0000 5580 AH/AHP MAIN LOG



Section 102

PWA SYS 1

IPB - 189

Section 102

PWA SYS 1

5555/5565/5580


Section 102

PWA SYS 1

IPB - 190


0 C2081-5528 SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (SYS)



Section 103

PWA SYS 2

IPB - 191

Section 103

PWA SYS 2

LOGIC PWA (PLG)


Section 103

PWA SYS 2

IPB - 192


500 C2090-7192 IMAGE PROCESSING/LASER



Section 104

PWA PLG

IPB - 193

Section 104

PWA PLG

)


Section 104

PWA PLG

IPB - 194


500 C2090-7200 MOTHER BOARD PWA (MTB



Section 105

PWA MTB

IPB - 195

Section 105

PWA MTB


Section 105

PWA MTB

IPB - 196


0 C2090-7176 PWA-F-MTB-3001 C2090-7184 PWB-F-MTB-300



Section 106

PWA SDV

IPB - 197

Section 106

PWA SDV

DV)


Section 106

PWA SDV

IPB - 198


0 C2094-6091 SCAN DRIVE MOTOR PWA (S



Section 107

PWA SLG

IPB - 199

Section 107

PWA SLG

)


Section 107

PWA SLG

IPB - 200


500 C2090-7234 SCANNER LOGIC PWA (SLG



Section 108

PWA MOT

IPB - 201

Section 108

PWA MOTm

anu

als4

you

.co

mm

anu

als4

you

.co

m

T)


Section 108

PWA MOT

IPB - 202


500 C2090-7085 MOTOR CONTROL PWA (MO



Section 109

PWA LCF

IPB - 203

Section 109

PWA LCF

SWITCH


Section 109

PWA LCF

IPB - 204


500 C2090-7101 LCC PWA/LCC TRAY DOWN



Section 110

PWA ADU

IPB - 205

Section 110

PWA ADU


Section 110

PWA ADU

IPB - 206


500 C2090-7143 DUPLEXER PWA (ADM)



Section 201

Accessories

IPB - 207

Section 201

Accessories

HOLDINGCK

R SIZESESLY (AG)

LY (AH, AHP)


Section 201

Accessories

IPB - 208


1 C2089-7344 TOOL, SCAN PULLEY CABLE2 C78-8035-8751-4 JIG, FRONT DOOR INTERLO3 C2080-1924 STD-ADJ-LNSUNIT

6 A C2089-7872 AREA-SHEET-LETTER PAPE6 B C2089-7880 AREA-SHEET-A/B PAPER SIZ9 A C2090-6517 KIT, DAMP HEATER ASSEMB

9 B C2090-6525 KIT, DAMP HEATER ASSEMB

11 C2081-4620 KIT-ADU-CLUTCH


6

7

8

9


Section 203

Replace Unit

IPB - 209

Section 203

Replace Unit

1 2

43

5

GH


Section 203

Replace Unit

IPB - 210


1 C2079-8724 MODULE, CLEANER/DRUM2 C2079-8732 MODULE, DEVELOPER-UNIT3 C2079-8740 MODULE, CHARGE CORONA

4 A C2080-7798 MODULE, FUSER-AG4 B C2080-7806 MODULE, FUSER-AH5 A C2080-7772 MODULE, TRANSFER BELT-A5 B C2080-7780 MODULE, TRANSFER BELT-A

6 C2080-2468 RADF PM KIT7 C2080-7814 IMAGE PROCESS PM KIT8 C2080-7822 FUSER PM KIT

9 C2080-2450 FILTER-PAPER FEED PM KIT



Section 204

Decals 1

IPB - 211

Section 204

Decals 1


Section 204

Decals 1

IPB - 212


1 B C78-8034-9857-1 LBL-DRUM-AH (AH, AHP) 1 A C78-8034-9908-2 LBL-DRUM-M-2 (AG) 2 C2090-5022 LBL-CAU-LSR-300

3 A C2053-0994 LBL-CLOSE-LID (AG) 4 A C2032-2673 LBL-LNR-TONER (AG, AHP) 5 C2090-7069 LBL-TNR-INST-M

6 C2090-8448 LBL-LASER 7 A C2050-0211 LABEL-FCC (AG) 8 A C2090-8422 LBL-CDRH (AG)

9 A C2032-9371 LABEL-CANADA (AG) 10 A C2080-7335 LBL-SCALE-AG (AG) 10 B C2080-7343 LBL-SCALE-E-M (AH, AHP)

11 C2027-8461 LBL-ENERGY-M-S 12 C2058-1872 LBL-LMT-LCF-C7M 13 C2090-7051 LBL-USED-TNR-M

14 A C78-8034-9603-9 LBL-WARNING-2 (AG, AHP) 15 C2058-1849 LBL-STK-SFB-C7M 16 B C2051-1374 LBL-SIZE-SFB-AG (AG)

16 A C2051-1382 LBL-SIZE-SFB-AH (AH, AHP) 17 C2090-7077 LBL-PUSH-CAU-M 18 C2051-5169 LBL/W-ORG-AH-D

19 C2051-5177 LBL-STACK-ORG-L 20 C2070-5828 LBL-SIZE-770-L



Section 205

Decals 2

IPB - 213

Section 205

Decals 2

manuals4you.com


Section 205

Decals 2

IPB - 214


1 C2032-4091 LBL-LCF-CAUTION 2 C2090-4959 LABEL-E 3 C2090-5006 LBL-CAU-ADU-JAM

4 C2090-4967 LABEL-F 5 C2090-4975 LABEL-G 6 C2090-4991 LABEL-I

7 C2090-5014 LBL-ADU-JAM 8 C2090-4983 LABEL-H 9 C2041-4298 LABEL-LIMIT

10 C2090-4934 LABEL-B 11 C2090-4942 LABEL-C 12 C2089-8409 LBL-HOT-5L-PET

13 Not Available


n

ion

1

5555/5565/5580 Parts Informatio

Audit Informat

5555/ 2Audit Change Record

ChanUpdaNumb (reason for update)

5565/5580 Parts Information Information

ge Recordte er Date Chapter

affected Pages affected Comments



yo

rts Information

ur document management partner

Pa

F580/F580S

P on* PARTS MENU *

IPB - 1

F580/F580S

arts Informati


FinishAttaExteExteFinisFinisCabTrayTrayFeeFeeFeeCenBuffInletSwinSwinStapStapStapSadSadSadSadSadStapPasInneSadMoto

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Table of Contents

IPB - 2

F580/F580SParts Information

er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3chment Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3rnal Covers 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5rnal Covers 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8her Main Body 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11her Main Body 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13le Main Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

der Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21der Assembly 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23der Assembly 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25ter Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27er Upper Guide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32g Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35g Guide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38ler Tray Assembly 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41ler Tray Assembly 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44ler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46dle Assembly 1 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dle Assembly 2 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52dle Assembly 3 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55dle Assembly 4 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58dle Guide Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61ler Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

s Lower Guide Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66r Side Plate Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68dle Delivery Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70r Mount Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Latch Assembly (F580S) . .

Hole Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 1

Attachment Parts

IPB - 4

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-2770 44210691000 ASM-LATCH-536-L2 C2109-2788 44210692000 COV-LATCH-L-L3 C2108-9982 4402349410 RAIL-SORT-7804 C2088-9499 4402349450 STOPPER-7805 C2109-2796 44210693000 PLATE-LATCH-L6 C2109-2804 44210694000 BRKT-PIN-536-L7 C2080-7178 4400598330 PLATE-SORT-RAIL8 C2078-4765 4400595360 SPACER-RAIL-7739 C2078-4757 4400595350 BRKT-RAIL-773

10 C2109-2812 44210695000 ASM-STOP-53611 C2071-7179 4402342500 LBL-STAPLE-775L12 C2089-0679 4402352650 IPC PWA13 C2051-9823 4400576210 PWZ-SPLS

501 C2089-3590 4402967700 SCREW502 C2041-3589 4407843290 SCREW503 C78-8040-2929-2 4842040724 TPPAN4006MSZN3L504 C78-8023-6820-5 7043401213 BID40*12MSCR1AI505 C2089-0794 4402355520 SCREW506 C2109-2820 44210696000 SCREW507 C2109-2838 44210697000 SCREW

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 2

External Covers 1

IPB - 5

Section 2External Covers 1

502

32

17

502

502

18

20

1

19

27

25

44

3331

32

37

40

2629

503

508

501

501

512

511

507

50111

15

5

4

502

505

710

9

1413

8

35

6

34

15


11)12)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 2

External Covers 1

IPB - 6

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2089-2469 4402966220 COV-HURDDLE-T-L2 C2109-2671 44210669000 CAP-536-F-L3 C2109-2689 44210670000 CAP-536-R-L4 C2109-2846 44210698000 COV-F-536-L5 C2109-2895 44210705000 SHUTTER-795-L6 C2089-2873 4402966760 SHEET-5027 C2109-2903 44210706000 PLATE-SHUTTER8 C2088-9549 4402349740 DAMPER9 C2088-9556 4402349750 DAMPER-SHUTTER

10 C2089-0893 4402960560 PLATE-SHUTTER11 C2089-2626 4402966410 GUIDE-HURDLE-LL13 C2109-0196 44209665000 WIRE-HARNESS14 C2109-0204 44209666000 SHUTTER SENSOR (S405)15 C2109-2887 44210704000 ASM-GUIDE-L-L17 C2089-2659 4402966450 ASM-GUIDE-SLIDE18 C2089-2683 4402966480 COV-SLIDE-R-L19 C2089-2709 4402966500 COVER-PLUG-2-L20 C2089-2675 4402966470 COV-SLIDE-F-L25 C2109-2994 44210725000 TRAY-536-L26 C2109-2739 44210683000 LEVER-SENSOR-L27 C2109-2762 44210688000 COV-TRAY-SENSOR29 C2089-0919 4402960700 SPRING31 C2109-3000 44210728000 WIRE-HARNESS32 C2109-0212 44209672000 WIRE-HARNESS33 C2071-5181 4400790790 TRAY 1 PAPER SENSOR (S4

TRAY 2 PAPER SENSOR (S434 C2089-2790 4402966620 COVER-PLUG-1-L35 C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR37 C2089-5116 4402969300 CONNECTOR40 C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR44 C2109-3844 44210834000 TRAY-SUB-L

501 C2027-9956 4402352090 SCRW-XB47401207

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 2

External Covers 1

IPB - 7

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description502 C2061-7627 4402015300 PAN-XB47400809503 C2052-0375 4402015230 PAN-SCREW505 C2071-4762 4400595930 SCREW507 C2109-3034 44210733000 SCREW508 C78-8040-2929-2 4842040724 TPPAN4006MSZN3L511 C2041-3522 7402204008 2TWAS040SSDG512 C2015-6311 7043400417 BID40*04MSZN3L


8

513

1

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 3

External Covers 2

IPB - 8

Section 3External Covers 2

13

6

35

10

22

30

2

7

20

5

510

504

11

14

509

509

513

513

513

513

31

27

26

33

32

F580S

F580

F580S

F580S

F580S

16

501

4041

50

513

9

18

8

8

12

2515

42

4

43

24

509

36

23

21

513

513

SENT SENSOR (S426)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 3

External Covers 2

IPB - 9

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description4 C2109-2606 44210649000 COV-F-536-T5 C2080-4829 4402966200 CVR-SNSR-L F580S6 C2089-2501 4402966280 LVR-SNSR-L F580S7 C2089-2519 4402966290 SPRING F580S8 C2109-2747 44210686000 COV-FOOT-536-L9 C2109-2754 44210687000 COV-FOOT-R-L

10 C2109-2713 44210673000 STPR-TRY-L F580S11 C2089-2550 4402966330 STITCHER TRAY PAPER PRE12 C2109-2853 44210700000 COVER-R-L13 C2109-2879 44210703000 COV-TOP-536-L14 C2109-0188 44209663000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S15 C2109-2861 44210701000 FLAG-SENSOR16 C2109-2911 44210708000 COVER-R-536-L18 C2089-2691 4402966490 CVR-BTN-L F58020 C2109-2945 44210715000 TRY-STK-L F580S21 C2109-0154 44209653000 SCREW-M422 C2109-2952 44210717000 COV-F-U-L23 C2109-2960 44210719000 COV-R-L-L F580S24 C2109-2978 44210721000 COV-LATCH-A-L F58024 C2109-2986 44210723000 COV-LATCH-B-L F580S25 C2088-9572 4402349880 SPRING26 C2109-0162 44209660000 SCREW27 C2089-0877 4402960500 SPACER-79528 C2089-2766 4402966580 CVR-REAR-L-L F580S30 C2089-2774 4402966590 COVER-R-B F580S31 C2109-0170 44209662000 SPC32 C2108-9990 4402349630 SPRING33 C2089-2576 4402966350 HANDLE-L35 C2089-2808 4402966630 COVER-INNER-F-L36 A C2109-3018 44210729000 COV-F-L-536-T F58036 B C2109-3026 44210732000 COV-F-L-537-L F580S40 C2109-2929 44210710000 COV-CONNECT-L


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 3

External Covers 2

IPB - 10

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description41 C2109-2937 44210712000 COV-CONNECT-2-L42 C2109-2630 44210663000 LBL-JAM-STPL-L43 C2109-2655 44210666000 LBL-SADDLE-L

501 C2027-9956 4402352090 SCRW-XB47401207504 C78-8010-8725-1 7043400813 BID40*08MSCR1AI509 C2089-1123 4402961210 SCREW-M4*8510 C2071-7120 4402015240 PAN-XB47300809513 C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 4

Finisher Main Body 1

IPB - 11

Section 4Finisher Main Body 1

5

6

SEE P10, 11

SEE P6

A

F580

F580

F580S

17

1748

17

38

49

50

508

37 17

1710

1710

2

17

503

17

1714

SEE P8

17

SEE P19

2517

17

2627

17 17

504

5041

1

504

504

77

7

A

1

F580


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 4


IPB - 12

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-3042 44210734000 CASTER-5362 C2089-3061 4402966980 PLATE-CVR-A F5805 C2089-3053 4402966970 K-COV-INNER-L6 C2089-2410 4402964630 LBL-STAPLE-2-L7 C2109-3075 44210738000 SCREW

10 C2109-0238 44209681000 PLT-FNSHR F580S14 C2109-0279 44209685000 COV-WH-FEED F58017 C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M425 C2089-0513 4402351760 BRKT-STAPLE26 C2089-3079 4402966990 PLATE-COVER-B27 C2089-2139 4402963520 BRKT-FIN-79337 C2109-0337 44209694000 BRKT-PCB38 C2089-1081 4402961060 SPACER-PCB48 C2089-1024 4402960920 GUIDE-CABLE49 C2109-3752 44210819000 FINISHER LOGIC PWA50 C2109-3869 44211020000 FINISHER EPROM

503 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L504 C78-8040-2929-2 4842040724 TPPAN4006MSZN3L508 C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L

18

032

501

17

28

8

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 5


IPB - 13

Section 5Finisher Main Body 2

29

24

F580F580S

SEE P20, 21, 22, 23

2

193217

17

1522

21

6

1317

1217

17

11

4502

3

17

16

2317

30

9

31

17

17

47


N SENSOR (S408)

ITCH (SW403)

SWITCH (SW405)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 5


IPB - 14

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description3 C2109-2721 44210674000 SLIDE-536-L4 C2109-3059 44210735000 SPL6 C2109-3067 44210737000 COV-INNER-L F580S8 C2088-9622 4402349970 SPL9 C2088-9630 4402349980 SPC

11 C2109-0246 44209682000 PLATE-HINGE-U12 C2109-0253 44209683000 PLATE-HINGE-M13 C2109-0261 44209684000 PLATE-HINGE-L15 C2089-2949 4402966840 HANDLE F580S16 C2071-5181 4400790790 PAPER TRAY HOME POSITIO17 A C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F58017 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S18 C2109-0287 44209686000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S19 C2109-0295 44209687000 PLT-RLS-F F580S20 C2109-0303 44209688000 PLT-RLS-R F580S21 C2089-3087 4402967010 SCREW-F502 F580S22 C2089-3095 4402967020 SPRING F580S23 C2088-9614 4402349950 BRKT-SENSOR24 C2088-9697 4402350120 TRAY POSITION SAFETY SW28 C2088-9598 4402349930 HOLDER-SENSOR29 C2088-9689 4402350110 TRAY UPPER LIMIT SAFETY 30 C2088-9606 4402349940 HOLDER31 C2088-9648 4402349990 BRACKET32 C2109-0311 44209689000 SCREW-RS-M4*12 F580S47 C2089-2972 4402966870 GUIDE-CABLE-B

501 C2052-0458 4842040810 BID30*08MSZN3L502 C2109-0329 44209690000 SCREW-M4*6

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 6

Cable Main Body

IPB - 15

Section 6Cable Main Body

13

12

1

F580 F580S

0


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 6

Cable Main Body

IPB - 16

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 A C2109-3083 44210739000 ASM-CABLE-536 F5800 B C2109-3091 44210740000 ASM-CABLE-537 F580S1 C2109-3109 44210741000 BUSHING

12 C2109-3117 44210742000 BRKT-53613 C2109-3125 44210743000 BRKT-537

502

8

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 7

Tray Frame Assembly

IPB - 17

Section 7Tray Frame Assembly

7503

1501

2501

10

6

503

503

5

9

4

501

10

6

503

503

5011

5037

501

3

501

0


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 7

Tray Frame Assembly

IPB - 18

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 C2109-0345 44209706000 ASM-FRAME-TRAY1 C2088-9879 4402350710 GUIDE-SLIDE-A2 C2088-9887 4402350720 GUIDE-SLIDE-B3 C2089-3236 4402967220 STAY-TRAY-7934 C2089-3244 4402967230 FRAME-TRAY-F5 C2089-3251 4402967240 FRAME-TRAY-R6 C2089-9903 4402350770 ROLLER7 C2109-0352 44209707000 ROLLER8 C2089-3269 4402967250 PLATE-GUIDE9 C2089-1321 4402961540 CLIP-CABLE

10 C2088-9895 4402350760 ROLLER501 C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L502 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L503 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5

10

6

8

2

3

1

504

502

4

5015

2

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 8

Tray Drive Assembly

IPB - 19

Section 8Tray Drive Assembly

79

5034

501

11

5

450

503


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 8

Tray Drive Assembly

IPB - 20

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2089-1289 4402961390 PWA-SENSOR2 C2089-1271 4402961380 CAM3 C2088-9853 4402350690 WASHER4 C2051-9427 4400575620 BUSHING5 C2109-0378 44209709000 GEAR-48T6 C2088-9838 4402350650 SPRING7 C2109-0386 44209710000 MOTOR8 C2109-0394 44209711000 GEAR-22T9 C2109-2242 44209996000 BRKT-DRIVE-S

10 C2109-2259 44209997000 BRKT-DRIVE11 C2109-2267 44209998000 SFT-TRAY

501 C2089-0253 7432301608 HPIN30/16SS502 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L503 C2015-7350 4402016830 ERRING-6.4504 C2015-7616 7432201608 HPIN20/16SS

3

0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 9

Feeder Drive

IPB - 21

Section 9Feeder Drive

7

10

6

9

12

5025

9

4

501

8

11

21

3


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 9

Feeder Drive

IPB - 22

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 C2109-0402 44209712000 ASM-DRIVE-FEED1 C2089-0331 4402351470 SCREW2 C2109-0410 44209713000 WASHER3 C2109-0428 44209714000 FEED 1 MOTOR (M401)

FEED MOTOR 2 (M408)4 C2014-5884 4407839560 SCREW-M35 C2109-0436 44209715000 GEAR-18T/P28T6 C2109-0444 44209716000 GEAR-21T/P20/217 C2109-0451 44209717000 GEAR-25T/P85T8 C2109-0469 44209718000 SPRING9 C2109-0477 44209719000 BELT

10 C2109-0485 44209720000 BELT11 C2109-2275 44209999000 K-BRKT-DRIVE12 C2109-2283 44210000000 K-BRKT-MOT-DRIV

501 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L502 C2109-0493 44209721000 ERR -XD21200642

16

8

21

15

42

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 10

Feeder Assembly 1

IPB - 23

Section 10Feeder Assembly 1

SEE P9

SEE P13

SEE P14

SEE P12

507

19

37

47

1

36

30

1419

19

18

5

10

21501

2

12

4

18

19

14 4119

19

3


ENSOR (S416)

OR (S402)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 10

Feeder Assembly 1

IPB - 24

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-0501 44209724000 DUCT-SENSOR2 C2089-0950 4402960770 HOLDERSWITCH3 C2089-1032 4402960930 BRKT-SENSOR4 C2089-0943 4402960760 SPL5 C2089-1040 4402960960 ROLLER-FEED8 C2109-0519 44209726000 SPCR-DEFLECTOR

10 C2109-0527 44209728000 GATE12 C2109-0535 44209730000 WIRE-HARNESS14 C2109-0543 44209732000 PLATE-PIN15 C2089-0968 4402960800 GEAR-21T16 C2089-1073 4402961040 SPE18 C2109-0204 44209666000 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK S19 C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M421 C2109-0568 44209735000 BEARING30 C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR36 C2109-0584 44209746000 WIRE-HARNESS37 C2109-0006 4402350010 PAPER STACK HEIGHT SENS41 C2109-0592 44209749000 FRAME-F42 C2109-3158 44210746000 FRAME-R47 C2109-3141 44210745000 STAY-SENSOR

501 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5507 C2089-0612 4402352080 SCREW

25

35

41

2

40

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 11

Feeder Assembly 2

IPB - 25

Section 11Feeder Assembly 2

1919

20

20

502

194320

48

49

6

44

9

508

3133 3

38 34

505


OID (SOL402)

D (SOL407)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 11

Feeder Assembly 2

IPB - 26

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description6 C2089-1099 4402961100 GUIDE9 C2109-3133 44210744000 FRAME-C

19 C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M420 C2109-0550 44209734000 SCREW-M4*4.525 C2109-0576 44209737000 BUFFER ENTRANCE SOLEN31 C2109-3174 44210748000 BRKT-RB32 C2109-3182 44210749000 BELT DISENGAGE SOLENOI33 C2109-3190 44210750000 SPRING34 C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR35 C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR38 C2072-0744 4402346920 CLIP40 C2109-0600 44209754000 WIRE-HARNESS41 C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR43 C2109-3166 44210747000 BRKT-SND44 C2089-0984 4402960840 GUIDE-CABLE48 C2109-2291 44210002000 FRAM-BASE-MID49 C2109-2309 44210003000 FRAM-MID-SUB

502 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L505 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L508 C2071-5017 4400790620 SCREW-M4*6

01

501

11502

19

20

21

0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 12

Center Feeder Assembly

IPB - 27

Section 12Center Feeder Assembly

7

3024

17

27

1

28

501

501

503

505

505

501

501

50111

11

10

502

502

502

12

501

501

5

11502

50212

16

29

146

13

23

22

504

8

18

4

5

506 159

25

23


L403)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 12


IPB - 28

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 C2109-3208 44210751000 ASM-FEED-C-5361 C2109-0618 44209756000 GATE2 C2109-0626 44209757000 ROLLER3 C2109-0634 44209758000 SHAFT-ROLLER4 C2089-1727 4402962020 FLAG-SENSOR5 C2089-1735 4402962030 SPL6 C2089-1743 4402962040 BLOCK-GATE7 C2109-3216 44210752000 GRIP-GUIDE8 C2109-0642 44209760000 BUFFER EXIT SOLENOID (SO9 C2109-0659 44209761000 WIRE-HARNESS

10 C2089-1784 4402962090 SHAFT-ROLLER11 C2089-1792 4402962100 ROLLER-112 C2089-1800 4402962110 ROLLER-213 C2089-1818 4402962120 GEAR-35T14 C2071-5017 4400790620 SCREW-M4*615 C2089-0364 4402351520 ROLLER-C16 C2089-1099 4402961100 GUIDE17 C2089-1826 4402962130 SPE18 C2089-0372 4402351530 SPL19 C2089-1834 4402962140 SPRING20 C2071-5181 4400790790 SWITCH21 C2109-0667 44209762000 GUIDE-PAPER22 C2062-1454 4408651130 BUSHING23 C2089-0810 4402355810 BUSHING24 C2109-3224 44210753000 LABEL25 C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR27 C2109-0675 44209763000 GATE28 C2109-0683 44209764000 CUSHION29 C2072-0744 4402346920 CLIP30 C2089-1701 4402962000 GUIDE-CENTER

501 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5502 C78-8036-9386-6 7432200808 HPIN20/08SSDG

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 12


IPB - 29

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description503 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L504 C2015-7608 7432201408 HPIN20/14SS505 C2027-9956 4402352300 SCRW-XB47401007506 C2052-0375 4402015230 PAN-SCREW


11

17

19

18

0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 13

Buffer Upper Guide Assembly

IPB - 30

Section 13Buffer Upper Guide Assembly

64

56

10

503

24

6

6

45

50214

1

9

2

15

23

15

502

12

502

OR (S414)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 13

Buffer Upper Guide Assembly

IPB - 31

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 C2109-3232 44210754000 ASM-BUFFER-5361 C2089-1651 4402961950 SPL2 C2089-1669 4402961960 SPL4 C2109-0691 44209767000 ROLLER5 C2109-0709 44209768000 SHAFT-ROLLER6 C2109-0717 44209769000 SPL9 C2109-0725 44209772000 SPL

10 C2109-0733 44209773000 FLAG-SENSOR11 C2109-0741 44209774000 SPRING12 C2109-0758 44209775000 GUIDE-U14 C2089-0364 4402351520 ROLLER-C15 C2089-1636 4402961920 ROLLER-D17 C2109-0204 44209666000 BUFFER PATH PAPER SENS18 C2109-0113 44209541000 LABEL-SENSOR19 C2109-0147 44209618000 COV-SENSOR23 C2109-0766 44209781000 GUIDE-U24 C2109-0774 44209782000 COV-WH

502 C2052-0375 4402015230 PAN-SCREW503 C2052-0383 4402015290 PAN-XB47400609505 C2027-9956 4402352300 SCRW-XB47401007


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 14

Inlet Feeder Assembly

IPB - 32

Section 14Inlet Feeder Assembly

2928

30

4 335

32

38

33

3436

50

3151

51

16

1550118

19

27

20

7

17

37

503

502

503

9

11

10

50

50

32

50

13

12

56

504

501

501

1

21 B505

38

502

501

50126

168

A

505

505

21

21

2

22

14

23

2425

506

506

(SOL401)

(S401)OR (S415)TOR (M407)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 14


IPB - 33

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-2465 44210628000 FRAME-ENT-F2 C2109-2473 44210629000 FRAME-ENT-R3 C2109-2481 44210630000 STAY-ENT-5364 C2109-0220 44209675000 SPACER5 C2109-3257 44210756000 ENTRANCE GATE SOLENOID6 C2109-2531 44210637000 BRKT-SND-ENT7 C2109-2580 44210643000 ROLLER8 C2109-1921 44209957000 SPL9 C2109-3265 44210757000 GUIDE-FEED

10 C2109-3273 44210758000 GUIDE-FEED-L11 C2109-2549 44210639000 GATE12 C2089-3558 4402967660 SPACER-R13 C2089-2147 4402963530 SPRING14 C2089-3541 4402967650 SPACER-F15 C2109-0790 44209800000 BRKT-SENSOR16 C2109-0204 44209666000 PAPER ENTRANCE SENSOR

FINISHER INTERLOCK SENS17 C2109-0782 44209790000 ENTRANCE PAPER FEED MO18 C2109-2598 44210644000 FLAG-SENSOR-ENT19 C2108-9909 41321091000 SCREW-M3-STEP20 C2109-3281 44210759000 SPRING21 C2109-0568 44209735000 BEARING22 C2109-3299 44210760000 BELT23 C2109-2556 44210640000 PULLEY24 C2109-2564 44210641000 PULLEY25 C2109-3307 44210761000 BELT26 C2109-2572 44210642000 BRKT-SENSOR27 C2072-1106 4402347290 CLIP28 A C2072-0744 4402346920 CLIP F58028 B C2072-0744 4402346920 CLIP F580S29 C2089-2279 4402963750 SPL-ROL-GUIDE30 C2109-3315 44210762000 ROLLER


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 14


IPB - 34

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description31 C2109-2499 44210631000 GUIDE-FEED-U32 C2109-3323 44210763000 MAGNET33 C2109-2507 44210634000 SPL34 C2089-0364 4402351520 ROLLER-C35 C2109-3331 44210764000 MYLAR36 C2108-9917 41321122000 HANDLE-UP-GUIDE37 C2109-3349 44210765000 WIRE-HARNESS38 C2089-3590 4402967700 SCREW50 C2109-2515 44210635000 SHEET-T1.551 C2109-2523 44210636000 SHEET-T2.0

501 A C2071-5017 4400790620 SCREW-M4*6 F580501 B C2071-5017 4400790620 SCREW-M4*6 F580S502 C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L503 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L504 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L505 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5506 C2015-7319 4402016780 ERRING-4

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 15

Swing Assembly

IPB - 35

Section 15Swing Assembly

32

33

31

4031

830

502

50242

9

3507

36

1

7

503

50912

1310

48

5249

509

4851

49

4543

44

47

502510

5046

12

SEE P16

SEE P17,18

14

35

34

21

37

50418

16

6

505

501

15

2

2

50417

505

25

24

50526

506

502502

38

23 39

4

195

195

19

5

502

50311

22

502

B

A

D

AC

C

BD


TCH 1& 2 WIRE HARNESS

R (S410)

S403)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 15

Swing Assembly

IPB - 36

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-0808 44209801000 GUIDE-CABLE2 C2089-1131 4402961220 BELT-PAPER-FEED3 C2109-0816 44209802000 GEAR-15T/31T4 C2109-0824 44209803000 HOLDER-ROL5 C2109-0832 44209804000 ROLLER6 C2072-1221 4402347410 BEARING7 C2109-0840 44209805000 SWING GUIDE CLOSED SWI8 C2109-0857 44209806000 WIRE-HARNESS9 C2109-0204 44209666000 SWING GUIDE OPEN SENSO

10 C2089-1164 4402961250 FLAG-SENSOR11 C2088-9747 4402350480 BRKT-SENSOR12 C2109-0865 44209807000 ROLLER13 C2088-9754 4402350490 SPRING14 C2109-3356 44210766000 GUIDE-STPL-53615 C2109-0899 44209811000 ROLLER-EXIT16 C2088-9762 4402350530 CAM-SHUTTER17 C2109-0907 44209812000 GEAR-23T18 C2088-9770 4402350550 GEAR-18T19 C2109-0915 44209813000 ROLLER21 C2109-0923 44209814000 WIRE-HARNESS22 C2088-9796 4402350570 PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR (23 C2109-0949 44209816000 WIRE-HARNESS24 C2109-0964 44209818000 GUIDE-F25 C2109-0972 44209819000 GUIDE-R26 C2014-5082 4407839330 BUSHING30 C2108-9925 41321298000 CONNECTOR31 C2089-1172 4402961280 SHEET-B32 C2109-0873 44209809000 SHEET-F33 C2109-0881 44209810000 SHEET-R34 C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR35 C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR36 C2089-1214 4402961320 CLIP-CABLE

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 15

Swing Assembly

IPB - 37

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description37 C2109-0931 44209815000 CONNECTOR38 C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR39 C2109-0956 44209817000 CONNECTOR40 C2109-3836 44210832000 CUSHION42 C2109-2317 44210005000 BRKT-SWING43 C2109-3364 44210767000 K-BRKT-RB-53644 C2109-3372 44210768000 BRKT-RB-53645 C2109-3380 44210769000 SHEET-RB-53646 C2109-3398 44210770000 LINK-RB-53647 C2109-3406 44210771000 SFT-RB-53648 C2109-3414 44210772000 HOLDER-RB-53649 C2014-5298 4407838810 BUSHING50 C2109-3422 44210773000 LINK-RB51 C2109-3430 44210774000 COLLAR-A52 C2109-3448 44210775000 COLLAR-B

501 C2109-0980 44209820000 SCREW-M2.3*14502 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L503 C2061-7627 4402015300 PAN-XB47400809504 C78-8036-9386-6 7432200808 HPIN20/08SSDG505 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5506 C2088-9465 4402015350 PAN-XB47401009507 C2088-9812 4402350590 WASHER509 C2108-9958 4402016730 ERR -XD21100172510 C2108-9966 4402016740 ERR-XD21100242


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 16

Swing Guide Assembly

IPB - 38

Section 16Swing Guide Assembly

6

14

14502

37

122

4

1540

40

15

4

16

26

259

2829

34

30

3838

37

42

42

41 41

35

36

44

27

10

10

33

33

11

11

20

2

18

43

5

50323

503503

502

502

501

23504

1213

1721

8

B

C

C

A

A

B

19

24

505

)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 16


IPB - 39

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-0998 44209823000 ARM-STOP-F2 C2088-9929 4402350800 LEVER-SWING3 C2088-9937 4402350810 SPL4 C2089-1347 4402961560 HOLDER-ROLLER5 C2109-0014 4402350830 SHAFT6 C2088-9945 4402350840 SHAFT-ROLLER7 C2109-1004 44209824000 ARM-STOP-R8 C2088-9960 4402350860 PLATE-DRIVE9 C2109-3463 44210779000 ASM-GUIDE-536-L

10 C2109-1012 44209826000 PLATE11 C2109-1020 44209827000 PADDLE12 C2089-9986 4402350960 GEAR-21T-A13 C2088-9994 4402350970 GEAR-21T-B14 C2089-1412 4402961670 ROLLER15 C2089-1420 4402961680 ROLLER16 C2089-0018 4402350990 SPC17 C2109-0022 4402351000 SPRING18 C2089-0026 4402351010 SPRING19 C2109-1038 44209828000 SCREW-RS-M4*820 C2109-1046 44209829000 PADDLE SOLENOID (SOL40521 C2089-0042 4402351030 COLLAR-SPRING22 C2089-0067 4402351050 SPC23 C2089-0638 4402352400 BUSHING24 C2109-1053 44209830000 WIRE-HARNESS25 C2109-1061 44209831000 ARM-AWING-GUIDE26 C2109-1079 44209832000 SPL-EARTH27 C2109-3471 44210781000 GUIDE-SWING-L28 C2089-0695 4402352710 PLATE-EARTH-B29 C2089-0687 4402352700 PLATE-EARTH-A30 C2109-1103 44209836000 SPL-EARTH33 C2089-1446 4402961700 PADDLE


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 16


IPB - 40

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description34 C2109-0089 4402961610 BRUSH-E35 C2089-1370 4402961630 BRUSH-FG36 C2089-1354 4402961580 BRUSH-FH37 C2109-1087 44209834000 BRUSH38 C2109-1095 44209835000 BRUSH40 C2109-1111 44209837000 CUSHION41 C2088-9556 4402349750 DAMPER-SHUTTER42 C2109-1129 44209838000 CUSHION43 C2109-1137 44209839000 PLATE44 C2109-1145 44209840000 RIB-SWING

501 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L502 C2061-7627 4402015300 PAN-XB47400809503 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5504 C78-8036-9386-6 7432200808 HPIN20/08SSDG505 C2089-1461 4402961720 SCREW-M4*12

4

6

503

505

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 17

Stapler Tray Assembly 1

IPB - 41

Section 17Stapler Tray Assembly 1

1

3525

5

10

2

3

33

9

55

2556

14

32

18

35

AB

BA

45

31

37

50112

51

50613

52

53

50436

50506

34

34 5024

50642

2243

50629

50416

1921

502

506

506

15

2849

50511

50511

503

504

287

38

504

17

502


9)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 17


IPB - 42

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-1152 44209842000 ROL-EXIT2 C2109-1160 44209843000 LINK-SHUTTER3 C2089-0083 4402351080 LINK-SHUTTER-B7 C2109-1178 44209844000 FLAG-SENSOR9 C2089-1529 4402961780 LEVER-STOP-F

10 C2109-1194 44209846000 LEVER-STOP-R11 C2109-1202 44209847000 BUSHING12 C2089-0042 4402351030 COLLAR-SPRING13 C2109-1210 44209848000 GEAR-50T14 C2089-1552 4402961820 LINK15 C2109-1228 44209849000 SPACER16 C2109-1236 44209850000 PULLEY17 C2109-1244 44209851000 SWING GUIDE MOTOR (M4018 C2108-9974 4402248100 BUSHING19 C2109-1251 44209852000 GEAR-25T21 C2080-0876 4402962890 GEAR-15T/23T22 C2109-1269 44209853000 PLY-20T/34T24 C2109-1277 44209854000 PLY-14T/30T25 C2089-0216 4402351300 SPRING28 C2109-1293 44209857000 SPRING29 C2109-1301 44209858000 GEAR-15T/34T31 C2089-1586 4402961870 DELIVERY MOTOR (M402)32 C2089-1594 4402961880 HOLDER-STOP-F33 C2109-1319 44209859000 STOPPER-R34 C2109-1327 44209860000 GEAR-20T35 C2089-0273 4402351400 SPRING36 C2109-1335 44209861000 GEAR-15T37 C2109-1343 44209862000 SPE38 C2109-1350 44209863000 SPRING42 C2109-1368 44209864000 BELT43 C2109-1376 44209865000 BELT

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 17


IPB - 43

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description45 C2109-0048 4402352930 SPRING49 C2109-1392 44209867000 LINK50 C2072-1221 4402347410 BEARING51 C2109-1400 44209868000 SPACER52 C2089-1628 4402961910 SHEET-M53 C2109-1418 44209869000 FRAME-TRAY-R54 C2109-1426 44209870000 PLATE-R55 C2109-1434 44209871000 SHAFT-STOP56 C2109-1442 44209872000 PLATE-F

501 C2108-9966 4402016740 ERR-XD21100242502 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L503 C2061-7627 4402015300 PAN-XB47400809504 C2015-7301 4402016760 ERRING-3.2505 C2052-0409 4402016770 ERR-XD21100372506 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 18


IPB - 44

Section 18Stapler Tray Assembly 2

4

47

59

60

27

5

39

503

20

48

4440

57

40

30

6

502

2861

502

26

502502

5028

46

58

46

OL406)

OSITION SENSOR (S406)

IMING SENSOR (S410))

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 18


IPB - 45

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description4 C2109-3497 44210784000 GUIDE-536-L5 C2109-3505 44210786000 SHUTTER-536-L6 C2089-0091 4402351110 LEVER-SHUTTER8 C2109-1186 44209845000 SPL

20 C2089-0190 4402351280 GEAR-12T/36T26 C2109-1285 44209855000 SPRING27 C2109-3513 44210788000 TRAY-STPL-536-L28 C2089-0604 4402352030 PUSHER30 C2109-0097 4402962760 FRONT GUIDE SOLENOID (S39 C2089-0307 4402351440 ALIGNMENT MOTOR (M402)40 C2109-0204 44209666000 ALIGNMENT GUIDE HOME P44 C2109-1384 44209866000 SPL46 C2089-0265 4402351390 PAPER DELIVERY MOTOR T

SWING GUIDE MOTOR (S42147 C2089-0570 4402351940 RING48 C2089-0323 4402351460 WASHER57 C2109-1459 44209873000 BRKT58 C2109-2325 44210006000 BRKT-SENSOR59 C2089-1578 4402961850 SHEET60 C2089-0232 4402351330 SEAL61 C2089-0596 4402352020 CUSHION

502 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L503 C2061-7627 4402015300 PAN-XB47400809


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 19

Stapler Assembly

IPB - 46

Section 19Stapler Assembly

503

9

126

10

14

5

11

13

502501

4218

20

24 41

41

41

24

40

4

1925

19

3

19

99

1 9

2

7

2323

12

17

1552

39

50

54

54

53

22 506

36

503

503

FG11 FG10

503

36

35

3531

36

32

3034

36

33

38

29

2627

506

507504

53

51

55

504

50316

503

OR (M404)

ENSOR (S407)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 19

Stapler Assembly

IPB - 47

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2089-1941 4402962350 PLATE-UPPER2 C2089-0398 4402351580 PLATE-RACK3 C2089-0406 4402351590 PLATE-GUIDE4 C2089-0414 4402351600 COVER-SENSOR5 C2089-0422 4402351610 BELT6 C2089-0430 4402351620 CAM-STOP7 C2089-1859 4402962260 COVER-PWA9 C2041-2953 4407838280 SCREW-M3

10 C2089-0448 4402351640 GEAR-44T/P16T11 C2089-1867 4402962270 GEAR12 C2089-0455 4402351660 ROLLER13 C2089-0463 4402351670 ROLLER14 C2089-0471 4402351680 FLANGE15 C2089-1875 4402962280 ASM-WH-79516 C2089-0489 4402351700 STAPLER POSITIONING MOT17 C2089-0497 4402351710 WIRE-HARNESS18 C2089-0505 4402351720 WIRE-HARNESS19 C2109-0030 4402351740 SCREW-RS-M3*620 C2109-0204 44209666000 STAPLER HOME POSITION S22 C2109-3539 44210791000 COV-STPL-53623 C2089-0554 4402351880 ROLLER24 C2089-0521 4402351770 CLAMP-CABLE25 C2089-0539 4402351780 GROMMET26 C2109-3547 44210792000 STAPLE-53627 C2089-1933 4402962340 WIRE-HARNESS29 C2027-4205 EMPTY CASSETTE30 C2089-1966 4402962370 BLOCK-STAPLE31 C2109-3562 44210794000 HANDLE-STPL-53632 C2089-1982 4402962390 BRKT-STAPLE-133 C2089-1990 4402962400 BRKT-STAPLE-234 C2089-2006 4402962410 RAIL


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 19

Stapler Assembly

IPB - 48

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description35 C2089-2014 4402962420 GUIDE-RAIL-C36 C2051-9229 4400575380 SCREW38 C2080-0132 4402962850 SPL-STAPLE39 C2109-2648 44210665000 LBL-CAUTION-L40 C2089-0380 4402351570 GUIDE-STAPLER41 C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR42 C2071-5132 4400790740 BAND50 C2089-1883 4402962290 SHEET-A51 C2089-1891 4402962300 SHEET-B52 C2089-1909 4402962310 STOPPER53 C2088-9374 4400590320 BAND54 C2089-1917 4402962320 MOUNT-CABLE55 C2109-1467 44209878000 CORE-FERRITE

501 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5502 C2015-7350 4402016830 ERRING-6.4503 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L504 C2071-7120 4402015240 PAN-XB47300809506 C2089-2022 4402962440 SCREW-M4*6507 C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L

509

509

53106

504

85

12122

26

99111

71

67

651

111

118

7378

506

112A

A

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 20

Saddle Assembly 1 (F580S)

IPB - 49

Section 20Saddle Assembly 1 (F580S)

509

509

90106

506

106

106

30 99

89

67

8660

63504

111

60

38

97

3328

28

123

92

93

1731

136

135

80

63

63

506

SEE P29

5015

94 107

SEE P28


SITION SENSOR (S443)

TOR (M409)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 20


IPB - 50

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description12 B C2089-2550 4402966330 FOLDING ROLLER HOME PO17 B C2089-3806 4402967940 ROL-INLET F580S26 B C2089-3897 4402968030 RACK-REAR F580S28 B C2109-1525 44209891000 ROLLER F580S30 B C2089-3939 4402968070 PLATE-PRESS-F F580S31 B C2089-3947 4402968080 PLATE-PRESS-R F580S33 B C2089-3962 4402968100 ARM-REAR F580S38 B C2089-4010 4402968150 RACK-FRONT F580S51 B C2089-4143 4402968290 PLATE-TENSION F580S53 B C2109-1558 44209894000 FLAG-SENSOR F580S56 B C2089-4192 4402968340 STITCHER PAPER FEED MO60 B C2062-1454 4408651130 BUSHING F580S63 B C2014-5082 4407839330 BUSHING F580S67 B C2014-5926 4407839350 SCREW-M4 F580S71 B C2089-4267 4402968410 PULLEY-30T F580S73 B C2089-4283 4402968430 PLY-24T/28T F580S78 B C2089-4333 4402968480 FLANGE F580S80 B C2089-4358 4402968500 FLANGE F580S85 B C2089-4408 4402968550 GEAR-16T/33T F580S86 B C2089-4416 4402968560 GEAR-16T F580S89 B C2089-4440 4402968590 GEAR-16T/56T F580S90 B C2089-4457 4402968600 GEAR-16T F580S92 B C2089-4747 4402968910 SHEET-ROL-GD F580S93 B C2089-4739 4402968900 GUIDE-ROLLER F580S94 B C2089-4499 4402968640 SPRING F580S97 B C2089-4721 4402968890 ARM-FRONT F580S99 B C2089-4549 4402968690 SPRING F580S

106 B C2089-4671 4402968840 BEARING F580S107 B C2109-3604 44210798000 BELT F580S111 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S112 B C2089-4648 4402968810 BELT F580S118 B C2080-0850 4402962870 K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 20


IPB - 51

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description122 B C2089-3756 4402967880 BRKT-SENSOR F580S123 B C2089-3905 4402968040 SHAFT F580S135 B C2109-2333 44210008000 FRM-SADDLE-F F580S136 B C2109-2341 44210009000 FRM-SADDLE-R F580S501 B C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L F580S504 B C2052-0458 4842040810 BID30*08MSZN3L F580S506 B C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5 F580S509 B C2080-0140 4402963890 CRR-XD23100152 F580S


1

2

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 21


IPB - 52


35

102 129

34

111

503

111

111

111

111

111

11

111

130

109515

105

12

60

12

15

15

2

15 503

2

2

1

506503

4948

10

12

12

12

12

12

36

16

128

963

50621

7

504

502

111

91

91

SEE P24

SEE P26

SEE P27

131

INTERLOCK SENSOR (S429)DED POSITION SENSOR (435)ENSOR (S432)E POSITION SENSOR (S434)ITION SENSOR (S433)RLOCK SENSOR (S423)LOCK SENSOR (S422)

CK SWITCH (SW411)LOCK SWITCH (SW412)ITCH (SW413)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 21


IPB - 53

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 B C2089-3012 4402966910 PLATE F580S2 B C2089-3657 4402967780 HOLDER-SWITCH F580S9 B C2089-4622 4402968790 CONNECTOR F580S

10 B C2089-3731 4402967860 BRKT-SWITCH F580S12 B C2089-2550 4402966330 STITCHER ENTRANCE GUIDE

PAPER PUSHING PLATE EXTENPICK-UP ROLLER POSITION SPAPER PUSHING PLATE HOMSHUTTER GUIDE HOME POSSTITCHER EXIT COVER INTELOWER FRONT DOOR INTER

15 B C2071-4903 4400790510 ENTRANCE GUIDE INTERLOLOWER FRONT DOOR INTEREXIT COVER INTERLOCK SW

16 B C2089-3798 4402967930 ROL-WOODRUFF F580S21 B C2089-3848 4402967980 FLAG-ROLLER F580S34 B C2089-3970 4402968110 GUIDE-SIDE-F F580S35 B C2089-3988 4402968120 GUIDE-SIDE-R F580S36 B C2089-3996 4402968130 BRKT-SENSOR F580S48 B C2109-1533 44209892000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S49 B C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR F580S60 B C2062-1454 4408651130 BUSHING F580S63 B C2014-5082 4407839330 BUSHING F580S72 B C2089-4275 4402968420 PULLEY-39T F580S91 B C2089-4754 4402968920 SCREW-M3*8 F580S

102 B C2109-1608 44209900000 SPE F580S105 B C2089-4689 4402968850 BRKT-SWITCH F580S109 B C2109-1616 44209902000 HOLDER-ROL F580S111 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S128 B C2089-3780 4402967920 SFT-ROLLER F580S129 B C2109-1640 44209908000 SHAFT F580S130 B C2109-1657 44209909000 PLATE F580S131 B C2089-4960 4402969130 BRKT F580S


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 21


IPB - 54

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description502 B C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L F580S503 B C2071-4762 4400595930 SCREW F580S504 B C2052-0458 4842040810 BID30*08MSZN3L F580S506 B C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5 F580S515 B C2108-9966 4402016740 ERR-XD21100242 F580S

01

111

25

501

111

25

501

50670

58

100

5

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 22


IPB - 55


9624 5

57

100

113

96

24

514

514

111119

57

506

506

511

4165

63

63

74

9

42

98

6632

8144

45

15

16

502

111

139

23126

12

19

22

22

20

63

63506

506

111

39

7659

7713

111

14

13

77

40

43

7

11

B

B


ERLOCK SENSOR (S436)

OLENOID (SOL407)OLENOID (SOL408)LENOID (SOL409)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 22


IPB - 56

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description7 B C2109-1475 44209885000 GATE F580S

11 B C2109-1483 44209886000 SHEET F580S12 B C2089-2550 4402966330 STITCHER STPLER UNIT INT13 B C2089-3764 4402967890 SPL F580S14 B C2080-0157 4402967910 K-GD-U-502-L F580S15 B C2089-4838 4402969000 BRUSH F580S16 B C2089-4846 4402969010 SHEET F580S19 B C2109-1509 44209889000 SHEET F580S20 B C2109-1517 44209890000 SHAFT-CAM F580S22 B C2089-3855 4402967990 ROL-BACK-UP F580S23 B C2089-3863 4402968000 DEFLECTOR F580S24 B C2089-3871 4402968010 ARM-DEFLECTOR F580S25 B C2089-3889 4402968020 BRKT-SOLENOID F580S32 B C2089-3954 4402968090 LEVER-STOPPER F580S39 B C2109-2697 44210671000 HLDR-PPR-1-L F580S40 B C2089-4036 4402968180 SPRING F580S41 B C2089-4044 4402968190 LINK-ROLLER-1 F580S42 B C2089-4051 4402968200 LINK-ROLLER-2 F580S43 B C2109-2705 44210672000 HLDR-PPR-2-L F580S44 B C2089-4077 4402968220 FLAG-SENSOR F580S45 B C2089-4085 4402968230 SPRING F580S57 B C2089-4200 4402968350 PAPER ENTRANCE GATE 1S

PAPER ENTRANCE GATE 2 S58 B C2089-4218 4402968360 FEED ROLLER CONTACT SO59 B C2109-1574 44209896000 SPC F580S63 B C2014-5082 4407839330 BUSHING F580S65 B C2071-7716 4402343550 SCREW-M4 F580S66 B C2014-5918 4407838830 SCREW-M4 F580S70 B C2089-4259 4402968400 PULLEY F580S74 B C2089-4291 4402968440 PULLEY-24 F580S76 B C2089-4317 4402968460 ROLLER F580S77 B C2089-4325 4402968470 ROLLER-EXIT F580S

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 22


IPB - 57

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description81 B C2089-4366 4402968510 SCREW-M3 F580S95 B C2109-1590 44209899000 SPE F580S96 B C2089-4515 4402968660 SPRING F580S98 B C2089-4531 4402968680 SPRING F580S

100 B C2088-9655 4402350070 CONNECTOR F580S111 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S113 B C2109-1624 44209903000 CONNECTOR F580S119 B C2109-1632 44209907000 BRKT-SND F580S126 B C2089-4929 4402969090 STAY-UPPER F580S139 B C2089-4937 4402969100 BRKT F580S501 B C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L F580S502 B C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L F580S506 B C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5 F580S511 B C2015-7525 7435301008 NPIN30/10SS F580S514 B C2015-7517 7435300808 NPIN30/08SS F580S


501

111

13

501

4 111

501

50670

10011

95

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 23


IPB - 58


96

100

1

96 51

514

111119

506

506

5

74

98

81

502

111

139

126

12

506

506

111

76

77

111

77

40

4

B

B

TERLOCK SENSOR (S436)

438)439)440)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 23


IPB - 59

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 B C2109-3570 44210795000 SHEET-GUIDE F580S2 B C2109-3612 44210799000 PLT-STPL-537 F580S3 B C2089-3665 4402967790 FLAG-SENSOR F580S4 B C2089-3673 4402967800 BRKT-SENSOR F580S5 B C2089-3681 4402967810 SPRING F580S6 B C2089-4945 4402969110 PLATE-BACK-UP F580S8 B C2089-3715 4402967840 PLATE F580S9 B C2109-3588 44210796000 SHEET-GD-U-1 F580S

10 B C2109-3596 44210797000 SHEET-GD-U-2 F580S12 B C2089-2550 4402966330 STITCHER STAPLER UNIT IN18 B C2109-1491 44209888000 SHEET F580S27 B C2089-4606 4402968770 BRUSH F580S29 B C2089-3921 4402968060 PLATE F580S37 B C2089-4002 4402968140 RAIL-SLIDE-U F580S40 B C2088-9663 4402350080 CONNECTOR F580S46 B C2089-4093 4402968240 FLAG-SENSOR F580S47 B C2089-4101 4402968250 SPRING F580S49 B C2109-1541 44209893000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S50 B C2089-4135 4402968280 WIRE-HARNESS F580S51 B C2088-9671 4402350100 CONNECTOR F580S52 B C2089-4150 4402968300 PAPER SENSE PWA

CONTAINING: TRAIL EDGE SENSOR 1 (S TRAIL EDGE SENSOR 2 (S TRAIL EDGE SENSOR 3 (S

54 B C2109-1566 44209895000 FLANGE F580S55 B C2089-4184 4402968330 MOTOR 61 B C2051-9427 4400575620 BUSHING F580S62 B C2109-1582 44209897000 GUIDE-SADDLE-U F580S64 B C2089-4952 4402969120 SPACER F580S68 B C2089-3582 4402967690 SCREW F580S69 B C2089-4242 4402968390 BUSHING F580S


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 23


IPB - 60

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description75 B C2089-4812 4402968980 PLATE-HOLDER-2 F580S79 B C2089-4341 4402968490 ROLLER F580S82 B C2109-0055 4402353400 PLATE F580S83 B C2089-4796 4402968960 PLATE-HOLDER-1 F580S84 B C2089-4788 4402968950 PLATE-COVER F580S87 B C2089-4424 4402968570 GEAR-44T F580S88 B C2089-4770 4402968940 BRKT-SENSOR F580S92 B C2089-4473 4402968620 GEAR-22T/48T F580S

101 B C2089-4556 4402968710 SPRING F580S103 B C2089-4572 4402968730 SHAFT-ROLLER F580S104 B C2089-4580 4402968740 SHAFT-BACK-UP F580S111 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S117 B C2089-4903 4402969070 K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S127 B C2089-4614 4402968780 SPACER-SUPPORT F580S137 B C2089-3905 4402968040 SHAFT F580S138 B C2089-4911 4402969080 RAIL-LOWER F580S140 B C2109-3760 44210820000 PWA-LGC-537 F580S141 B C2109-3877 44211040000 PRA-537SRT-00 F580S501 B C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L F580S502 B C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L F580S505 B C2015-6311 7043400417 BID40*04MSZN3L F580S506 B C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5 F580S507 B C2015-7301 4402016760 ERRING-3.2 F580S508 B C2109-3885 7044400817 FLT40*08MSZN3L F580S510 B C2072-1411 7432302008 HPIN30/20SS F580S512 B C2015-7350 4402016830 ERRING-6.4 F580S513 B C78-8040-2929-2 4842040724 TPPAN4006MSZN3L F580S516 B C2109-0105 4402967000 SCREW-M3*6 F580S

Bernadette Marschall

Missing No. 70, 74, 76, 77, 81, 95, 96, 98, 100, 113, 119, 126, 139, 511, 514

504

2

10

1

1

502503

504

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 24

Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 61

Section 24Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S)

503

3

7

6

4

8

9

504

11

1

50113

12

5

0


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 24

Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 62

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 B C2109-3620 44210800000 ASM-GUIDE-537 F580S1 B C2109-0139 44209582000 LEVER F580S2 B C2089-2303 4402963780 GUIDE-COV-JAM F580S3 B C2089-4713 4402968880 BRUSH F580S4 B C2109-1665 44209912000 SPL F580S5 B C2109-1673 44209913000 BRUSH F580S6 B C2089-4309 4402968450 ROLLER-INLET F580S7 B C2109-2457 44210623000 GD-SDL-2 F580S8 B C2109-2440 44210622000 GD-SDL-1 F580S9 B C2109-3638 44210801000 PLATE-GUIDE-F F580S

10 B C2109-3646 44210802000 PLATE-GUIDE-R F580S11 B C2109-3653 44210803000 BUSHING F580S12 B C2109-1681 44209914000 SHEET-1 F580S13 B C2109-1699 44209915000 SHEET-2 F580S

501 B C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L F580S502 B C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L F580S503 B C2109-0550 44209734000 SCREW-M4*4.5 F580S504 B C2071-5017 4400790620 SCREW-M4*6 F580S

02

0

0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 25

Stapler Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 63

Section 25Stapler Assembly (F580S)

20

8505

1

1

23

6

9

20

17

14

135

15

12

503

501

504

21

503

20

31

2427

20

20

20

20

26

20

2020

1110

2

20

22

518

5

1615

3

2

7

19

25

28

A

A4


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 25


IPB - 64

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 B C2109-3661 44210804000 ASM-STPL-SDL F580S1 B C2089-5355 4402969610 WASHER F580S2 B C2109-1707 44209920000 GUIDE-STPL-2 F580S3 B C2089-5371 4402969630 STAPLER-502 F580S4 B C2089-5546 4402969810 SPCR-STPLR F580S5 B C2089-5397 4402969650 SLIDER-UPPER F580S6 B C2089-5405 4402969660 PLATE F580S7 B C2089-5413 4402969670 SLIDER-LOWER F580S8 B C2089-5421 4402969680 COVER-STAPLER F580S9 B C2089-5439 4402969690 COVER F580S

10 B C2089-5447 4402969700 SPL F580S11 B C2089-5454 4402969720 COV-STAPLER-L F580S12 B C2109-1715 44209923000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S13 B C2014-5926 4407839350 SCREW-M4 F580S14 B C2089-5470 4402969740 SCREW-M3*13.6 F580S15 B C2089-5488 4402969750 BUSHING F580S16 B C2089-5496 4402969760 SPRING F580S17 B C2089-5504 4402969770 SPRING F580S18 B C2109-1723 44209924000 GUIDE-STPL-3 F580S19 B C2109-1731 44209925000 GUIDE-STPL-1 F580S20 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S21 B C2089-5512 4402969780 HANDLE F580S22 B C2089-5520 4402969790 SPL F580S23 B C2089-5389 4402969640 SHAFT F580S24 B C2089-5553 4402969820 BASE-STPL-502 F580S25 B C2089-5595 4402969860 FRAME-STPL-502 F580S26 B C2089-5587 4402969850 GUIDE-STAPLER F580S27 B C2089-5561 4402969830 STOPPER F580S28 B C2089-5579 4402969840 GUIDE F580S31 B C2089-5538 4402969800 SHEET-STAPLER F580S

501 B C78-8040-2929-2 4842040724 TPPAN4006MSZN3L F580S502 B C2015-7350 4402016830 ERRING-6.4 F580S

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 25


IPB - 65

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description503 B C78-8040-2930-0 4842040726 TPPAN4008MSZN3L F580S504 B C78-8034-9343-2 7043401013 BID40*10MSCR1AI F580S505 B C2015-6311 7043400417 BID40*04MSZN3L F580S


16

11 501

3 0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 26

Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 66

Section 26Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S)

2

2

25

4

5

6

7

89

18

10

12

131

14

15

15

16

17

3

502

502

22

2120

2220

16

e Home Position Sensor (S427)e Position Sensor (S425)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 26

Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 67

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 B C2109-1749 44209926000 ASM-GUIDE-PASS F580S1 B C2109-1756 44209927000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S2 B C2089-4986 4402969160 BLOCK F580S3 B C2089-4754 4402968920 SCREW-M3*8 F580S4 B C2089-4994 4402969180 ROLLER F580S5 B C2089-5009 4402969190 SPRING F580S6 B C2089-5017 4402969200 GEAR-16T/P32T F580S7 B C2089-5025 4402969210 GEAR-32T/P16T F580S8 B C2089-5033 4402969220 PLT-RACK-REAR F580S9 B C2089-5041 4402969230 PLATE-RACK-F F580S

10 B C2089-5058 4402969240 PLATE-RACK-R F580S11 B C2089-4184 4402968330 MOTOR F580S12 B C2109-1764 44209928000 GUIDE-ROL F580S13 B C2089-5082 4402969270 BRKT-SENSOR F580S14 B C2089-5090 4402969280 BELT F580S15 B C2089-2550 4402966330 Stitcher Paper Positioning Guid

Stitcher Alignment Guides Hom16 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S17 B C2089-5124 4402969310 K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S18 B C2109-1772 44209929000 GUIDE-L F580S20 B C2089-0729 4402352940 CONNECTOR F580S21 B C2089-5116 4402969300 CONNECTOR F580S22 B C2088-9671 4402350100 CONNECTOR F580S25 B C2109-1772 44209929000 GUIDE-L F580S

501 B C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L F580S502 B C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5 F580S


F580/F580SFinisher

Section 27

Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 68

Section 27Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S)

1

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 27

Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 69

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 B C2109-1780 44209930000 ASM-PLATE-IN F580S


501

11

502

0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 28

Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 70

Section 28Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S)

21

16

25

26

50318

502

7

1227

24

1413

8

19

10

503

501

23

11

1

17

6

1

20

501

50315

4

5

9

22

3

2

S431)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 28

Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 71

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 B C2109-3679 44210807000 ASM-EXIT-SDL F580S1 B C2089-5140 4402969350 BUSHING F580S2 B C2089-5165 4402969370 PADDLE F580S3 B C2089-5173 4402969380 HOLDER-PADDLE F580S4 B C2089-2873 4402966760 SHEET-502 F580S5 B C2089-5181 4402969400 ROLLER-EXIT-L F580S6 B C2089-5199 4402969410 BRKT-EXIT F580S7 B C2089-5207 4402969420 ROLLER-IDLE F580S8 B C2109-1798 44209934000 SPRING F580S9 B C2089-5223 4402969450 CVR-SNSR-L F580S

10 B C2089-5231 4402969460 FLAG-SENSOR F580S11 B C2089-5249 4402969470 PLATE F580S12 B C2089-5256 4402969480 PLATE-EARTH F580S13 B C2089-5264 4402969490 PLATE F580S14 B C2109-1806 44209935000 WIRE-HARNESS F580S15 B C2062-1454 4408651130 BUSHING F580S16 B C2014-5082 4407839330 BUSHING F580S17 B C2089-5280 4402969510 GEAR-71T F580S18 B C2089-5298 4402969520 GEAR-71T F580S19 B C2089-2550 4402966330 PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR (20 B C2109-3687 44210809000 HNDL-SDL-L F580S21 B C2089-5314 4402969550 BRUSH F580S22 B C2089-5322 4402969560 SPRING F580S23 B C2089-0786 4402355490 PIN-DOOR-STPL F580S24 B C2071-5017 4400790620 SCREW-M4*6 F580S25 B C2109-1814 44209937000 FRAME-EXIT F580S26 B C2109-3851 44210836000 FRAME-EXIT-L F580S27 B C2089-5348 4402969590 BRKT F580S

501 B C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L F580S502 B C78-8010-8725-1 7043400813 BID40*08MSCR1AI F580S503 B C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5 F580S


8503

503

20

2

3

9

4

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 29

Motor Mount Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 72

Section 29Motor Mount Assembly (F580S)

6

21

14

11

503

17

503

13

15

502

501

501

502

502

5012

16

16

1

19

10

10

2

2

55

18

7

0

10)TOR (M416)ING SENSOR (S421)NSOR (S424)

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 29

Motor Mount Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 73

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 B C2109-3695 44210810000 ASM-DRIVE-537 F580S1 B C2109-3703 44210811000 KNOB-537 F580S2 B C2089-4663 4402968830 BELT F580S3 B C2089-4168 4402968310 PAPER FOLDER MOTOR (M44 B C2089-4176 4402968320 PAPER PUSHING PLATE MO5 B C2089-0265 4402351390 PAPER PUSHING PLATE TIM

FOLDER MOTOR TIMING SE6 B C2089-4226 4402968370 BUSHING F580S7 B C2089-4234 4402968380 BUSHING F580S8 B C2089-4374 4402968520 GEAR-42T F580S9 B C2089-4382 4402968530 GEAR-16T F580S

10 B C2089-4390 4402968540 GEAR-24T/P44T F580S11 B C2089-4432 4402968580 GEAR-16T/60T F580S12 B C2089-4465 4402968610 GEAR-60T F580S13 B C2089-4481 4402968630 GEAR-16T F580S14 B C2089-4523 4402968670 SPRING F580S15 B C2089-4598 4402968750 BUSHING F580S16 B C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S17 B C2089-4861 4402969030 K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S18 B C2089-3756 4402967880 BRKT-SENSOR F580S19 B C2089-4069 4402968210 BRKT-SENSOR F580S20 B C2089-3749 4402967870 SFT-DRIVE F580S21 B C2089-3814 4402967950 SFT-HANDLE F580S

501 B C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L F580S502 B C2015-7350 4402016830 ERRING-6.4 F580S503 B C78-8037-0838-3 7432201008 HPIN20/10SSDG F580S


0

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 30

Latch Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 74

Section 30Latch Assembly (F580S)

13

14

2

10

10

3

18

4

6

9

7

5

12 79

11

F580/F580SFinisher

Section 30

Latch Assembly (F580S)

IPB - 75

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 C2109-2770 44210691000 ASM-LATCH-536-L1 C2109-3711 44210813000 PLATE-LATCH-L2 C2109-1822 44209942000 ARM-LATCH3 C2109-3729 44210815000 HANDLE-LATCH-L4 C2109-1830 44209943000 SPE5 C2109-3737 44210816000 COVER-LATCH-R6 C2109-1848 44209945000 BRKT-LATCH7 C2109-1855 44209946000 BRKT-SLIDE8 C78-8034-2627-5 4842040710 TPPAN3006MSZN3L9 C2015-6113 7043300417 BID30*04MSZN3L

10 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-511 C2109-3745 44210818000 COV-LATCH-L12 C2061-7627 4402015300 PAN-XB4740080913 C2088-9465 4402015350 PAN-XB4740100914 C2108-9933 4402016290 OWAS-XD11105235


4

502

F580/F580SHole Punch

Section 1

Attachments

IPB - 76

Section 1Hole PunchAttachments

9

5

504

504

504

505

503

10 503

4

502


Section 1

Attachments

IPB - 77

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description4 C2109-0063 4402356490 SCREW-M4-9.45 C2109-1863 44209949000 SCREW-M49 C2109-3778 44210821000 COV-PWA-538-L

10 C2109-3786 44210823000 COV-LATCH-L-L502 C2027-9956 4402352090 SCRW-XB47401207503 C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M4504 C2089-0794 4402355520 SCREW505 C2042-4925 7043401613 BID40*16MSCR1AI


18

5

504

1812

18

42

21


Section 2

Punch

IPB - 78

Section 2Punch

30

5

218

501

501

14

38

39

8511

7

8

511

43

37

511

29

506

510

18

17

10

19502

18

20

31

4

9

36

27

35

504

22

50316

11

34

33

2

1

50932

23

44504

SEE P3

13


Section 2

Punch

IPB - 79

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description1 C2109-0154 44209653000 SCREW-M42 C2109-2663 44210667000 LBL-PUNCH-L4 C2109-3794 44210824000 DOOR-PUNCH-F-L5 C2109-3802 44210826000 COVER-TOP-538-L7 C2109-1871 44209951000 PLATE8 C2109-1889 44209952000 PLATE9 C2109-2614 44210657000 TAPE-COV-538-F

10 A C2109-1897 44209954000 DUCT-PUNCH F58010 B C2109-1905 44209955000 DUCT-PUNCH F580S11 C2109-1913 44209956000 SPL12 C2109-1921 44209957000 SPL13 C2109-1939 44209958000 GEAR-16T/25T14 C2109-1947 44209959000 SPE16 C2071-4903 4400790510 MICROSWITCH17 C2109-0204 44209666000 PHOTOINTERRUPTE18 C2071-5694 4400792330 SCREW-RS-M419 C2018-4156 4407837720 MAGNET-CATCH20 C2109-1954 44209961000 BOX-DUST21 C2109-1962 44209962000 PLATE-PUNCH22 C2109-1970 44209963000 MOTOR23 C2109-1988 44209964000 SZ-DUST-PUNCH25 C2109-3810 44210828000 ASM-GUIDE-R-L27 C2109-3828 44210830000 COV-PUNCH-IN-L29 C2089-9671 4402350100 CONNECTOR30 C2109-2622 44210658000 BRKT-53831 C2109-0121 44209548000 SEAL32 C2109-1996 44209965000 HOLDER-SENSOR33 C2109-2002 44209968000 ARM-SENSOR34 C2089-9572 4402349880 SPRING35 C2109-2010 44209971000 LEVER-DOOR-F36 C2089-9572 4402349880 SPRING37 C2109-2366 44210012000 SHEET-DUST



Section 2

Punch

IPB - 80

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description38 C2109-2358 44210011000 FRAME-PUNCH39 C2109-2374 44210013000 K-BRKT-PUNCH-F42 C2109-2382 44210016000 BRKT-PUNCH-R43 C2109-2390 44210017000 BRKT-SENSOR44 C2109-2424 44210024000 PWA-F-LGC-518

501 C2109-2028 44209973000 SCREW-TP-M3*4502 C2109-0071 4402356860 SCREW503 C2071-4762 4400595930 SCREW504 C2015-6352 7043400617 BID40*06MSZN3L506 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5509 C2052-0375 4402015230 PAN-SCREW510 C2108-9941 4402016440 OWAS-XD11106232511 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L

502

16

17

8

501

3

14503

0


Section 3

Slide

IPB - 81

Section 3Slide

67

67

1

76

76

8

5

5019

502

4

501

2

10

505

15

504

13503

12

11

11



Section 3

Slide

IPB - 82

Item Lanier # Mfg # Description0 A C2109-2036 44209975000 ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE EU20 B C2109-2044 44209976000 ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE US0 C C2109-2051 44209977000 ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE EU40 D C2109-2069 44209978000 ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE SW1 C2109-2077 44209979000 KNOB-PUNCH2 A C2109-2085 44209980000 UNIT-PUNCH-E EU22 B C2109-2093 44209981000 UNIT-PUNCH-N US2 C C2109-2101 44209982000 UNIT-PUNCH-F EU42 D C2109-2119 44209983000 UNIT-PUNCH-S SW3 C2109-2176 44209989000 PCB4 C2109-2184 44209990000 HOLDER-SENS-U5 C2109-2192 44209991000 HOLDER-SENS-L6 C2041-2953 4407838280 SCREW-M37 C2089-0554 4402351880 ROLLER8 C2109-2200 44209992000 SCREW-M39 C2109-2218 44209993000 PCB

10 C2109-2127 44209984000 MOTOR11 C2109-2135 44209985000 PHOTOINTERRUPTE12 C2109-2143 44209986000 GEAR-47T13 C2109-2150 44209987000 GEAR-19T/57T14 C2109-2168 44209988000 ENCODER15 C2109-2432 44210025000 RACK-SLIDE16 C2109-2408 44210019000 GUIDE-HARNESS17 C2109-2416 44210020000 PLATE-SENSOR

501 C2052-0375 4402015230 PAN-SCREW502 C78-8034-9342-4 7043300617 BID30*06MSZN3L503 C2015-7335 4402016800 ERRING-5504 C2109-2226 44209994000 SCREW-M3*8505 A C2109-2234 44209995000 SCREW-M3*10 EU2505 B C2109-2234 44209995000 SCREW-M3*10 US505 C C2109-2234 44209995000 SCREW-M3*10 EU4/SW

Pa ation

IPB Aduit - 1

F580/F580S

rts Audit Inform


F580/ IPB Audit - 2Parts Change Record

ChanUpdaNumb (reason for update)

F580SAudit Information

ge Recordte er Date Sections

Affected Pages Affected Comments


Date post:	19-Feb-2015
Category:	Documents
Upload:	ramon-colon
View:	164 times
Download:	1 times

Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts & Service

Documents